Return to
LIBRARY OF MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY

WOODS HOLE. MASS.

Loaned by American Museum of Natural History

/\srr

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF PHILADELPHIA.
1863.

January Qth.
Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Fifteen members present.

January loth.
Mr. Jeanes in the Chair.
Eleven members present.

January 20th.
Vice-President Vaux in the Chair.

Eleven members present.

On motion, a vote of thanks was tendered to Mr. P. F. Saurtnan
for a collection of mounted, native birds, presented by him this even-
ing to the Academy.

January 27th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-two members present.

On report of the Committee the following paper, read December 23d,
1862, was ordered to be published :

1863.] 1

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Descriptions of FOSSILS from the Yellow Sandstones lying beneath the
" Burlington Limestone,'' at Burlington, Iowa.

BY ALEXANDER WINCHELL.

With the view of collecting facts bearing upon the determination of the
geological age and equivalents of certain ferruginous sandstones in the lower
peninsula of Michigan, which I have provisionally designated the Marshall
Group,* I visited several of the neighboring States during the past summer,
for the purpose of examining the principal exposures of strata supposed to
occupy nearly the same horizon. At Burlington, Mr. C. A. White accompanied
me in all my examinations, and enabled me to procure nearly a complete suite
of the species of that place described by Shumard and Hall, but more espe-
cially by himself and Mr. R. P. Whitefield.f Besides the recognized species,
I obtained from Mr. White, or by his assistance, several undescribed forms.
Subsequently Mr. White greatly increased the number of unknown species by his
discoveries at exposures hitherto but little explored. The whole collection of
new species, together with his own observations thereon, has been kindly
placed in my hands for investigation ; and the following paper is the result of
this study.

The number of new species herein described is fifty-niae, and the number now
first identified, ten. The number of species previously known from these rocks
was sixty-six, J a total which is now raised to one hundred and thirty-five.

The richness of this locality in fossil species is well worthy of note. To
the one hundred and thirty-five species from the yellow sandstones must
be added three hundred and seven species from the overlying Burlington lime-
stone, making a grand total of four hundred and forty-two species from a single
locality. It ought not to be forgotten, that this wonderful result has been
developed mainly through the industry and skill of a single individual,
Charles A. White, who, during eight years of his residence in the locality,
has collected the types of two hundred new species and six new genera.

A consideration of the general conclusions deducible from the study of the
palaeontology of the rocks of the Western States supposed to occupy the
horizon of the Marshall Group of Michigan will be hereafter presented. Suf-
fice it to say, on the present occasion, that no one can glance over the list of
species described here and elsewhere from these rocks without admitting that
the ensemble bears a very close analogy with that of the " Mountain Limestone"
of the Old World, and raising the inquiry how the equivalent of the old red
sandstone can lie on the top of such an assemblage of strata.

Descriptions of New Species and Genera.
LEPTOPORA, n. gen.

Etymology, As/ttcc, shallow andirs/a, a cell.

Corallum occurring in thin discoidal masses; cells very shallow, crowded,
polygonal, separated by a common cell-wall, which is vertically striated ;
interior of cells filled with a finely vesicular tissue; cups polygonal, con-
cave, elevated in the centre, and displaying numerous radial lamellae.

* See " First Biennial Report" of the Geological Survey of Michigan, 1860. For descriptions of
the fossils of this group, see Silliman's Journal, [2,] vol. xxxiii. p. 3D2, and Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Fhila., Sept., 1S62, p. 405430. , ,.

t For White's descriptions, see Jour. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. vn., and Proceedings of same,
vol. ix. p. 28, et sea- For White and Whitefield's descriptions, see "Proceedings, vol. vm.

tin this estimate I omit Chonetes Lngani, Norwood and Pratten, (not Hall,) Cardiomorpha
av.tia, Hall, and Cardiomorpha parvirostris, White, for reasons whirh will appear in the sequel.
Product us Shumardianus, Hall, as recognized at Burlington, appears to be P. concentricus. Hall.
and Avicula circulus, Shumard, as recognized at Burlington, is probably Aviculopectcn limeejormis.
White and Whitefield. _ T

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Leptopora typa, n. sp. Polypary subcircular in outline, and slightly con-
vex on the general surface ; composed (in the specimens examined) of 25-30
rather large cells, of which the internal ones are hexagonal, and the peripheral
rounded exteriorly ; margins of cups strongly elevated ; radial lamellae
about 20.

Diameter of mass '72 -,* diameter of the cells about -14, and their depth
about -07. In a specimen whose diameter is 1-27, tbe diameter of the cells
is -22.

Ranges from the oolitic bed No. 6 into the base of the Burlington lime-
stone.

This singular coral is not as well known as is desirable. Though discoid,
it. does not seem to be encrusting. No diaphragms or communicating pores
have yet been detected.

TREMATOPORA, Hall.

Trematopora? vesiculosa, n. sp. Corrallum delicate, terete, branching,
celluliferous on all sides. Cells arranged in spiral and often longitudinal
series ; cell-mouths oval, slightly elevated on the lower margin, the longitudi-
nal series more or less separated by a straight or flexuous, sharply-raised
carina. Surface between the cell-mouths imperforate, but the substance of the
corallum beneath is irregularly vesicular. No solid axis exists, the cells ap-
pearing to ascend and diverge gradually from an imaginary axis.

Diameter of stem about -05 ; length and breadth of cell-mouth -02 and -01 ;
distance between the cell-mouths in the spiral series -01. In some specimens
the cell-mouths are somewhat more widely separated.

Base of the Burlington limestone and in the fine grained sandstone of Ohio.

Trematopora ? fragilis, n. sp. Corallum delicate.branching.terete or slightly
compressed at the bifurcations, celluliferous on all sides. Cell-mouths minute,
oval, somewhat remote, not disposed in regular series, more approximate in a
transverse than in a longitudinal direction. Intervening surface imperforate ;
the substance immediately beneath minutely cellular.

Least distance between contiguous cell-mouths about equal to their transverse
diameter; greatest distances two or three times as great. The absolute di-
mensions of the cell-mouths are less than in the last species.

Base of the Burlington limestone.

The two species above described are only provisionally referred to Trema-
topora. They belong to a group often ranged under Millepora and Ceriopora,
but apparently without sufficient reason. The assemblage of branching (or
sometimes foliaceous) corals without septa or lamellae, ranging from the lower
Silurian into the Carboniferous limestone, seems to be but imperfectly understood;
and the generic and even more fundamental relations are in a state of very
unsatisfactory vagueness and confusion.

LINGULA, Bruguiere.

Lingula membranacea, n. sp Shell flattened, quadrate-ellipitical, nearly as
broad near the beak as at the same distance from the anterior margin ; length
nearly equal to twice the width ; lateral margins slightly curved ; beak
scarcely elevated, near the posterior margin, but with a narrow belt behind it.
Shell substance membranaceous, marked externally by very delicate, regular
concentric lines.

Length '50 (100); breadth in the middle -32 (64) ; breadth at one-fourth the
shell-length from posterior end -28 (56); breadth at same distance from anterior
end -31 (62).

Differs from L. concentrica, Hall, from the Genesee slate by its subequal

* The measurements in this paper are given in inches. Where one number is followed by
another in parenthesis, the latter is the relative measurement the dimensions which is generally
the greatest being assumed 100

1863.]

4 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

width at the two extremities. A similar undescribed species occurs in the
" fine-grained sandstone" of Ohio.

DISCINA, Lamarck.

Discina patellaris, n. sp. Upper valve circular, elevated, patelliform,
with a subcentral beak, from which the surface slopes in right lines to all
parts of the margin, except a barely perceptible concavity down the posterior
slope. Surface (of cast) with feeble concentric strise.

Diameter -90 (100); height of upper valve -33 (37); The length appears to
be a very little greater than the breadth, but the specimen is slightly defective
posteriorly.

This species recalls D. Alleghania, Hall, of the Chemung Group, but the apex
is more central, and the concentric lines less lamellar and regular, and the
shell, so far as known, is smaller.

PRODUCTA, Sowerby.

Producta ? parvitla, n. sp. Shell very small, semi-elliptic or nearly semi-
circular in outline, with a hinge-line equalling the greatest width, or a little
less. Ventral valve ventricose, with regular, though slightly diminishing
curvature from beak to anterior margin, describing an arc of about 180 ;
beak elevated above the hinge-line and incurved over it; flanks regularly
convex, abruptly flattened and auriculate at the hinge extremities. Dorsal
valve unknown. Surface ornamented with small, rigid, continuous, radiating
ribs, which on the sides increase by implantation.

Length from beak to anterior margin -38 (100); width -31 (82); depth of
ventral valve -23 (61). The prevailing dimensions are less than the above. _

Amongst Products of similar age the miniature size of the present species
renders it at once distinguishable. The specimens look like pygmy examples of
P. cora, arcuata or pilciformis.

Producta Martini, (Sow.) de Kon. (P. sernireticulatus, Martin.) In the wide
range of characters admitted into this species, as defined by de Koninck, there
is little doubt that the Burlington specimens would be embraced. Although
most of the American species of Producta formerly identified with European
types have subsequently been separated, P. Martini (or semireliculatus) is still
admitted to exist in our coal measures ; and it seems probable that its first ap-
pearance dates considerably further back.

Ranges from the bottom of the Yellow sandstones into the Burlington
limestones.

Producta speciosa, Hall, (Tenth Ann. Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 176). Several casts
of this Chemung species present the appearance of being inside views of very
concave dorsal valves ; but no internal structures are visible. The beak is
flattened, and not elevated above the hinge-line, which is somewhat shorter
than the greatest width of the shell. The other characters also agree.

STROPHALOSIA, King.
Strophalosia ? nummularis, n. sp. Shell of medium size, circular, trunca-
ted by the hinge-line. Hinge-line (generally much) shorter than the greatest
width of the shell. Ventral valve comparatively very shallow, regularly arch-
ing from the anterior side to the vicinity of the beak, which is obtuse, not in-
curved and not elevated above the dorsal margin; surface depressed each side
of the beak ; area apparently present, but very narrow. Dorsal valve discoid,
with abroad, shallow umbonal depression, which is bounded on the two sides
by lines diverging from the beak at right angles with each other, or nearly so ;
beak depressed, furnished with a small bifid cardinal process or boss, which
lies in the plane of the valve and projects beyond the hinge-line ; each branch
of the boss continued internally in a low vanishing ridge, which is turned out-
wardly into the position of a socket ridge, but without the socket behind it ;

[Jan..

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5

median septum a low ridge appearing a short distance from the beak, and
disappearing toward the middle of the valve; vascular imprints sectoriform
reaching half way to the midvalve, separated from the median septum bj a
faint ridge (occlusor apophysis ?) on each side. External surface of both
valves with numerous concentric lamellar striae and innumerable little pits
which give the impression a finely granular appearance ; pits more scattered
and deeper toward the anterior margin. Internal surface (of dorsal valve)
exhibiting concentric lines and innumerable raised points, apparently corres-
ponding with the pits of the exterior.

Length -82(100); width 1-06(129); length of hinge-line -55(67); length of
cardinal process -04 (5) ; depression of dorsal valve -04 (5). Depth of ventral
valve -15, with a length of -76. Another dorsal valve has a width of 1-46 and a
hinge-line 1-22 long.

Tttis anomalous species has more the form of an Orthis or Strophalosia than
a Producta. But there is no positive proof of the existence of spines, and the
somewhat doubtful existence of an area in either valve furnishes only unsatis-
factory grounds for referring it to either genus. At the same time it is difficult
to understand how the externally projecting cardinal processes of the dorsal
valve could be used without a fissure (and area?) in the ventral valve in which
they could move. In view of all the facts, I venture to refer the species with a
query to Strophalosia. Should the reference prove correct, it will be, so far as
1 know, the first identification of this genu3 in American rocks.

CH0XETE3, Fischer.

Chonetes mdlticosta, n. sp. Shell of medium size or larger, semicircular,
with the greatest width along the hinge-line. Ventral valve depressed-ventri-
cose, more or less flattened toward the hinge extremities ; with a barely per-
ceptible mesial sinus reaching two-thirds the distance to the flattened incon-
spicuous beak; spines two (possibly three) each side of the beak, nearly at
right angles with the hinge-line, of medium length, rather stout, the first mid-
way between the beak and cardiual extremity, the second midway between this
and the same point; area extremely narrow. Dorsal valve shallow, concave,
with a depressed mesial fold extending nearly to the beak ; socket plates very
divergent ; occlusor scars forming a very small elleptic pit near the beak. Ex-
ternal surface of each valve bearing 180-200 fine, subflexuous, radiating stria?,
which increase dichotomously at all distances from the beak, and some:imes
also by implantation. Surface of cast rather remotely punctate.

Length of hinge-line -82 (100) ; length of shell -50 (61); convexity of ven-
tral valve -12 (14). In most specimens the last measure is relatively less.

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling-
ton limestone. Intermediate in size between C. Logani and C. Fischeri of Nor-
wood and Pratten. It possesses a greater number of radiating striae than C.
lllinoiensis of Worthen .

Chonetes Illinoiensis, Worthen, (Trans. St. Louis Acad. Nat. Sci., i. 571 ;)
C. Logani, Hall, (Iowa Rep. p. 598, pi. xii. fig. 1, a-e and 2,) not C. Logani, Nor-
wood and Pratten, (Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., [2] iii., p. 30, pi. ii. fig. 12,
a, b, c.)

Some confusion seems to exist among the species of Chonetes just mentioned.
C. Logani was described "from the middle portion of the mountain limestone
series," at Burlington, Iowa, and characterized as having "about 30 rugose
ribs."/ The figure agrees with the description. Prof. Hall subsequently
described a species from the Burlington limestone, of Burlington and Quincy,
which he referred to C. Logani, Nor. and Prat., though, among the characters, he
assigns to it " 100-120 or more fine rounded dichotomizing striae." Still later,
Mr. Worthen, conceiving this form to be specifically distinct, gave it the name of
C. lllinoiensis, remarking that it " is restricted to the crinoidal beds of the

1863.]

G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

mountain limestone," being abundant at Quincy, 111., and intimating that Nor-
wood and rratten had erroneously assigned their species to the mountain lime-
stone, in consequence of supposing all the Burlington rocks to belong to that
series. The " middle portion of the mountain limestone series," however
even as then understood would be found far above the yellow sandstones at
Burlington. Moreover, in referring C. Fischeri to these sandstones at the same
locality, they place them " at the base of the mountain limestone." It seems
clear, then, that C. Logani belongs to the Burlington limestone, but that never-
theless, the species described by Hall cannot be the same, and has been properly
separated as C. Illinoiensis. The latter species, however, contrary to Mr. Wor-
then's opinion, occurs frequently in all the beds below the Burlington limestone
having a range co-extensive with that of C. multicosta.

SPIRIGERA, (d'Orbigny,) Billings.

Spirigera corpulenta, n. sp. Shell of medium size, extremely ventricose,
varying in outline from oval to orbicular-oval. Ventral valve depressed from
the anterior margin to the summit of the greatest gibbosity, which is two-
thirds the distance to the beak ; anterior margin rather deeply sinuate, or very
slightly so, sinus soon disappearing in a mere flattening of the valve, or trace-
able backwards, in a narrow shallow groove, as far as the middle of the shell ;
umbonal region extremely inflated ; beak abruptly turned toward the opposite
valve, not produced, truncate, circularly foraminated. Dorsal valve extremely
ventricose near the anterior margin, slightly elevated in a mesial fold traceable
to the most gibbous region, which is less than half way to the beak ; surface
depressed between this region and the beak ; beak inconspicuous, covered by
its fellow. External surface of casts strongly marked by numerous lamellose
wrinkles of growth.

Length -80 (100); breadth -70 (81); depth of both valves -58 (72). Breadth
and depth of another specimen -75 and -68.

The aspect of typical specimens is exceedingly unique. The great gibbosity of
the rostral region of the ventral valve and the anterior region of the dorsal,
causes the line of junction of the two valves to pass diagonally from the an-
terior to the posterior region. The lateral edges of the two valves, moreover,
lie in the same plane, so that the sides of th* shell present a regular convexity,
like the dorsal and ventral surfaces, and the lines of growth of the two valves,
diverciDg from the postero-lateral region complete the illusion of a dorsal or
ventral surface radiately ribbed.

SYRIXGOTHYRIS, n. gen.

Etymology, ivpiy?, a tube and BufU, a window.

Shell with an elongated hinge-line. Ventral valve with a mesial sinus, a
very broad area, and a narrow triangular fissure closed toward the apex by an
external e'onvex pseudo-deltidium, beneath which, and diverging from it, is
another transverse plate connecting the vertical dental lamellae, arched above,
and beneath giving off a couple of median parallel lamellae, which are incurved
so as to nearly join their inferior edges thus forming a slit-bearing tube,
which projects beyond the limits of the plate from which it orginates into the
interior of the shell. A low median ridge extends from the beak to the anterior
part of the valve. Dorsal valve depressed, without area, with a distinct mesial
fold. Shell structure fibrous.

The elevated ventral and deficient dorsal area of this genus, not less than its
external pseudo-deltidium, of one piece, ally it to Cyrtia, Dalman, and Skenidium,
Hall. It is not known whether the arms were furnished with calcareous spiral
supports, though the general aspect of the shell is that of a Spirifera. The shell
substance is impunctate in all conditions and under high powers.

Some difficulty exists in deciding on the homology of the transverse plate
and fissured tube which characterize this genus. In the ventral valve of Merista,

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. i

especially of the type of Camarium, Hall, an arching lamella arises from the
basal portion of each dental plate, and the two unite in the mesial line of the
valve, forming a structure which Prof. King, before the separation of this genus,
had styled the shoe-lifter process, arched in front, and attached to the bottom
of the valve behind. In Spirifera granulifera, Hall, a horizontal transverse
plate stretches across the middle of the beak of the ventral valve, connecting
the dental lamellae where nearest approximated by their inward curvatures, a
stucture which probably represents the pseudo-deltidium of certain Spiriferse,
but not of Cyrtia. Beneath this plate, the ventral medium septum assumes the
form of a tapering cone, resting with its base filling the cavity and having the
anterior part of the upper side marked by a longitudinal groove or slit, while
the posterior part sends up a small vertical plate to the transverse plate just
mentioned. In Syringothyris, the transverse plate equally connects the dental
lamellae where most approximated, and is somewhat arched upward, as in Me-
rista, but it does not join the bottom of the valve as in that genus, nor is it
connected with the median septum as in Spirifera granulifera. Nevertheless it
would seem that the three structures are modifications of the same elements.

But what is the element thus modified ? Prof. King suggested that the shoe-lifter
process of Cleiothyris concentrka is a modified form of the ventral median plate;
but the wide separation of its points of origin from the normal position of thisplate
seems incompatible with such a conclusion ; while in Syringothyris and Spiriferse
granulifera the median plate exists independently of the apparent homologue of
the shoe-lifter. Mr. Billings, whose observations are generally marked by ex-
treme sagacity, regards the shoe-lifter "as an abnormal form of the pseudo-
deltidium that occurs in some Spirifers." This is the relationship pointed out
above ; and there seem to exist good morphological reasons for regarding the
fistuliferous arching plate of Syringothyris as a modified pseudo-deltidium. But
to what does the latter structure appertain ? In Merista, Syringothyris and cer-
tain Spiriferse its relation to the dental plates suggests that it may be an out-
growth of those parts. The dental plates are amongst the most heteromorphous
structures of the ventral valve. From a normal erect position, they become ap-
proximated along the ventral margins in many Spiriferse and other genera, while
in Pentamerus, Orthisina and Camarophoria this approximation results in com-
plete union, and in Leptsena in the formation of the saucer-shaped process of
the ventral valve. They also vary excessively in longitudinal development.
In many Spiriferse, moreover, there is an evident indication of a longitudinal fold-
ing of the dental plates, producing on one side or the other a longitudinal lami-
nar process, which, under an extraordinary development, may coalesce with
some neighboring part. While, therefore, the shoe-lifter process of Merista, and
still more the fistuliferous diaphragm of Syringothyris, may be but modifications
of the false inner deltidium of Spirifera granulifera, the three structures acci-
dental among Palliobrancbs may be but mere outgrowths of the essential and
typical parts known as dental plates.

The geological range of the above generic type is, as far as known, only from
the base of the yellow sandstones at Burlington, Iowa, to the Keokuk limestone.
The species from the latter horizon cannot at present be characterized. There
are reasons for believing that Spirifer extenuatus, Hall, from the yellow sand-
stones at Burlington, will yet be found to possess the same peculiarities, if it is
not a variety of one of the following species.

Syeingothyris typa, n. sp. Shell large, thin, externally destitute of radiating
ribs, or showing them but faintly. Ventral valve with a broad, undefined, rather
shallow sinus ; beak extremely elevated ; slope thence nearly straight to all parts
of the margin ; area very large, triangular, flat, forming an angle of about 30
with a line along the bottom of the sinus, and perforated by a rather broad tri-
angular fissure. Dental plates diverging at an angle of 30, continued nearly
to the apex of the beak, and extending anteriorly beyond the middle of the
valve. Attachments of the myary system unknown.

1863.]

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The external characters of this shell resemble those of Spirif era simplex, Phil.
(Pal. Foss. p. 71, pi. xxix. fig. 124, and pi. lx. fig. 124), but the hinge-line is
more elongate.

This species, so far as is certainly known, is restricted to the base of the
Burlington limestone.

Syringothyris Halli, n. sp Shell of medium size, transversely elongate,
widest aloDg the hinge-line ; greatest depth of the two valves equalling or ex-
ceeding the greatest length. Ventral valve with a deep, defined sinus; beak
very elevated : surface sloping thence with but little convexity, to all parts of
the margin, being sometimes even concave between the apex and the cardinal
extremities ; area large, triangular, transversely striate, flat or slightly arched,
with a more marked incurvation just beneath the beak ; perforated by a narrow,
or moderately wide, triangular fissure, which is grooved along its lateral bor-
ders as if for the reception of a deltidium ; dental plates rather short in a va-
riety, very short diverging at an angle of G6 ; mesial septum a low ridge ex-
tending two-fifths the length of the valve ; line of divaricator scars extending
with a curve from inner end of dental plates to inner end of mesial septum.
Dorsal valve moderately ventricose, with a convex surface, and abrupt well-
defined mesial elevation, and a small beak which overhangs the base of the
fissure in the area of the opposite valve, the area being scarcely perceptible
in the dorsal valve. Surface ornamented by 12 to 16 rounded ribs on each
side of the mesial fold and sinus, becoming obsolete toward the lateral angles.
Mesial fold and sinus destitute of ribs. The whole surface is further marked
by faint, delicate lines of growth.

Length of hinge-line 1-32 (100) ; depth from beak of ventral valve to most
prominent pointof dorsal which is nearly at right angles to the plane of the
valves *70 (53) ; distauce from hinge-line to middle of anterior margin
54 (41) ; elevation of (ventral) area -48 (36) ; width of fissure at base
28 (21).

Ranges through the yellow sandstones. In bed No. 1 is a variety with some-
what convex area, very narrow fissure and very short dental plates. The species
occurs also at Clarksville, Mo., where the beak of the ventral valve is bent
somewhat to the left (this beak being uppermost) in the style of a Streptorhyn-
chus producing a curvature of the mesial sinus and the fissure ; and is further
peculiarly marked by several distinct lamellar wrinkles of growth.

Named in honor of Prof. James Kail, the eminent Palaeontologist of Albany,

N. Y.

AVICULA, (Klein,) Bruguiere.

Avicula Whitei, n. sp. Shell large, transverse, exceedingly oblique, with
neariv terminal beaks. Hinge-line more than three times the greatest dorso-
ventral dimension. Anterior ear pouched, not distinctly divided from the body
of the shell. Left valve ventricose; umbonal ridge somewhat arcuate, or
nearly straight, forming an angle of about 20, with the hinge-line ; slope
thence to the ventral margin very rapid to the dorsal side rather gradual and
symmetrical to the very hinge-line the posterior wing not being divided from
The body of the shell. Ventral margin, in the middle rather straight and near-
ly parallel with the dorsal ; posterior margin sigmoidal by a deep, or rather
shallow sinus, isolating the posterior end of the cartilage plate from the body
of the shell; posterior wing triangular, exceeding the shell. External surface
marked by numerous fine, irregular stria? of growth. Right valve much less
ventricose, marked on the body and anterior slope by numerous sharp, regular
raised concentric strire which become very faint posteriorly. Cardinal line in
each valve with a long, slender, bifid lateral tooth behind the beak.

Length of dorsal side 2-13 (100) ; greatest dorso-ventral dimension -70 (33) :
depth of left valve -22 (10).

Avicula acanthoptera, Hall, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist. N. Y., p. 263). Shell

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 'J

rather large, very oblique, becoming distinctly arcuate upwards. Left valve
very ventricose, with a tapering, incurved beak, closely approximated to its
fellow ; body of valve regularly arched along the umbonal slope, from which
line it describes a rapid convexity to the anterior margin, sloping more gradu-
ally to the ventral margin and becoming gradually flattened toward the
posterior ventral angle. The upper boundary of the body is an abrupt
descent to the plane of the posterior wing, and sharply divides the two ;
posterior wing sloping to the dorsal and posterior borders of the valve,
produced above into a slender spine, nearly as long as the posterior end
of the shell, with a deep sinuation below. Anterior ear short, saccate, less
distinctly divided from the body of the valve. Hinge-line straight, with a long,
posterior cartilage facet. Surface marked by irregular wrinkles of growth
which become fine striae on the posterior wing, and sharp plications on the an-
terior slope and auriculation. Right valve smoother and considerably less
ventricose, with the posterior wing-surface divided from the body of the valve
only by a slight groove.

Length from beak to extremity of posterior wing -81 ; from beak to extremity
of anterior wing -21 ; from middle of dorsal side to ventral side -70; greatest
width of body of shell -48 ; same width in a larger specimen -93 ; depth of right
valve of same specimen -30.

An occasional specimen of this species, differing from the types of the above
description only in the absence of arcuation of the body, presents a good agree-
ment with Prof. Hall's figure and brief diagnosis, diverging only in the less
forward direction of the beak, in the much larger anterior ear, and deeper
byssal sinus beneath it. The prevailing forms greatly resemble Avicula lunu-
lata, Phil. sp. (Geol. Yorks, ii. pi. vi. fig. 12). It is, however, less oblique, es-
pecially in the earlier stages of its growth, and the beak is narrower and more
depressed. It is also considerably broader on the aatero-ventral side, and has
a larger posterior wing.

AVICULOPECTEN, McCoy.

Aviculopecten Caroli, n. sp. Shell of medium size, subcircular, ventri-
cose. Hinge-line shorter than the shell; anterior ear of right valve shorter
than anterior end of shell, rounded, slightly inflated, with a deep, sharply-
rounded notch below; posterior ear acute, slightly longer than the anterior,
with a broad, shallow notch below ; shell otherwise nearly equilateral. Beak
central, inconspicuous ; greatest convexity of valve a little above the middle.
External surface of the body of the valve marked by about 25 nearly equidis-
tant, narrow, sharply-raised, radiating ribs, with two or three fine, raised striae
in each of the interspaces ; a set of very fine, sharp, close, concentric raised
lines cross the smaller ribs, but are intercepted by the primary ones. The
latter, however, show a tendency, toward the pallia! margin of the valve, to de-
velope nodes, which, on the anterior and posterior slopes, become distinct spines.
The spines sometimes oceur in the spaces between the primary ribs. The
wings are also marked by two sets of raised lines, but on the posterior wing
the radiating set is most prominent, while on the anterior wing the concentric
set is strongest. The left valve is exactly like the right, except that the notch
below the anterior ear is shallower.

Length from beak to ventral margin -66 (100) ; length of hinge-line -55 (83) ;
convexity of right valve -20 (30) ; antero-posterior dimension -6$ (100). Num-
ber of concentric lines in one-tenth of an inch, 16. The adult size of the
species seems to be about one inch in length and breadth.

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Barling-
ton limestone.

Aviculopecten occidektalis, n. sp. Shell small, appressed ; hinge-iine
equal to greatest width ; anterior and posterior umbonal ridges at right angles,
and straight to the middle of the shell extremities, between which the pallial

1863.]

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

margin is regularly curved. Wings distinct, the anterior slightly inflated,
rounded at the extremity, and separated from the body of the shell by a rather
acute notch, from which a furrow extends to the beak; posterior win- flat-
tened, acute, subtriangular, with a shallow sinus below. Body of shell smooth
wings with radiating ribs, strongest on the anteiior wing and crossed by
equally strong concentric lines ; posterior wing with fine concentric lines.
In the oolitic limestone ("No. 3" of White.)

Avicclopecten TENOicosTUS, n. sp. Shell small, equilateral ; pallial margin
circularly rounded between anterior and posterior extremities, which lie mid-
way between the beak and opposite side. Beak slightly prominent; body of
shell bounded by a truncation from beak to each lateral margin ; anterior
truncation slightly concave. Anterior wing of left valve moderately inflated.
as long as anterior side of shell, distinctly rounded at extremity, joinins
hinge-line by a rounded angle, and separated from body of shell by a broadly
Y-shaped sinus, rounded at the bottom. Posterior wing only very imperfectly
seen. Surface (of left valve) ornamented by fine, rigid, nearly equidistant ribs,
50 or 60 in number, separated by concave intervals ; similar but finer ribs or
striae marking the anterior ear. Frequently from three to five equidistant cos-
tale elevations appear, each of which bears two or three of the ribs. A few
inequidistant concentric lines are seen. Right valve unknown.

Length from beak to opposite side "47 ; antero-posterior dimension the
same.

It is a little singular that of seven specimens of this species all are left valves,
showing only the anterior ear. The posterior is probably flat and thin.

POSIDONOMYA, Brown.

Posidonomya? ambigda, n. sp. Shell of medium size, rather ventricose,
somewhat oblique. Hinge-line short, straight, not surpassed by the inconspic-
uous beak, abruptly rounded at the extremities ; sides of shell subparallel,
somewhat straight ; ventral margin circularly curved, gaping at the antero-
ventral angle. Cast nearly smooth, but bearing the impression of a few small, ir-
regular wrinkles around the margin.

Greatest dimension (from beak to ventral margin) -G5 (100); antero-poste-
rior dimension -58 (89) ; angle of umbonal slope with hinge-line 70.

Three left valves and one right, of an anomalous fossil are here referred
with great uncertainty. One of the specimens is larger and relatively longer
from beak to venter than the one described, and seems to have been everted
around nearly the entire pallial border, producing an extensively gaping shell.
The right valve is a smaller specimen, with the beak near the anterior extremi-
ty of the hinge-line, and presenting the anomaly of a forward instead of a back-
ward obliquity in this respect resembling Streblqpteria, McCoy, but without
the anterior wing. The three valves could scarcely belong to the same species
of any genus, but it would be folly to attempt a further discrimination at
present.

DEXIOBIA, n. gen.

Etymology, Jtgi6c, on the right side and 0ia., strength, in allusion to the greater
ventricosity of the right valve.

Shell thin, inequivalve, inequilateral ; beaks separated by an undefined area.
Right valve very ventricose, with a very prominent umbo, and a produced,
incurved beak, strongly inclined forward. Left valve much less inflated, with
a less prpminent beak, scarcely elevated above the dorsal margin. Hinge-line
more or less extended, straight, or slightly bent, edentulous (?) furnished with a
thickened cartilage plate bearing a linear posterior groove. Pallial line and
muscular markings unknown.

In his Report on the Geology of Iowa, (p. 522, pi. vii. fig. 10, a, b, c,) Prof.
Hall has described, under the name of Cardiomorpha ovala (not C. ovata, d'Orb.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 11

= }fac(ra ovata, McCoy,) a common species from the yellow sandstones of Bur-
lington. This species Messrs. Meek and Worthen supposed to be congeneric
with their Cardiopsis radiaia, (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., June, 1861, p. 144).
From the same beds, Mr. C. A. White has more recently described a similar
species under the name of Cardiomorpha {Cardiopsis?) parvirostris, (Proc. Bos.
Soc. Nat. Hist., Jan., 1862, p. 31), which has the small beak and Luciniform as-
pect of several other species referred by authors to the same genus * It was
some time since remarked, however, by Mr. White, that amongst all his speci-
mens of these two species, the left valves of C. ovata and the right valves of C.
parvirostris, were entirely wanting. It appears also that Prof. Hall's description
was drawn from a right valve. The idea, however, that the two sets of valves
might really belong to one species, would not probably have been entertained
but for the discovery of a specimen with both valves in closely fitting juxtapo-
sition. On one side the specimen is C. ovata, on the other C. parvirostris !
The beaks of the two valves are wanting, but the ventral margins apply to each
other with exactitude, the number of radiating lines in a given distance being
the same on the two sides.

From the same exhaustless deposits of fossil remains, Mr. White's industry
has brought to light some other forms which present similar characteristics.

It is evident that these fossils cannot be referred to any known genus. It is
doubtful whether they fall within the limits of any recognized family assem-
blage. Judging from their analogies, they must have been asiphonal, integro-
pallial Pleuroconchs, though little evidence of the possession of a byssus has
been detected. From the inequivalve family Avieulidse (including Aucella, to
which they are most related,) they are clearly excluded by the greater ventri-
cosity of the right valve, and the absence of an anterior wing and byssal sinus.
From the free inequivalve Osircidie their great gibbosity distinguishes them.
From Dolabra, McCoy, they differ in the greater ventricosity of the right valve
and less transverse shape.

In view of the facts above recited, though some palaeontologists may not re-
gard them as sufficiently conclusive, I have ventured to publish a diagnosis of
the supposed new genus.

Dexiobia Wuitei, Winchell, (= Cardiomorpha ovata, Hall. -(- C. parvirostris,
White.) Shell subrotund, with a slight anterior obliquity caused by a mode-
rate protrusion of the antero-ventral border, from which, in the right valve, a
slight elevation extends to the beak ; anterior margin rather straight above.
Hinge-line short, regularly curved ; beaks nearly central. Surface marked by
fine radiating ribs becoming obsolete toward the umbo and numerous irreg-
ular concentric wrinkles, which are generally mo6t conspicuous in the left
valve.

Height from beak to middle of ventral margin 1-26 (100) ; greatest antero-
posterior dimension, nearly bisecting the first measure, 1-16 (92) ; convexity of
right valve -45 (35). Height of another specimen 1-67. Height and convexity
of a left valve 1-19 (100) and -26 (22).

Dexiobia Halli, n. sp. Shell small, semi-elliptic, subequilateral. Hinge-line
straight, extended ; in some specimens as long as the greatest width of the
shell. Right valve extremely ventricose, flattened and subalate toward the
hinge extremities ; left valve with a very small obtuse beak, and slender poste-
rior cartilage plate bearing a longitudinal median furrow. Surface smooth.

Height from beak of right valve to middle of ventral side -65 (100) ; length
of hinge-line -76 (117) ; ventricosity of right valve -35 (54).

MYTILUS, Linnseus.
Mytilus Whitfieldianus, Win., (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Sept., 1862, p.

* Compare also Lucina ? retusa, Hall, (Geol. Rep. 4th Dist., N. Y., p. 245), and Ungulina suborbi-
culo.ris, (lb. p. 243).

1863.]

12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

413.) The small shells thus identified have heretofore been regarded as the
young of M. occidentalism White and Whitfield, a species with which I formerly
identified the Michigan types of M. Whitfieldianus, a close comparison of speci-
mens, however, shows M. occidentalis to be quite destitute of the fine diverging
strife which belong to perfect specimens of the other species. M. occidentalis,
moreover, is more flattened between the umbonal ridge and the hinge-line, and
does not attain more than one-fifth the length of the other. It bears conside-
rable resemblance to Modiola lingualis, Phil., (Geol. Yorks. p. 209, pi. v. fig. 21.)

ORTHONOTA, Conrad.

Okthonota phaselia, n. sp. Shell transversely quadrangular. Beaks in-
conspicuous, nearly terminal, not raised above the slightly-curved hinge-line.
Ventral margin subparallel with dorsal, with a shallow sinuation in the middle.
Posterior end truncately curved, a little the most extended toward the dorsal
side; anterior end slightly produced below, with a deep lunette above. Shell
inflated from the anterior end to near the posterior. Greatest thickness a little
in front of the middle. Anterior muscular pit shallow, ovately pyriform.
Surface with a few remote concentric lines near the border.

Length -35 (100) ; height -20 (57) ; thickness of both valves -13 (37).

EDMONDIA, de Koninck.

Edmondia nitida, n. sp. Shell small, equivalve, suborbicular, ventricose,
slightly oblique, with a subcentral beak. Hinge-line slightly extended poste-
riorly, obtusely rounded at the extremities ; anterior and posterior sides sub-
parallel ; ventral border circularly rounded, but a little produced in the line of
the umbonal ridge. Beak elevated above the hinge, obtuse, slightly incurved ;
umbonal ridge making an angle of 66 with the hinge-line; behind this ridge
the elope is abrupt to the posterior border; middle portion of the shell very
slightly flattened from the beak along the region anterior to the umbonal ridge.
Surface handsomely marked by rigid, regular concentric raised striae, with a
few remote, irregularly-distributed concentric furrows. The striation is pre-
served in all its sharpness to the very hinge-border.

Length -59 (100) ; height -59 (100) ; thickness of both valves -30 (51).

Closely resembles E. unioniformis, de Kon., (Anim. Foss., pi. i. fig. 4,) but
the latter is less finely and elegantly striated, and shows no flattening along the
region between the beaks and the ventral border. It is much less flattened
and less angular than E. binumbonata, Win., from Michigan.

Edmondia nuptialis, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, transversely-suboval ; ia
adult specimens considerably inflated in the vicinity of the pallial border.
Beaks subcentral, small, incurred, somewhat elevated above the moderately
extended, slightly arcuate hinge-line. Ventral margin gently curved or nearly
straight in the middle; more rapidly curved toward the rounded, subequal ex-
tremities. Hinge structure obscure, but apparently consisting of one or more
lateral teeth on each side of the beak. Surface unequally and interruptedly
furrowed. Greatest thickness through the middle of the shell.

Length -79 (100) ; height -62 (78) ; thickness of both valves -50 (63).

This species is relatively larger than E. nitida, and is destitute of the obtuse
angulations descending along the anterior and posterior umbonal slopes of the
latter. An associated, if not identical, species is less ventricose, with less
central beaks, and can scarcely be distinguished from Lucina? retusa, Hall.

Edmondia strigillata, n. sp. Shell rather small, rather gibbous, trans-
versely oval ; beaks subcentral, elevated, obtuse, somewhat strongly turned
forward. Ventral margin gently arcuate in the middle, more rapidly curved
toward the neatly-rounded extremities, of which the posterior is broadest.
Hinge-line curved, furnished with a pair of rather thick lateral teeth ; cardinal
ieetb, apparently none. Surface marked by fine radiating lines, and toward
the margin by a few irregular concentric wrinkles.

[Jan .

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

Length -80 (100) ; height -62 (77) ; thickness of both valves -40 (50).
Resembles E. nuptialis in form, but it is less ventricose around the margin.
and is further distinguished by its radiating strife.

Edmondia ^eqdimarginalis, Win., (=Cardinia xquimarginalis, Win., Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Sept , 18G2, p. 413.) The identification with the Michigan
species is quite conclusive, but the better state of preservation of this fossil
necessitates a correction of the generic reference.

Edmondia (?) bicarinata, n. sp. Shell rather small, transverse, oblong, a
little the widest at the posterior extremity of the straight, lengthened hinge-
line ; dorsal margin erect, not inflected ; ventral margin subparallel with the
dorsal, having a distinct shallow sinus near the middle, which leaves a dimin-
ishing furrow extending to the beaks ; angularly rounded to the extremities, of
which the posterior is truncate by a slightly curved line at right angles with
the hinge-line, and another above this forming an ang'e of about 135 with
the hinge-line. Beaks one-fifth the length of the shell from the anterior end,
somewhat flattened, and incurved over a deep, distinct lunette. Greatest con-
vexity one-third the distance from the dorsal to the ventral sides. A strong
angular ridge extends from the beaks to the posterior ventral angle, and
another, less conspicuous, to the angle connecting the two posterior truncated
margins. Surface marked by fine incremental lines, parallel to the basal and
posterior borders.

Length -59 (100) ; height -27 (41) ; thickness of both valves -12 (20).

Edmondia (?) elliptica, n. sp. Shell rather large, appressed, transverse,
with an elongate-elliptical outline. Beaks flat, inconspicuous, situated one-
fifth the shell-length from the anterior end. Hinge margin elongate, slightly
curved, abruptly elevated ; a flattened area extending from the beaks back-
ward to the posterior hinge angle. Extremities neatly rounded. Surface
marked by numerous distinct unequal lines running parallel with the pallial
margin.

Length 1-36 (100) ; height -65 (48).

SANGUINOLITES, McCoy.

Sanguinolites amygdalinus, n. sp. Shell of medium size, equivalve ; length
equal to two and a half time3 the height ; beak about one-fourth the length
from the anterior end, scarcely elevated above the hinge, somewhat depressed,
incurved ; dorsal margins slightly concave, posteriorly inflected inwards, form-
ing a deep escutcheon ; ventral margin gradually curved along the middle,
more rapidly so toward the extremities ; posterior extremity describing nearly
a semicircle, and joining the dorsal line by a very easy angle ; anterior extrem-
ity abruptly rounded to the deep, broad lunette, which reaches from the beak
to the middle of the shell. Greatest protuberance one-third the distance from
the beak to the venter, rather tumid ; an obtuse angulation extending from the
beak to the postero-basal angle; a strong internal ridge running near to, and
parallel with, the hinge-line. Surface marked by strong concentric wrinkles,
which nearly disappear in the dorsoumbonal region. A shallow sinus in front
of the mid-ventral margin, which can be traced upward toward the beak.

Length -97 (100) ; height -44 (45) ; distance of beak from anterior end -25
(26) ; from posterior -72 (74) ; thickness of both valves -36 (37).

Somewhat resembles Allorisma Hannibalensis, Shum., but differs in the ab-
sence of the "broad concentric ribs" of that species. It less resembles the
Burlington fossil, usually referred to the same species.

Sanguinolites cylindricus, n. sp. Shell small, equivalve ; length equal to
two and a half times its height; beak about one-seventh the length from the
anterior end, elevated above the hinge-line, flattened and enrolled; greatest
height along the perpendicular from beak to base; dorsal margin extended,

1862.]

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

slightly concave upwards and inwards, sharply inflected inwards, forming a
long, deep posterior escutcheon or cartilage base; ventral margin nearly
straight, curving rapidly from a point opposite the beaks to the anterior ex-
tremity, which is abruptly rounded into the deep heart-shaped lunette ; poste-
rior extremity truncated by a line extending from the basal to the dorsal mar-
gin, and making with the latter an angle of 120. Valves very ventricose, the
greatest thickness being behind the central point on the sharp, prominent
umbonal plication, which extends from the beak to the postero-basal angle
the area between this plication and the anterior region being curved subcylin-
drically from a dorsal to a ventral direction, and the area between the plication
and the hinge-liue being a triangular, twisted, somewhat concave surface,
faintly marked by lines diverging from the beak to the posterior boundary.
Entire surface covered with fine irregular striaj parallel with the basal and
anal margins.

Length -63 (100) ; height -29 (46) ; thickness of both valves -24 (38) ; height
of posterior end -20 (32) ; length of anterior end -09 (14); of posterior end
54 (86).

A peculiarity of this fossil is its cylindrical ventricosity and the posterior
position of its greatest distension. (Compare Owen, Geol. Rep. Wis., Min.,
&c, Tab. III. a, fig. 18.)

Sanguinolites Iowensis, n. sp. Shell of medium size, equivalve, transverse ;
height equal to nearly one-half the length ; beaks elevated above the dorsum ;
subappressed, incurved and turned forward over a deep cordate lunette ; dor-
sal line straight, reaching to near the posterior extremity of the shell ; dorsal
margin sharply inflected to form a long cartilage base ; ventral border gently
curved, posteriorly receding toward the dorsum, and forming at the extremity
an angle of 80 with the short, truncate, nearly rectilinear biod margin ; ante-
rior extremity most projecting in the middle, from this point curving regularly
to the ventral border and abruptly into the anterior lunette. Valves ventri-
cose, most inflated in the middle ; a sharp carina running sigmoidally from the
beak to the postero-basal angle; another, still sharper, bounding the (poste-
rior) escutcheon ; the twisted triangular space between these being marked, on
the cast, by three faint depressed lines, radiating also from the beak. External
surface marked by irregular lines of growth, strongest on the anterior portion
and faintest on the dorso-umbonal surface. In some specimens apparently not
separable from this species, a shallow groove runs from the ventral margin
nearly opposite the beak, over the umbo*.

Length 103 (100); height -52 (50); thickness of both valves -38 (37); length
of anterior end -21 (20) ; of posterior end -82 (80).

The forms last mentioned above attain a size fully once and a half as large.

The typical specimens of this species are quite distinct, but the larger ones
approximate to S. amygdalinus in outline and characters of the dorsal region ;
but they differ in being larger, more ventricose, and in having a sharp umbonal
angle and acute posterior extremity.

Sanguinolites sdlciferds, n. sp. Shell very small, transversely obloDg,
' with nearly terminal beaks. Ventral margin broadlj and rather deeply sinuate
in the middle; anterior margin abruptlv rounded below, terminating above in
a deep lunette ; posterior margin somewhat produced below, suddenly rounded
at the basal angle, and very obliquely truncate from thence to the end of the
second third of the dorsal side, from which point the straight hinge-line ex-
tends to the beak. Cardinal margins inflected to form a narrow, elongate
escutcheon. Umbo full ; umbonal ridge arcuate, with the convexity upwards,
and terminating at the posterior basal angle ; space above this somewhat con-
cave, longitudinally marked by seven or eight strong imbricating concentric
ridges.

Length -26 (100) ; height -14 (54); thickness of both valves -09 (35).

'[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 15

Resembles in external form Area pinguis, de Kon., (Anim. Foss., 116, ii. 11).
Compare also Cypricardia parvula, {pi. ii. fig. 3).

The Hamilton group of New York furnishes a fossil similar to the above ;
and the Waverly sandstone of Ohio another similar, perhaps identical, one.

Saxgcinolites (?) jejunus, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, equivalve, trans-
verse ; beaks small, barely elevated above the hinge, slightly inflected,. one-
third the shell-length from the anterior end; height fully half the length;
hinge-line extended ; dorsal slope erect, marked by an internal ridge ; margin
slightly inflected, if at all, though some indication exists of a very narrow
escutcheon; anterior lunette equally inconspicuous; ventral margin symmetri-
cally arcuate between the extremities, with which it connects by similar gradu-
ally increasing curvatures; posterior end truncate for a short space near the
termination of the hinge-line, with which it forms an angle of about 130 s ;
anterior end semi-elliptically rounded. Valves somewhat appressed ; greatest
distension one-fourth the distance from the beak to the venter. Surface of
cast marked by faint lines of growth.

Length -86 (100) ; height -48 (55) ; length of anterior end -31 (36) ; of pos-
terior - 55 (64) ; thickness of both valves "20 (23).

Some specimens associated here are relatively shorter posteriorly, but not
otherwise distinguishable.

McCoy's generic names and distinctions, SanyuinolUcs and Leplodomus,
seem preferable to King's Allorisma, inasmuch as the latter name, besides being
subsequent in time, was originally defined under an erroneous idea, and was
finally left to embrace shells regarded as sinupallial, a character which does
not seem to belong to the so-called Allorismas of the Palasozoic period. San-
guinolites lowensis, and probably some of the others just described, are allied in
form to Cypricardia ; but I agree with Pictet and others in believing that,
while we have no evidence of the existence of the teeth of Cypricardia in any
of the Palaeozoic species generally referred to that genus, it is more natural to
throw them into another association. Moreover, the sharply-inflected dorsal
margin and broad, elongate posterior escutcheon, present in all the species of
Ccelonotidie, would seem to indicate real affinities, and thus withdraw the
Allorisma type entirely from the association in which it has been placed.
Cypricardia? riyida, White and Whitfield, from the same rocks, is &Sanyui?io'<U < '.

CARDIOMORPHA, de Koninck.

Cardiomorpha trigonalis, n. sp. Shell small or of moderate size, triangular,
rather ventricose, with elevated, incurved beaks. Ventral margin slightly con-
vex anteriorly, slightly sinuate near the posterior angle ; anterior angle regu-
larly rounded to the subtruncate anterior side ; posterior angle rather acute,'
formed by the termination of the sharp postumbonal ridge, from which the
surface descends precipitously to the truncate posterior margin. Hinge- line
short, rounded, edentulous. Greatest thickness a little above the middle of the
shell. Surface marked only by faint incremental stria?; younger specimens
smooth.

Length -82 (100) ; height -72 (88); thickness of both valves -50 (61).

This species has been sometimes regarded as C. rhomboidea, Hall, but none
of the numerous specimens of it exhibit the least trace of radiating lines.
The outline, moreover, is subtriangular instead of subrhomboidal. (Compare
with C? trianyulata, Swallow, St. Louis Trans., i. 655.)

ARCA, Linnaeus.

Arca modesta, n. sp. Shell small, very ventricose, quadrate-oval, with a
posterior alate prolongation of the hinge-line. Beaks subterminal, incurved,
separated by a ligamental area; posterior hinge-line straight, nearly as long
as the shell. Umbonal ridge and body of the shell inflated to the ventral mar-

1863.]

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

giL ; alate expansion gradually flattened ; anterior end abruptly rounded, exca-
vated by a lunuliform area in front of the beaks ; posterior end rounded below,
truncate above. Surface covered by fine, rather regular, sharp, concentric
striae ; the alate expansion bears also faint traces of two or three furrows
diverging from behind the beak.

Length -31 (100) ; height -22 (71) ; thickness of right valve -10 (32) ; angle
between hinge-line and umbonal ridge 35.

This little species closely resembles A. arguta, Phill., sp., var. de Kon.,
( Auim. Foss., pi. iii. fig. 1 2.) The beaks, however, are still more terminal than
in that variety, and the lunette is not so sharply bounded. Area arguta, var.,
is from carboniferous limestone Vise. Though the dental characters of the
present species have not been observed, it can scarcely prove to be anything
but an Area or Macrodon.

MACRODON, Lycett.

Macrodon cochlearis, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, rather ventricose,
length equal to twice the height ; beaks subterminal, flattened, incurved.
Ventral border straight, or slightly sinuate in the middle, symmetrically
curved toward the extremities ; posterior extremity truncate from the hinge-
line one- third its width ; anterior extremity most projecting above the mid-
dle, excavated above by a small deep lunette ; dorsal line straight, nearly a?
long as the shell, not inflected ; posterior cardinal extension with feeble in-
dications of one or more lateral teeth. Surface finely striated concen-
trically.

Length -88 (100) ; height -44 (50) ; length of anterior end 46 (19) ; of
posterior end -72 (81) ; thickness of left valve '18 (22).

Resembles M. parvus, White and Whitefield, but, besides its larger size, it
is much less ventricose, especially in the posterior half, and has not the
conspicuous muscular pits of that species.

NtTCULA, Lamarck.

Npcula microdonta, n. sp. Shell small, transversely oblong ; height
equal to two-thirds the length ; beaks small, somewhat incurved, but little
elevated above the hinge-line, about one-third the length from the short end.
Ventral border rapidly curved, and regularly so to the vicinity of the long
end, where it is slightly sinuated, from which point a shallow groove extends
up nearly to the beak. Dental plates but little angulated between the beaks ;
the larger bearing near its oiiter margin 10 or 12 minute transversely tuber-
cular teeth, and the shorter 4 or 5. Teeth not distinguishable to the beaks,
but no cartilage pit seems to be present. Anterior muscular pit oblong, sur-
mounted by a large pedal scar. Shell most ventricose in the middle. No
surface markings discernible.

Length -47 (100) ; height -32 (68) ; length of short end -18 (38) ; of long
end -29 (62) ; thickness of both valves -18 (38).

This little species is readily distinguished from N. Iowensis, and most
others of this age, by its very small teeth and the absence of the usual
nuculoid outline.

Ranges from bed No. 5 into the base of the Burlington limestone.

LEDA, Schumacher.

Leda saccata, n. sp. Shell very small, transversely elongate, rostrate at
the longer extremity ; obtuse, ventricose and saccate at the other. Beak
abruptly, though moderately drawn out, and but slightly incurved. Ventral
side strongly curved, becoming nearly straight toward the rostral extremity.
Dorsal region deeply excavated for an escutcheon on the longer side of the
beak ; hinge plates bearing each six or seven teeth. Greatest thickness of shell
between the beaks and the middle. Pit of adductor of short end very deep

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

on its superior border ; the other pit smaller, deepest on its superior border
Surface with fine, indistinct strife of growth.

Length -32 (100) ; height -16 (50) ; length of short end -13 (41) ; of long
end -19 (59) ; thickness of both valves '13 (41).

ISOCARDIA Lamarck.
Isocardia ? Jesn^, n. sp. Shell of rather large size, triangular, very
ventricose. Beak elevated above the hinge, flattened, incurved and directed
forward, with a deep lunule in front. Hinge-line extended posteriorly ; alate
expansion more or less flattened, posterior border truncated at right angles
with the dorsal line, elongate ; antero-ventral margin nearly straight through-
out the lower two-thirds of its length, forming an angle of 50 with the
posterior border, above gradually curved to the lunette. An elevated sharp
umbonal ridge runs sigmoidally from the beak, arching first backwards, then
forwards, and again backwards to the posterior ventral angle ; the posterior
slope from this ridge becomes more and more steep in approaching the beak,
at and near which it faces dorsally, and is overhung by the umbonal ridge.
A shallow sinus appears in the middle of the antero-ventral margin, from
which a furrow ascends toward the beak. Surface marked with faint incre-
mental lines which, on the antero-ventral slope near the base, become dis-
tinct, and nearer the beak rise in well marked wrinkles converging in the
lunette. Greatest length from beak along the umbonal angle 1-27; length
of hinge-line "81 ; length of shell posterior to the beak *65 ; length of posterior
side -90.

This species, in its essential features well marked, seems, nevertheless, to
be quite variable. In some specimens the posterior alate portion is much
more developed. In others it is less developed, and the umbonal ridge is
more acute, giving the shell the appearance of being truncated through its
thickest part.

There is no direct evidence of the affinities of this species with Isocardia,
except the swollen umbones and enrolled beaks ; and it is so referred,
mainly, in deference to high authorities who have made similar disposition of
such forms. (See Sandberger, Verstein., pi. xxvii. fig. 11). It has the
posterior wing of the Aviculidaz, and also the ventricose left valve and
enrolled beak of Aucella in that family. Yet it differs from Amelia in hav-
ing the right valve equally ventricose, and in being entirely destitute of an
anterior wing and byssal sinus. The sharp, sigmoid umbonal angle is a fea-
ture seen in some species usually referred to Cypricardia (See C. bipartita de
Kon. Anim. Foss., p. 94. pi. fig. 15).

Finally, it is worthy of mention that the peculiar angular form of this species
is but an exaggeration of the characters of Sanguinolites cylindricus. It is
relatively shorter, more ventricose and more flattened on the posterior cardi
nal angle. If external form is to be the basis of family distinctions and alliances,
(See Agassiz, Cont. to Nat. Hist, of N. A.) then Isocardia Jennoz will go with
Sanguinolites cylindricus, Win., S. decipiens, McCoy, Cypricardia rigida,W. and
W., C. bipartita, de Kon., Isocardia coelata, Sandb., &c, &c, into a family
whose circumscription has not yet been marked out.

CARDIOP3IS, Meek and Worthen.

Cardiopsis megambonata, Win. (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Sept., 1862, p. 417.)
The specimen here referred is many times larger than the types of the spe-
cies, being of the size of C. crenistriata, Win., from which it differs principally
in the coarser and more rigid ribs and more prominent beak.

The ribs in the Burlington specimens do not increase in number with age,
and scarcely increase in size ; the intercostal spaces are flat, gradually
widening.

Height from beak to ventral margin -91 (100); length -85 (97); thickness
of left valve -55 (60).

1863.] 2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

SANGUINOLARIA, Lamarck.

Sanguinolaria ? leptogaster, n. sp. Shell small, thin, subquadrangular.
Beaks subcentral, flat, not elevated above the dorsal line. Posterior end ob-
liquely truncated ; anterior gently rounded below, abruptly above, with a
long deep lunette ; ventral side arcuate in the middle, joining the extremities
by a gradually increased curvature. Umbo flattened, a low ridge extending
obliquely to the posterior basal angle. Dorsal line straight behind the beaks,
joining the posterior side at an angle of 125. Surface marked by fine
regular striae parallel with the ventral and posterior margins.

Length -53 (100) ; height -38 (71) ; thickness of valves -09 (17).

BELLEROPHON, Montfort.
Bellerophon cyrtolites, Hall, (Thirteenth Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 107). A
small Bellerophon, laterally appressed, and with an acute periphery, ap-
proaches too closely to B. cyrtolites to justify discrimination. It is known,
however, only by its cast, which is quite smooth. Should the identification
prove correct, this species occurs at Rockford, Ind., Marshall, Michigan, and
Burlington, Iowa.

PORCELLIA, Leveille.

Porcellia rectikoda, n. sp. Shell small, gradually enlarging, marked by
a series of transverse nodes, which are strongest on the dorso-lateral region,
and gradually diminish to the middle of the side ; transverse section between
two nodes subcircular. Dorsum unknown.

Diameter of last whorl about "59 ; dorso-ventral diameter of tube near the
aperture *19.

This species differs from P. crassinoda, White and Whitefield, in its circu-
lar section and transversely elongate nodes from P. obi i qui noda, White, in the
transverse position of the nodes and from P. nodosa, Hall, (Greol. Surv. la.,
Supplem. to vol. i. part 2, p. 92), in its much smaller size and different
geological horizon, the latter being found in the upper bed of the Burlington
limestone, which has thus far furnished no species identifiable with fossils
from the sandstones below.

DENTALIUM, Linnams.

Dentalium GRANDiEVUM, n. sp. Shell rather large, perfectly straight and
terete, or a little compressed ; tapering *09 in one inch near the larger end,
less rapidly near the small end ; surface marked by faint, irregular incremen-
tal stri?e, which run obliquely around the shell, and in flattened specimens
are most advanced along one edge.

Length of largest specimen 2-18 ; diameter at larger end -21 ; at smaller end
about -05.

This species resembles D. venustum, Meek and Worthen, (Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sei., Phila., June, 1861, p. 145), from the St. Louis and Spergen Hill lime-
stones. The latter, however, tapers but - 075 in one inch, and is described as
"nearly" straight and quite smooth, while the present species is rigidly
straight and transversely striated.

PLATYCERAS, Conrad.

Platyceras cornpforme, n. sp. Shell small, describing about half a whorl,
very rapidly enlarging, similarly curved throughout, broadly and obtusely
carinated, when young, along the peripheral line ; transverse section becoming
subsequently nearly circular ; aperture a little oblique to the whorl, with a
somewhat sinuous peristome, the principal sinus being just beneath the mid-
dle of the outer lip. Surface marked only by stria? of growth, which curve
forwards on the sides, and backwards along a belt just beneath the periphery.
The shell is nearly symmetrical and its curvature planorboid. The apex is
blunt and not perceptibly turned to the right or left.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

Height when resting on the aperture *32 ; summit in this position two-
thirds the distance from the aperture to the apes ; width of aperture "33.

Platyceras vomerujm, n. sp. Shell of medium size, describing about half
a direct whorl, very rapidly enlarging ; peripheral (or dorsal) region elevated
and surmounted by a strong, broad, rounded carina, which becomes more ob-
tuse toward the aperture, a shallow groove running along each side of the
carina ; transverse section showing an angle of about 70 toward the beak,
which enlarges to about 110 near the aperture ; surface of cast destitute of
markings.

Distance from front of aperture in a straight line, to most projecting por-
tion of beak *85 (100) ; height of shell when resting on the aperture *47 (55) ;
summit when in this position three-fifths the distance from aperture to apes ;
length of aperture -67 (79) ; width of aperture -58 (68).

This sharp-backed species approaches P. carinatum, Hall, (Fourteenth Rep.
N. Y. Reg., p. 5,) but differs in being equilaterally developed. It belongs to the
Orthomjchia group, which Prof. Hall has welded to the Neritoid forms under
one generic designation.

Believed to range from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the
Burlington limestone.

PLEUROTOMARIA, Defrance.

Pleurotomaria ? rota, n. sp. Shell small ; spire depressed, conves, con-
sisting of four or five flattened whorls ; suture sharply channelled as if by the
rabbet of a joiner. Base of shell unknown, but a solid asis in the cast of the
spire would indicate a deeply perforate umbilicus. No surface markings.
"While the imperfect specimens plainly indicate an undescribed species, it
is as yet impossible to determine the generic position of the shell.
Ranges from bed No. 5 into the base of the Burlington limestone.

Pleurotomaria tectoria, n. sp. Shell small; spire trochoid, consisting of
about four whorls, flattened between the periphery and the suture ; peri-
phery marked by a raised, somewhat bicarinate band ; a raised carina running
along the upper margin of each whorl close to the suture ; base rounded reg-
ularly from the periphery to a small, sunken, perforate umbilicus ; aperture
suboircular, somewhat modified by the body whorl, angulated posteriorly,
rounded in front, the peristome descending into the umbilicus.

MURCHISONIA, d'Archiac.

Mcrchisoxia qitadricincta, n. sp. Shell of medium size, turrited ; whorls
conves, regularly enlarging to the last, with an obsoletely bicarinate band
running along the middle, below which are four small, rigid, thread-like, ap-
proximated carinse, leaving the base of the body whorl smooth or faintly
lined, and regularly curved into the umbilical cavity ; the surface above the
band marked only by very delicate lines of growth, which arch backwards to
the peripheral band, below which they arch far forwards, entering the umbili-
cal cavity half their length in advance of their place of origin at the suture.
Suture deeply impressed.

The only specimen showing the external markings has a defective spire,
but it could not be completed with less than 8 or 9 whorls, giving a length of
1-S (100) ; an apical angle of 19, a sutural angle of 66, while the body whorl
is -25 (14) high.

Some internal casts perhaps of the same species have double the above
dimensions, and exhibit a shallow longitudinal groove on the penultimate
whorl near the suture, which, in the ultimate whorl, becomes a broadly con-
cave flattening of the upper region, and a somewhat sharp angulation at the
suture. In these, the outer lip is rounded, the inner somewhat excavated,
and the aperture is angulated and slightly effuse in front. Still other casts
exhibit a more elevated spire, with the smooth, rounded whorls barely in con-
1863.]

20 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

tact, the body whorl disproportionately enlarged, the aperture effuse and the
general aspect that of Loxonema ; but the condition of the specimens renders
it unsafe to undertake to decide on specific or even generic characters.

The general appearance of this species is like that of M. bilineata, Goldf.
(Petr. Germ. iii. 24, Taf. cixxii. 1,) but the four carina? below the band
render it easily distinguishable. The casts recall Turritella obsoleta, Sow.
from the old red sandstone of Felindre.

Mdecuisonia neglecta, n. sp. Shell of moderate size, turreted, with an
apical angle of 12. Suture impressed, whorls convex, slightly flattened above
the middle, bearing a bilinear band below the middle close to the suture.
Surface marked by faint, transverse, sinuous striae, which, on the outer por-
tion of the body whorl, appear to assume the character of transverse wrinkles.

Described from a defective specimen, but the bicristate band on the lower
side of the whorls is sufficient evidence of its distinctness. It seems to have
consisted of 8 to 10 whorls.

Mcechisonia Shumaediana, n. sp. Shell small, conical, consisting of six or
seven gradually enlarging whorls, somewhat flattened on the base and outer
surface, so as to leave but a shallow suture ; body whorl obtusely angulated
at the junction of the basal and lateral surfaces; aperture broadly cuneate-
ovate, angulated behind, scarcely effuse in front ; plane of aperture parallel
with vertical axis of shell. Surface of cast quite smooth.

Height of shell -57 (100) ; height of last whorl -24 (42) ; diameter of base
of shell -28 (49) ; length of aperture -23 (40) ; greatest width -17 (30) ;
apical angle 34.

Much resembles the young of M. prolixa, W. and W. It differs in more
rapidly enlarging whorls, larger apicial angle and the obtuse angulation limit-
ing the basal surface.

STRAPAEOLLUS, Montfort.

Steapabollus Baeeisi, n. sp. Shell of medium size, depressed-turbinate ;
whorls four or five in number, moderately impressed, rather gradually en-
larging to the last, which enlarges somewhat rapidly ; surface generally con-
vex, with three rounded, barely perceptible angulations. the first near the
somewhat channelled suture, the second along the periphery, and the third at
the brink of the medium-sized umbilical cavity. Base of the body whorl some-
times slightly flattened, giving an increased transverse diameter to the section,
a feature which is associated with a somewhat greater depression of the
spire.

Diameter of one of the largest specimens -96(100) ; height '67 (69) ; height
of body whorl *46 (48) ; transverse diameter of body whorl near aperture
38 (40) ; approximate diameter of umbilicus *29 (30) ; spiral angle 100.

This somewhat resembles a species in the Burlington limestone, but the
spire is somewhat more elevated, the suture deeper and the whorls are less
rapidly enlarged.

Steapaeollus maceomphalus, n. sp. Shell of moderate size ; spire little
elevated ; whorls barely in contact, graduallly enlarging, with a nearly circular
section, and circumscribing a broad dish-like umbilical cavity, open to the
apex of the spire. Surface of the whorls marked by distinct regular striae of
growth, which arch slightly backward in descending the umbilical cavity, and
terminate with a slight forward curvature.

Diameter of shell *84 (100) ; transverse diameter of body whorl near aper-
ture -25 (30).

A close analogue of some forms of Euornphalus lavis, d'Arch. and Vern., and

can only be distinguished by its wider umbilicus and slightly sigmoid stria? on

the base of the body whorl. Straparollus costellatus, McCoy, (Pal. Foss., 538,

pi. 3 H. fig. 3,) is a closely-related form, but differs in some of its surface

. markings and its larger number of whorls.

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21

PHANEROTINUS, J. Sowerby.

Phanerotinus paradoxus, n. sp. Shell of medium size, discoid ; whorls
four, widely disjoined, rather rapidly enlarging, nearly terete ; spire de-
pressed below the level of the outer whorl, causing a slightly deeper concavity
above than below the shell ; upper side of last whorl with a scarcely percepti-
ble undulation in the middle, and another on the slope of the umbilical de-
pression ; under side regularly curved ; faint incremental lines running di-
rectly around the whorl.

Diameter of shell l'O (100) ; diameter of aperture at right angles with peri-
pheral line *33 (33) ; same dimension one revolution back from the aperture
14 (14).

The faint appearance of angulations on the upper side may be deceptive :
in which case, the greater depression of the spire on that side would indicate
it as the base of the shell, and the whorls would be sinistral.

The only specimen of this unique species so far as I know, the first of the
genus noticed in America is in the form of a gutta-percha cast, taken from
natural moulis in friable sandstone, of the spiral and basal sides of the same
individual. The moulds themselves it was impossible to preserve. The near-
est American analogue of this species is Euomphalus laxus, Hall, (Fifteenth
Rep. Reg. N. Y., p. 54, pi. vi., fig. 2).

HOLOPEA, Hall.

Holopea conica, n. sp. Shell very small; spire elevated, consisting of about
three or four rounded whorls, of which the last forms about four-fifths of the
entire length ; suture distinct ; aperture lying nearly in the plane of the axis
of the spire, ovate, acutely angulated behind, neatly rounded in front ; outer
lip thin, regularly convex ; inner lip almost equally convex, slightly thickened
by the nearly continuous peristome. Surface not satisfactorily known, but
apparently smooth.

Length -27 (100) ; length of body whorl -20 (74) ; width of body whorl
18 (67) ; length of aperture *12 (44); width of aperture "08 (29); spiral angle
44.

This little species generally resembles Holopella mira, but the apical angle
is greater, the body whorl more developed and the aperture more angulated
behind, with a less continuous peristome.

Holopea subconica, n. sp. Shell small, breadth equal to its height; spire
turbinate, consisting of two or three rounded, rapidly enlarging volutions,
bounded by a distinct suture ; aperture subcircular, with a slightly inter-
rupted peristome ; outer lip thin ; base gracefully rounded into the minutely-
perforated umbilicus, which is closely bordered by the free columellar lip.
Surface apparently smooth.

Height about -15 (100) ; width of last whorl -16 (94) ; height of last whorl
09 (56) ; apical angle about 80.

Associated with Holopea conica and Holopella mira in the calcareous bed
"No. 3."

MACROCKILUS, Phillips.

Macrochilds pinguis, n. sp. Shell globoid ; spire short, rapidly tapering :
volutions not more than five, largely overlapping ; suture moderately im-
pressed ; body whorl ventricose, broadest in the middle, somewhat flattened
above ; aperture ovate, its longer axis forming an angle of 27 with the axis
of the shelJ, acute posteriorly, abruptly rounded anteriorly; inner lip flattened,
with indications of a columellar fold. Surface marked by faint directly trans-
verse striae of growth.

Height of shell 1-93 (100) ; height of body whorl 1-41 (73) ; height of spire
52 (27) ; length of aperture 1-44 (74) ; width of aperture '93 (43) ; spiral
angle 85.

This species is related to some of the globose forms from the Coal Measures.

1863.]

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Its closest analogue is 21. primigenius, Hall, (Io. Rep. p. 720, pi. xxix. 11.)
M. ponderosus, Swallow, (Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, i. p. 202). The aper-
ture, however, is broader, the spire less elevated and the columellar fold ap-
parently much less pronounced.

From the lower bed of the yellow sandstones being, until the recent de-
scription of some specimens from the Hamilton Group of New York, (See Fif-
teenth Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 48), the lowest known position of this section of
the genus.

LOXONEMA, Phillips.

Loxonema oligospira, n. sp. Shell small; whorls about six, rather rapidly
enlarging, convex exteriorly, with traces (on the cast) of vertical ridges, which
become most observable in the vicinity of the aperture ; suture deep ; body
whorl three-fifths the length of the shell, more rapidly enlarging than the
spire, gently convex on the outer side, more rapidly curved toward the base
which is somewhat umbilicately indented rapidly increasing in diameter
toward the aperture, which is thus rendered somewhat effuse in front.

Height of shell -41 (100) ; height of body whorl -25 (61) ; diameter of body
whorl -29 (71) ; diameter of penultimate whorl - 16 (39).

HOLOPELLA, McCoy.

Holopella mira, ii. sp. Shell small, turrited ; whorls gradually and regu-
larly enlarging, seven or eight in number, of which four or five are generally
preserved, the apical ones, in numerous specimens, uniformly wanting ;
whorls sometimes slightly flattened on the exterior ; suture distinctly but not
deeply impressed ; body whorl regularly rounded beneath into a minute um-
bilicus ; aperture nearly circular, obtusely angulated behind, regularly rounded
in front ; peristome complete or slightly interrupted ; columellar lip without
a fold, very slightly excavated by the aperture.

Height of shell about -24 (100) ; height of body whorl -11 (4G) ; diameter
of body whorl *14 (58) ; apical angle 35.

This little shell occurs gregariously in calcareous layers of bed No. 3, and
also occasionally in sandstone No. 5. The exterior seems to be destitute of
natural ornaments, but the specimens in bed No. 3 are universally marked by
lines like cleavage cracks, running very obliquely across the several whorls,
their lower extremities being nearest the aperture.

This fossil bears a close resemblance to Turritella (Holopella) gregaria and
conica, Sow., (Murch. Sil. Syst., pi. iii. fig. 1, f. and 8) from the old Red Sand-
stone, but it differs from both (See McCoy, Pal. Foss., p. 303,) in apparently
having no natural surface markings.

NATICOPSIS, McCoy.

Naticopsis depresscs, n. sp. Shell small ; spire of about four volutions,
scarcely elevated above the body whorl ; last whorl rapidly enlarging, espe-
cially in an obliquely transverse direction ; suture very shallow, giving the
upper side of the shell a general convexity ; width of last whorl at the aper-
ture three-fifths the transverse diameter of the shell ; aperture oval, rounded
anteriorly and posteriorly ; within, somewhat contracted on the inner side by
the broad, flattened columella ; surface marked by delicate lines of growth,
which, toward the suture, become, on the last whorl, fine, regular, elongated
nodes. Highest point of shell, when resting on its base, is on the last whorl,
near the junction of the outer lip with the penultimate whorl.

Height of shell from antero-lateral margin of aperture obliquely to summit
of spire *50 (100) ; greatest transverse diameter -59 (118) ; width of body
whorl measured in the same direction *36 (72) ; altitude of shell when resting
on its base, in a direction nearly at right angles with the last measure *30
(60) ; length of aperture -37 (74) ; width '32 (64).

ORTHOCERAS, Breynius.

Orteoceras Whitei, n. sp. Shell annulated, very gradually tapering, with

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 23

very deep concave septa, and a somewhat elliptic section. Major angle of di-
vergence 5 in a specimen about four inches long, giving a taper of '09 in the
space of one inch ; ratio of axes of transverse section *9S : 1*32 = 1'34 ; ratio of
concavity of septa to greater diameter "38 : 1*2 = 3*16 ; annulations, ten in the
space of three inches, where the mean transverse axis is 1"27, making their
distance a little less than one-fourth this axis, the plane of the annulations
forming an angle of 74 with the longitudinal axis of the shell, the opening
generally toward the extremity of the shorter diameter ; the annulations hav-
ing a broad, shallow, retral sinuosity, which in some specimens is distinctly
marked, and in others obscure ; position of the sinuosity somewhat variable ;
space between the annulations regularly concave ; a peculiar obsolescence of
the annuli sometimes occurs along the side marked by the sinuosity, and not
unfrequently a partial or nearly complete obsolescence of entire annuli takes
place along a portion of the shell. Siphon large, situated on the longer di-
ameter two-sevenths of the distance from the centre to the periphery. Sur-
face (of cast) marked by feeble, rounded, encircling striae, which generally run
parallel with the annulations, but sometimes cross them at a small angle.

The deep concavity of the septa is a strong distinctive mark of this, amongst
annulated species. In many specimens this is much deeper than in the large
specimen from which the measurements have been taken. The occasional
obsolescence of the annulations may also be noted.

Orthocekas heterocixctum, n. sp. Shell unequally annulated. rather
rapidly tapering, with a nearly circular section and a subcentral siphon. Angle
of divergence 11 ; annulations inequidistant, strong, rounded, separated by
concave intervals, somewhat oblique and slightly sinuated retrally on one
of the sides, very often becoming more or less obsolete, and sometimes en-
tirely disappearing ; septa slightly oblique ; siphon on the longer diameter
less than its own diameter distant from the longitudinal axis of the shell.
Surface marked by unequal striae running parallel with the rings.

Resembles 0. Whitei in the occasional obsolescence of the rings ; and casual
observation would not distinguish the two. The present species, however,
tapers more rapidly, is less compressed, has a less excentric siphon and exhibits
a much more frequent disappearance of the annuli.

Ranges from the base of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Burling-
ton limestone.

Orthoceras Indianense, Hall, (Twelfth Rep. N. Y. Reg., p. 10.) Numerous
specimens of an Orthoceras having a circular or slightly eccentric section, a
central or subcentral siphon and an angle of divergence of about 8 fail to
furnish any characters for distinction from the above species. If such identi-
fication is correct, this species enjoyed considerable geographical range.

Ranges from the bottom of the yellow sandstones into the base of the Bur-
lington limestone, in company with crinoids regarded as characteristic of the
latter formation.

PHRAGMOCERAS, Broderip.

Pheagmocebas expansum, n. sp. Shell slightly arcuate in the earlier stages
of growth, becoming nearly straight at a later period ; somewhat gradually
enlarging at first, but afterwards expanding with great rapidity, finally under-
going a gradually reduced rate of expansion, which, at the aperture of the
adult, amounts to a slight constriction ; transverse section very slightly com-
pressed laterally ; position of siphon unknown ; septa transverse, moderately
concave. Surface of cast smooth.

In a specimen which is -7 1 - 1 in diameter at the small (imperfect) end, the
same diameter increases to 2-1 in the space of 1-37 inches, showing an angle,
of divergence of about 68 c .

CYRTOCERAS, Goldfuss.
Cyrtoceeas ujticobne, n. sp. Shell arcuate ; angle of divergence when young
1863.]

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

about 11, rapidly increasing with the growth of the shell to 35 or 40 ;
transverse section laterally compressed, with the dorsum a little more acute
than the venter ; last chamber fully half the length of the shell. Septa
transverse, regularly concave. Siphon rather large, terete, somewhat close to
the dorsal margin. Surface apparently without ornaments ; incremental lines
forming a variable angle with the septa.

A specimen which is 223 long is -38 in dorso-ventral diameter at the small
(imperfect) end, and 1*60 at the larger end, being septate the whole length.
Another specimen mast have been about 2-3 in dorso-ventral diameter at "the
larger end.

PHILLIPSIA, Portlock.

Phillipsia insignis, n. sp. Head paraboloid ; border wide, broadly and
deeply furrowed, with the margin reflected upward, and the lateral angles
continued posteriorly in acuminate prolongations, reaching twice the length of
the glabella from the anterior end ; the margin and reflected portion of the
test marked by fine longitudinal strife. Glabella elongate-paraboloid, tuber-
culated. In the middle of the posterior border of the glabella is a pair of tu-
bercles, and in front of these a second and third pair, the last resting on the
middle of the glabella the whole so arranged as to form two longitudinal
rows ; opposite the first pair are the two small complementary lobes, with
four pustules on the summit of each ; opposite the second pair, on each side,
a transversely elongate tubercle with a trifid crest ; opposite the first pair, a
similar tubercle with a bifid crest ; the ornaments on the posterior half of the
glabella being consequently arranged in three transverse series, in the posterior
of which are ten elevations, in the middle eight, and in the anterior six ; the
anterior half of the glabella is covered by pustules somewhat promiscuously
arranged, and varying in different specimens. Eyes large, globoid, slightly
excavated by the palpebral lobe of the fixed cheek, situated opposite the pos-
terior third of the glabella. Occipital ring broad, with its posterior margin
elevated nearly as high as the posterior extremity of the glabella, and orna-
mented with a row of small, raised points turned backwards. Pygidium very
convex, semielliptic, the axis very prominent and forming about one-third
the width at the anterior margin ; consisting of twelve to fourteen rings, each
bearing six small tubercles, the whole of which are arranged in six longitudi-
nal rows ; the tubercles often worn down on the exterior of the test, but
always well defined in the cast ; lateral lobes bent rather abruptly downwards,
having ten ribs, which become indistinct and disappear toward the margin,
and are entirely wanting over the narrow space behind the axis ; the anterior
ribs showing a faint median groove toward their vanishing extremities, and a
a few of the posterior ones bearing feeble tuberculations toward their axial
extremities.

The pygidium of this species nearly resembles that of P. trancatiilus, Phil-
lips, sp. (Geol. Yorks, ii. p. 240. pi. xxii. fig. 13.) but the head is widely dif-
ferent.

From the base of the Burlington limestone.

Phillipsia Maramecensis ? Shumard. Border of head of medium width,
regularly convex, separated from the glabella by a narrow, distinct furrow.
Glabella oblong, slightly quadrangular, a little broader behind than before,
convex, highest in the middle ; complementary lobes obliquely oval, protrud-
ing a little beyond the lateral boundaries of the glabella, from which they
are separated by shallow depressions ; a diminishing series of three feeble
lobes in front of each complementary lobe ; surface of glabella smooth to the
naked eye, but under a lens finely granulated. Eyes opposite the last quarter
of the glabella.

The fragment above described is associated with the pygidium described by
Dr. Shumard, (Mo. Rep. Part ii. p. 199, PL B. fig. 9,) simply in consequence

[Jan.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

25

of the granulated surface of the two, and the impossibility of proving them
distinct. The original specimen, however, was obtained from the "Archimedes
limestone" of St. Louis County, which, according to Prof. Hall, is the equiva-
lent of the "Keokuk limestone."

Of the foregoing species, four are not positively known to occur below the
base of the Burlington limestone ; but they are confidently embraced in the
fauna of the yellow sandstones, for the reason that they ascend no higher,
and that of the 131 remaining species constituting that fauna, not less than
40 are known to range upwards to the same horizon.

University of Michigan, Dec. 6th, 1S62.

Pursuant to the By-Laws, an election of members of the Standing
Committees for 1863 was held, as follows :

ETHNOLOGY.
J. A. Meigs,
S S. Haldeman,
I. I. Hayes.

CO MP. AN AT. AND GEN. ZOOLOGY.
Joseph Leidy,
J. M. Corse,
J. H. Slack.

MAMMALOGY.
J. H. Slack,
John Cassin,
J. L. Le Conte.

ORNLTLIOLOGY.
John Cassin,
S. W. Woodhouse,
J. H. Slack.

HERPETOLOGY ICHTHYOLOGY.
E. D. Cope,
B. Bridges,
J. C. Morris.

CONCHOLOGY.
T. A. Conrad,

W. G. BlNNEY,

a. W. Tryon, Jr.

ENTOMOLOGY AND CRUSTACEA.
B. Bridges,
Samuel Lewis,
E. T. Cresson.

1863.]

BOTANY.
E. DURAND,

Joseph Carson,
Aubrey H. Smith.

GEOLOGY.
Isaac Lea,
Charles E. Smith,
J. P. Lesley.

MINERALOGY.

Wm. S. Vaux,
J. C. Trautwine,
T. D. Band.

PALAEONTOLOGY.
Joseph Leidy,
T. A. Conrad,
J. L. Le Conte.

PHYSICS.
B. Howard Band,
Wm. M. Uhler,
B. E. Bogers.

LIBRARY.
Wm. S. Vaux,
Joseph Leidy,
Joseph Jeanes.

PROCEEDINGS.
Bobert Bridges,
Joseph Leidy,
Wm. S. Vaux,
John Cassin,
Thomas Stewardson,

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

February Zd.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

The following were presented for publication :

Systematic arrangement of the Mollusks of the Family Viviparidae
and others inhabiting the United States. By Theodore Gill.

Enumeration of the Arctic Plants collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes,
in his Exploration of Smith's Sound, etc. By E. Durand, T. P. James
and S. Ashmead.

Mr. Cope mentioned the occurrence in the males of certain species of tree-
toads of the genus Trachycephalus, of a corneous thickening of the epidermis
of the interior metatarsus during the breeding season, similar to that in the
genus Discoglossus. Also, that in certain South American Bufones the manu-
brium sterni is present, although, up to the present time, it has been denied
that such is the case.

February 10th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-nine members present.

Tbe following was presented for publication :

Remarks on the North American iEgiothi. By Elliott Coues,

Mr. Lea read part of a letter from Dr. Lewis, of Mohawk, New York, in
which he said that he was gratified with one thing which was not apparent to
him at first. In his notes on Melania subularis, Lea, and M. exilis, Hald.,
two species of his neighborhood, he finds an evident confirmation of Mr. Lea's
views about Trypanosoma and Goniobasis, to which two sections of Melanidoz
the two species belong. The soft parts affirm the correctness of Mr. Lea's
generalizations from the shells. Dr. Lewis thinks the sinus in the sides of
subularis is peculiar, and will be found in the whole group of Trypanostoma
and the granular sides of exilis in the whole group of Goniobasis. It becomes
now a curious speculation what may be the characters of Anculosa, Schizos-
toma, Lithasia, Io, &c.

Dr. Wilcocks read an extract from M. Arago's " Astronomie Populaire,"
vol. i. p. 459 : " I have been anxious to ascertain who first noticed the ex-
istence of blue stars. The ancients only spoke of white and red ones. In the
latter class they placed Arcturus, Aldeboran, Pollux, Antares and Orionis,
which are still red. To this list (and the circumstance is worthy of remark)
they added Sirius, whose whiteness strikes all eyes. It seems, then, that
with time certain stars change color. The first observation (known to me)
made of a blue star, occurs in the Treatise on Colors, by Mariotte, published
in 16S6."

Dr. Wilcocks stated that he had read the extract from M. Arago's work as
a preface to an observation of his own, viz.: that the star Sirius is no longer
white ; its present color is violet.

If the star, instead of undergoing a single change of color in the lapse of
ages, should take in succession all the hues of the spectrum, it adds much to
the interest of the subject, and will certainly give an impetus to inquiry con-
cerning the cause of these remarkable changes.

Mr. Ennis remarked that this announcement by Dr. Wilcocks appeared to
him deeply interesting, from the fact that for the past year he had made the
colored, the variable, the periodic, the lost, and the temporary stars a special

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 27

study. Catalogues have been made of some of these classes of stars, but no
catalogue has yet been made of stars which have changed their color. In-
deed, Humboldt, in writing about the red color ascribed to Sirius by the an-
cient Greeks, says, "Sirius, therefore, affords the only example of an histori-
cally proved change of color, for it has at present (1S50 ?) a perfectly white
light." And yet, in apparent contradiction to this, he, in other pages of the
third volume of his Cosmos, mentions other fixed stars whose colors in modern
times have been known to change.

This change of color is one of the greatest physical events. Think of our
own intensely-lighted sun, 2,770,000 miles in circumference, as beiug deeply
red, then turning to be perfectly white, then changing to purple, aud then
again to green ! What mighty causes must be in operation to produce such
grand results. This should be made a distinct section of astronomical study,
and allied to that of the other classes of stars just mentioned ; and I therefore
offer the following as an enumeration of stars whose colors have changed.

Catalogue.

1. The temporary star described by Tycho Brahe in 1572. " For the first two
or more months it was white ; then it passed through yellow into red. At
last, when very small, it again became white, but of a dull whiteness. These
changes of color were attendant upon changes in amount of light. While
this star was so large as to be seen with keen eyes by day, and even through
the clouds by night, when all other stars were hidden, yet it scintillated more
strongly than stars of the first magnitude," thus indicating a constitutional as
well as an atmospheric cause for this scintillation.

2. Eta of Argus. This star, so wonderfully variable in the amount of its
light, is also variable in its color. In 1843, Mr. Mackay, at Calcutta, observed
that it was similar in color to Arcturus, and was therefore reddish-yellow.
In Feb., 1850, Lieut. Gilliss, at Santiago, in Chili, writes of it as being " of a
darker color than Mars," and therefore deeply red.

3. Beta of Ursa Minor. Heis, one of the most eminent German observers,
writing to Humboldt in May, 1850, says that " this star is not always equally
red ; at times it is more or less yellow, at others most decidedly red."

4. Alpha Crucis. Humboldt, in Cosmos, vol. 3d, says, "My old friend,
Captain Berard, who is an admirable observer, wrote from Madagascar in
1847, that he had for some years seen this star growing red."

5. Capella. In the tenth century this star was described by an Arabian
astronomer as red. In 1850, Humboldt, in the third volume of his Cosmos,
says, "it is now yellow, with scarce a tinge of red." In Sept., 1859, Rev.
J. B. Kearney, in a letter to Sir J. Herschell, printed in the 20th volume,
number one, of the Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, says,
" By the way, the color of Capella seems much less blue than it used to be."
To myself, at present its color appears to be a delicate pale blue.

6. Sirius. In the times of the old Greek astronomers Sirius was red. In
the Middle Ages the Arabian astronomers did not name Sirius among the red
stars, neither did the earlier astronomers of the west of Europe. Therefore,
it seems probable that its color changed from red to white between the times
of the Greek and those of the Arabian observers. Humboldt, as I have said,
writes in 1850 of this star as being " perfectly white." Two years ago, when
another change was observed by Dr. Wilcox, a friend of his, who was accus-
tomed to distinguish nice shades of color, pronounced the light of Sirius to be
purple, in which opinion he concurred. Four months ago, when he made the
announcement to me, I regarded it as blue with a decided tinge of green. At
present it seems to myself and some friends as the most deeply-colored star
in the sky, but as more green than blue.*

* A "th star, Procyon, is to be added to the above catalogue, its change of color having been
ascertained a night or two after the presentation of the others.

1863.]

28 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

This is, indeed, a very short catalogue, but I hope it will prove worthy of pre-
sentation if it shall serve for the beginning of one more extended ; for. "on theo-
retical grounds, I am strongly of the opinion that many more changes of color
occur among the stars than have been observed and recorded.

February Y~tth.

Vice-President Bridges in the Chair.
Eighteen members present.
The following was presented for publication :
Catalogue of the N. American Scirenoids. By Theo. Grill.
The Committee on Proceedings laid on the table the published Num-
ber for October, November and December, 1862.

February 2-ith.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Seventeen members present.

On Report of the respective Committees, the following were ordered
to be published :

Catalogue of the North American SCIJENOID Fishes.

BY THEODORE GILL.

Since the publication of the several articles on the Scisenoids of the Eastern
Coast of the United States,* the additional facilities which I have enjoyed
have enabled me to detect some errors, adopted from previous laborers, in the
nomenclature of those species, and I have been also led to propose some
modifications in the arrangement of the family itself. t

A. Lower jaw received within the upper (vertebra 10 | 14
-14 + X.)
B. Teeth of both jaws developed ; upper pharyngeal
bones three.

C. Lower pharyngeal bones completely separated Solemn-^:.

* Chin smooth,
t Caudal lanceolate ; head above very broad,
nearly flat between eyes ; preoperculum

behind crest cavernous and multipartite Stelliferus.

ff Caudal entire or sinuated ; head narrow, trans-
versely convex ; preoperculum behind crest
flat.

1. Body and head oblong, compressed ; anal

under posterior half of second dorsal Bairdiella.

2. Body and head elongated ; anal under middle

of second dorsal Scisenops.

** Chin with a single moderate barbel Menticirrhus.

*** Chin with minute filaments Micropogon.

* Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North America, pp. 32, 33. (Feb. 14, 1861.)
Revision of the Genera of North American Scioeninae in " Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philada.,"
1S61, pp. 79 89.
On the LioBtominse, op. cit., 1861, pp. 89 93.
On the Haploidonotinse, op. cit., 1801, pp. 100 105.
f Note on the Scisenoids of California, op. cit., 1S62, pp. 16 18.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29

CC. Lower pharyngeals firmly united in adult, with

two oblique inferior processes beneath Haploidonotin-S.

* Chin bearded ; caudal subtruncated Pogonias.

BB. Teeth of upper jaw only persistent Liostomin^.

Body compressed, ovate Liostomus.

AA. Lower jaw even with upper or projecting

B. Vertebra 14 | 10 Otolithic.

A. Canine teeth in lower jaw ; pseudobranchise Cynoseion.

BB. Vertebra 1011 | 1415 Larimin.e.

D. X. I. 2430 Larimus.

Subfamily SCIJENINJE (Bon.) Gill.
Genus STELLIFERUS (Stark ex Cuv.)

Les Stelliferes Cuv., R. A., 1817, 283.
Stelliferus Stark, El. N. H., i. 459.*
Homoprion Holb., Ich. S. C.

Stelliferps lanceolatus Gill ex Holbrook.

Homoprion lanceolatus Holb., 168.
Scifena lanceolata Gunther, ii. 289.

Hab. South Carolina.

The poor description and figure of Holbrook did not enable me to re-
cognize the generic identity of Homoprion lanceolatus with Stelliferus trispi-
nosus, of which the examination of specimens has almost convinced me. H.
lanceolatus has, however, pseudobranchias.

Genus BAIRDIELLA Gill.

Bairdiella punctata Gill ex Linn.

Perca punctatus L., Syst; Nat., ed. 10, i. 482, (No. 4.)

Bodianus argyroleucos Mitchill, Trans. L. and P. Soc. N. Y., i. 417.

" pallidus Mitchill, op. cit., p. 420 ; necMorone pallida Mitchill, Rep.,

p. 18 ; nee Labrax pallidus Dekay, Storer.
Corvina argyroleuca Cuv. et Vol., v. 105.
Homoprion xanthurus Holb., 170, pi. 24, (desc. and fig. 1, (nee 2) ; nee diag.

brev.) ; nee Leiostomus xanthurus Lac, C. et V.
Corvina argyroleuca Giintker, ii. 299.
Scifena xanthurus Gthr., pt. (nee desc.) ii. 288.
Bairdiella argyroleuca Gill, Cat. 33.
Homoprion subtruncatus Gill, (quasi ex Holb.,) Cat. 33.

The principal confusion in the nomenclature of this species is due to Dr.
Holbrook, who considered it as " certainly the fish for which Lacepide esta-
blished his genus Leiostomus " and never perceived its identity with the Cor-
vina argyroleuca of the Hist. Nat. des Poissons.

Mitchill described it in his memoir on the Fishes of New York," in the
" Transactions of the Philosophical Society of New York," as Bodianus pal-
lidum, as well as Bodianus argyroleucos. The first name has been referred
by all subsequent naturalists to the genus Morone on the authority of
Mitchill himself ; it is, however, evident that a diagnosis which describes the
" tail even Lateral line extending through it" " Four or five holes under the
chin " "D. 9 23. A. 12," cannot be intended for a Morone, if the slightest
confidence is reposed in the description ; on the other hand, it agrees in these
respects, as well as others, with the Bairdiella, and is unquestionably referrible
to that genus, Mitchill himself, to the contrary notwithstanding ; Dekay has

* The proper orthography of this name is Stellifer. Although the genus of Cuvier is the result of
an error #riginating with Bloch as to the number of branchiostegal rays (4 instead of 1), it will
doubtless be adopted, as the other generic characters are appropriate and peculiar.

1863.]

BO PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OE

remarked that he " had the authority of Dr. Mitchill himself for the identity
of the species" with the Labrax pallidus (= Morone americana), and adds,
that "there are, however, several grave errors in his description, some of
which he assured me were typographical." The Bodianus argyroleucos is also
undoubtedly the same species, and was characteristically figured by Mitchill.

Holbrook next made the nomenclature still more complicated. He has de-
scribed and figured it under the name of Homoprion xanthurus, strangely con-
founding it with the Leiostomus xanthurus, and affirming that it was "certainly
the fish for which Lacepede established his genus Leiostomus.' 1 '' He has in his
" specific characters " reproduced the diagnosis and radial formula of Leiosto-
mus xanthurus from Cuvier and Valenciennes,* while in the full " description "
he correctly describes the fins of Bairdiella argyroleuca.] Misled by his " spe-
cific characters," and neglecting to read his description of the fins, which I had
supposed to be, like most of his others, merely a repetition in words of the
radial formula of the diagnosis, I did not recognize its specific identity with
Bairdiella argyroleuca, although especially alluding to its great resemblance
to that fish iu an article on the Scisenoids. Shortly after the publication of
that paper, the second editionj of Holbrook's "Ichthyology of South Carolina."
having been received at the Academy during a visit there, I immediately recog-
nized the Bairdiella in the figure of Homoprion xanthurus, the rays being more
distinctly represented than in the figure of the first edition, and consequently
the small number at once arresting the attention. It was only then that I was
led to examine the extended description of the fins. I have previously de-
monstrated that Lacepede's Leiostomus xanthurus is a true Liostomus as under-
stood by Holbrook, who retains that generic name for a type which he be-
lieved was entirely unknown to Lacepede, referring the only species of that
author to a new genus !

Genus SCIiENOPS Gill.

According to Giinther, the Corvina ocellata or Johnius ocellatus of American
naturalists, belongs to a different genus from the type of Johnius. As it is
equally distinct from Scieena, to which it has been referred by Giinther, a dis-
tinct generic name is requisite : that of Scianops is therefore proposed ; the only
generic character recognized by Giinther, is the weakness of the anal spine in
comparison with that of Johnius carutta, the Corvina carutta of Giinther. The
diagnosis of Johnius in the " Revision of the Genera of North American Sci-
noids " is chiefly applicable to the present genus.

ScijEnops ocellatus Gill ex Linn.

Perca ocellata Linn., Syst. N., 4S3.
Lutjanus triangulum Lac, iv. 181, 217.
Centropomus ocellatus Lac, iv. 257, 279.
Scirena imberbis Mit., Trans., i. 411.
Corvina ocellata C. and V. } 134, pi. 108.
Johnius ocellatus Girard.
Scirena ocellata Gtlir., ii. 289.

Hob. Caribbean Sea, Gulf of Mexico and Eastern Coast northwards to New
York ; not found in fresh waters, (contra Gthr., ii. 289.)

*" Body above palest golden-brown; below silvery-white, without spots or bars; tail yellow.
D. 11.1 32. P-21. V.l-5. A. 2 13. C.17."

t D. XI. 1. 21. P. 14. V- I. 5. A. II. 9. C. 17.

+ Dr. Holbrook, influenced by the hope of reclaiming the first edition of his work, has
rendered the prrcurement of the second edition almost impossible by his order to his publishers,
to only exchange the one for the other.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Genus MENTICIRRHUS Gill.

I. Body with oblique bands.

* Oblique bauds only ; six procurrent downwards under

dorsals. Third dorsal spine shorter than head... M. alburnns.

** V-shaped band pointed downwards under first dorsal,
and three oblique procurrent ones under second.
Third dorsal spine equalling or exceeding length
of head M. nebulosus-

II. Body silvery-white and immaculate M. littoralis.

1. Menticirrhus alburnus Gill ex Linn.

Alburnus americairas, &c, Catesby.

Leuciscus (12) Klein, Fasc, ii. p. 67.

Perca alburnus L., Syst. Nat., 482.

Centropomns alburnus Lac, iv. 249, 257, 264.

rjmbrina alburnus Cuv., (1817,) Holb. Nee U. alburnus C. et V., Dekay,

Storer, pp.
Scifena alburnus Gronov.

Hab. Eastern Coast northwards to New Jersey.

2. Menticirrhus nebulosus Gill ex Mitch.

Scisena nebulosa Mitch., Trans., i. 408, pi. 3, f. 5.
Umbrina alburnus pp. C. et V., v. 180.
Hab. Eastern Coast between Capes Cod and Hatteras.

3. Menticirrhus littoralis Gill ex Holb.

Umbrina littoralis Holb., Ich. S. C, 142, pi. 20, f. 1.
Hab. South Carolina.

Genus MICROPOGON Cuv.

MlCROPOGON UNDULATUS C. et V.

Perca undulata Linn., Syst. Nat., 483.

Sciseua croker Lac, iv. 309, 314, 316.

Bodianus costatus, Mitch., Trans. N. S., i. 417.

Micropogon undulatus, C. et V., v. 219.

Mieropogoii costatus Del-ay, 83. t

Hab. Eastern Coast south of New York.

In my uncertainty respecting the application of Cuvier and Valenciennes'
names, I will not venture further on the synonymy. I am acquainted autop-
tically with only a single species as an inhabitant of the Eastern Coast, but
there are, from the Gulf of Mexico, South America, &c, in the Smithsonian
Institution's Collection, several differing in the form and size of the head,
squamation, anal fin, &c.

Subfamily HAPLOID ONOTIN^E Gill.
Genus POGONIAS Lac.
Pogonathus Lac

1. Pogoxias fasciatus Lac, iii. 137.

Labrns grunniens Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 405, pi. 3, f. 3.
Hab. Rhode Island southwards.

2. Pogonias chromis C. and V. ex L.

Labrus cromis L., Syst. N., 479.

Scisena chiomis BL, Schn., 82 ; Lac, iv. 314.

Pogonathus courbina Lac., v. 121.

Scisena eigas Mitch., Trans. N. Y., i. 412, pi. 5, f. 10.

" fusca Mitch., 1. c, 409.
Pogonias chromis.

Hab. New York southwards.

1863.]

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Subfamily LIOSTOMINjE Gill.
Gen ns LIOSTOMUS Lac.

LlOSTOMUS XANTHURUS LaC.

Leiostomus xanthurus Lac, iv. 439, pi. 10, f . 1 ; C. et V., (Gthr., in Syn. pt.)
Homoprion xanthurus Holb., 170, (syn. et sp. ch. ; nee desc. et fie;.;) nee
pi. 24, f. 2.*

D. XL 1, 3234. A.II . 13.

Color uniform.

Hab. South Carolina to New York.

Liostomus obliquus Dekay ex Mit.
Mugil obliquus il/j'cL, Trans. N. Y., i. 405.
Scisena multifasciata Les., Journ. Ac. N. S. Pa., ii. 225.
Leiostomu3 humeralis C. and V., v. 141, pi. 110.

obliquus Dekay, 69, pi. 60, f. 195 ; Holb., 164, pi. 24, f. 2, (nee f. 1.)
D. X. I. 30. A. II. 13.
Obliquely multifasciate ; humeral spot.
Hab. Eastern Coast northwards to Massachusetts.

Subfamily LARIMIN.E Gill.

Genus LARIMUS Cuv. et Val.

Larimus fasciatus Holbrook.
Larimus fasciatus Holb., 153, pi. 22, fig. 1.

Hab South Carolina, in salt water, (not fresh.)

Subfamily OTOLITH1NJE Gill.

Genus CYNOSCION Gill.
Cestreus Gronov., nee Cuv. et Val.

I. Body slender, spotted above as well as on the fins C. carolinensis.

II. Body slender, with faint, oblique straight on back

* Belly white C. regalis

** Belly yellow C. thalassinus.

III. Body robust, immaculate C. nothus.

1. Cynoscion carolinensis Gill ex C. V.
Otolithus carolinensis C. V., ix., 475.
Cestreus carolinensis Gronov., ed. Gray, 49.
Hab. Northwards to New York.

2. Cynoscion regalis Gill ex Bl.
Johnius regalis Block, Schu., 75.

Roccus comes Mitch.. Rep.
Labrus squeteagne, Mitch., Trans. N. Y., t. 396.
Otolithus regalis C. V., v. 67.
Hab. Northwards to Maine.

3. Cynoscion thalassinus Gill ex Holb.
Otolithus thalassinus Holb., 132, pi. 18, p. 2.

Hab. South Carolina.

4. Cynoscion nothus Gill ex Holb.

Otolithus nothus Holb., 134, pi. 19, f. 1.
Hab. South Carolina.

*The pi. 24, f. 2, referred to for this species by Holbrook, who has thus led Guenther into
error, is the L. obliquus ; the fig. meant to be referred to represents Bairdiella pallida.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

Systematic Arrangement of the Mollusks of the Family VIVIPARIDJE, and
others, inhabiting the United States.

BY THEODORE GILL.

My attention having been recently again attracted to the classification of
the family of Viviparidae by the printing of the " Descriptive Catalogue" of my
friend, Mr. Binney, I propose to offer the following revision of the arrangement
of the species of North America. There are four distiact group3 of species op.
the continent which some will call genera, and others subgenera. These have been
formerly comprehended under the generic name of Paludina, or Viviparus ; the
four were first recognized as distinct by Mr. G. W. Tryon, Jr., in " Notes on
American Fresh-Water Shells."* The characters which appear to be the prin-
cipal distinctive ones have, however, remained unnoticed by Mr. Tryon and all
his predecessors, while those assigned to the respective groups have been rather
vague and uncertain. A species closely related to, if not identical with, the
type of Viviparus V. georgianus ex Lea has been referred by the Adams and
CQenu to the subgenus Mclantho, while, on the other hand, a trae 3felantho M.
cy do stoma tiformis is placed in Viviparus; the distinctive characters of the two
groups, as given by those gentlemen, are by no means obvious.

It has recently been customary to consider the structure of the operculum
as having a paramount value and indicating family distinction. On such
grounds, the genus Amnicola has been separated from the family to which
Bythinia was referred, and has by some been considered as the type of
an independent one ;f while others have referred it to the Melaniidse, % Rissoidse,
or Littorinidae,|| Moquin-Tandon, to whom we are indebted for the most perfect
account extant of the extra-marine mollusks of any country, has considered those
differences to which others have assigned a family value as only subgeneric. That
learned malacologist, in his precious work on the land and fresh-water mollusks of
France, has combined in the genus Bythinia, the A'mnicolse and BytMnix of
American and most other naturalists, giving to the former the sectional name
of Bythinella, and to the latter, that of Elona. There can be little or no doubt
that those groups differ generically, but they should apparently be approxima-
ted to form a family distinct from the true Viviparidx.

I would then distinguish the two families as follows, my knowledge of the
anatomical characters being chiefly due to M. Moquin-Tandon. But, in
the first place, the following analytical synopsis of the families of Pectini-
branchiates, represented in the fresh- water streams of North America, is offered .
Ii this table, only the most striking and not always the most important char-
acters are given.

I. Teeth of lingual membrane 3 | 1 | 3 T/Enioglossa.

A. Gills concealed.

1. Rostrum moderately produced and entire or simply

notched.

a. Foot not produced beyond head: branchia uniserial.

^Lateral jaws present. (Aperture of shell acuminate

behind; generally chanelled at front; size

moderate) Melaniid.e.

**Lateral jaws obsolete. (Aperture of shell sub-
circular, broadly rounded at front ; size very

small) Amnicolid.e.

/?. Foot produced considerably beyond the head ;

branchifetriserial Viviparidx.

* Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1862. p. 451. f Tryon. op. cit., supra, 1S62, p. 451

t Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, of Philadelphia. 1862.

' H. & A. Adams, Chenu, Binney. || Gray.

1863.]

34 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

II. Rostrum produced, extending into two much elon-
gated, subulate lobes Ampcllariid^:.

AA. Gills pinnate, plumose and exsertile forwards Valvatid^.

II. Teeth of lingual membrane x | 4.1.4 | x; central very

unequal: lateral slender, hooked and very numerous... Rhipidoglossa.
Shell with a straight, flattened columella Neritid^:.

Size, in the several families above enumerated, is, as a rule, correlative with
structure. The Ampullariidx are comparatively large ; the Viviparidm moder-
ate ; the Melaniidze smaller, and the Valvatidse and Amnicolidse generally may be
almost said to be minute.

The family of MelaniiDjE is here restricted to exclude Faunus Montfort,
( =Pircna Lam.), Melanatria Bowdich, Melatoma Sw., (= Clionella Gray,)
Melanopsis Lam., Vibez Oken and Hemisinus Sw. These appear to belong
to a distinct family equally distinguished by the projecting foot of the
animal and the notch of the aperture of its shell. The family may be named
Melanopid.. The other genera or subgenera that have been proposed scarcely
appear to exist in nature. There is, however, one form which has received no
name ; it embraces the species figured by Chenu, under the names of Melanopsis
princeps (Lea) and M. acicularis Ferussac. This genus is most nearly allied to
Faunus, with which it agrees in physiognomy, but is distinguished by the ab-
sence of a posterior sinus of the outer lip ; it may be named Faunopsis.* The
American Melaniidse form a peculiar subfamily, Ceraphasiinse.

The Amnicolims of North America may be distributed among two subfami-
lies, Amnicoliw-e and Bythinin^e. The Amnicolinse represent, apparently,
three genera, Amnicola ; Chilocyclusf (Gill), with the circular lip reflected,
and with a shell like Amnicola, and Somatogyrus ; (n. g.) J with the body
whorl globose, and the aperture obliquely semicircular. The validity of Ponia-
tiopsis, as defined by Tryon, is for me very doubtful.

The Ampullariidse are represented by the genus Ampullaria Lam.

The Valvatidse are divisible among two genera Valvata, from which Tropidina
is apparently not separable, and Lyogyrus, (n. g.) in which the last whorl is
separated from the preceding and revolves within the normal spiral of in-
crease.

The families of Viviparidse and Amnicolidse may be further distinguished by
the following characters, which are essentially the same as those used by M.
Moquin-Tandon to distinguish the so-called "genera" Faludina and Bythinia.
The contrast is made simply because the genera have been confounded under
one family, for they are really less related to each other than Bythinia is to the
Melanians, or some other families.

Family VIVIPARIDSE (Gray,) Gill.

Animal oval, entirely retractile within the shell. Foot oval, much dilated,
passing beyond the muzzle, and provided with an anterior groove. Jaws two,

t

Faunopsis (Faunus, mythological name and O-^i;,) Melanopince. Testa elongata,
subulata, apertura parva, rhombo-ovata,postice acuta, antice bene sinuata, labro externo
acuto, nee sinuata.

Type. Melanopsis princeps Lea.

tChilocyclus (Xmxoc, lip, and Kc/xaoc, circle.) Testa conica,anfractibus con vexir,
apertura modica, circulari, labro reflexo.

Type. Cyclostoma cincinnatensis Lea.

I Somatogyrus (Sa^a-roc, body and Tupo;, whorl.) Testa anfr. primo globoso, spira
parva, apertura obliquiter semi-circulari, labro externo acuto.

Type. Amnicola depressa Tryon.

(j Lyogryrus (m/o> to loose and yvpos, whorl.) Testa, oblonga, anfr. convexis. anfr.
ultimo disjuncto, apertura circulari.

Type. Valvata pupoidea Gould.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

lateral, narrow and convex. Tentacles cylindrical, subulate, obtuse, with the
eyes on very short peduncles towards their external inferior third. Bran-
chiae in three rows, in the form of flattened filaments, slightly subulate, and
scarcely dilated towards the inferior third.

Generative organs on the right side ; verge internal, simple and contained in
the tentacle ; female orifice under the border of the mantle on the same side.

The genus Viviparus, or the Viviparidasofthis synopsis, are the only mollusks
which appear to undoubtedly belong together ; of the^ other genera that have
been referred by the Adams, Gray and Chenu to the family, Tanalia and Palu-
domus are apparently rather related to the Melaniidae, and nearly agree in form
of the shell, with Leptoxis of Raf. or Ancylotus of Say, while the structure of
the animal, as far as described, is essentially similar to that of the true Melani-
ans* and they agree with Viviparus only in possessing an operculum whose
elements are concentric, but which is in other respects quite different. The
genera Laguncula of Benson, and Rivulina of Lea, are unknown to me.

All the known types of Vivipari are represented in the United States.

Tulotoma Hald.

Viviparus Lam.

Melantho Bowd.

Lioplax Trosch. = Haldemania Tryon.

Family AMNICOLIDJE (Tryon,) Gill.

Animal oval or elongated, completely retractile within its shell. Foot oval
or rounded, generally narrow, and not continued in front of the rostrum. Jaws
obsolete. Tentacles cylindrical setaceous, pointed, with the eyes sessile at
their postero-external bases. Branchiae in a single row, in the form of trans-
verse folds, somewhat dilated at the middle. Generative organs on the right
side; verge external, behind the tentacle, bifid and with unequal branches ;
female orifice under the margin of the mantle, on the same side.

The following types belong to this family :

Amnicola Gld. and Hald. ; Chilocyclus Gill ; Somatogyrus Gill.

Bythinia Leach.

The subgenus Bythinella of Moquin-Tandon corresponds to the genus
Amnicola of Gould and Haldeman, and consequently should be so treated, al-
though its first species apparently belong to the subgenus Pomatiopsis of Tryon ;f
the materials now in my possession, or in the Smithsonian Collection, do not
enable me to form a satisfactory opinion concerning that group : at present, I
am disposed to doubt its distinction from Amnicola.

In the present paper it is proposed to classify only the Viviparidse.

The family of Amnicolidae has been recently proposed by Mr. Tryon for the
genus Amnicola, but that gentleman has given no diagnosis. It is more nearly
allied to the Melaniidae than to the Viviparidas, and the genus Amnicola has
been referred to that family by Mr. Lea.

The material of the Smithsonian Institution, &c, being now in the hands of
Mr. Binney, I am unable to arrive at a satisfactory conclusion regarding the limits
of our species, and, while expressing my opinions on the classification of our
species by reference to those admitted by Binney, except in a single case, I feel
somewhat disposed to dissent from him in several instances. As such a differ-
ence of opinion would not necessitate any modification of the distribution
among groups here proposed, I do not feel at liberty to dissent from him at the
present time. J I have seen specimens of almost all the species enumerated.

* The American Melaniidae, so far as I know, have not a fringed mantle and consequent-
ly belong to a different group.

t The subgenus, as defined by Tryon, is alluded to , the type of that group (A. lapi-
daria) may, however, be quite different, and a representative of the family Aciculida;.

fThe identification of Paludina Elliotti Lea, with P. cyclostomatiformis, is most doubt-
ful. I am disposed to believe that, while the latter is a true Melantho, the former ie a

1863.]

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The forthcoming work of Mr. Binney, some time since issued as " proof,'' how-
ever naturalists may be disposed to differ from him, will be of considerable
value, as the full descriptions and figures of all real, as well as nominal species,
are copied, and the labor and time of referring to many separate volumes, some
of great rarity, will be thus saved.

Family VIVIPARID^E (Gray,) Gill.

Animal elongated, semicylindrical, with the spiral visceral sack contained
in a turbinate shell, into which the rest of the body is also perfectly con-
tractile. Mantle encircling the neck with a very thin fold, simple in front.
Foot, distinct from the neck, moderate, extending beyond the head, arched in
front, and obtusely extended towards its angles, rounded behind ; adapted only
for crawling. Head moderate, with the rostrum produced, entire or nearly so
in front above. Jaws two, lateral. Tentacles two, contractile, with the eyes on
short tubercles on the outer sides of their bases. Lingual ribbon strong, slender
and elongate. Teeth in seven longitudinal rows, (3 | 1 | 3) laminar, with re-
curved apices ; lateral convergent.

Branchiae internal, and along an oblique line down the left side of the branchial
cavity, in three regular rows, composed of flattened, slightly subulate filaments,
scarcely dilated towards the posterior third (in types). Respiratory orifice
under the collar, at the upper and hinder part of the neck. Generative organs,
unisexual, on the right side ; verge at the end of the tentacle, in which the de-
ferent canal is contained. Female orifice on the same side, under the margin
of the mantle.

Shell turbinate, conoid, covered with a thin, transparent, or rather thick,
greenish, or olive periostraca; with the septa persistent; the aperture subovate,
and with a continuous peritreme.

Operculum annular.

The shells of the groups and genera of the family represented by American
species are distinguished as follows :
a. Shell subconic ; lips continuous on a uniform plane Vivipari.

1. Shell with revolving nodulous carinte. Aperture slightly

effuse at base Tulotoma.

2. Shell with the whorls smooth. Aperture broadly rounded

at base Viviparus.

/?. Shell turreted. Outer lip subangulated, sinuous or incurved

at base Lioplaces.

1. Operculum with concentric elements Melantho.

2. Operculum with a spiral nucleus Lioplax.

The groups of Vivipari and Lioplaces, among which the American Viviparidas
may be thus distributed, are decidedly distinguished by differences of den-
tition, which are coincident with the well marked conchological characters.
The dentition of Viviparus, Melantho and Lioplax has been examined ; although
that of Tulotoma is still unknown, it is not probable that it will be found to ex-
hibit any important difference when compared with the dentition of Viviparus.

Group VIVIPARI.

The rachidian teeth are broad, rather wider and more or less angulated to-
wards the base ; recurved at their superior margins, which are also denticulated

Lioplax ; and in this opinion I am supported by Mr. Tryon. Although autoptically unac-
quainted with P. Elliotti, I judge from the figure that the form of the aperture and the
carination of the whorls are alike in both ; the operculum of P. Elliotti is unknown ; a
knowledge of its structure will decide the doubts concerning the affinity of the species.
I am not acquainted with the reasons influencing Mr. Binney in his union of the two
species. The arguments in favor of a union of so dissimilar 6pecies might not be unde-
sirable, for an examination of the figures alone would scarcely * convince one of the iden-
tity" of the two, but rather produce a contrary belief.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37

on each side of a central lobe or tooth. The inner teeth of the pleura are also broad,
oblong, often narrowed near the base, and with the upper margins denticula-
ted ; the median and outer rachidian teeth are narrow, with the upper margins
subtruncated and denticulated.

TULOTOMA Haldeman.

Tulotoma Haldeman, Supplement to No. 1, of a " Monograph of the Limniades,"
&c, ofN. A., p. 2. "Oct., 1840."

Shell imperforate, conic, rather thin, becoming more elongated and conic in
its progress to maturity, with the whorls little convex ; whorls in adult with
two nodulous revolving carinse, the lower of which is covered by, but produces a
ridge beneath the suture of the succeeding whorl. Aperture obliquely semi-
cordate, slightly effuse at base; lips continuous in a uniform plane ; outer lip
thin ; columellar lip straight or little concave and obtusely connected behind
with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with its elements entirely concentric.

Tulotoma is represented by only one species inhabiting the streams of Georgia
and Alabama. It is readily distinguished from the typical Vivipari, to which
it appears to be most nearly allied, by the form of the aperture, the nodulous
carinae of the adult shell, and also by the form of the adult shell itself. The
adult has been described as " heavy," but it does not appear to be really much
more so than that of Viviparus.

Tulotoma magnificum Tryon ex Conrad. = Vivipara magnifica B. ex Conrad.

VIVIPARUS Montfort ex^Cuv.
Vivipare Cuv., 1808, Lam., 1809.
Viviparus, Montfort.

Shell imperforate or rimate, conic or subconic, thin, with the whorls convex
or rather flattened, smooth or carinated. Aperture obliquely oval and rather
wide, broadly rounded at base. Lips continuous on a uniform plane; outer
lip thin, columellar lip concave, closely appressed behind to the body whorl
and forming nearly a right angle with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with its elements wholly concentric.

Viviparus, as here restricted, is a very natural and widely-distributed group.
Its chief distinctive character is the form of the aperture and outer lip. The
American species of the genus or subgenus are divisible among three sections,
distinguished by a difference of form.

2 I-

Shell ventricose, with very convex, smooth whorls.

Viviparus lineatus ex Vol. = V. vivipara Binney, pp.

Viviparus Wareanus ex Shutt., Binney.

Viviparus Troostianus ex Lea, B.

Viviparus intertextus ex Say, B.

Viviparus coosaensis ex Lea, B.

The V. subglobosa (Binney ex Say) is known to me only through descriptions.
Mr. Binney is inclined to doubt its pertinence to this genus, but wouldrather
refer it to the same group as Leptoxis isogona, L. pallida, and L. altilis.

I II.
Shell with the whorls more or less flattened obliquely, or in the direction of
the spire, smooth or carinated.

Viviparus subpurpureus (Ad.) ex Say.

Hi-
Shell with the whorls ornamented by revolving carinae, two of which are
visible on each covered whorl.

1863.]

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Viviparus multicarinatus (5.) ex Hald.

The third section of Viviparus, or another closely related to it, perhaps in-
cludes V. bengalensis (Ad.) ex Lam., V. borroughianus Gill ex Lea, V. bilineatus
Gill, and other Indian species ; the suspicions that might be entertained as
to the strict affinity of species so widely separated geographically, can only be
relieved by an examination of the mollusks themselves ; the shells are very
similar.

The genus Viviparus is represented by a number of species in the lignite
beds of Fort Union which have been referred by Messrs. Meek and Hayden to
the Eocene epoch. My friends, Messrs. Meek and Hayden, have adopted the same
conclusions as myself regarding the distinction of Viviparus and Melantho, and
have now referred, with myself, six of the species formerly described by them, to
Viviparus, accepting that name, and two others to Melantho. Five of those
species are distributable among the three groups above indicated, while the
sixth is the representative of a distinct one. The following list shows their
affinities :

\ I-

Viviparus Leaii M. and H.

retusus M. and H.
" Conradi M. and H.

I II.

\ HI.

" trochiformis M. and H.
" Leidyi M. and H.

I IV.
Shell rather thick, with numerous revolving lines, sometimes obsolescent.
Viviparus Raynoldsianus M. and H.

These species will be illustrated and fully described in the forthcoming work
of Meek and Hayden on the Fossils of the Upper Missouri country.

In the beds at Fort Washington on the banks of the Potomac River, which
probably belong to the Post Pliocence epoch, a species of Viviparus is found in
great numbers, which appears to be referrible to the V. subpurpureus ; the latter
is now only known to exist in Florida and the Western States. Mr. L. E. Chit-
tenden first obtained specimens from Fort Washington ; Mr. Binney also con-
siders the specimens to be referrible to the V. subpurpureus.

Group LIOPLACES.

The rachidian teeth are broadest and angulated at the base ; narrowed above,
and recurved, ivith the margins entire. The inner teeth of the pleura are ob-
lique, oblong, recurved and entire ; the median and outer pleural teeth are also
entire, obliquely recurved, narrowed and terminating each in a point, or claw-
shaped.

MELANTHO Bowdich.

Shell imperforate or rimate, turreted, thick and of very compact structure,
never provided with colored bands, with the whorls more or less compressed
longitudinally, smooth or rarely carinated. Aperture obliquely semi-cordi-
form, rather narrow, broadly rounded and sinuous or retreating backwards
at the base, the outer lip trenchant, and produced near the base ; columellar
lip nearly straight, closely appressed to the body whorl and forming nearly a
right angle with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with its elements wholly concentric.

Melantho is a type peculiar to America, I believe. It is readily recognizable
by the peculiar physiognomy of the shell, produced by the compression of the
whorls in a longitudinal direction, so that the sides of each are nearly parallel,
and a turreted form is thus obtained. It may be therefore likened, as to form,

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

to the genus Latrunculus of Gray, or Eburna of others.* The shell structure
appears to be more compact than in the typical Vivipari, and the species gen-
erally are more ponderous. The angulation of the outer lip and the sinus at
the base are characteristic, and contrast strongly with the uniform plane of
thp aperture of Viviparus.

The figure of a <; deformed" V. decisa (36) published by Binney, gives an ex-
aggerated idea of this peculiarity of form.

The soft parts of Melantho appear to also differ from those of Viviparus, the
rostrum being smaller and less protractile, and the auricles behind the tenta-
cles are likewise much smaller.

The earliest known American species of Melantho were contemporaneous
with the Vivipari, three species having been discovered by Dr. Hayden in the
lignite beds of Fort Union and described by Meek and Hayden as Vivipara mul-
tilineala {=V. nebrascensis M. and H.), V. vetusta and Melania orLymnxa multi-
striata. These have now been referred to the genus Melantho in the manuscript
work of Meek and Hayden.

Melantho multilineatus.
" vetustus.
" multistriatus.

The following are referrible to the same genus, 3Ielantho:

Melantho ponderosa Ad. ex Say = V. ponderosa B.

" decisa Ad. ex Say = V. decisa B.

" coarctata Gill ex Lea = V. coarctata B.

" cyclostomatiformis Gill ex Lea = V. cyclostomatiformis B.

" incrassata Ad. ex Lea = V. incrassata B.

" decapitata Gill ex Anth. = V. decapitata B.

" regularis Gill ex Lea = V. regularis B.

LIOPLAX Troschel.

Lioplax Troschel, Gebiss der Schnecken, p. 100, 1857.

Haldemania Tryon, Proc. Acad, of Nat. Sciences, 1862, p. 451.

Paludina sp. auct.

Vivipara sp. auct.

Shell imperforate or rimate, turreted, rather thick ; of very compact struc-
ture ; unprovided with colored bands ; whorls carinated and longitudinally flat-
tened, with the sides nearly parallel. Aperture little oblique, oblong-oval,
broadly rounded at the base, and sinuous or retreating backwards, the sharp
outer Up being subangulated near the front; columellar lip concave appressed
to the body whorl, forming an obtuse angle with the outer.

Operculum corneous, with a large spiral nucleus, but with the subsequent
accretions concentric.

This type is evidently most nearly related to Melantho, but differs especially
in the spiral nucleus of the operculum, as well as in the form of the aperture
A single species is found, which has been ascertained to inhabit some of the
streams of Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and New Jersey. We are
indebted for its subgeneric distinction to Prof. Troschel and Mr. Tryon.

Lioplax snbcarinata = Haldemania subcarinata = Vivipara subcarinata B.
ex Say.

Note. I regret that I have not been able to avail myself more fully of the
invaluable " Gebiss der Schnecken" of Dr. Troschel. The four parts were only
received at the Smithsonian Institution, through the kindness of Prof. Agassiz,

* The name of Latrunculus has been recently applied by Dr. Gunther to a genus of
Gobioid fishes, but, if no other reasons, cannot be retained on account of preoccupation
of the name. The genus had. however, previously received the name of Apkya from
Risso.

1863.]

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the day before the reception of the proof of the foregoing paper, and conse-
quently too late to compare my views with those of the distinguished author.
I am happy to find that the validity of the groups of Viviparida% which have
been above denned, is confirmed by the researches of Dr. Troschel, who has
examined the dentition of several species of true Viviparus, besides that of the
Pahidina subcarinata of Say, for which he has proposed the name Lioplax. The
latter name is now substituted for Haldemania of Tryon, and is modified to form
the name of a group containing that genus and Melantho.

Additional Remarks on the North America iEGIOTHI.
BY ELLIOTT COUES, A. M., M. D.

Since the publication in the Proceedings of the Academy for November,
1861, of rny Monograph of the genus, the Smithsonian has been constantly in
the receipt of additional specimens from all parts of North America. These
were mostly the A. linarius ; but collections from the North have usually
contained a number of well -characterized examples of A. exilipes. Nothing,
however, of special importance has been elucidated, until the reception of a
series collected in winter in the vicinity of Quebec. These specimens, as they
throw much light on the variations of the typical species of the genus,
A. linarius, will merit a brief notice. If the deductions I have drawn from
these specimens are warrantable, we have in North America the forms long
recognized in Europe as A. HolbSlli and A. rufescens ; and these are both rather
races than distinct species.

Selecting from the series two or three skins which differ most markedly from
the usual style of linarius, and comparing them with a typical specimen of the
latter from Philadelphia, I find the following differences :

The bird is very decidedly larger. The difference in total length is nearly
one inch, as near as I can judge from the dried skins. The wings and tail are
each about a fourth of an inch longer. The tarsus and middle toe with its
claw are together about two-tenths of an inch longer.* The bill and feet are
decidedly larger and stouter, though perhaps not disproportionately so. The
former is somewhat elongated ; its lateral outlines straight instead of a little
concave ; its culmen slightly curved. The bill is of a bright chrome-yellow,
except just along the culmen and at the extreme tip. The gular spot seems
rather large. In other respects, the two birds are quite identical, for, with
these differences in size, there is an exactly proportionate increase in the bill,
feet, wings and tail ; and the colors of the two do not differ appreciably, ex-
cept in the bill, and perhaps the larger gular spot. The specimens give the
idea, in fact, of overgrown individuals of the common linarius.

But now, on examining in detail the rest of the series, I find that, from
the one extreme, the characters of which have just been given, there is a com-
plete and gradual transition, a diminution in size, down to specimens which
cannot possibly be distinguished from typical linarius. There is no break in the
series ; no dividing point where we can stop calling the specimens " linarius"
to give them another name ; in spite of the discrepancy which is so evident
between the two extremes.

The point of interest which attaches to these specimens, is the bearing they
may have on the mooted question of the claims of sEgiothus Holbolli to full
specific rank. As was the case at the time of the preparation of my Mono-
graph, I have never examined a specimen which professed, upon good Euro-
pean authority, to be that species. Careful examination, however, of the

*The tarsus, middle toe and claw together, of the specimen sunder consideration, measure
absolutely 1*20 inches ; the same parts in linarius are about one inch : in exilipes -80 of au
inch.

[Feb.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 41

figures and diagnoses of the various authors who have treated of this
bird has shown that there are assigned to sEgiothus Holbolli, as dis-
tinctive characters, exactly those differences from the linarius which exist in
the specimens under consideration, viz. : larger size, larger, more elongated
and bright yellow bill, and larger gular spot. I think there can be no reason-
able doubt that these specimens represent in North America the form long
recognized in Europe under the name of JEgiothus Holbolli.

If this be the case, next comes the question, what rank are we to accord to
this form. Is it to be looked upon as an accidental variation from the type,
as a well marked variety, or as a distinct species ? Brehm was the first to
proclaim it as distinct, and give it a name. Temminck, Sthlegel, Bonaparte,
and other authors, who are rather more orthodox in their ideas of a species
than is Brehm, have always inclined, more or less decidedly, to the opinion
that it is rather a race or subspecies of A. linarius. The fact of there being a
complete gradation towards the linarius, has not escaped attention, and has
been a powerful argument against according to it full specific rank. For my
own part, though unable to demonstrate the point incontrovertibly, I am in-
clined to reiterate still more strongly the doubts expressed in my Monograph,
as to the propriety of separating it from the linarius.

Pursuing this question of the variations which A. linarius presents, we find
another species, A. rufescens, which has never been able to fully vindicate its
claims to specific distinction. First introduced by Vieillot, its existence was
strenuously denied by Temminck, doubtfully regarded by Bonaparte and
Schlegel, and admitted by Cabani-> and others. I have always entertained
strong doubts as to its validity. The characters assigned are slight enough ;
and that they exhibit a gradation towards A. linarius, is admitted even by
those who contend for its separation from that species. In examining two
hundred or more specimens, I find many individuals, fully as small, in fact,
and with as much of a reddish tinge, as specimens from Europe labelled li ru-
fescens " by good authority.

The existence, then, in North America of these two races, or species, which-
ever they may be, the one larger and the other smaller than the typical lina-
rius, m ay be considered as exceedingly probable, if the fact be not actually
demonstrable. As a sort of negative argument, I may remark, that one
might naturally look for their occurrence in this country, as tbe typical lina-
rius from Europe is absolutely identical with our own.

JEgiothus rufescens and A. Holbolli, compared with A. exilipes, afford a good
illustration of the limits between which a species may vary from its normal
type ; while another species, looking at first glance more like this type than
do either of its extremes, is permanently distinct.

I have no reason to change any of the views expressed with regard to three
new species I have introduced. Additional specimens confirm the position as-
sumed, especially regarding A. exilipes. I may here, however, correct a
typographical error, which gives the date of the first introduction of A. fusees-
census "Aug., 1860," instead of "Aug., IStil."

March 3d.

Mr. Jos. Jeanes in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

Tbe following paper was presented for publication :
Enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. Parry, and Messrs. Hall
and Harbour, in Colorado Territory. By Asa Gray.

1863.] 4

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

March lQih.
Vice-President Vaux in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

On Trachycephalus, Scaphiopus, &c. By E. D. Cope.

Mr. Cope mentioned that a fish obtained by Jesse Burke, in the
cedar swamps of New Jersey, he had determined to be a new species,
for which he proposed the name of Hololepis simus.

March Vlth.
Vice-President Bridges, in the Chair.
Twenty-five members present.

The Publication Committee laid on the table Part 3 of Volume V.
of the Journal, just published.

March 2,1th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-five members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :
Catalogue of the Fishes of California, Part 4. By Theodore Gill.
Descriptions of new species of Pediculati, &c. By Theodore Gill.
Additions to the Catalogue of Stars which have changed their colors.
By Jacob Ennis.

Tetraolagophus, "White Grouse, &c. By James A. Grant, M. D.

Dr. Leidy directed attention to some portions of the aorta of a horse, con-
taining parasitic worms, presented this evening by Dr. R. Jennings, veterinary
surgeon. The worms belong to the species Sclerostomum armatum. A letter
from the donor, giving an account of the case, observes :

"The horse appeared generally in good condition, and was a yearling colt.
It was taken with symptoms of prostration, and slightly hurried respiration,
and died four hours after the attack was noticed. Patches of inflammation
were observed in various parts of the intestines, aud several of the mesenteric
.glands were of a dark bloody appearance, and contained clusters of small
worms. Parasites of the same character were noticed in the liver, and on the
exterior of the kidneys. ' A clot of blood, the size of a goose egg, was found
between the coats of the left iliac vein, and contained a large number of the
worms. They appeared to have perforated the internal coat of the vein, and
thus caused the extravasation of blood. The worms were also observed in
small clusters contained in the coats of the thoracic aorta."

Dr. Leidy also exhibited a specimen of sheep wool, striped alternately black
and white, which was presented this evening by Mr. Joseph P. Hazard. In a
note the donor observes, that his brother, Mr. Rowland G. Hazard, of Peace
Dale, R. I., who gave him the specimen, stated mat in an experience of forty
years' connection with the manufacture of the article, he had never before seen
anything of the kind.

Mr. Vaux exhibited an Indian axe, of native copper, from a mound near Ham-
ilton, Ohio.

The Committee on Proceedings, laid on the table the published number for
January and February.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

March 31st.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Twenty members present.

On report of the respective Committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Oa TRACHYCEPHALTTS, SCAPHIOPUS and other American BATRACHIA.

BY E. D. COPE.

Trachycephalus, Tsch.

In the most recent enumeration of the species of this genus (by Dr. Gunther,
1858,) four are recognized: one, T. geographicus, from Brazil, and
three from the Antilles. I am enabled to add four to the latter, which have
been sent from those regions by 'Messrs. Wright and Weinland, and Professors
Poey and Adams, all well known as most efficient laborers in advancing our
knowledge of zoology in that field.

It does not appear to have been stated that the males of certain species of this
genus, T. inarmoratus, insulsus, o v a t u s, possess, during the
breeding season, a corneous sheath upon the tuberiferous metacarpus of the
inner anterior digit, as occurs in Discoglossus and Scaphiopus. Specimens of
males in which the generative organs are not enlarged, are destitute of thi3
pellicle ; it is, however, readily lost after saturation in fluid. Its object here,
as elsewhere, is to assist the powers of prehension of the male.
The following table contrasts the peculiarities of the West Indian species :
A. Posterior margin of area of cephalic dennoossification
continuous with the skin of the nape ;
a. Without distinct cordiform outline.

p. Its length from end of muzzle equal to breadth of
jaws opposite middle of orbits.
Muzzle acuminate; tongue entire; fingers scarcely webbed i n s ul s u s.

Muzzle rounded ; tongue cordate ; fingers well webbed o v a t u s.

PP. Length of casque from end of muzzle less than
breadth of jaws opposite middle of orbits.
Skin tuberculous; heel scarcely reaching muzzle; casque

concave in posterior outline >. marmoratus.

Skin nearly smooth ; heel reaching beyond muzzle; casque

straight in posterior outline w r i g h t i i.

a*. Casque with posterior cordate outline complete from
orbits ;
Canthus rostralis nearly straight ..... scutigeras.

AA. Posterior margin of casque elevated, crest-like.
Length from muzzle to border of casque much less than

breadth of jaws at middle of orbit Iichenatus.

Length from muzzle to border of casque equal or greater than

breadth of jaws at middle of orbit anochlorus.

T. insulsus Cope, sp. nov.

Head elongate, outlines converging toward end of muzzle. Length from that
point to posterior border of casque equal to distance across mouth at orbits.
Top of cranium plano-concave, end of muzzle prominent, rounded in profile.
Posterior outline of casque straight or slightly emarginate, extending nearly to
tympanum. Canthus rostralis strongly marked, with a slight point or ridge
one-third distant from orbit. Loreal region concave. Eyes very prominent, twice
extent of tympanum. Vomerine teeth in transverse series. Internal nares
equal ostia pharyngea. Tongue ast emarginate. Skin of upper surfaces

1863.]

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

sparsely tuberculous. Three external digits one-fourth webbed. Heel reaching
a little beyond orbit. When the markings of the upper surfaces are not obso-
lete, there is a brown band converging from the supercilium towards one upon
the other side, then diverging, and becoming broken up on the iliac region.
Lateral and posterior femoral regions marbled ; extremities banded.

Length from muzzle to posterior margin of casque 16"';* least breadth
between orbits 8"'. From casque to vent 4" 5'"; anterior extremity 3" 5"';
posterior extremity 8 r/ 8 fff .

Habitat. Cuba. From Prof. Poey. Mus. Smithsonian, Nos. 6265-6. Academy
Natural Sciences.

T. o v a t u s Cope, sp. nov.

Length from extremity of muzzle to posterior border of casque equal to
breadth from one os maxillare to the other at orbits. Head depressed, espe-
cially anteriorly ; maxillary outlines much rounded, not acuminate. Muzzle
rounded in profile. Canthus rostralis strong, but little concave, far within
maxillary border ; loreal region grooved. Posterior border of casque extend-
ing nearly from tympanum to tympanum, slightly doubly-convex. Eyes very
prominent, more than twice the extent of the tympanum. Internal nares larger
than ostia pharvngea. Tongue emarginate. Vomerine teeth between nares, in
two postero-externally divergent series. Digits of anterior extremity nearly
half-webbed. Heel reaching nearly to end of muzzle. Skin of upper surfaces
nearly smooth.

Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque 1 // 7 /// . Least
width between orbits 7 /// . Length from casque to vent 4 // 5 //V ; of anterior
extremities 3" 6'" ; of posterior extremities 8" 5'".

Above deep brown, beneath immaculate ; upper faces of extremities indis-
tinctly barred; lateral and posterior femoral regions spotted, and marbled with
brown.

Habitat. Hayti, near Jeremie. Dr. Weinland's Collection in Mus. Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge.

Perhaps this is the T. dotninicensis Gthr., which does not appear to be the
species so named by Dumuril and Bibron.

T. marmoratus Hum., Bibr.

Head short; maxillary outline broadly oval. Length from end of muzzle to
posterior border of casque less than from one alveolar margin to the other at
orbit. Frontal region concave, especially in old individuals. End of muzzle
nearly vertical in profile. Casque extending from tympanum to tympanim in
fully developed individuals; the posterior outline openly emarginate or con-
cave. Canthus rostralis convergent, concave, but little elevated, with a more
or less obsolete furcation or process, one-third of its length anterior to the
orbit. Loreal region very oblique, concave. Orbits twice the extent of tym-
panum. Series of vomerine teeth either transverse, arcuate or oblique con-
verging anteriorly. Posterior nares moderate. Tongue not or scarcely emar-
ginate. Skin of upper surfaces coarsely, usually closely, tuberculous. Two
external digits of anterior extremity very slightly palmate. Heel of extended
extremity reaching from anterior to the orbit to near end of muzzle.

Length from end of muzzle to middle of posterior margin of casque (in 9
from New Providence) 22 /// . Breadth between orbits 12 /// ; length from casque
to vent 5 7/ 6 /// ; of posterior extremity ll" 5 /// . Length of bead and body
in (^ (from New Providence) 4 // G /// .

Specimens of this species in alcohol are either rufous brown, varied with
dark brown, blackish brown, ashy, with confluent brown spots, or olivaceous,
with close brown or black reticulations.

Habitat. Cuba. De La Sagra, Poey. New Providence, Wood, Bryant. Hayti,
Weinland, Cuming, ?Ricord. Jamaica, Gosse, Adams. Mus. Academy Nat.

* The centimetre and millimetre are used in this paper.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 45

Sciences, Pbilada.; Boston Nat. Hist. Soc. ; Compar. Zoology, Cambridge;
Smithsonian, Washington.

The palmation of the ringers in this species varies between bare existence
and an extent equal to one-fourth the length of the digits. The series of
vomerine teeth are either arched or straight. As the peculiarities of the Hyp-
siboas dominicensis of Tschudi, as defined by Dumeril and Bibron, are exhibited
within this range, I am induced to believe that it is but a nominal species. The
dominicensis of Gunther, possessing a more extensive palmation of the anterior
digits, is so far similar to the o vat us from the same island. I agree with
that author in assigning the same name to the Jamaican animal, which is,
according to him, the frog called Hyla brunnea by Mr. Gosse. The specimens
labelled erroneously in Mus. Paris as having been brought from Cape North, in
Norway, under the name Hyla septentrionalis, belong to the present species
according to the " Erpetologie Generale." It is the oldest name, but, being but
a museum label, must be passed over.

Specimens from New Providence are of large size and with golden and oliva-
ceous shades.

T. w r i g h t i i Cope, sp. no v.

Head short, broadly rounded ; length from end of muzzle to posterior border
of casque less than breadth of mouth opposite middle of orbits. This poste-
rior border extends from tympanum to tympanum, and i3 not emarginate. Fron-
tal region very broad, concave ; muzzle oblique in profile. Canthus rostralis
much within maxillary border, well marked, slightly concave, angle of conver-
gence nearly right, with a weak descending ridge nearer orbit than nares.
Eyes not very prominent, twice extent of tympanum, which equals discs of
anterior digits. Loreal region concave. Vomerine series not short, transverse;
inner nares not much larger than ostia pharyngea. Tongue very broad, slightly
emarginate. Anterior digits scarcely palmate. Heel reaching beyond end of
muzzle ; tibia measures a little more than twice from nostril to posterior bor-
der of casque. Skin of upper surfaces very sparsely tuberculous.

Length in a 9 , from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque, 2 // 5 /// .
Least breadth of frontal region \" 2 /// . Length from posterior border of
casque to vent 5" V" ; of anterior extremity 5" 5'"; of posterior extremity
13" V".

Above purplish brown, beneath yellowish ; gular region brown-shaded ;
sides and interior faces of femur and tibia marbled, and external faces of limbs
banded with brown.

Habitat. District of Guantanamo, Southeastern Cuba. Discovered by Chas.
Wright, to whom it is dedicated. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5174.)

T. scutigerus Cope, sp. nov.

Head more elongate ; maxillary outline regularly rounded or slightly trun-
cate. Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque less than dis-
tance across the mouth opposite middle of orbits. Profile from occiput to
muzzle gently arched, the latter not depressed, vertical (truncate) in profile.
Canthus rostralis elevated, straight or convex just interior to orbit, converging
at an acute angle, without branch-ridge. Loreal region nearly vertical, with a
delicate groove between two patches of ossification. Cephalic dermo-ossifica-
tion with a distinctly-defined cordate outline posteriorly ; separable more or
less distinctly into two parietals, a pentagonal frontal and two elongate conver-
gent nasal plates; where the latter are in contact with the parietals (on the
superciliary margin) there is often an emargination. Eyes not prominent ver-
tically, twice the extent of tympanum. Internal nares very large. Vomerine*
teeth in two short, widely-separated, straight or slightly curved series, which
converge anteriorly between the posterior margin of nares. Tongue scarcely
emarginate. Anterior digits one-fourth to one-third webbed. Heel scarcely
reaching beyond orbit. Skin very sparsely tuberculous or smooth.

1863.]

4G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Dimensions of a female. From end of muzzle to posterior border of casque
2" 4'"; least width of frontal region 1"5'"; greatest width of casque poste-
riorly 2"; from casque to vent 5 // 8 /// ; anterior extremity 4" 6"'; posterior
extremity 10" 8"'. Length of head and body of a ^ 5" 6""'.

In spirits, brown ; a blackish band or spot behind tympanum, one across
casque behind interorbital space, one on anterior dorsal, and some transverse
blackish lines on scapular region. Extremital bands with pale borders ; sides
brown-spotted ; a large brown, pale-bordered anal spot.

Habitat. Jamaica, Prof. C. B. Adams. Mus. Smithsonian, (62G8.) Academy
Nat. Sciences.

T. lichenatus Gosse.

Head short, broadly rounded in outline ; length from end of muzzle to most
distant point of posterior margin of casque much less than breadth of mouth at
middle of orbits; about equal to distance from one supratympanic ridge to the
other. Frontal region very concave ; profile of muzzle nearly vertical. Can-
thus rostralis short, very concave, forming a sharp elevated ridge posteriorly,
with a short descending branch nearer the orbit; almost obsolete near the ex-
ternal nares ; shorter than interorbital breadth. Casque with an elevated,
crenulate, doubly-convex posterior margin ; rugose, especially upon the super-
ciliary region. Eyes very large and prominent, three times the extent of the
tympanum ; the latter is obliquely elliptic, contracted antero-superiorly, and
bounded above by a crenulate arched ridge. Tongue broad, not emarginate.
Vomerine teeth in two short, curved, well-separated series, between the poste-
rior parts of the very large internal nares. Ostia pharyngea relatively small.
Exterior anterior digits one-third palmate; palettes as large as tympanum.
Heel reaching anterior border of orbit. Skin of upper surfaces roughly, medi-
ally sparsely, tuberculous ; some prominent elevations near vent, two on the
heel, and several on the tarsus and antebrachium.

Dimensions of (-J 1 . Length from end of muzzle to posterior border of casque
o" ; from latter point to vent 7" 4'"; breadth of interorbital space 1" 7"';
length of anterior extremity C" 2"'; of posterior, 14" 4"'.

Color in spirits yellowish brown, with deep brown variations, most distinctly
on the occipital, interscapular and the superior lateral regions ; sides and gular
region coarsely brown-spotted. Extremities, including tarsus and foot, cross-
banded. Under surfaces yellowish.

Habitat. Jamaica, Gosse, Adams. Mus. Smithsonian ; Amherst, Mass.

Mr. Gosse has given an interesting account of this very singular tree-frog in
his " Naturalist's Sojourn in Jamaica," a work which is ever recurred to with
pleasure. He has also described the colors as they appear during life, which
are brilliant : they scarcely assist the student in separating the species when
rendered unnatural by preservation in alcohol.

T. anochlorus Gosse.

Head elongate, maxillary outlines more accuminate than in the preceding
species. Length from end of muzzle to most distant point of posterior margin
of casque equal to or greater than distance from alveolar ridge to ridge at middle of
orbits, greater than distance from one supratympanic ridge to the other. Fron-
tal region very concave ; profile of muzzle vertical. Canthus rostralis as long
as interorbital breadth ; it forms an acute elevated ridge, which has its median
portion nearly transverse, and making nearly right angles with the anterior and
posterior portions. Posterior outline of casque much elevated, cordiform,
with radiating ridges. A supratympanic serrate ridge. Eyes less prominent,
twice the extent of the oval tympanum. Internal nares very large ; vomerine
teeth in short convex series between them. Tongue a little broader than long,
entire. External anterior digits nearly half-webbed. Heel extending to an-
terior margin of orbit. Skin of upper surfaces sparsely tuberculous, promi-

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

nent tubercles on antebrachium, heel and tarsus. Abdominal areolations rigid,
prominent.

Dimensions of a $. From end of muzzle to convexity of posterior border of
casque 2" 9"'. Breadth of frontal region 1" 4'". Length from casque to vent
6" 5"'; of anterior extremity 5"; of posterior do. 12" 7"'.

Color in spirits, above uniform olivaceous ; lateral and internal femoral re-
gions marbled; extremities above banded with brown; mandibular region deli-
cately brown-marbled. A dark anal spo'.

Habitat. Jamaica. Drs. Gosse, Betton, Adams. Mus. Academy Natural
Sciences ; Amherst College, Mass.

It is altogether probable that this is the species described by Mr. Gosse, in
his work previously mentioned, under the name adopted. His description, re-
lating principally to coloration, is not conclusive towards any identification.

Its affinities are altogether with the lichenatus, both being peculiar in
the elevation of the posterior margin of the casque into a transverse crest. It
differs in the greater elevation of this crest, the more elongate proportions of
the cranium, the angulation of the canthus rostralis and less prominence of
eyes, besides minor points.

Hyla Laur.

Hyla miotympanum Cope, sp. now

Skin of superior surfaces smooth ; gular region areolate ; a gular and ante-
pectoral fold, also one across the axilla; another running from inferior ante-
rior face of thigh obliquely upwards to the iliac region. A fold across extremity
of forearm, above carpus. Outer fingers one-fourth, toes extensively, webbed ;
palettes larger than tympanum ; posterior extremities slender ; the heel reaches
the end of the muzzle. Muzzle broadly rounded ; canthus rostralis short,
loreal region oblique. Nostiils vertical. Byes very prominent, six times the
extent of the small tympanum. Tongue slightly emarginate. Vomerine teeth
in two elongate fasciculi between internal nares, presenting an obtuse angle
posteriorly.

Length from muzzle to upper border of tympanum 1 // ; breadth of jaws
opposite middle of orbit 1 // . Length from tympanum to vent 1" 3 /// ; of an-
terior extremity 1 // 9 /// ; of posterior extremity 5 // \ ,ff .

In spirits, above purplish ash, (probably green in life,) with or without a
few lighter specks, and indistinct darker reticulations. Extremities paler, not
barred ; alight border from heel to digits, another bounding superiorly asubanal
spot. Under surfaces yellowish ; superior labial border and lateral stripe
bright yellow, the latter sometimes not well separated from the abdominal
Bhade.

Habitat. Near Jalapa, Mexico. Obtained by Sr. R. Montes de Oca. Mus.
Smithsonian, (No. 6311,) Mirador, Dr. Sartorius.

A species to be compared with rhodopepla Othr., rubicundula
R. and L., luteola Burm., molitor Schm., but differing from all in the
minuteness of its tympanum. In viridis the tympanum is larger, the head
is more elongate and the hands less palmate, besides the presence of a yellow
band on the tibia.

Hyla p a 1 1 i a t a Cope, sp. nov.

All the digits of posterior extremity palmate to penultimate phalanx ; of the
anterior the three external are one-third webbed. Metacarpus of inner digit
with a large tubercle. Tympanic disc one-sixth the size of the eye. Vome-
rine teeth in a short uninterrupted series behind posterior margin of internal
nares. Tongue oval, nicked. Muzzle prominent, truncate ; loreal region not
concave. From nostril to orbit equal diameter of orbit, and is less than the
width of the interorbital space. One vocal sac. Skin smooth above, not
granulated on the gular region. The end of the tibia reaches middle of orbit
when the limb is extended.

1863.]

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Length of head and body 19'" : of anterior extremities 10'" ; of posterior 25'".

Extremities, lower surfaces, loreal and labial regions grayish-brown ; upper
surface of head and body pale ochreous, abruptly separated from the other
color all round.

Habitat. Paraguay. From Capt. Page's Expedition. Mus. Smithsonian,
(No. 6225 ;) Academy Natural Sciences.

Hyla b a u d i n i i Dum. Bibr., Erp. Gen., viii. 564, 1841.

The names Hyla vanvlietii, published in these " Proceedings" for 1854, p. 61,
and H. muricolor, 1862, 359, apply to forms of this species. It is fmnd in
Texas, Eastern Mexico and Honduras. Mus. Academy, Phila.; Smithsonian.

Hyla (Hypsiboas) oxyrhina Rhdt. et Lutk., Videnskab. Meddelelser, etc.
Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 189.
This species is identical with that described in these "Proceedings," 1862,
p. 353, as Hypsiboas raniceps. The name of the distinguished Danish zoolo-
gi=t must be retained, as the memoir in which it appeared was issued some
months prior to our own. The former has just come into our hands.

Hylodes Fitz.

Hylodes planirostris Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1862, p. 153.

This species, hitherto known as a native of the Bahama Islands, has been
sent to the Mus. Smithsonian (No. 6310) from Southern Florida by Dr. Cooper.
It is the only species of the genus found in the United States, though Holbrook
and Agassiz have described frogs under this name from our country. These
belong to the genera Acris, Hyla and Pseudacris. Other reptiles common to
the Bahamas and Florida are Anolis principalis and Sphaerodactylus
n o t a t u s.

The following species of Hylodes form a little group which I have called
Craugastor, 'Proc. A. N. S., 1862, p. 153. They can be distinguished as
follows :
H. p u 1 c h r i g u 1 u s, 1. c, 1862, 357.

Tympanum one-fourth extent of orbit ; the latter equal distance from its
anterior border to end of muzzle. Carpus reaching anterior border of orbit.
Muzzle truncate. Tongue emarginate. Loreal region concave. End of tibia
reaching the end of the muzzle.
H. g r is e u s.

Hylayrisea, Hallow., Pr. A. N. S. Phila., I860, p. 485.

Tympanum obliquely elliptic, one-third the extent of the orbit; diameter of
the latter less than the length of the rather elongate and rounded muzzle.
Carpus and end of tibia reaching the end of the muzzle. Loreal region con-
cave ; canthus rostralis strong. Tongue emarginate; external metatarsal
tubercle not developed.
H. h a 1 1 o w e 1 1 i Cope, 1. c, 1862, 153.

Tympanum horizontally elliptic, equal one-third extent of orbit; latter equal
in diameter to length of muzzle, which is much rounded; loreal region nearly
plane ; canthus rostralis weak. Carpus reaches end of muzzle, the tarsus only
the orbit. Two well developed metatarsal tubercles. Tongue entire ; mandi-
bulum rounded.

Herr Schmidt has not given the minuter peculiarities of his H. (Craug.) fit z-
i n g e r i i so as to enable us to distinguish it from the above. It is most like
the pulchrigulus.

Phyllobates Bibr.
Phyllobates latinasus Cope, sp. nov.

Head elongate ; front plane transversely, gently arched longitudinally, a little
wider than from orbit to end of muzzle. The latter is prominent, broad and
ooncavely truncate ; external nares lateral. Loreal regions plane. Internal

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

nares widely separated. Tympanum round, equal one-fourth extent of orbit,
whose diameter equals length of muzzle from orbit. A slight web between
outer fingers, of which the second is shorter than the inner or first; one large
carpal tubercle, one on metacarpus of thumb. A dermal fold on the tarsus.
Two metatarsal tubercles. The carpu3 reaches the end of the muzzle, and the
heel the anterior border of the orbit. Length of head and body 3".

Above brown ; a black band across end of muzzle and loreal region, through
eye to groin ; pale-bordered above on the muzzle, and interrupted by an oblique
white line from the femur. Femur dark posteriorly, tibia cross-banded ; (color
of limbs not well preserved.) Beneath pale, immaculate.

ffabilat. Truando region, New Granada. Obtained by Arthur Schott, Esq.,

Of the U. S. Expedition under Lieut. Michler.

Hylaplesia Boie.

Hylaplesia truneata.

Phyllobates truncatus Cope, Pr. A. N. S. Philada., 1860, p. 372.

A certain serrulation of the alveolar ridge of the maxillary bone, in this and
the following species, greatly resembles dentition, and has caused their erro-
neous reference to Phyllobates, instead of Hylaplesia.

This animal is most like the H. o b s c ur u s e Bum., Bibr., but has much
shorter posterior extremities. In both the anterior extremities equal the head
and body ; in the former they are more than half the length of the posterior, in
the latter, considerably less than half. In the t r u n c a t u s the first and second
fingers are equal ; their expansions are one-fourth the size of the tympinum.
The neural spines are very much dilated and thickened, especially that of the
axis. There is a transverse bony ridge on the occiput.

Hylaplesia a u r a t a.

Phyllobates auraius Girard, U. S. Astronomical Expedition, ii. p. 209.

In this species the muzzle is rounded, and the first finger shorter than the
second, as in the H. t i n c tor i a. It has no occipital ridge, and the neural
spines are only slightly thickened. Dilatations of posterior extremities one-
fourth extent of tympanum ; of anterior, one-half the same. The ground
color is black or brown. Crown and muzzle surrounded by a golden band ;
two postscapular transverse annuli on each side, in contact on the median line ;
a yellow annulus on each inguinal region; smaller rings on humerus and tibia.
On pale specimens these markings are represented by refulgent bands which
are readily destroyed or passed over ; hence the imperfections of Girard's de-
scription.

BUFONID.E.

Rhaebo haematiticus Cope, Pr. A. N. S., 1862, p. 357.

The genus Rhsebo is to be distinguished from Bufo by the presence of the
manubrium sterni, in addition to the characters given, 1. c, p. 358. I have had
opportunity of observing it in the present species and the R. leschenaultii.
This character has been denied to all Bufones in Stannius' "Handbuch der
Zootomie." I find it also in "Bufo simus Schm." 1. c, p. 357, which can
hardly be placed in Rhasbo. I cannot assign it to a new genus until the value
of its peculiarities is better known.

The genus of Bufonida? for which I have adopted, in the above quoted article,
Fitzinger's name Chilophryne, is not alone characterized by the presence of a
parietal branch or continuation of the supraorbital ridge, as there indicated ; but
rather by the straightness of the latter, its not describing the usual arc of the
orbit, and its angle with the postorbital ridge, when the latter is present.
The parietal ridge sometimes exists in a rudimentary or fully developed con-
dition in Phryno'idis. P. sternosignatus e Gthr., illustrates the first case,
and P. d' o r b i g n y i the last. As the latter species is the type of Chilophryne

1863.]

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Fitz., thi3 name must become a synonyme of Phrynoi'dis, and the genu3 to which
I fiist applied it be called Incilius. The species which truly belong to it
are I. lentiginosus, cognatus, woodhousei, americanus, n e-
bulifer, veraguensis, coniferus, d i a lo p h u s, and probably bi-
porcatus. The species d'orbignyi, c e 1 eb e nsi s and occellata
formerly referred to it, must be placed in Phrynoi'dis Fttz.

Bufo diptychus Cope, 1. c, 353, is the species described by Dr. Girard, a3
B. poeppigii Tsch., in Herpetology of U. S. Exploring Expedition. It is
distinct from Tschudi's toad.

CERATOPHRYDID.E.

This family has been recognised in an indefinite way by Dr. Tsehudi,* who
gives as its distinguishing features " kopf sehr gross, eckig, schief nach vorn
verliingprt ; Hautverlangerungen am obern Augenliede." He includes in it the
genera Ceratophrys, Phrynocerus, Megalophrys and Asterophrys. The unnatu-
ral nature of this union has been demonstrated by Dr. Giinther, who places
Asterophrys and Megalophrys in separate families, and assigns Ceratophrys with
Phrynocerus to the Ranidae. The Ranidae of Giinther is, however, a hetero-
geneous group ; and I would separate under Tschudi's name those genera of
toad-like animals in which the manubrium sterni is wanting. These are Cera-
tophrys, Phrynocerus and Pyxicephalus ;f probably Calyptocephalus will enter
the same series ; but these I have not seen. Tschudi's inapplicable characters
may be replaced by the following. Form slout, bufonine ; .head broad, elevated,
Os maxillare toothed. Extremities short ; digits without terminal discs ; the posterior
more or less webbed. Ear perfectly developed. Diapophysis of sacral vertebra cylin-
drical. Manubrium sterni ivanting. Faratoids present or absent. I am not now
acquainted with other peculiarities, though they doubtless exist.

The S y stem of Opisthogloss Anura proposed by Giinther, like the system of
Ophidia of the Erpetologie Generale, is a valuable index of the subject, but not
an exposition of the scheme of nature. I have already J ventured the opinion
that a primary division into forms with, and forms without dilatations upon the
extremities of the digits cannot be maintained : this character must be sub-
ordinated, as that of the presence or absence of teeth on the maxillary bones
as employed by Dumeril and Bibron, has been by Giinther himself. He at-
taches greater value to the former because it "is connected with a strongly-
marked distinction in the mode of life." This appeal to adaptations is not
uncommon ; but we now know enough of the system, to believe that the
relations of its parts are to be determined by homological and embryological
considerations combined, which coincide also with chronological and geogra-
phical. Have we not creatures of similar habits and adaptations in the most
diverse groups? It is enough to mention to a herpetologist the arboreal
Viperidce and Crotalidas ; the corresponding types of Pleodonta and Ccelodonta,
of Acrodonta and Pleurodonta; the gill-bearing Siredonand Siren, and a host
of other such ; the parallelisms of the Implacental and Placental Mammalia,
etc. Also the supposed Neotropical Shrikes and Certhiidse are Clamatores, and
the supposed Salmonidse are Characins. In comparing many of these cases,
we observe, too, how by approximation in time, analogy becomes affinity.

In pursuance of this view, the probability of a distinction between the Hylodidae
and Cystignathidae of Giinther has appeared to the author to vanish in great mea-
sure. The discovery of the genus Tarsopterus of Reinhardt and Liitken, in con-
nection with that of Plectromantis, by Wagner, has confirmed this opinion. The
two genera are incontestably nearly allied, as urged by Reinhardt.|| though the

* Classif. der Batrachier, 26.

t Stannius' statement, "Zootomie der Amphibien," p. 17, that Pyxicephalus possesses the manu-
brium, relates properly to the species now called Tomopterna, which were formerly included under
that genus.

J Proc. Acad. Philada.. 1862. p. 351.

|| Videnskab. Meddelelser Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 240.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

latter only has paratoid glands. Their margined toes are but a step beyond those
of certain Cystignathi ; their digital dilatations are as distinct as those of many
Hylodidaj. The family of Cystignathida?, thus composed, would contain the
types Platyplectrum Gthr., Limuodynastes Filz., Cystignathus Wagl, Pleuro-
dema Tsch., ?Gomphobates R. and L., Ischnocnema R. and., Liuperus D. and
B., Tarsopterus R. & L., Plectromantis Peters, Crossodactylus Bum., Bibr.,Fhjl-
lobates Bibron, Hylodes i'ftz., (or the genera into which the last may be divided.)
In this association the paratoids of Plectromantis have but little weight, as in
Pyxicephalus in our Ceratophrydidre ; and it is probable that it will again be
found that their presence or absence is immaterial in the definition of certain
families in the Anura, although others may be well characterized by them, a3
in Gunther's method. The genera Pelodryas Gthr., and Scytopis Cope, with
large paratoids will probably be referred to the Hylidae, which has been defined
as destitute of them.

Pyxicephalus cultripes.

Ochntophrynus cultripes Rhdt. and Liitk., Videnskab. Meddelelser, etc.,
Kjobenhavn, 1862, p. 159.
If we introduce the presumed genus Odontophrynus into Dumeril and Bib-
ron's table of genera of Raniformia, the only character which seems to separate
it from Pyxicephalus is the concealed tympanum of the former, as distinguished
from its visibility in the latter. This character is sometimes of very little value,
the tympanic disc being more or less distinct in different individuals of the
same species of many Anura, in proportion to the tenuity of the epidermis.
This is especially seen in species of Bufo. The text relating to Pyxicephalus
americanus, however, settles all doubts, as it says, M Tympan imperceptible
au travers de la peau." In their Latin diagnosis, Reinhardt and Liitken say
" dentes** non in palato ;" but in the text, " To langagtige i midten ikke sam-
menstodende Tandgrupper ere stillede paa Ganen mellem de indre Naesebor,"
etc. As the figure represents palatine teeth, they are doubtless present. The
species cannot, therefore, be separated from Pyxicephalus. It is very nearly
allied to, if not identical with, the frog called Pyxicephalus ? n. sp., in the
recently-published Catalogue of the collection brought home by the United
States Paraguay Expedition.*

ALYTID.E.

SCAPHIOPCS.

The species of this genus are seven in number ; they are found throughout
the temperate regions of North America, and as far southward as the City of
Mexico. They represent the single Alytes obstetricans of Europe, which
differs in its want of manubrium sterni, its slightly-webbed toes, and its cunei-
form bone forming but a tubercle ; and the Helioporus albip u n c t at us of
Australia, where there is a spur upon the thumb, and trihedral diapophysis of
sacral vertebra. They may be at once separated by means of the following
synopsis :

I. A gland in the upper integument of tibia.

Head short; tympanum concealed mu Itiplicatus.

II. No gland in upper integument of tibia.
at. No pectoral glands.

/?. Length of tibia three times frontal breadth.
Muzzle depressed, prominent.

Tympanum concealed conchii,

Muzzle elevated, truncate in profile.
Front plane ;
Loreal region covex, oblique varius.

1863.]

* Proc. A. N. S., Phil., 1862, 352.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Loreal region straight, nearly vertical re c t if r en i s.

Front swollen bombifrons.

/?/?. Length of tibia four times frontal breadth.

Muzzle truncate in profile hammondii,

eta.. A gland on each side of thorax, near axilla.
Tympanum one-half the extent of the eje holbrookii.

S. multiplicatus Cope, sp nov.

Form broad, squat. Head very short ; profile rapidly descending ; maxillary
outlines acuminate, oval ; muzzle thick, rounded. Eyes very prominent. From
these a strong fold passes posterior to the angle of the mouth and across the
gular region ; tympanum covered by a portion of the paratoid gland anterior to
this. Paratoid proper very large, extending beyond scapula, bent upon the
side; bounded inferiorly by a strong fold, which extends from the one above
mentioned to the groin. Below this, on the sides, are two or more others. Skin
of upper surfaces coarsely tuberculous, that of the crown thick, of the extremi-
ties nearly smooth. A large gland occupies most of length of tibia. Abdomen
minutely, pubic region coarsely, rugose. Cuneiform process rather short, very
prominent. Vomerine teeth in fasciculi opposite posterior margins of choanae ;
the latter smaller than ostia pharyngea. Tongue entire, with a narrow, free
anterior border; on third free posteriorly.

Dimensions of a $. From end of muzzle to vent 5" 1"'; muzzle to behind
tympanum 16'"; length of anterior extremity 1" 6'" ; of posterior extremity
5" 4'".

Color in spirits: above ashy-brown, below yellowish-ash.

Habitat. Valley of Mexico. Sent by Mr. Jno. Potts to the Mus. Smith-
sonian, (No. 3694.)

This species is very bufonine in aspect, and might be regarded as represent-
ing a different genus from the type of holbrookii were it not for the exist-
ence of c o u c h i i and bombifrons.

S. c o u c h i i Baird, Proc. A. N. S., Phila., 1854, p. 62. Rept. U. S. and Mex.
Bound. Surv., Reptiles, p. 28, pi. XXXV. figs. 1-6.

Form stout ; head more elongate, acuminate oval; width Jof frontal region
greater than from lip to nares, one-third the length of the tibia. Profile gradu-
ally descending ; front plane, muzzle projecting, rounded. Anterior border of
tympanum scarcely distinguishable. Eyes very prominent. Vomerine teeth
opposite middle of choanae, which equal ostia pharyngea. Tongue slightly
emarginate. Paratoid gland flat, descending on the side. Skin tuberculous,
especially on the sides ; sometimes a slight cryptiferous thickening of integu-
ment of tibia ; none on the sides of the pectoral region. A posttympanic and
an antepectoral fold. Abdomen slightly rugose ; gular region smooth. Cunei-
form process elongate. Toes fully palmate.

Dimensions of a <j\ From end of muzzle to vent 5" 5"'; from same to
behind tympanum 2''. Anterior extremity 3" 5'" ; posterior extremity 5" 6"'.

Color above yellowish, with irregular brown bands , which converge between
and behind the orbits; others diverge on the flanks, beginning at the orbits ;
one from same point to lip, and one on canthus rostralis. There is a confluence
of dorsal bands near the sacrum. A light band on outer face of tarsus and toe ;
hand yellowish.

Habitat. Tamaulipas. Mus. Smithsonian, (3713.) Lieut. Couch.

S. v a r i n s Cope, sp. nov.

Outline of muzzle acuminate-oval ; the end little depressed, nearly vertical
in profile, distance from lip to nostril less than frontal breadth ; the latter
one-third tibia. Canthus rostralis obsolete, approximate ; loreal region con-
vex, very oblique in transverse section. Eyes prominent. Tympanum concealed
or distinct, one-third extent of eye. Vomerine teeth opposite posterior border

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

of choanae. Skin rather smooth, especially on the head. No posttympanic
or antepectoral fold. No thoracic aggregation of cr/ptae ; paratoids flat, small.
Palmation of posterior digits extensive ; cuneiform process prolonged longi-
tudinally.

Dimensions. Total length 5" 3"' ; from end of muzzle to behind tympanum
19'" ; of anterior extremity 3 // ; of posterior b" 9 //V .

Above yellowish olive, with numerous defined brown bands and spots, which
have a general longitudinal direction, and cover more surface than the ground
color, A spot across each eyelid, one beneath the eye, one on the end of
the muzzle. Extremities marbled ; beneath olivaceous yellow.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Mus. Smithsonian, (No. 5893;)
Philada. Academy. From John Xantus, E;q.

S. rectifrenis Cope, sp. nov.

Outline of maxillae acuminate-oval ; muzzle prominent, truncate in profile,
superior face decurved. Canthus rostralis strong ; loreal region plane, nearly
vertical. Frontal region plane, its width one-third the length of the tibia.
Tympanum concealed. Vomerine fasciculi closely approximate, posterior to
hinder margin of choanae. Skin of head and body sparsely tuberculous. A
weak antepectoral fold. Paratoid9 rather lateral ; no thoracic cryptae.

Dimensions. From muzzle to vent 1" 8'"; from muzzle to brachiura 14 /// ;
length of anterior extremity 15 /// ; of posterior 3".

Coloration. Above brown, or brownish-gray, the tubercles tipped with brown.
A brown line extends from each eye to sacrum, converging posteriorly. Side3
brown marbled posteriorly ; a short brown band from tympanum. Below light
yellow or brownish.

Habitat. Tamaulipas, (Smithsonian, No. 3715.) Coahuila, (3714.)

S. bombifrons Cope, sp. nov.

Outline of maxilla? acuminate-oval ; muzzle truncate, elevated, thickened
transversely; profile of vertex arched, of front concave; canthus rostralis re-
placed by a concavity. Tympanum concealed or scarcely visible ; paratoid
flat, small. No gland on tibia or pectus. Tongue entire. Vomerine teeth iu
oblique fasciculi or short series between choanal ; these equal ostia pharyngea.
Skin nearly smooth, roughest on the sides. Cuneiform process produced.
Palmation of toes deeply repand.

Dimensions of a tf. From end of muzzle to vent 4" 2"'; same to behind
tympanum 1" 5 ,// ; length of anterior extremity 19"'; of posterior 4" 6'".

Color in spirits : pale ashen or brown, with numerous plumbeous vermicula-
tions, which are aggregated into a blotch on the scapular region, which has a
pale space below it. Limbs vermiculated ; outer border of tarsus and foot
light. A dark spot on canthus rostralis.

Habitat. Fort Union, on Missouri River, lat. 48 N., from Mr. E. J. Denis,
(Smithsonian, No. 3704.) On Platte River, 200 miles west of Fort Kearney,
from W. S. Wood, of Lieut. Bryan's Expedition, (Smithsonian, No. 3520.)
Llano Estecado Texas, Capt. Pope's Exped. Coll., (Smithsonian, No. 3703.)

This species has the most northern range of those found west of the
Mississippi.

S. hammondii Baird, Report Surv. for Pac. R. R.. v. x. Lieut. Abbot's
Rep., pt. iv, p. 12, pi. XXVIII. f. 2.
Maxillary outline acuminate-oval ; muzzle somewhat truncate, perpendicular
in profile. Region of canthus rostralis concave ; front plane or a little concave,
with a weak ridge on each side, which is most distinct posteriorly ; the width
one-fourth length of tibia, and less than from no.-tril to lip. Eyes prominent;
tympanum distinct, one-fourth the extent of the former. A fold b -hind angle
of mouth. Paratoids flat, small ; no gland on tibia or pectus. Tongue very
large, entire. Choame large; vomerine teeth in transverse series between them.
Skin roughly tuberculous, especially on the sides ; thick on the occiput ; below
nearly smooth. Cuneiform process produced.

1863.]

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Dimensions of $. Length from end of muzzle to vent 4" 9'"; from muzzle
to behind tympanum \ ,f 8 /// ; of anterior extremity V 9 /// ; of posterior
6" V".

Color above stone brown in alcohol, with traces of two paler dorsal bands.
Tubercles fulvous-tipped ; extremities shaded with the same. Below whitish,
immaculate.

Habitat. California. Mus. Smithsonian, 3695. From Fort Reading, lat.
40 20'.

S. holbrookii Baird, Rept. Surv. Pac. R. R., v. x. Lieut. Abbot's Rep., pt.

iv., p. 12, pi. XXVIII. f. 1.
Rana holbrookii Harl., Med. and Phys Res., 1835, p. 105.
Scaphiopus solitarius Holb., N. Am. Herp., 183(3, vol. i., p. 85. pi. XII. Ibid

(edit, alt.) 1842, iv. 109, pi. XXVII. Tschudi, Mem. Neuchatel, i.,

1838, p. 83. Dum., Bibr., Erp. Gen., 1841, viii., 473. Le Conte, Pr. A.

N. S. Phil., 1855, 429. Gunth., Catal. Batr. Sal. Brit. Mus., 1858, p. 38.

Head large, maxillary outline rounded. Profile of front a rather steep descent
from the swollen occiput, where the skin is thin, closely adherent and penetra-
ted by osseous granules. Ejes prominent ; tympanum distinct, half its extent
vertically elliptic. Tongue large, elongate, emarginate. Choanse equal or
larger than ostia pharyngea; vomerine teeth in two fasciculi between and
opposite their posterior borders. Paratoids small, rounded, prominent ; no
gland on the tibia; one on each side of the thorax near the axilla. Skin of
back minutely tuberculous; of sides more coarsely ; below nearly smooth.
Cuneiform process longer than in any other species of the genus, but not more
prominent.

Dimensions of $. 5 // 8 r// from end of muzzle to vent; from same to poste-
rior border of tympanum 2 // V" ; length of anterior extremity 3 // 3 /// ; of
posterior 12 // 5 /// .

Color above, in spirits, either earth-brown, fulvous-brown cr ashy-brown,
with a pale ashy band from each orbit; these converge on the interscapular
region, then diverge, and converge again on the coccyx. These bands are
rarely unbroken, and are sometimes exceedingly indistinct; they sometimes
inclose a pale area. Sides sometimes marbled with pale asli, sometimes uni-
form. Sometimes a pale interorbital crossband, sometimes two longitudinal
bands on muzzle. A vertical light line on end of muzzle.

Habitat. From Massachusetts into Florida and Mississippi.

Specimens in Mus. Smithsonian from Cambridge, Mass., are nearly unicolor,
while Floridan forms are lightest and most variegated; the head seems to be a
little broader and more obtuse. These forms graduate into the intermediate
and most common type.

AMBLYSTOMIDJ3.

Spelerpes chiropterus Cope, sp. nov.

Head elongate oval ; muzzle prominent, truncate, as broad as length of
antebrachium. Series of palatine teeth arched, commencing behind the choa-
nal. Anterior limb extended forward, reaches orbit. A prominent wing-like
rudimeDt only of the inner digit on both pairs of extremities. Thirteen lateral
folds between axilla and groin ; the extended posterior limb reaches the sixth,
counting fiom the groin. Soles broad, smooth. Tail cylindrical, rapidly
tapering, one-fifth longer than head and body.

Length from muzzle to vent 3" 1'"; from muzzle to axilla 12 //P/ ; length of
tail 4".

Color, brown above, paler medially ; dirty white below.

Habitat. Mirador. near Vera Cruz, Mexico. Sent by Dr. Sartorius to the
Smithsonian Institution.

This is the third species of Salamander known to inhabit Mexico. Tn its
characters it approaches the genus Batrachoseps Bonap. One of Dr. Sartorius'
most interesting disco veiies.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55

Enumeration of the Species of PLANTS collected by Dr. C.C. Parry, and Messrs.
Elihu Hall am J. P. Harbour, during the Summer and Autumn of 1862, on and
near the Rocky Mountains, in Colorado Territory, lat. 39 41".

BY ASA GRAY.

An interesting account by Dr. Parry of his first explorations of the Rocky
Mountains in Colorado Territory, made in the summer of 1861, was published
in the American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. 33, 1862. This was fol-
lowed by an enumeration of the plants in the choice botanical collection which
he made, as determined by myself, Dr. Eugelmann and others. The import-
ance of this pioneer exploration, both in a physico-geographical and a botani-
cal point of view, decided Dr. Parry to repeat and extend it the following
year, to undertake more full and exact observations upon the configuration of
the district, and the altitude of the loftier peaks, and to secure a larger bo-
tanical collection. In the latter view, Dr. Parry was joined by two zealous and
enterprising botanical companions, Messrs. Hall and Harbour, of .'Illinois, who
devoted their entire energies to the collection of plants. The botanical col-
lection, accordingly, through these conjoint labors and explorations, is full,
excellent, and of great interest. Along with a fair proportion of species new
to science or new to the region, it brings to light and makes accessible to bot-
anists generally, many of the late Mr. Nuttall's discoveries made almost thirty
years ago, and even some of those of his first journey up the Missouri, almost
half a century ago, authentic specimens of which hardly exist, except in the
herbarium of the Academy, in that of Mr. Durand, at Philadelphia, and
in the Hookerian herbarium at Kew.

It is in this regard, namely, on account of the intimate association of the
name and scientific career of Nuttall with Philadelphia, and especially with
the Academy of Natural Sciences, the publisher of many of his botanical
writings, and the proprietor of his principal botanical collections, that I have
deemed it peculiarly proper to offer the following enumeration for publication
in the Academy's Proceedings.

This enumeration is but a reconnoisance of the collection in hand. It might
have been much extended by descriptions, remarks, and references ; and some
of the determinations may probably have to be reconsidered. But I deem it
best for our science to publish it at once, as it is, that it may be early in the
hands of botanists along with the distributed sets of specimens, thus en-
hancing the usefulness of the collection, and affording the widest opportunity
for the prompt correction of oversights, omissions, or mistakes on my part,
of which there may be not a few.

It should be remarked that the general collection, although made by the three
associates conjointly, is distributed under the tickets of Messrs. Hall and Har-
bour, upon whom indeed the labor of the collection more immediately de-
volved, and is numbered quite independently of Dr. Parry's collection of 1861,
thus avoiding all danger of confusion between the two. But a small separate
collection made by Dr. Parry late in the summer, at stations visited by him-
self alone, which supplements or helps out the general collection, bears Dr.
Parry's numbers of the former year, (which, being already published, are here
mentioned only when there is some occasion for it, ) or, when of plants not in
that collection, the numbers are in continuation of it, viz. : 398, 399, and so
on. Reference to these additional numbers is chiefly made in foot-notes, to
which also the characters of new species, &c, are consigned.

The plants were numbered and distributed into sets by Messrs. Hall and
Harbour before they were seen by me, and a fall set was supplied to me for
examination, which serves as a basis for the following list. This accounts
for a few misplacements, and also for the occasional mixture of two species
1863.]

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

under the same number ; which, under the circumstances, it was not easy
altogether to avoid. The collectors appear to have been somewhat too fear-
ful of distributing the same species under two or more numbers ; but the op-
posite course, in case of doubt, is preferable. Even well-marked varieties
had better be kept separate in distributed collections.

ENUMERATION.

RANUNCULACEiE.

1. Atragene alpina, L. 2. Clematis Douglasii, Hook. 3. C. ligustici-
folia, Nutt. 4. Pulsatilla Nuttalliana, Gray, which I am now convinced is
properly referred to P. patens, and especially by Regel to his var. Wolfgangi-
ana. Some of the specimens are very large and fine. 5. Anemone multifida,
DC, both red and white-flowered. 6. A. Caroliniana, Walt. ; on the plains.
7. A. narcissiflora, L., from the alpine region ; not before known this side
of Russian America ; fine specimens, with the flowers only three, two, or one
to the involucre. 8. Thalictrum Fendleri, Engelm. ; the diagnosis noted in
the Enum. PI. Parry, p. 12, and now the species itself is obtained, "on low
mountains." 9. T. sparsiflorum, Turcz.,* in fruit, '' the whole plant with a
very heavy narcotic odor," according to Dr. Parry. 10. T. alpinum, L., large
specimens. 11. Ranunculus Cymbalakia, Pursh. 12. R. hyperboreus, Rottb.
var. nutans, C. A. Mey. " In water or in swamps, at middle elevations in the
mountains, or subalpine ;" from the station and from the size of the plants
so much approaching the small and emersed form of R. Purshii var. repens,
Hook., (R. Gmelini, DC, of which a few specimens were also collected,) that
it might belong to that species except for the want of a style ; mature fruit not
collected. 13. R. (Cyrtorrhyncha) Nuttallii, the very rare Cyrtorrhyncha ranun-
culina. Nutt. in Torr. and Gray Fl., which is rightly determined by Bentham
and Hooker to have the ovule erect, and therefore to be a Ranunculus, not-
withstandingthenervose achenia. f 14. R. Eschscholtzii, Schlecht., Hook.; same
as the broader-leaved specimens of Parry's No. 80 ; has glabrous peduncles,
smaller flowers, and shorter styles than R. nivalis, but Greenland specimens
of Vahl's collection approach it. 15. R. affinis, R. Br. var. leiocarpus,
Trautv. : the same as narrow-leaved specimens mixed last year with Dr.
Parry's No. 80 (vide Sill. Jour., 33, p. 404) ; may be a form of R. auricomusii
that ever has glabrous achenia, but they compose a rather oblong or cylin-
draceous head. 16. R. affinis. var. cardiophyllus. (R. cardiopkyllus, Hook.)
The flowering specimens, with their cordate-rotund radical leaves, villous pu-
bescence and large flowers (the corolla a full inch in diameter) perfectly ac-
cord with Hooker's figure, except that the stature is dwarf, and the young carpels
show a rather long style, as figured; but accompanying fruiting specimens wholly
accord with R. affinis. 17. R. adoxeus, n. sp.,J No. 81, of last year's collection
of Dr. Parry, who has now supplied the fruit ; and the species proves to be a
new and peculiar, handsome and strictly alpine one. 18. R. flammitla, L.,

* Dr. Kegel's note under this species, in his elaborate revision of Tliatictrum, is founded on a
misreading of my foot-note in PI. Wright, 2, p. 8, where to T. tparfifiurum is referred T. dura-
tion, Hook., -non DC. The Candolleau species is wholly different, and a native only of the moun-
tains of Carolina.

t Ranunculus (Cyrtorrhyncha : petala supra, basim , callow : stylus incurtrus, stigmaapicu-
latum: achenia turgidamultinervosa) Nuttallii : glaber.semipedalis ; radicefasciculata; foliis radi-
cal! bus biteinatisectis, segmentis 3-5-partitis, lobis oblongis linearitiusve nunc 2-3-tidis ; ramis fo-
lio parvosubtensis paucifloris; petalis *pathulatis sepala iatiora etjnm flava paullo superantibus :
stylo Ion go gracili; acheniis majusculis subpaucisincapitulum globosum collectis. Easternsideof
the Rocky Mouutains; Independence Rock on the Sweet Water of the Platte. Nuttall.

t Mixed in some sets, I fear, with a little of E. Emholtzii or of the real R. niv ilii.

| Ranunculus adoneus, (sp. nov., : humilis, villo parco deciduo glabratus ; radice fasciculato-fi-
brosa ; caulilms basi ramentaceis superne 1-3-foliatitt nunc erectis simplicissimis uuifloris nunc
iarmentoso-decumbentibus 2-3-floris ; foliis bipedato-partitis segmentis anguste linearibus,
petiolis basi scarioso-dilatatis; pedunculo brevi ; corolla aurea eximia (jdorumque ultra pollicem
diametro ;) petalis flabelliforniibus sepalis ovalibus subvillosis duplo longioribus, squamula ba-

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

var. reptans. 19. R. An ambiguous little plant from the alpine region, which
might be mistaken for a smaller form of Parry's 79.* 20. Myosurus mini-
mus, L., from South Park, with somewhat more of a beak to the achenia than
in Eastern or European specimens. 21. Caltha leptosepala, DC. 22.
Tkolluts laxits, Salisb. var. Albiftorus, Gray, in Sill. Jour. 33 ; well-developed
specimens. Divisions of the leaves less deeply incised than in the Eastern
U. S. plant. 23. Aquilegia vulgaris, var. brevistyla. 24. A. ccerulea, Torr.,
equally beautiful with the specimens of last year. 25. Delphinium elatpm,
L., var., Parry's No. 84. 26. D. scopulorum, Gray. 27. A high alpine form
of the last. 28. D. Menziesii, DC. ; but if collected east of the Mississippi
might be taken for D. tricorne. 29. Aconitum nasutcm, Fisch. ; white and
blue, as in Parry's 86.

BERBEPJDACEyE.

30. Berberis (Mahonia) Aquifolium, Pursh, var. rep ens.

FUMARIACEJE.t

31. Corydalis aurea, Willd., var. curvisiliqca ( C. curvlsillqua, Engelm.),
the same as Wright's No. 1309.

CRUCIFER2E.

32. Nasturtium obtusum, Nutt. 33. Cardamine hiksuta, L. 34. C. cordi-
folia, Gray.J 35. Streptanthus angustifolius, Nutt. ; probably a form of
S. sagittatus, Nutt. 36. Turritis patula, Graham. 37. Sisymbrium virgatum,
Nutt., but from the silique rather an Erysimum. 38. Erysimum cheiranthoides,
L. 39. E. pumilum, Nutt., (which I suppose is also E. lanceolatum, R. Br., of
the Old World,) as to the fruiting alpine specimens, along with forms of E.
asperum, DC, with large .flowers (E. Arkccnsahum). The collectors think
these are all forms of one species. 40. Sysimbrium Sophia, L. (including S.
caaescens, Nutt.), both asmoothish form, with short pedicels and short pods,
(<S. brachycafpum, Richards.), and also with slender pods, and the whole
herbage viscid with glandular pubescence one of the forms of S. incision,
Engeltn. 41. Draba crassifolia, Graham ; which, in Parry's former collec-
tion, No. 93, I named Draba Johannis, but it proves to have yellow flowers.
With it is mixed a very little D. stellata, var. fiebecarpa, as the species are

silari parva adnata ; acheniis in capitulum ovale digestis Isevibus turgi.lis, rostro longiuseulo en-
sifornu utrin'que scarioso-alato ! In the high alpine region, close to the snow. Dr. Parry's speci-
mens of 1862, collected later in the season, with some mature fruit, and with some of the stems
becoming procumbent or runner-like, and producing a flowering shoot from the axils of the can-
line leaves, enable me to characterize this remarkable species. Iu the early state it bears some
resemblance to Adonis vernalis. The scarious wingsof the style are sometimes decurrent on the
acheuium, which, again, often has a delicate hyaline wing round the base. Notwithstanding the
yellow tioweis, the affinity of the species is probably with R. glacialis, the carpel and style of
which is said to be wing-margined. The corolla is equally large and full.

* This. fr. im better specimens collected this year, confirms Mr. Black's opinion that it is a dwarf
R: alismiefolius ; but the uppermost leaf is often three parted, and the achenia have a small
short beak, and are pub'erulent; the three-parted leaf, the puberulent achenia and too large fl >wcr
separate it from R. FlauirmUaveir. reptans: and the mostly entire and narrow leaves, the globular
head of carpels and the depauperate size (2 or 3 inches) from R. ujjinis, of which it has the
achenia. 1 have seen only a single specimen.

f- Papaver alpinum, L., was again collected by Dr. Parry, No. 147.

J This sp-eies whieh h .Ids itscharacters well when described, was compared with ourC. rhnm-
boidea and rotwudifolia on the one hand, and on the other, with the European C.asori folia, which,
so far as recorded, inhabits only central Europe, lsut I have just received from Kew a specimen
collected by Dr. Lyall on the banks of the Ashtnoda River, in the Cascade Mountains of N. W.
America, at about lat. 4'J", which, so far as my means of comparison extend, appears to belong to

C. asartfoiia. The interesting bearing upon questions of geographical distribution ia obvious,

viz.: as to the probable affiliation of C. asarifolia, anguluta, cordifolia, rhumboidea and rotiindi-
folia .

g Specimens of this were sent by me to Dr. Hooker, to ask his opinion. He replies : " It is Dra-
ba Johannis of Europe, according to Mr. Ball, except that the flower is yellow. It is certainly also

D. crassifolia, Graham, from Rocky Mountains, Drummond, and evidently the same as D.l\ad-
nitzensis, Walp., and D. lactea, Adams, B.pygmsea, Turcz., and a host of others."

1863.] 5

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEJfV OF

regarded by Regel, i.e., D. muricella, Vahl., with pubescent silicles, and a
smooth form of D. nemoralis. 42. D. nehoralis, L., two pubescent forms.
44. D. aurea, Vahl. 45. D. streptocarpa, Gray, Euuni. PI. Parry, p. 13, No.
96, with some reduced, high alpine forms, in which the silicle does not always
twist. 43. Smelowskia calycina, C. A. Meyer, (Hutchinsia, Desv.) High alpine.
46. Thlaspi cochleariforme, DC. Common at all heights. 47. Physaria didy-
mocarpa, Gray, var. ? The same as Parry's 101, but more hoary, and with a
longer slender style. Mature fruit and seeds being still wanting, it yet re-
mains as doubtful as before whether this is a form of Hooker's species. 48.
Vesicaria Ludoviciana, DC. 49. Vesicaria jiontana, n.sp.,* from the middle
mountains ; also collected last year at Eureka by Mr. Howard, but without
fruit. 50. Stanleya jntegrifolia, James. 51. Thelypodium (Pachypodium,
Kutt.) isTEGRiFOLic.M, Torr. and Gray.

CAPPARIDACEJE.

52. Cleome integrifolia, Torr. & Gray. 53. Cleomella tenuifolia, Torr.

VIOLACEiE.
54. Viola biflora, L. 55. V. Nuttallii, Pursh. 56. V. Muhlenbergii,
Tar. pubetcens, same as 108 of Parry. 57. Ionidium lineare, Torr.

PARNASSIE^I.
575. Parnassia paryiflora, DC, Hook. Two forms of the species, into
which P. Kotzebuei, Cham., probably passes. It is No. 427 of Dr. Parry.
57S. P. fimbriata, Banks ; a small form of the species ; the flowers only half
the size of those of the ordinary state. It is No. 428 of Parry's separate col-
lection.

HYPERICACEiE.

58. Hypericum Scouleri, Hook., which apparently is also H. formosum, HBK.

ELATINACE^E.

59. Elatine Americana, Arn. On the Platte River. (60. See Pritnulaceae.)

CARYOPHYLLACEiE.
61. Silene Scouleri, Hook; 62. S. Drummo.vdii, Hook. 63. Lychnis apetala,
L. vars., same, as 132 and 133 of Parry. 64. Silexe Mexziesii, Hook. 65.

SlLENE ACAULlS, L.

M. Paronychia pulvixata, n. sp.,f the same as Parry's 297. of which he
also has collected very fine specimens this year. 67. P. Jamesii, Torr. and
Gray. 68. Sagina LiXHiBi, Presl. 69. Arenaria (Alsise) Rossti, R. Br., the
taller stems 3-5-flowered, pretty clearly a mere arctic-alpine form of A.

*Vesicaria Montana (sp. nor.): argentoo-inraua : caulibus e radice perenui dift'usis folio-is:
foliis spathulatis, radicalibus subovatis potiolatis nunc 1-2-dentatis; racemo fructifero elongate;
silicula ovali seu ellipsoidea cano-pobescente stylo giacili longiore pedicel!" patents sursum cur-
vato paullo breviore. Habit of I". Ludoviciana, argyi sea, and argenteo; well-mai ked by the oval
or oblong silicle (which is. in some specimens', 3 lines in length, but of scarcely half that breadth,
while in others it is shorter and broader, barely oval in outline,) hoary, with a fine stellular pu-
bescence, one-third longer than the style, commonly one-third or one-half longer than the pedicel,
nearly terete; the valves of the same rather firm texture as those of Y.LvdoYiciana, more convex
than those of V. alpina. Seeds four or six in each cell, wingless. retain spatulate, light yellow.
F.l tnients filiform.

t Paronychia pulyinata (sp. nov. ): depressa, e caudice lignescente pulrinatocfcspitosa, fere gla-
bra; stipulis srgenteis ovatis integris muticis folia oblonga obtusa margine ciliolato-scabra snb-
asquantibus emu iis ramus breves usque ad florem termiualem sessilem dense veLientibus; calycis
segmentis ovalibus late scariosis sub apice cucullato aristulatis, aristula cucullum vix superante.
Iu the hisrh alpine region, quite comm >n. Forming dense, cushion-hke tufts, apparently like
those of Silene aoudis, denser than those of P. sessiliflora, Nutt. Stipules 2 line* long, broadly
ovate and obtuse, or the uppermost somewhat taper-pointed or acute, but muticous. Leaves -'.
or 3 lines long, about a line wide, bright green, flat, thick, very obtuse and muticous, nerveles-i.
Flower solitary and immersed a inmg the leaves. Stamiii >dia 5, similar l> the fertile filaments.
Ovary glabrous, tapering into the lather short style.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 59

uliginosa, Schleich, (Ahine stricta, Wahl.) 77. A. arctica, Stev., tlie same
form as Parry's 141 ; and with it specimens of A. biflora, Wahl., var. earn i-
losa, Fenzl., with flaccid procumbent stems, and longer, lax, falcate leaves.
If forms of the same, then A. arctica and bifioru are properly united by Dr.
Hooker. 79. A. Fendleri, Gray.

70. Stellaria umbellata, Turcz. ? An ambiguous form, of the alpine region,
with the capsules, seeds, and scarious bracts of S. longifolia, but with oblong,
flaccid leaves, and petals wanting.* 73. From middle elevations, is a form of
the same, without fruit. S. alpestris, var. paniculata, Fries, Herb. Norm., is
perhaps the same, or a form connecting it with S. longifolia, but his S. alpestris
var. alijlora is S. borealis. 71 and 76. S. longipes, Gioldie. 72. S. bokealis,
Bigel., except the depauperate young specimens intermixed, which are the
same as 70. 78. S. Jamesii, Torr. 74. Mcehrixgia lateriflora, Fenzl. 75.
Cerastium arvense, L., mixed with C. vulgatum? var. Behringianum, or at pi-
nion, just as was Parry's No. 138 last year. (SO. See under Scrophulariacete.)

PORTULACACEiE.

81. Talinum parviflorum, Nutt., or perhaps teretifolium, as the specimens
are only in fruit. 82. Claytonia Virginica, L., from the alpine region. 83.
C. arctica? var. megarhiza, Gray, Enum. PL Parry (C. megarrhiza, Parry) ;
specimens smaller than last year. 84. Claytonia Chamissonis, Esch. ( C.
aquatica, Nutt.); more luxuriant than the plant of Unalaschka, but other-
wise similar : petals rose-color. (Dr. Parry again collected Talinum: pygm.eum,
Gray, his No. 143.)

MALVACEJE.

85. Sidalcea Candida, Gray. Cold springs, &c, on Blue River. f 86. Mal-
vastrum coccineum, Gray.

LINACE.E.

87. LlNUM PERENNE, L.

GERANIACEiE.

88. Geranium Richardsonii, F. & M., the same as 112 of Parry. 89. G.
Fremontii, Torr., var. Parryi, Engelm., the same as Parry's 113, the fruiting
pedicels divaricate !

RHAMNACE^E.
90. Ceanotjius Fendleri, Gray. 91. C. ovatus, Desf.

CELASTRACEiE.

92. Pachystima Myrsinites, Raf.

SAPINDACE.E (ACERACEiE.)

93. Acer glabrum, Torr., the ordinary form of the species.

LEGUMINOSiE.

94. Lupinus pusillus, Pursh. 95. L. oknatus, Dough: " abundant at low
and middle elevations." Very ornamental. 96. L cjespitosus, Nutt., pro-
bably a form of L. aridas, Dougl. The keel is slightly ciliate. It was foun I
"on Blue River, west of the range." 97. Trifolium dasyphyllum, Torr. and
Gr. Still finer and larger specimens than last year. 98. T. Parryi, Gray,
Enum. PL Parry. : 99. T. nanum, Torr. 100. Dalea laxiflora, Pursh.

* Dr. Parry also separately collected it, in fine ft-uiting specimens, iu subalpine woods, on Mad
Creek, Ac, No. 431.

f This rare, species was separately collected in Middle Park, by Dr. Parry. It is his No. 429.

Sidalcea. malv^eflora. Gray. (IS. JS'co-Mexicana, Gray,) Parry's 430, was collected whh the last.

J Trifolium lojigipss, Natt. Sparingly collected by Dr. Parry in Middle Park, and distributed
as his No. 434.

1863.]

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

101. PSORALEA LANCEOLATA, Pursh. 102. P. FLORIBUNDA, Nutt. 103. P. ARGO-

phylla, Pursh. 104. Daleaalopecuroides, Willil. 105. Petalostemonmacro-
stachyus, Torr. 10(3. Astragalus Kentrophyta (Kentrophyta montana, Nutt.)
107. Thermopsis rhombifolia, Nutt. (the smaller plant and the fruit), aud ap-
parently T. fabacea, var. montana, Gray ( T. montana, Nutt.) : the latter should
he known hy its taller stems, larger leaflets, and narrow, linear, pubescent, erect
legumes. 10S. Hosackia Purshiana, Benth. 109. Lathybus ornatus, Nutt.,
and a pubescent variety. 110. L. linearis, Nutt. 111. L. polymorphs,
Nutt. 112. L. palustkis, var. myrtifolius? a small portion, and mainly

VlClA AMERICANA, Muhl. 113. ASTRAGALUS RACEMOSUS, Pursh. 114. A.

(Phaca, Hook.) bisulcatus, Gray ; in fruit. 130. Same in flower. 115. A.
(Phaca, Hook.) nigrescexs, Gray. 116. A. (Phaca, Hook.) glabriusculus,
var. major, foliolis anguste oblongis. Very likely, as Hooker conjectured,
a form of A. aboriginum. A narrow, membranous, rudimentary false septum
is borne on the dorsal suture, in the manner of A. Robbinsii and A. alpinus, to
which, indeed, the species is related. It was collected in the mountains,
"at middle elevation ; not common." 117. A. oroboides, Hornem. (Phaca
elegans, Hook.) " Along the bank of streams, at middle elevations, and subal-
pine." V^ry fine specimens, both in flower and in fruit ; the former with
linear leaflets, like the original P. elegans ; the latter with broader and glabrate
leaflets, just like Bourgeau's specimens from the Saskatchawan. 118. A.
flexuosus, Dougl. (Phaca flexuosa and P. elongata, Hook.) Legumes straight or
slightly curved. " Low mountains and plains ; common." 119. A. gracilis,
Nutt. With the last. 121. A. near Phaca deb His, Nutt., but larger in all its
parts. To be determined hereafter in a general revision of the species.* 122.
A. mollissimus, Torr., of which the stipules were wrongly described, a form
with silvery instead of yellowish pubescence. Fine specimens, same as Par-
ry's 184, doubtfully compared with A. glareosus, still without fruit. "On
the plains ; scarce." 123. A. Parryi, Gray ; now collected with ripe legumes,
which are so obcompressed and sulcate both sides that the sutures meet.
" Common both on the low mountains and subalpine.'' 124. A. Drummondii,
Hook. 125. A. alpinus, L. " From middle elevations to truly alpine." 126.
A. cyaneus, Gray, PI. Fendl. Specimens more luxuriant than Fendler's ; the
leaflets oval, half to two-thirds of an inch long, and young pods nearly two
inches long. This is likely to be A. Shortiamis, Nutt., of which I have seen
no specimens ; but the flowers are deep blue. " Low mountains, and rarely
subalpine; a fine species." 127. A. Missouriensis, Nutt. 128. A. sparsi-
florus, n. sp., to be elsewhere characterized in a revision of the North Amer-
ican species. " On low mountains ; rare." 129. Perhaps a variety of the
last, with more numerous flowers and larger legumes. 141. A. (Phaca) pau-
ciflorus, Hook. ? A glabrate, slender form, the same as Phaca pauciflora,
Nutt. " South Park, common, apparently a good forage plant." (Fendler's,
No. 144 is the same.) 130. A. (Phaca) bisulcatus, Gray, in flower. 131. A.
(Phaca) lotiflorus, Hook., very fine specimens in flower and fruit. 132. (fruit)
& 133. (fl.) A. caryocarpus, Ker. 134. A. (Phaca, Hook.,) pectinatus, Gray.
136. A. btriatus, Nutt. ! 137. A. (Phaca, L.) frigidus, with perfectly glabrous
legumes, as in other American specimens. " Subalpine, in wet pine-woods."

138. A. (Phaca) filifolius, Gray, in Pacif. R. R. Exped. Phaca longifolia, Nutt.

139. A. Hypoglottis, L. 145. A. (Orophaca) sericoleucus, Gray (Phaca seri-
cea, Nutt.) ; charming specimens of an interesting plant. 142. Homalobus
decumbens, Nutt. Also 435 of Parry, very sparingly collected. Its name as
an Astragalus can be settled only upon a revision of the species. 120. (and
433 of Parry,) Oxytropis deflexa, DC. 135. O. splendens, Dougl. ; worthy
of the name. 140. O. Lamberti, Pursh, with purple or blue, and with white

* The name Astragalus debib's could properly be retained for Phaca debilis of Nuttall. For
there is no A. dehilis of Douglas; that so given in Walp. Repert. 1, p. 710, being an accidental error
for A. miser, Dougl.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

flowers; "very ornamental and 'very variable." 143. 0. arctica, R. Br.
"High alpine." 144. 0. multiceps, Nutt. in Torr. and Gray, Fl. (Physo-
calyx multiceps, Nutt. in herb. Acad. ) " Subalpine and lower." This is Dr.
Parry's No. 191, which I wrongly referred to 0. nana, Nutt. The plant is
more dwarf and the leaflets much smaller than in Nuttall's specimens, which
are in fruit only, while ours, last year in blossom only, now show the young
fruit in the bladdery calyx. It is a very pretty plant. 146. Sophoea sericea,
Pursh. 147. Glycyrrhiza lepidota, Nutt.

ROSACEJE.

14S. Prunus (Cerasus) Pennsylvania, L. 149. Spiraea dumosa, Nutt.
150. S. opclifolia, L., var. parvifolia. 151. Sibbaldia procumbens, L. 152.
Geuji (Sieversia) triflorum, Pursh. 156. G. (Sieversia) Rossii, Ser. 153.
Dryas octopetala, L. 154. Potentilla fissa, Nutt. 155. P. frdticosa, L.
157. P. concinna, R. Br. 15S. P. Pexnsylvanica, L., var. Hippiana, Torr.
and Gray. 159. P. fastigiata, Nutt. ? which specimens of Parry's, in 1S61,
(with 217) ally to large states of P. nivea. (Aglabrate specimen intermixed,
is the same as Parry's 218, P. Drummondii, &c, Lehm.) 160. P. nivea, L., a
form with the leaflets more deeply incised than in 215 of Parry. 161. P. Plat-
tensis, Nutt. ? the leaves more dissected, so as to be almost bipinnately parted ;
th same as a plant of Bourgeau's collection, from the Saskatchawan. "Com-
mon in wet ground ; spreading." 162. P. Pennsylvania, L., var. strigosa,
Pursh, with some of the coarser No. 15S, perhaps accidentally mixed. 163.
Rubus deliciosus, James ; the same as Parry's 210, with large white petals.
This will be very ornamental in cultivation. 164. Rubus triflorus, Richards.,
in fruit. 165. Cekcocarpus parvifolius, Nutt.* 462. Cham;erhodos erecta,

Bunge.

ONAGRACEJS.

166. Epilobium palcstre, L. 167. E. alpinum, L. 168. E. paniculate^,
Nutt. 169. E. latifolium, L. 170. E. angustifolium, L. 171. Gayophytum
bacemosum, Torr. and Gray, with a specimen of 168 intermixed in my set.

172. G. eajiosissiiiusi, Torr. and Gray ; the var. deflexum, Hook., in Lond.
Jour. Bot., 6, p. 224, where the names of the two varieties are transposed.

173. Oenothera marginata, Nutt. 174. G3. Missoueiensis, Sims. 175. (E.
triloba, Nutt. 176. (E. Ndttallii, Torr. and Gray, (Taraxia longiflora and
breviflora, Nutt., the specimens belonging to the latter form), South Park.

177. (E. pinnatifida, Nutt. (see Parry, Enum.,p. 40 (333), the hirsute speci-
men,, which is just Parry's 116, and a canescently puberulent specimen,
which, from its obcordate petals, should also be of this species, but not in fruit.

178. G3. coronopifolia, Torr. and Gray, exactly No. 222 of Fendler's collection.

179. 03. serrulata, Nutt. 180 (and 436 of Parry). Gaura parvifloea, Dougl.
181. Gaura coccinea, Nutt. 1S2. Hippqius vulgaris, L.

LOASACE.cE.

569. Mentzelia (Bartonia) nuda, Torr. & Gray. 570. M. (Bartonia) mul-
tiflora, Nutt. ; the form with cylindrical capsules. 571. M. albicaulis,
Dougl., (Parry's 126,) and some M. oligosperma, Nutt.

CACTACEiE.

1S3. Opfntia Missouriensis, DC, with a red flower also in my set, proba-
bly of 0. rutila, Nutt.

GROSSULARIACE.E.

184. R. lacustrk, Poir, var. CR- setosum, Dougl.) 185. R. Leptanthum,
Gray, PI. Fendl. 186. R. cereum, Dougl. 187. R. hirtelluh, Michx. 188.
R. aureum, Pursh.

*Purshia tridextata, DC, is No. 4S2 of Dr. Parry's separate collection, from Middle Park.

1863.]

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

CRASSULACEiE.

IS?. Sedcm snoDANTHUM, Gray, Enuin. PI. Parry. In fruit ; the inflores-
cence a dense spike-like thyrsus, oblong. 190. S. stenopetalum, Pursb.
191. S. Rhodiola, L. (192. See Borraginacese.)

SAXIFRAGACEiE.
193. Saxifeaga nivalis, var. ? An undeveloped specimen of this, in Parry's
collection of 1851, was referred to S. hieracifolia? But the well-developed
specimens appear to pass into the large state of the next. The limits between
S. nil-oil's, Virginiensis and intecirifolia are not obvious. 194. S. nivalis, L.,
one form the same as Parry's 169; the other has a scape nine inches high,
bearing several peduncled erect flower-clusters in a racemose manner, just as
in 193, from which it differs in its shorter and smaller, more-toothed leaves.
195. S. ceenua, L. 196. S. conteoversa, Sternb., referred by several authors
to S. adsceridenft, L. Alpine region ; before found in America only by Bourgeau,
in the Rocky Mountains further north ; known in Northern Asia. 197. S.
beonchialis, L. 198. S. debilis, Engelm. n. sp.* "Alpine." 199. S. sek-
ptllifolia, Pursh ; but probably only a high alpine, very dwarf and tufted
variety of S. Hirculus, L., this being the view taken of it in the Enumeration
of Parry's collection of 1861, No. 164. The characters hold out in the present
collection. 201. S. Hiectlus, L., in the ordinary form, as different from 19&
as possible. " South Park, in wet or swampy places." 200. S. flagellaeis,
Willd. (202. See under Primulacea?.) 203. S. Jamesii, Torr., from the origi-
nal stations. A most rare and peculiar species. 207. S. punctata, L. (S.
(Bstivalis, Fisch.) 204. Hefchera parvifolia, Nutt, the large form, viz.:
Parry's 174, with some specimens passing to Parry's 173, the small form.
205. Heucheea bracteata,! Seringe (Tiarella? bracteata, Torr.,) the same as
Parry's 172, mixed with a large-flowered, apparently new species, H. Hallii.J
Rocks, on mountains of medium elevation. 206. Lithophragma parvifolia,
Nutt. 208. Mitella fentandea, Hook. ; in fruit. 576. Chrysosplenium
alteenifolium, L. 568. Jamesia Americana, Torr. & Gray. (209. See Eu-
phorbiaeese.)

UMBELLIFER^I.

210. Cymopterus glomeratus, DC. A plant rarely collected, but said to
be very common on the plains, along with the next. 211. C. montanus, Nutt.
213. C. alpinus, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, p. 19 (408,) No. 158; with good
fruit as well as flowers. 212. Peijcedanum nudicaule, Nutt. ? at least the
plant so named in Hayden's collection on the Manvaises Terres of Nebraska ;
but the plant is minutely pruinose-pnbescent, not glabrous, nor is the fruit
truly that of a Peuredanum, the marginal wings being double, nor from the
description can it be the original Smyrnium nudicaule of Pursh. It must re-

* This was mixed with No. 167 (S. cernua, L.) of Dr. Parry's collection in 1861, but very spa-
ringly distributed. It has a granulate root, so called, and the foliage much as in S. Sibirica, but
is perfectly glabrous throughout, and with the obconical tube of the calyx wholly adnate to the
ovary. As it is manifestly related to S. rivularis (though quite distinct), I suppose it may bo the
' S. Cymbalaria, vel. n. sp.," or the species compared with Sibirica, of Chamisso in Liunrea. 6, p.
555, which in the Flora Rossica are doubtfully referred to <S. ritmlaris. In which case I know of
no name to take precedence of this proposed by Dr. Engelmann.

t IIeuchera bracteata (Seringe): glabella, mimitissime pruinoso-glandulosa; thyrso denso
spiciformi multiflom; bracteis saepe flores flavido-virescentes subsequantibus ; calyceoblongofere
r.'i medium 5-fido, lobis spathulato-oblongis; petalis attenuatis acutis filamentis vix latioribus;
Staminibus stylisque dein exsertis. Scape from a span to nearly a foot in height, often foliose-
bracteate. Thyrsus commonly mere or less secund. Flowers barely two lines in length. Teeth
of the leaves usually setaceously mucronate.

% IIeuchera Hali.ii (sp. nov.) : hirsutula; thyrso racemiformi suhlaxo 16-30-floro: bracteis pe<li-
cellos vix superantibus ; florihus albidis (nunc roseo tinctis?): calyee lato-eampanutato5-lobo. lobis,
lato-ovatis; petalis spatlmlatis obtusis exsertis: staminibus stylisque inclusis. Scapes usually a
span high. Flowers about three lines long, but the calyx twice the breadth of that of //. bracteata,
and very different in shape. Pedicels, when fully developed, sometimes nearly as long as the flower.
Leaves as in the preceding species, considerably variable.

[Mar

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

main uncertain until the order is revised. A solitary fruiting specimen in
Dr. Parry's collection of 1861 was very carelessly named Leptotcenia dissecta,
which is quite a different plant. 214. Musenium trachysfermum, Nutt. ; near
M. divaricaium, but the young fruit much shorter as well as more scabrous.

215. Thaspium trachypleurum, n. sp.,* in fruit, the same as 159 of Parry in
1861, of which the fruit was too young. It proves to be quite different from
that of T? montanum, var. tenuifolium. The genus is uncertain; but it can
hardly be well separated from Thaspium. 217. T. montanum, Gray, PI.
Fendi., in flower and in fruit, the latter with the three dorsal wings some-
times barely salient, sometimes as much developed as the marginal ones.

216. Conioselinum Fischeri, Wimm. ; "alpine and subalpine." 218. C.
Canadense, Torr. and Gray, probably a larger and coarser form of 216 ;
" on low mountains." 219. Arch angelic a Gmelixi, DO. 220. Archemora
Fexdleri, Gray, PI. Fendl.; fine, large specimens with good fruit, ''in sub-
alpine woods." It is 155 of Parry's 1861 collection, which I carelessly named
Berula angustifolia. 221. An acaulescent Umbellifer, undeterminable for the
want of fruit. 222. Cymopterus? anisatus, n. sp., called " C. tei;ebinthinus,
var. fceniculaceus" in Parry's 1861 collection (No. 157); but it can hardly be
either of Nuttall's species under those names, on account of the very long and
subulate leaflets of the involucel as well as calyx-teeth, yet apparently rela-
ted to them ; the foliage, &c, very similar. Mature fruit not collected ; some
of the present collection pretty well formed has the wings abortive, while in
younger fruits of 1861 these are obvious and somewhat undulate. This dubi-
ous plant inhabits "dry hills in the middle mountains, and is a very aroma-
tic herb." The foliage of the dried specimens and the fruit have a pleasant
anisate flavor, characters unknown in the polymorphous genus Cymopterus,
and rendering the genus of this plant yet more doubtful.

ARALIACE.E.

223. Adoxa Moschatellina, L. " Subalpine ; common."

CORNACEiE.

Corxtjs Caxadexsis, L. In the mountains Dr. Parry gathered one or two
specimens of the ordinary form of this species ; and in the alpine region also
a depauperate form of it, some specimens of which, having a pair of leaves
lower down on the stem, and those from the upper axils small, niipiht readily
be mistaken for C. Suecica. They are distributed as No. 437 of Parry.

CAPRIFOLIACE/E.

224. Linn.ua borealis, Gronov. 225. Symphoricarpus montanps, HBK.
227. S. occidextalis, R. Br. 226. Loxicera involucrata, Banks. 228. Vi-
burnum pauciflorum, Pylaie.

RUBIACEiE.

229. Galium boreale, L. 230. G. trifidum, L., the reduced, northern form,
near G. palustre.

VALERIANACEiE.

231. Valeriana dioica, L., var. V. sylvatica, Richards.

* Thaspium trachtpleurum (sp. nov.): glabrum: caule (pedali) striate 1-3- foliate umbellas 2-3
longiuscule peduii'-ulatas gerente; foliia ternatodecompositis, segmentis flliformibus mucronula-
tis, petiolis basi dilatatis baud scarioso-marginatis ; involucro et involucello e foliolis 1-3 subulat's
parvis; fioribus flavis; fructu didymo OTato lateraliter compresso. mericarpiis sectione transveisali
fere orbicularis, jugis alisve 5 conformibus crassis suberosis obtireissiiuis scabris cum u no commis-
surali a carpophore demum libero, Talleculis omnibus grosse univittatis. On the mountains, at
middle and lower elevations. Leaves more decompound than in the T. montanum var. tenuifolium,
with which I had confounded it, the segments snorter and more rigid; the fruit shorter, H to 2
lines long, the mericarps not at all flattened dorsally, in shape and scent like those of Thaspium,
and the short wings remarkably thick and corky, scabrous-roughened. A similar corky mass at
the commissure in the section simulates another wing or rib, except that it is partly divided by a
groove, which receives the carpophore.

1863.]

6-4 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

COMPOSITE.

232. Erigebon acke, L. 233. Diplopappus ertcoides, Torr. and Gray. 234.
Eeigerox compositum, Parsh. 235. E., a species wholly doubtful to me, with
deep purple or blue rays, except in this respect the same as the white-rayed
specimens of Parry's No. 3, which I had confounded with those of E. uniflo-
rum, with which it was mixed. I dare not now venture to describe it as anew
species. 236. E. glabellum, var. pubescens, Hook. Bourgeau collected the
same form in the Rocky Mountains. 237. E. divergens, Torr. and Gr. 238.
E. grandiflorum, Hook., var. elatius, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, No. 1: a still
more luxuriant plant ; stems more than a foot high, leafy to the summit,
bearing two to four heads, with the same very woolly involucre. 243. E. vxi*
florum, L. , both the same as Parry's No. 8, and large and tall forms 6 to 9
inches high, with light-colored long wool to the involucre, as in the foregoing.
"Common in the high alpine region." 239. E. glabellum, Nutt. ? var. molle.
This is recorded as a common species at all heights. But I have never before
seen such a form, except one of Bourgeau's, the largest specimens distribu-
ted under " E. canescens," and that has white rays. From the shape of the
leaves, and their size and abundance up to the summit of the stem, this
should rather be referred to E. macranthum ; but the pubescence is strange for
that species. 240. E. glabellum, Nutt. Parry's No. 4 (collected again) is a
dwarfer form of the same, and belongs rather to glahellum than to E. macran-
thum. (241, 242. See below, under Aster. 243. See above.) 244. E. c.e>pito-
sum, Nutt. ; a strict form, near the var. grandiflorum,ot which E. caimm,
Gray, PL Fendl., is evidently a form. " Common on low mountains." 245.
E. pumilum, Nutt. 24G. E. Bellidiastrum, Nutt.

247. Solidago lanceolata, L. 248. S. nemoralis, L. ; a dwarf, subalpine
form, passing to S. nana, Nutt. 249. S. Missouriensis, Nutt. ; a dwarf form.
250. S. Virga-aurea, L. ; two forms. 251. S. Virga-aurea, var. multi-
radiata, Torr. and Gray. Dr. Parry collected one specimen of 5. humilis
on Clear Creek.

241. As'ier salsugixosus, Richards. "Subalpine." This is also 403 of Dr.
Parry's separate collection. 242. A. glacialis, Nutt. " In the high alpine
region." 252. A. adscexdexs, Lindl., var. ciliatifolius, Torr. and Gray,
(which is also 419 of Parry,*) and the var. Fremontii, Torr. & Gray, Fl. Suppl.
253. Various forms of the last, "alpine and subalpine, in low grounds," the
larger ones (same as Parry's 417) passing towards A. integrifolius, Nutt., but
the involucre not manifestly glandular. All the peculiar Asters of the
Rocky Mountains and westward require complete re-elaboration. 254. (also
418 of Parry,) A., near the smooth form of ericoides, L., and probably a va-
riety of it, but with laxer and narrower scales to the involucre. The rays
are pinkish, as they sometimes are in the eastern plant. " In the mountains,
at middle elevations."

255. Aplopappus inuloides, Torr. and Gray. Subalpine, in the South Park.
256. A. (Stenotus) pygWus, Gray, Enum., PI. Parry, mixed with specimens
of an equally dwarf new species, which Dr. Lyall collected, in 1860, on the
summits of the eastern side of the Cascade Mountains, at 7500 hundred feet
above the sea. It should therefore be named A. Lyalli.| Both high alpine.

* Aster (Orthomeris) gi.aucus, Torr. and Gray, not in the general collection, is again in Parry's
sc iarate collection (No. 13). in the finest state. .

A. Fendleri, Gray, PI. Fendl. (perhaps a hispid form of A. Xutlallii,) was sparingly collected on
sand hills, on the plains, but not distributed.

fApLOPArpus Lyalli (sp. nov.): nanus, undique pruinoso-glandulosus ; caulibus J-o-pollican-
1ms foliosis monocephalis ; foliis integerrimis submembranaceis sajpius mucrunatis, radicalisms in-
ferioribusque oblongo-spathulatis sea oblaneeolatis liasi attenuatis, summis lanceolatis; nivolucri
squamis laxe imbricatis subtiiseriatis lanceolatis subsequilongis glandulnso-pubens; ligulis 16-1.0
linearibus loiigiusculis: actaenjis linearibus fere glaberriinis ; pappi albi setis ngidulis corollara
disci sequantibus. Furuia a. (Lyalli) ; invoiucri squamis omnibus lanceolatis sensim acuimnatis,

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 05

257. A. (Pyrrocoma) croceus, n. sp.* Subalpine, in the Middle Park, &c,
west of the Rocky Mountain range. 258. A. (Pyrrocoma) Fremontii. Pyrro-
coma fuliosa, Gray in Jour. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, 5, 1843. Low mountains,
lat. 39 3 . There is a Chilian A.foliosus; wherefore, in suppressing Pyrrocoma
as a genus, the name of this most rare and well-marked species may very
properly commemorate the discoverer. 259. A. (Pyrrocoma) Parryi, Gray,
Enuin. PI. Parry. 260. Chrysopsis villosa, Nutt., with the dwarf variety,
C kispida.

261. Iva axillaris, Pursh; a broad-leaved form. 262. I. ciliata, Willd.
263. Ecriin >sv.\e (Cyclachjexa) xantiiiifolia, Gray. 264. Franseria tomen-
tosa, Gray, PI. Feudl. 265. F. Hookeriana, Nutt.

266. Lepachys columnaris, Torr. & Gr. 267. Gaillardia aristata, Pursh.
26S. Helianthella unifloea, Torr. and Gr. Fine specimens. The aoheniaare
ciliate with very long hairs ; the awns are long, slender and persistent.!
269. Helianthus pumilus, Nutt.? Parry's No. 50. 270. H. petiolaris, Nutt.

271. (& 420 of Parry.) Heliomeeismultiflora, Nutt. ; the broader-leaved form.

272. Helenium Hoopesii, n. sp., a most striking species, seeds of which were
collected near Pike's Peak in the autumn of 1859, by Mr. Thomas Hoopes,
from which plants were raised by Mr. Halliday Jackson, of Westchester, Pa.f

273. Actinella grandiflora, Torr. and Gr. ; equally fine specimens as those of
last year. 274. Actinella Richardsoxii, Torr. and Gr. 275. A. scaposa, Nutt.
var. {A. glabra, Nutt.) 276, 277. A. acaulis, Nutt., in different forms. 278.
Bahia oppositifolia, Torr. and Gr. 279. Thelesperma (Cosmidium) gracile,
Gray. 280. T. filifoliuji, Gray. 281. Villaxova chrysanthemoides, Gray.
282! Hymenopappus tenuifolids, Pursh. 283. Ch.enactis achille^folia,
Hook. Arn. ; a low form from the alpine region. 284. C. achillea;folia, var.

exterioribus paullo brevioribus; foliia parvulis, caulinis superioribus gradatim minoribus (6-3
lia. longis) acutioribus. /3. II alli: involucri squamis plerisque latioribus, extimis oblongo-lme-
Biibus diSL-um ada?quantibus ; foliis etiam caulinis magis spathulatis, summis pollicaribtis capi-
tulum adrequautibus, radicalibus bipollioaribus. Head half an inch long and wide. Ligules ex-
serted, 3 or i lines long. Appendages of the style in the disk-flowers oblong-lanceolate. Ovaries
in Hall and Harbour's plant sparsely beset with a few slender hairs ; in Dr. Lyall's glabrous.

* Aplopappus (Pyrrocoma) croceus (sp. nov.); caule ultrapedali parce foliate tnonocephalo
pi'iaium launso : foliis coriaceis glabris integerrimis haud eximie reticulars, radicalibus oblongo-
lauceolatis (cum petiolo pedalibus), caulinis lanceolatis oblongisve basi semi-amplexicaulibus;
capitulo nuilo inaximo; involucri hemisphaerici squamis ovalibus obtuslssimis muticis, interioribus
margine subscarioso-erosis; ligulis 50 et ultra longe exsertis supra croceis; ovariis breviusculis
glaberrimis ; pappo albido corollam disci adajquante. Allied to Pyrrocoma radiata, Nutt., which,
however, is probably not distinct from Aplopappus (Pyrrocoma, Hook.) carthamoides. But the
leaves are less coriaceous and reticulated ; the head naked, peduncled, and I believe nodding ; invo-
lucre au inch in diameter; the long exserted rays nearly an inch in length; the ovaries far
shorter, and the pappus white. But I have this only in flower, and P. radiata in fruit.

t The following, apparently quite distinct, new species of this genus, was sparingly collected by
Dr. Parry in Middle Bark, near the foot of Bike's Peak. I have also received a specimen from Mr.
Hall. It is distinguished by its small leaves and heads, thin and scarious chaff, and the awnless
achenia crowned with hyaline squamellse, which are resolved into a villous fringe that equals the
proper tube of the corolla in length.

Heliantiiella Parryi (sp. nov,): pedalis, hirsuta; foliis triplinerviis lanceolatis vol radicalibus
spathulatis, caulinis superioribus sublinearibus 1- 2-pollicaribus ; capitulis 2-3 parvulis brevissime
pednnculatis; receptaculi paleis tenui-scariosis apice truueato barbulatis; ovariis oblongis (exteri-
oribus saspius promisee, interioribus superne parce villoso-ciliatis) exaristatis ; paleis pappi circ. 4
latis tenuissime hyalinis in villum tubum proprium corollas adaequantem solutis. Involucre only
half an inch long; disk half an inch in breadth : ligules 7 to 9 lines long.

X Helenium Hoopesii (sp. nov.): caule valido tomentuloso sesqui-bipedali oligocephalo ; foliis
glauco-pallidis crassiusculis punctatis mox glabratis subnervatis integerrimis, radicalibus lanceo/-
lato-spathulatis in petioluni brevem alatum angustatis. caulinis oblongo-lanceolatissenii-amplexi-
caulibus ; pedunculis sursum incrassatis; capitulis pro genere maximis : involucri squamis lanceo-
latis seu linearibus ; receptaculo subgloboso ; ligulis 20-25 linean-cuneatis (pollicaribus) cum
disco aurantiacis; pappi paleis lanceolato-subulatis enerviis corolla disci paullo brevioribus
achenium sericeo-villosum wquantibus. " South Bark and west of Bike's Beak." Radical leaves
to 11 inches long, tapering into a petiole-like base or flat and winged petiole : the cauline ones
successively shorter and more dilated at the base, the uppermost 1J to 2 inches long. Disk in the
wild specimens an inch in diameter, and the numerous orange-yellow rays an inch long. Baleae
of the pappus tapering to a sharp point, but not awned. This species is one of those which go to
fill the interval between Helenium and Actinella, but is clearly of the former genus.

1SC3.]

66 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Douglasii, ( C. Douglasii, Hook, and Am.) 352. Palafoxia Hookeriana, Torr.
and Gray, with smaller heads.

285. Mach.ekanthera tanacetifolia, Nees, (Dieteria coronopifnlia, Nutt.)
286. Grindelia squarrosa, Dunal, with larger and with smaller heads. 287.
(and 425 of Parry,) Aplopappcs rpbiginosus, Torr. and Gr. 288. A. spixuloscs,

DC. 289. ToWNSENDIA GRANDIFLORA, Nutt. 290. T. SERICEA, Hook.

291. Aster (Oxytripolium) angustcs, Torr. and Gr. ( Tripolium angustum and
T. frondosum, Nutt.) 292. Linosyris (Chrysothamnus) graveolens, Torr. and
Gr. ; the form with small heads, and acute and viscid scales of the involucre.
It occurs, much better developed, in Parry's separate collection, No. 415.*

293 (and 413 of Parry,) L. (Chrysothamnds) Parryi, n. sp.f A very distinct
species, which is said to abound in the Middle Park, South Park, and all
that district; the wonder is that it has not been detected before. The spici-
form or racemose and leafy inflorescence, and the large heads with lax and
taper-pointed scales, are characteristic. 295. L. (Chrysotkamnus) viscidi-
flora, Torr. and Gr. ; the variety with broadish and hispidnlous-ciliate leaves
(L. serrulata, Torr.) ; again collected also by Dr. Parry, under his number 49.

294 (and 426 of Parry,) Guttierezia Euthamije, Torr. & Gr. 296. Macronema
discoidea, Nutt. " Blue River, west of the Rocky Mountain range." An
interesting rediscovery of a very rare plant.

297. Pectis (Pectidopsis, DC) akgustifolia, Torr. Gravelly banks of
streams.

298. Artemisia arctica, Less. (A. Norvegica, Fries) ; a more hairy form,
the same as Parry's 42, which I wrongly considered as a variety of A.
Richardsoniana. " Strictly alpine." 299. A. scopulorum, n. sp.,t a " strictly
alpine" species, allied to A. lanata, and to be compared with A. heterophylla,
Bess., which, however, is placed in the section Abrotanum, while this plant has
the woolly hairs of the receptacle as long as the flowers themselves, in which
respect it also differs from the very similar A. Richardsoniana. 300. A. Cana-
densis, Michx. 301. A glabrous form of the last, with small heads, too near
A. caudata and some forms of the next. 302. A. dracunculoides, Pursh, var.
brevifolia, and specimens with trifid leaves passing into 301. 303, 305, (also
411 and 412 of Parry). A. Ludoviciana, a form with small leaves, and also the
var. gnaphalioides. 304. A. frigida, Willd. 306. A. tridextata, Nutt.
" On the Blue River, west of the Rocky Mountain range." 307. A. filifolia,
Torr. (308. See Chenopodiaceae.)

* No. 414 of Parry's separate collection is a glabrate form of tbe same common species, of which
only traces of the close and white down remain, and the leaves and heads are larger.

t Linosyris (Chmsothamnus) ;Parryi (sp. nov.): fruticosa; ramis virgatis lanoso-dealbatis ;
foliis linearibus fere glabris BUbvisccsis, floralibus conterniibus capitula in tbyrsum angustum
congesta longe superantibus ; invi.lucro 10-15-floro cylindraceo panciscriali, squamis sublaxe
imbricatis albidis lanceolatis, omnibus (exterioribus ssepius folioso- interioribus scarioso-) attenuato-
acuminatis ; cordis tubo hirsutulo; acheniis linearibus cano-pubeseentibus. Leaves 2 to 3
inches long, 3-nerved, acute, plane, the larger ones 2 lines wide and tapering to the base. Thyrsus
narrow, often almost simply racemose or spiciform, sometimes more compound and branchy. Heads
about two-thirds of an inch long, foliose-bracteate; the bracts passing into the exterior and leafy-
tipped scales of the involucre. Receptacle, styles, viscidity, aroma, Ac, as in Chrysothamnus
generally.

% Also No. 41 of Dr. Parry's separate collection of 1S62 (not of 1S61. which is A. borealis, a very
different species.)

Artemisia (Absinthium) scopulorum (sp. nov.): casspitosa: rhizomate repente: caulibus sim-
plicissimis spithameeis: foliis albido-sericeis plerisque pinnati-3-5-sectis, eegmentis prajsertim
radicalinm tiipartitis, lobis cum foliis summis linearibus angustis; capitulis pluribus vel paucis
simplieiter racemoso-spicatis breviter pedicellatis erectis (lin. 2-3 latis), involucro hemisphserico.
squamis ovalibus extus dorso villosis margine lato scarioso atro-fusco cinctis; lana receptaculi
copiosa conllas superne longe pilosas adasquante. Var. monocephala ; caule 2-3-pollicari capitulo
Bolitario majori terminato; foliis etiam radicalibus simplieiter tripartitis vel partim 5-partitis par-
tim integerrimis linearibus. Stems sericeous-pubescent, sometimes glabrate below. Floral leaves
or bracts filiform, linear, entire, the lower surpassing the head. Pedicels a line or a line and a
half long, strictly erect. Flowers 30 or more, tipped with purplish.

\ This is 410 of Tarry's separate collection, from Middle Park; and his 409, associated with th
above, is A. cana, Pursh ; these two being the Wild Sage of Lewis and Clarke.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

309. Antennaria Carpatiiica, var. pulcherrima, Hook. A remarkable and
leafy-stemmed form.* 310. A. dioica, Gsertn., and A. alpina (female, 1-3-
cephalous), mixed. Good specimens of A. alpina were separately collected on
Mount Flora by Dr. Parry, No. 422. 311. Gnaphalium strictum, Gray in Bot.
Whippl., Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. (54) 110; a less strict and many-
stemmed form. "Wet places in the mountains." 312. G. decurrens, Ives.
" Subalpine ; rare."

313 (and 423 of Parry). Brickellia grandiflora, Nutt., var. minor : foliis
profundius cordatis capitulisque minoribus ; involucri squainis aeutioribus.
314. Nardosmia sagittata, Hook., var. with very obtuse leaves, connecting
with. If. frigida. " Near Pike's Peak." 315. Liatris punctata, Hook.

316. Senecio lugens, Richards., a typical form, and others belonging to S.
fastigiatus and S. exaltatus, Nutt., but dwarf. "A common and variable
species, at all heights and in all situations, flowering from June to September."
32b*. A dwarf form of the same, nearly Parry's 21, and just Fendler's 477.
325. S. lugens, the downy state, same as Parry's 23, one of the forms of S.
exaltatus, Nutt. 317. S. amplectens, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, p. 11, No. 56,
a species which, considering the various forms under which it now occurs, was
not very well named. A new specific character is appended.! It is a sub-
alpine and alpine species.

318. S. integerrimus, Nutt. A low form; "alpine." 319. S. Solda-
nella, n. sp.J "High alpine, among rocks ; heads generally single." They
are solitary in all the specimens I have seen. 320. S. cernuus, Gray, Enum.
PL Parry, No. 52. " A common species at middle and subalpine elevations."

321. S. Bigelowii, var. Hallii.\\ "Subalpine; heads very drooping, ray less."

322. S. Fremontii, Torr. and Gr. " Alpine ;" a well-marked species. Recently
collected by Dr. Lyall on the summit of the Rocky Mountains, in lat. 49. ^

323. S. triangularis, Hook., with shorter and finer teeth to the leaves, the

* Antennaria margaritacea, Pi. Br., var. sithalpina: caule spithamseo ad subpedalem simpli-
cissimo, corymbo congesto fere capitate A singular, nearly alpine form, collected only by Dr.
Parry, No. 421.

f Senecio amplectens (Gray, 1. c.) : lana fioccosa mox decidua glabratus ; caule semi-sesquipedali
e radice perenni apice nudo 1-3-cephalo; foliis membranaceis oblongis lingulatisve aut repando
aut argutissime dentatis nunc sublaciniatis, imis basi ansrustatis vel in petiolum alatum attemiatis,
superioribus sessilibus basi (nunc lata) semiamplexicaulibus; capitulis in pedunculo gracili
nutantibus ; involucro calyculato Iaxo ; ligulis linearibus elongatis (1-2-pollicaribus) aureis;
acheniis glaberrimis.

Var. taraxacoides (S. Fremontii, \a.r.1 Gray, PI. Parry, p. 9, No. 28): vere alpinus, 4-5-polli-
caris, monoeephalus ; capitulo minori minus nutante (ligulis semi-subpollicaribus) : foliis omnibus
basi attemiatis pi. m. laciniatis. In the high and bare alpine region. This, judging from interme-
diate forms in Hall and Harbour's collection, must be regarded as a depauperate, alpine variety of
S. amplectens. Br. Parry gathered only two or three specimens, like those of the former year.

J Senecio Soldanei.la (sp. nov.) : subcaulescens, nanus, glaberrimus, subglaucus, fere semper
monoeephalus: radice fasciculato-fibrosa ; foliis crassis subtus purpureotinctis, radicalibus imisque
orbiculalis nunc subreniformibus nunc basi trinervata in petiolum longuni seu longissimum pla-
num contractis srepius denticulatis (circiter pollicem diametro), superioribus 1-2 minoribus
oblongis spathulatisve petiolo brevi dilatato ; capitulo magno (8-9 lin. lougo etlato); involucro e
squamis laneeolatis scarioso-margiuatis 1G-20 cum exterioribus 7-9 angustioribus immarginatis
laxioribus vel paullo vel dimidio brevioribus; ligulis oblongis 16-18 (flavis circiter 4 lin. longis)
discum vix superantibus ; acheniis glaberrimis. " On Gray's Peak," Br. Parry, who complimented
the describer by naming this handsome and most distinct species, S. Grayi; but the S. Grvji,
Hook., f. of New Zealand forbids this.

(J In Middle Park, Br. Parry gathered one or two specimens of what appears to be S. hydro-
philus, Nutt. '

|i Senecio Bigelowii, (Gray in Bot. Whippl. Exped. Pacif. R. R. Surv. 4, p. (55) 111), var. HaMi:
foliis fere omnibus laneeolatis cum caule pilis articulatis pubescentibus (demum glabratis), caulinis
omnibus sessilibus imisve in petiolum alatum contractis. S. megacephalus, Nutt., thus far found
only by Nuttall, has a similar pubescence, but more of it, and also on the involucre ; the scales
of the latter are narrower, the heads are radiate and erect, and the plant is dwarf.

% Senecio Fremontii, (Torr. & Gray, Fl. 2, p. 445) : totus glaber; caule simplici vel corymboso-
ramoso usque ad apicem folioso (5-15-pollicari); foliis oblongis vel obovatospathulatis carnosu-
lis plerisque Iaciniato-dentatis omnibus sessilibus, superioribus pollicaribus vel sesqui-pollicaribus,
inferioribus decrescentibus, capitulis solitariis paucisve brevissime pedunculatis erectis; involucro
campanulato (semipollieari) parce bracteato; ligulis 10-16 luteis; acheniis puberulis.

1863.]

68 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

var. /?, Torr. and Gr. Fl., verging towards the next. 324. S. axdint.s, Nutt. ?
from the locality (but the heads resemble those of the last, and are of equal
size), or an undescribed species, if Nuttall's S. andinus is Hooker's 5. serra;
intermediate between the latter and S. triangularis. Fremont collected a
single specimen of it in his second expedition. 327. S. eremophilus, Richards.
328. S. longilobus, Benth., from the plains, with pinnately-parted leaves
(Parry's No. 407) ; with a mountain form, having the leaves all entire and the
heads narrow. The latter is the same as Parry's No. 406. The variations of
S. filifolius, longilobus, spartioides and Riddellii, are now wholly inextricable.
330. S. canits, Hook., a form with large heads and the leaves all entire, the
same as Parry's No. 20 ; " alpine and subalpine." 229. S. aureus var. al-
pinus, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, No. 63. This holds its character ; but the heads
are sometimes as many as three in a corymb. Different from S. aureus as it
appears, it is inseparably connected with it through the var. borealis. 313.
S. aureus, var. alpinus, werneriwfolius,* very peculiar, truly alpine form,
which would almost anywhere be regarded as a very distinct new species ;
but I think it runs into the last and into Wright's 403, &c. These forms all
teach that S. subundus, DC, and S. resedifolius, Less., will also pass into -S".
aureus. Indeed, I know not where the species will stop. 332. S. aureus, L. ?
var. croceus. Middle Park, &c. Both Dr. Parry (who has it as No. 405) and
Mr. Hall note this as a form of the common S. aureus with copper-colored or
saffron-colored flowers, and I cannot gainsay it, after reviewing a suite of speci-
mens. Some of Hall and Harbour's specimens, except in the anomalous
color of the flowers, very much resemble *?. aquaticus of the Old World. One
form is discoid. 333. S. aureus, var. borealis and var. Balsamitce, Torr. and
Gr.; glabrate or woolly, in various forms. "A common and very variable spe-
cies, at all localities and heights, except strictly alpine. Some of the speci-
mens are passing to S. Fendleri, Gray.

334. Arnica angustifolia, Vahl. ; broad-leaved forms of A. alpina, Brest.
"A variable species, from the low middle to the alpine region, flowering early
and late." 335. A. mollis, Hook. ; "alpine and subalpine." 336. A. cor-
difolia, Hook., mixed with some A. latifolia, Bongard, (which Dr. Parry
abundantly gathered in Berthouds Pass ; No. 408 of his collection) ; the lat-
ter known by the sessile cauline leaves, the narrower heads, and the almost
glabrous achenia. 337. A. Chamissoxis, Less. South Park, &c. Passes into
leafy forms of A. angustifolia. 338. A. akgustifolia ? var. eradiata, or per-
haps a distinct species. This is Parry's No. 10, resembling some rough-hirsute
forms of A. angustifolia, approaching A. mollis, but the cauline leaves de-
creasing upwards ; and the rayless character holds in the numerous specimens
gathered in 1862: the achenia are glabrate, although the ovaries are pu-
bescent. It can hardly be a form of the Californian A. discoidea ; but it needs
farther comparison with that species.*

339. Cirsium acaule, All., var. Americanum. " Subalpine ; common in wet

* Senecio aureus, L., var. (alpinus) wernerijefolius : multieipiti-cajspitosus, primum arach-
noideus; foliis radicalibus confertis spathulato-oblanceolatis sen spathulato-Unearibus basi attenu-
ates erectis coriaceis rigidis aveniis integerrimis marginibus sajpissime revolutis inox glabratis
(cum petiolo 2-4-poll. longis 2-3 lin. latis); scapoaphyllo, (3-5-pollicari) bracteis paucis subulato-
getaceis lana obvolutis instructo corymboso-3-5-cepbalo ; capitulis, etc., S. aurei. Tbe leaves
may be likened to those of Wemeria or of Cutcitium longifolium or nivale.

The following might be thought to be a form of this, or of Wright's 403; but, besides the small
leaves, the achenia are papillose-hirsute, instead of perfectly glabrous.

Senecio Thurberi (sp. nov.); caespitosus, cano-tomentulosus mox glabrescens; foliis plerisque
radicalibus confertis angustissime linearibus basi sensim attenuatis (cum petiolo circiter pollicem
longis) rigidulis integerrimis vel obsolete 2-3-dentatis marginibus quandoque revolutis; scapo
spithamaso 3-5-cephalo foliis pci'iiaucis subulatis bracteisve instructo; capitulis fere S. aurei, sed
acheniis crebre papilloso-hirtellis 1 S. canus, var. pygmseus, Gray, in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 103.
Santa Rita del Cobre, New Mexico, Prof. Thurber, Dr. J. M. Bigelow.

t Tetrad ymia canescens, DC, the form with rather smaller heads and shorter leaves (T. inrr-
mis, Nutt.), was collected in the Middle Tark by Dr. Parry, No. 416.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

grounds." Stemless and polycephalous ; at least my specimen has four heads
nearly sessile on the crown, of equal size with those of the European plant,
with which the specimens very well agree, except that the exterior scales of
the involucre are all tipped with a manifest spine. Some of the leaves are
harely sinuate, as in the common Siberian variety ; others are nearly as
deeply pinnatifid as in the European plant. 340. C. edule, Nutt. ? so named
in Parry's former collection ; but very probably not that species. In the lack
of certain original materials, and of a complete re-examination, I could not
pretend to name the Thistles of the Rocky Mountains, Oregon, &c, and am not
disposed to add to the existing confusion. 341. C. " a white-flowered spe-
cies," between the last and C. fuliosum, (Hook.) DC, if Bourgeau's plant
from the Saskatchawan is rightly named.*

343. C. Deummondii, Torr. and Gr. Caulescent and leafy-stemmed, the ex-
terior flowers having a sparingly plumose pappus : certainly very near C.
pumilum. 342. Echixais cablimudes, Cass., var. nutans, DC. "Mountains,
at middle elevations, and subalpine ; and in fertile, open valleys of Middle
Park, where it is very common, and certainly indigenous." Ihave a specimen
of this collected by Mr. Samuels in California, which I had thought probably
an introduced plant. But it would appear to be truly American as well as
Asiatic. The specimens accord with Schrank's and with De Candolle's figures
of the Caucasian and Himalayan plant, although, perhaps, the appendages
of the involucral scales are a little more dilated.

344. Mulgedium pulchellum, Nutt. 345. Lygodesmia juxcea, Don. 346.
Stephaxomeeia euxcixata, Nutt. 347. Lygodesmia juncea, var. ? rostra1a.\
"On the plains ; Sept. ; rare." 34S. Ceepis euxcixata, Torr. and Gr. 349.
Hiebacium triste, . Willd. 350. H. albifloeum, Hook. "Subalpine, west of
the range ; rare. "J 351. Nabalus eacejiosus, Hook. " South Park ; rare ;"
a low form. 352. See above, p. 66. 353. Ceepis occidentals, Nutt. The
same as Parry's 70, omitted accidentally. 354. Teoximum glai/cum, Nutt.,
var. foliis dilatatis laciniato-pinnatifidis, segmentis lanceolato-attenuatis. Evi-
dently a form of Parry's 65. Mr. Hall notes that it "flowers in May and the
early part of June, on low mountains," and must be different from the next,
which flowers two months later in the same localities. 355. Maceoehyxchus
teoximoide.s, Torr. and Gr. (Troximon aurantiacum, Hook.); in a great variety
of forms, large and small, from a foot and a half to as many inches in
height, with entire, toothed, or laciniate-pannatifid leaves ; the size of the
heads equally variable, and with yellow, orange, chocolate-colored or purple
corollas. " Very variable at all heights, even alpine ; flowers in July and
August." The full suit of specimens show that to this clearly belongs Trox-
imon parviflorum and T. roseum, Nntt., and Macrorhynchus purpureus, Gray, PI.
Fendl. The fruit, when well developed, is rostrate, with a beak of about
equal length with the body of the the achenium. 356. Teoximox glaucum,
Nutt., var. dasycephalum, Torr. and Gr. ( T. taraxacifoiium, Nutt.) "High
alpine; seemingly different from any of the above." It is also 424 of Parry's
separate collection, from Berthoud's Pass. 357. Taeaxaccji moxtaxuji,

Cirsium eriocephalum. sp. nov., will be tli p most appropriate name for the high-alpine Thistle
which I mentioned in the Enumeration of Parry's collection, 1861, p. 9, as C.foliosum, Hook. ?
It was again collected in 1S62, nearly in single specimens, both by Mr. Hall and Dr. Tarry. It is
remarkable for the. heads of yellow 11 iwers being crowded into a < apitate cluster, as large as a man's
fist, foliose-involucrate with very spinose bracts, and clothed with long and very soft, implexed,
perhaps deciduous wool : the stem a foot or two in height, very leafy : the leaves linear, caneseent
beneath, pinnatifid, the lobes very short and crowded, armed with slender spines.

f Lygodesmia jbncea, Don., var. rostrata: aeheniis apice rustrato-attenuatis ; capitulis stepe
8-9-floris; foliis augustissime linearibus elongatis (in bisce specim. 3-4-poliicai ibus). Heads
rather larger than is usual in L.juncea ; achenia half an inch long, the tapering apex directly con-
tradicting the generic character "not contracted at the apex," as here they may tie said to be beaked.
Dr. llaydi'ii collected the same form on the Laramie Mountains. Xhe'species all need to be de-
fined anew.

% To this belongs Parry's No. 71 of the 1SG2 collection.

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Nutt., a form of T. palustre, DC. "In the mountains, at middle elevations,
in wet ground ; different from T. Densleonis, which was also met with, truly
indigenous." (In the high alpine region were collected a few specimens of
another form, viz. : of a very depauperate T. Icevigatum, DC.)

CAMPANULACE^E.
35S. Campanula rotuxdifolia, L., an ordinary form. 359. C- Langsdokf-
fiaka, Fischer ; excellent specimens of Parry's 266, exhibiting the same
characters. It is said to be " very common in the subalpine region and lower,
in wet ground." 360. C. uxiflora, L. " Pike's Peak ; high alpine. " 361.
C. aparinoides, Pursh, a depauperate form.

ERICACEAE.
362. Vaccinium myetillus, L. "Alpine and subalpine;" in flower and
fruit, connecting the small-leaved form with the ordinary European plant.
363. V. CJBSPiTOSUM, Michx. 364. Arctostaphylos Uva-Uksi. Spreng. 365.
GAULTnERiA Myrsimtes, Hook. 366. Pyrola secuxda, L. 367. P. rotunli-
folia, L., var. uliginosa, Gray. 36S. P. ciilorantha, Swartz ; a small form.
369. P. (Moxeses) uxiflora, L. 370. Kalmia glauca, L., the very dwarf
form from the " high alpine " region. 371. Pteeospora Asdromedea, Nutt.

PLANTAGINACEiE.

372. Plantago eriopoda, Torr. (For the synonymy, see Proceed. Amer.
Acad., 6, p. 55, note.) 373. Apparently the same species, with hardly any wool
at the crown, which happens in other species. ' ' High alpine, near perpetual
snow." 374. P. Patagoxica, Lam., var. gnaphalioides, Gray.

PEIMULACE.E.
375. Axdrosace filifoemis, Eetz. " Subalpine; not rare."* 376. A. sep-
textrionalis, L. "Below the subalpine region and also alpine."f 377. A.
occidentalis, Nutt. " On the plains." 202. A. Cham^ejasme, L. (A. carinata,
Torr.) High alpine on Pike's Peak, where Dr. James collected it. 378. Pri-
mula farixosa, L., var. foliis sessilibus ; umbella capitata ; calyce cylindraceo
tubuni corolke subasquante. P. dealbata, Engelm. in litt. But it exactly
accords with the left-hand figure of P.farinosa, var. Magellanica of Hooker's
Flora Antarctica (P. decipiens, Duby), and with my Antarctic specimens, ex-
cept that the calyx is perhaps a little longer, and the corolla bluish-purple.
Mr. Burke collected the same form on the ltocky Mountains farther north, but
with the tube of the corolla a little exserted. Bourgeau collected specimens
in the Saskatchawan district, having this elongated calyx-tube along with pedi-
cels of ordinary length. It is interesting thus to connect the Antarctic with
the northern forms, by specimens from the Piocky Mountains in about lat. 40.
379. P. Parryi, Gray, Enum. PI. Parry, No. 311. "Alpine and subalpine ;
common." This holds its characters, except that the specimens of 1862 are
generally less luxuriant, and the divisions of the corolla less bifid ; indeed, in
some of those of Dr. Parry's later collection they are barely emarginate ; and
in a few of thein the calyx is very little glandular, and its lobes are ovate-
lanceolate. The longer pedicels of the umbel are li to 2 inches, or in fruit
even 3 inches, in length. Capsule short-ovid, half an inch long, slightly
shorter than the calyx-lobes. The thick root is said by Dr. Parry to be very

* Androsa.cejiiliform.ig, Retz., a Siberian species, of which beautiful specimens are in the collec-
tion, is now first recorded as ul the American flora. It has, however, long since been collected in
tne Rocky Mountains by Fremont, iu his first expedition (in whose report it was wrongly
named A. occidentalis, Nutt.); by Burke (ex. Herb. Hook.); and more recently by 11. Engcluiami,
in whose collection it was mistaken lor A. septentrionalis. From the latter, beyond the characters
assigned by authors, it is well distinguished by its almost hemispherical calyx, scarcely if at all
angled, and with short and flat, not fohaceous teeth.

f Dr. Farry'B 313 a of 1SC2, is the high alpine form of this.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 71

i

fragrant. Seeds of this handsome Primrose were copiously collected, from
which we may hope to have the plant in cultivation. 3S0. P. angustifolia,
Torr. 381. Dodecatheox Meadia, L., the same form as Parry's 312. 3S2.
Lysimachia ciliata, L. " Mountains at medium height." 60 and 577. Glaux
maritima, L., in flower and in fruit.

LENTIBULARIACE^E.

5S0. Utricul aria vulgaris, L. ? Without flowers. In a subalpine lake.

OROBANCHACEiE.

383. Aphyllon fasciculatusi, Torr. and Gray.

SCROPHULARIACE2E.

384. Pextstemon glaber, Pursh ; same as Parry's 260. 3S5. P. acumi-
natus, Dough, agreeing with Bentham's character "filamento sterili glabro, "
which is very rarely the case, but a very narrow-leaved variety, just P.
secundiflorus, Benth., excepting the glabrous sterile filament. " Mountains at
low and middle elevations." 386. P. acuminatus, Dough, the ordinary form
of the region (P. nitidus, Dough, P. Fendleri, Gray), Parry's 258. 390. P.
acuminatum, Dough, in some sets the common broad-leaved form, in others a
variety with still narrower leaves than Parry's 264, i. e., a form almost ex-
actly passing into P. cccruleus, Nutt., the name which may probably have to
be adopted for the combined species. "Plains; May." 3S7. P. uumilis,
Nutt., taller than Parry's 257, much larger than Nuttall's specimen. "Low
mountains, an early and pretty species." Dr. Lyall has recently collected it
in lat. 49, at the elevation of 7000 feet. 388. P. Hallii, n. sp., described
in "Revision of Genus Pentstemon," in Proceed. Amer. Acad. 6, p. 70, which
memoir see for remarks on most of these Pentstemons. This is a most beau-
tiful dwarf species, "not uncommon in the alpine region, descending into the
subalpine," the rich blue purple flowers large for the size of the plant. Dr.
Parry must have overlooked it in 1861 by confounding it with his 259 (P.
glaber, var. alpiniis,) which, externally, it much resembles, but its affinities
are with a different group. 389. P. albidus, Nutt. "Plains; flowers white."
391. P. confertus, Dough, var. purpureo-caruleus, Gray, Rev. Penst. (P. pro-
cerus, Dough) A taller form of this, with large radical leaves, was sparingly
gathered by Dr. Parry in the Middle Park. 392. P. glaucus, Graham ? var.
stenosepalus, Gray, Rev. Penst. p. 70; the No. 262 of Parry. "South Park
and Pike's Peak; alpine and subalpine." 393. P. c.espitosus, Nutt., Gray,
Rev. 1. c, p. 66. "South Park, at middle elevations." "Near the Upper
Platte, first found by Mr. J. Harbour." Parry. A neat and very dwarf spe-
cies, named by Nuttall, but unpublished, having been confounded with P.
pumilus. 394. P. pube.-cens, Soland., var. gracilis, Gray, 1. c. P. gracilis,
Nutt. 395. P. barbatus, Nutt., var. Torreyi, Gray. 396. P. Harbourii,
n. sp., Gray, Rev. Penst. p. 71. "Mount Breckenridge on Blue River, west
of the main range, in the high alpine region near perpetual snow." A very
distinct and dwarf species, named after its discoverer. 397. Chionophila
Jamesii, Benth. High alpine, Pike's Peak, &c. Ripe seed having been
collected, we may hope that this most rare and interesting plant may become
known in cultivation.

398. Mimulus luteus, L.* 399. M. Jamesii, Torr., var. Fremontii, Benth.;
apparently a form of M. glabratus, HBK. 400. M. floribuxdus, Dough
401. M. ritbellus, Gray in Bot. Mex. Bound, p. 116 : but the limb of the
corolla apparently yellow. "Subalpine; scarce." The same plant occurs
in Dr. Lyalhs collection on our northwestern boundary, from the Cascade

* M. luteus, L. var. ai.pin'us ; caulibus 3-pollicaribus 6 basi ilecambente vel repcnte 1-3-floris;
fyliis plensque sessilibus subinte^errimis. Alpine region, 135a cull. I'arry. 1862. Very glab-
rous. Farther north, Dr. Lyall colluoted a similar, but pubiM'uIent and smaller-leaved variety.

1863.]

72 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

i
Mountains, 402. Collixsia farvifolra, Nutt. 80. Limosella aquatica, L.
Apparently just the European plant. "Low mountains." (403, 404. See
Polernoniace?e.)

405. Stnthtris flantaginea, Benth. Parry's 254, with a little P. alpina,
Gray, Parry's 255.* 40G. Veronica serpyllifolia, L., an elongated form.
407. V. alpina, L. 40S. V. Americana, Schweinitz.

409. Castilleia beeviflora, Gray, Enum. PL Parry, No. 243, and p. (338)
45. Euchroma, Nutt. " Hi^h alpine." 410. C. Integra, Gray. 411. C. pal-
lida, var. miniata, Kunth., Gray, 1. c, (often with laciniate leaves,) with a
dwarf form of C. pallida having purple bracts, Parry's 239 t 412. C. pal-
lida, the C. septentrionalis, Lindl. 4l3. Oiithocarpus luteus, Nutt. 414.
Pedicularis racemosa, Benth. " Subalpine ; common in pine woods."
415. P. crenulata, Benth., in DC. Prodr. " Subalpine and alpine, South
Park." This species was known only from very poor specimens col-
lected by Fremont. These are good ones, but of a more dwarf and alpine
form ; stems only 6 to 9 inches high, glabrate, except some decurrent
lines of pubescence ; the leaves smaller and narrower. Corolla in the dried
specimens of a deep violet-purple. 416. P. Canadensis, L. "In the moun-
tains of middle elevation ; " not before known in this region. 417. P. brac-
teosa, Benth. 418. P. procera, Gray, Enum. PL Parry, No. 252. 419. P.
Grcenlandica, Retz. P. surrecta, Benth., varying from 4 to 16 inches high,
and also in the length of the beak. 420. P. Parryi, Gray, PL Parry, No. 251.
421. P. Sudetica, Willd. var. Like the specimens of the preceding year;
and Dr. Parry also collected a more dwarf state. "Flowers red." 422.
Rhinaktuus Crista-galli, L., var. minor.

LABIAT.E.

423. Hedeoma hispida, Pursh. 424. H. Drummondii, Benth. 425. Mentha
Canadensis, L., var. glabrata. 426. Salvia trichostemoides, Pursh. Proba-
bly a form of 5. lanceolata, for which Bentham takes it. 427. S. Pitcheri,
Torr. 42s. Monarda aristata, Nutt. 429. Lopuanthcs anisatus, Benth.
430. DRAcocErHALrit paevifloeuji, Nutt. 431. Scutellaria resinosa, Torr. :
pubescent and glabrate forms. 432. S. GALERicrLATA, L.

BORRAGINAC2E.

433. Echinospeemcm Redowskii, Lehm., and a depauperate, diffuse or pro-
cumbent form of Eritriciiicm Californicum, DC. 434. Erjtrichu'm crassi-
sepalum, Torr. and Gr. ; the specimens hispid with rough, spreading hairs,
and the aohenia granulate, and also a more upright and narrower-leaved
species, with pointed and smooth achenia, the same as Fendler's 635, named
by Torrey E. micranthum, sp. nov., and afterwards in my herbarium referred
to E. angustifolium, Torr., which it hardly is. I think it is also Uryptanthus
hispidus, Nutt., ined. 435. E. Jamesii, Torr. Very well marked by the
smooth ami acute-angled achenia, the section of each just a quadrant of a
circle. 436. Heliotlopium (Euplcca, Nutt.,) convolvllaceum, Gray. 192.
H. Curassavicum, L. Doubtless indigenous. 437. Echino.-pekmum florj-
bukdum, Lehm. 438. Eritrichu'M glomeeattm, DC. ; a fine virgateform, like
Fairy's 288, and a form with shorter and more branched inflorescence.
(439, see Hydrophyllacere.) 440. E. aretioides, DC. Beautiful specimens,
like those of Parry's 278 in 1861 ; some of them Aretia-like, and only an
inch high ; others with elongated flowering stems two inches high. While

*The latter, again copiously collected by Dr. Parry, in the high alpine region, holds its charac-
ters. (The leaves are sometimes rotund-ovate and manifestly cordate.) But a suae <jf specimens
supplied by Mr. Hall shows gradations between the two.

f Parry's i'40. again sparingly collected in the alpine region, is a similar form rf C. pallida, with
a short galea and bright red bracts, occasionally parti-colored with white: his 2i2 a dwarf, pale,
alpine foim, C. occidtittalit } Torr.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73

the scanty remains of the fruit of the former collection were analogous to that
of E. nanum var. Terglovense, DC, well-formed fruit of the present collec-
tion is nearly as E. villosum is described and figured, having an inflexed mar-
gin with ciliate-spinulose teeth, thus lending confirmation to Dr. Hooker's
view. And the back is almost as concave as in an Omphalodes. It will thus
apparently take the name of E. villosum var. aretioides. 441. Lithosperjium
pilosum, Nutt. ; same as 295 of Parry. 442. Mertensia Sibirica, Don., non
DC. Small form, exactly the Pdlmonaria ciliata, Torr. Dr. Parry, as be-
fore (28;3), collected large forms, and now some with the leaves more glau-
cescent beneath. 443. MertensiA alpina, Don. Pdlmonaria alpina, Torr.
Barely a span high. 444. A very dwarf and hirsute form of the last, the sepals
strikingly ciliate with long hirsute hairs, from South Park. These two num-
bers, and additional still dwarfer specimens of Parry's No. 286, induce me
now to refer the latter (along with M. Drummondii) to 31. alpina. 445. M.
alpina, Don., var. ; the loosely paniculate, small-flowered form, Dr. Parry's
234, mixed in my set with M. Fexdleri, Gray, Rev. Mertens., in Suppl. Euum.
PI. Parry, p. 46 (339) ; the latter, perhaps, runs into the former, but it is
readily known by the barely 5-cleft, calyx ; the lobes only equalling or shorter
than the tube.

HYDROPHYLLACEJE.

439. Phacelia circinata, Jacq. 446. P. Popei, Torr. and Gray. "Flowers
white." 447. P. (Eutoca) sericea, Gray.

POLEMONIACEiE.

448. Polemonium cjerpleum, L. A very viscid-pubescent and glandular va-
riety ; same as Parry's 275, and, (except that the stem is very leafy to the
top,) Geyer's 530, and Fendler's 645. "Low and middle elevations.'' 449.
P. CffiRULEUM, L., answering to the plant of the Old World, except that the
seeds are more or less wing-margined at each end ; so it is the var. ? ptero-
spcrma, Benth. in DC " Subalpine, in swampy places." 450,451. P.
confertum, u. sp.* P. pulckerrh/ium in Euum. PL Parry, No. 274, but not of
Hook. '-High alpine, and at lower elevations." 452. P. pulchellum,
Bunge ; just the Altai plant ; and also accords with some of Hooker's speci-

* Pilem) 'r'/u onpsbtum 'sp. mv.): huti'le (3-1-p6Uicare) pi. m. vissoso glandulosum, odorem
moschatum rcdolens: foliolis numerosissimis parvia (lj 5 lin. longis) ovalibus seu lineari-oblongis
plerisque irregulariter verticillato seufaseiculato-conjiertis (nempe singulis 2-3-sectis) ; floribus ad
apieem caulis simpliois capitato-confertis nutantibus; ralyeis segmentis linceolatis acntis tubo ob-
lotigo brevioribus: corolla infundUmliformi (ssepius pollicari) calycem bis terve Buperante, Libia
r dun latis tubo 2-5-plo brevioribus. Var. a. (P. pulcherrimum, Gray, Enum. PL Parry, non
Hoot.): capUulo florum deriso, fruetif.-ro arete spicat > ; corollae lste ceeruleae limbo amplo. Hull
an! Harbnir coll. 450; strictly alpine Var. 0. mei.li vm: floribus ia spicam laxioretn foliosum
digestis nunc subpanieulatis odorem melliaspirantibus; c irolla ant eajrulea ant ssepius ochroleuca,
lobis minoribus mbo productive ?-4-plo brevioribus. In crevices of rocks, wholly below the
alpine region. Leaves exahng the musky odor of var. a; the flowers with a delicious honey-
like fragrance. Hall and Harbour, coll. 451. In the present condition of the species of Polemonium,
I could not venture to add another to the list, if the present were notshown, by the fine suite of
specimens now collected, to be a most distinct one It is probably (at least in the var. a) the very
handsomest of the genus; and, as ripe seeds were collecti-d, it may be brought into cultivation. I
cannot doubt Ibattbetwo varieties are of one species. The ampler limbof thecorollaof var.a (when
fully expanded Sometimes ten or eleven lines in diameter,) often renders the funnel-form tube less
conspicuous; but this form passes by gradations into those of var. /3, in which the narrow tube of the
Corolla (9 or 10 lines 1 nig) three or four times exceeds the smaller lobes. Indeed, this connects Po-
lem mium as closely with Tpom opsis as the latter is eonne 'ted with true Gilii. A high alpine form of
var.a was collected by Dr. Lyall in the Rocky Mountains farther north, lat. 49, at the height of
8000 feet, having the verticillate leaflets o| the species, but a less exserted corolla. It was taken
for P. viscosum-, Nutt.; but the minute leaflets of the latter are not verticillate or fascicled
although much crowded, and its calyx and corolla are quite different, allying it to P. pulchellum.
I make small account of the ovules, finding them to vary widely in number in 1'ffeiuut (lowers
of the same inflore- ence; but in var. a, I have counted a dozen in each eeli , in var. /3, usually
only 4 to 6. The anthers are more oblong than in P. Cieruleum. Bewate of the change of shape
which the effete anthers undergo: when dry, they are short-oval, when soaked they become
elongated-oblong, as P. Richardsonii is figure 1 in Bot. Mag. In like manner those of P.'cxruUum
change from rotund to short-oblong.

1863.] 6

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

mens of P. pulcherrimum ; both of which, -with F. capitatum, etc, do seem to
pass into Arctic forms of P. cceruleum. 453. Phlox Docglash, Hook. 454.
P. humilis, Dougl. ? 455. P. Hoodii, Richardson. 403. Collomia gracilis,
Dougl. 404. C. linearis, Nutt. 456. Gilia pinnatifida, Nutt. ined. 457.
G. inconspicoa, Dougl. 458. G. longiflora, Benth. (Cantua longiflora, Torr.)
459. G. aggregata, Spreng. ( G. pulchella, Dougl.) With wbite as well as red
flowers. 460. G. spicata, Nutt., in PI. Gamb. The same as 271 of Parry's
collection. 461. G. congesta, Hook, var. ? with the leaves mostly entire.
"Alpine." (462. Chamcerhodos erer.ta. See Rosacea?.) 463. Gilia (Lepto-
dactylon) pungexs, Benth., from which G. Hooker i scarcely if at all differs.

CONVOLVULACE^].

464. Cuscuta arvensis, Beyrich, var. pentagona, Engelm., a form with a
small calyx. 579. Evolvulus argenteus, Pursh.

SOLANACEiE.

465. Solanum rostratum, Dun. 466. Physalis lobata, Torr., a form with
the leaves little lobed; the corolla purple or blue. 467. Solanum triflorum,
Nutt.

GENTIANACE^.

468, 469. Gentiana affinis, Griseb. ;* the former a more condensed form ;
the latter is 439 of Parry's separate collection. " Common in the subalpine
region." 470. G. Parryi, Engelm. f, a form with narrower leaves than Dr.
Parry's specimens of the preceding year. "Subalpine." 471. G. detonsa,
Griseb., which Dr. Engelmann, with reason, reduces to a variety of G. crinita.%
472. G. fkigida, Hsenke, var. algida, Griseb.: most beautiful specimens of
Parry's 305, so new to this country. 473. G. acuta, Michx.; iu various
forms ; perhaps in some sets with a little of the too nearly related G. tenuis.
474. G. HUMiLis,Stev. 475. G. prostrata, var. Americana, Engelm. 476. Swer-
tia perennis, L. 477. Pleurogyne rotata, Griseb. II "South Park, sub-
alpine." 553. Frasera .speciosa, Dougl.

ASCLEPIADEJE.

478. Asclepias brachystephana, Torr. ; a dwarf form of this rare species,
collected on the plains. 479. A. speciosa, Torr. (A. Douglasii, Hook.)

* Gentiana affinis, Gris. genuine, ; caule viresoente; bracteis calycem fere axjuantibus; calyiis
lobis insequalibus tubum longiorem integrum sen vaiius spathacseo-fissum subrequantibus ; corolla
anguste elavata pallide coerulescente.

Gentiana affinis, var. brachycalyx: caule purpurascente ; bracteis florum superiorum brevia-
simis; calycis tubo abbreviate truncato seu brevissime dentate lobatove ; corolla majore subven-
tricosa azurea.

This form has the appearance of a distinct species, but the characters taken from the calyx
are variable; besides, Dr. Parry has bent specimens of it with a more distinctly lobed calyx.
Other specimens collected by Mr. H. Engelmann, on Sweet Water River, have either an entire or
a semispathaceous calyx, with lobes of different proportions ; his specimens show many ascendiDg
stems growing from a large root, with numerous yellowish fleshy fibres. G. Engelmann.

f Gentiana Pakrti, Eng., a narrow-leaved farm. Dr. Parry informs me- that the narrow-leaved
varieties are often one-flowered, and their stems single, while the broader-leaved form (coll. Parry,
1861,No. 304) usually occurs in bunches ; the boat-shaped bracts, the small calyx lobes, and the bifid
folds of the corolla are never wanting, and distinguish it readily from the allied G. calycosa. G. E.

% Gentiana barbellata, Engelm. in Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 2, t. 11 (ined.). is Dr. Parry's 440, a
truly alpine, dwarf and very beautiful species, closely related to G. crinita, ciliata, &c.

\ On examination of a series of specimens, Dr. Engelmann is inclined to view G. tenuis, Griseb.
as an extreme form of G. acuta, and also to adopt the conclusions of those who regard the latter
as specifically identical with G. Amarella of the Old AVorld. He adds the following note.

Gentiana acuta, Michx. Undoubtedly an American subspecies of 6. Amarella. Messrs. Hall
and Harbour have sent a large suite of specimens, which, together with Dr. Parry's (1861, Nos. 307
and 309), show an extreme variability in size, manner of branching and arrangement of flowers,
shape and size of leaves, proportion of calj'x, size and color of corolla and size of seeds. 67. Engel-
mann.

| Dr. Engelmann remarks upon this, 1st. That the ovules cover the whole surface of the ova-
rian cavity; 2d. That the structure of the corolla is that of Swertia, the nectarian glands at the
base of the segments of the corolla being surrounded by a petaloid funnel with fringed edges; so
that the curious lateral stigma principally separates the genus from Swertia.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 75

"On low mountains." 480. A. ovalifolia, Decaisne, Gray, Man., 1862, var.
481. A. verticillata, L., a common dwarf variety of the region, only three or
four inches high.

NYCTAGINACEiE.
482. Oxybaphps angustifolips, Sweet ; the same as Fendler's 745. 483.
0. nyctagineus, Sweet, with the upper leaves nearly sessile ; both glabrous
and hirsute forms. 572. Abronia fragrans, Nutt. 573. A. cycloptera, Gray.

CHENOPODIACEiE.
484. Obione argentea, Moq. The same as 574 of Wright, and 708 of Fend-
ler. 485. Chenopodipm hybridpm, L. " Low mountains ; rare." 486. Mon-
olepis Nuttalliana, Moq. (487. See Amarantacese. ) 488. Chenopodina
depressa, perhaps also C. prostrata, Moq. " South Park, and on the plains."
The root is annual. 489. C. maritima, var. erecta, Moq. 308. Obione canes-
cens, Moq.

AMARANTACEJE.
487. Frozlichia (Oplotheca, Nutt.) Floridana, Moq. "Sand hills, on the
plains."*

POLYGONACE^E.

490. Polygonum Bistorta, L., var. oblongifolium, Meisn. 491. P. vivi-
parpm, L. 492. P. tenpe, Michx., in several varieties, one of them (Parry's
No. 322a of 1862) from the alpine region, only two or three inches high, with
oblong or oblong-lanceolate leaves, appears to be to P. tenue what P. avicidare,
var. nanum, Boiss., is to the ordinary P. avicidare.\ 493. P. coarctatum,
Dougl., var. minus, Meisn.; a depauperate form? "Blue River, on the
western slope of the Rocky Mountains." 494. Oxyria digyna, R. Br. 495.
Rumex venosus, Pursh. 496, 498. R. salicifolips, Weinm. 497. R.
maritimus, L. " Subalpine, and on the plains of Nebraska." 499. R.
longifolius, DC. (i?. Hippolapathum and R. domesticus, Fries. Extends into
the mountains; very common. 500. Eriogonum alatpm, Torr. 501. E.
annudm, Nutt. 502. E. effpspm, Nutt., with rose-colored flowers. 503. E.
cernupm, Nutt. 504. E. umbellatpm, Torr. , both with straw-colored (Parry's
318,) and. with deep yellow flowers (Parry's 315). 505. E. flavum, Nutt., a
low form from the alpine region, and a large variety (var. crassifolium, Benth. )
from a less elevated region.

ELvEAGNACE^E.

506. Shepherdia Canadensis, Nutt. "Subalpine pine woods."

SANTALACE.E.

507. Comandra pallida, var. angustifolia, A. DC. C. angustifolia, Nutt.,
ined.

LORANTHACE^E.

574. Arceuthobium campylopodum, Engelm. Probably only A. Amerieanwn,
Nutt.

EUPHORBIACE^.

508. Euphorbia marginata, Pursh. 509, (also 438 of Parry) E. Montana,
Engelm. 510. E. dictyosperma, Fisch. and Mey, 511. E. hexagona, Nutt.

* On the plains, in similar situations, Mr. Hall collected Amblcgyne (Sarratia) Torrci/i, Gray, in
Proceed. Amer. Acad., 5, p. 169, the narrow form, noted in H. Engelmann's collection. Parry'6 No.
323, referred doubtfully to Montelia, is probably the male of this.

t Dr. Engelmann, in a letter, referring all the forms of No. 492 to P. tenue, arranges them as
follows: " Var. a. commune: majus; nucibus majoribus (sesquilineam longis). p. microspermum :
minus, gracilius; nucibus vix lineam longis. y. latifolidm; humile ; foliis oblongis ; spicis coarr-
tatis ; bracteis superioribus (aristo destitutis) muticis. Meisner, in the Prodromus. is wrong in
saying that the nuts are subopaque or rough on the edge; they are perfectly smooth and shining
with concave sideB and an acumination."

1863.]

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

512. E. petaloidea, Engelin., with the small-flowered form named E. polyclada
by Boissier. 513. E. Fendleri, Torr. and Gray; the inappendiculate form.
514. Ckoton (Hendecandra) muricatum, Nutt. 309. Tragia ramosa, Torr.

CUPULIFERiE.
515. Quercus Douglasii, var. Neo-Mexicana, A. DC. 516. Corylus ros-
trata, Ait.

BETULACE^I.
517. Betula glandulosa, Michx. "Subalpine." 518. B. paptracea,
Michx., var,, called B. alba, var. glutinosa inParry's Enumeration. 519. Alnus
viridis, Ait.

SALICACEiE.

520. Salix arctica, R. Br. 521. S. reticulata, L. This and the last are
high alpine species. 522. S. rostrata, Richards. (6\ vagans, Anders.)
523. S. glauca, L. " Subalpine." 524. S. cordata, Muhl., or vitellina, L.
525. Poptlus angustifolia, Torr. " Foot of the mountains." 526. P. bal-
samifera, L., var. candicans. "Subalpine; rather rare." 527. P. tremu-
loipe<, Michx.

CONIFERiE.

525. Pixus toxdeeosa, Dough ; Engelm. in Enum. PI. Parry, Suppl., p.
(39; 332. 529. P. flexilis, James ; Engelm., 1. c. 530. P. aristata, Engelm.
I.e. 531. P. contorta, Dough ; Engelm., 1. c. 532. P. edulis, Engelm. 533.
Abies Menziesii, Lindl. 534. A. Douglasii. Lindl.

ORCHIDACE^S.

535. Platantheea hyperborea, Lindl. 536. P. obtusata, Lindl. 537.
Calypso borealis, Salisb. 538. Cypripedium parviflorum, Salisb. 539.
Spieanthes gemmipaea, Lindl., from South Park, in the Rocky Mountains,
(and one or two specimens were collected by Dr. Parry on South Clear Creek,
July, No. 441) ; quite resembling the Irish plant in aspect and in the label-
lum, etc., but the sepals rather narrower and less blunt, mixed (in my set)
with taller specimens, from the plains, of a narrow-leaved form of S. cernua,
having very large nipple-shaped calli on the base of the labellum. The la-
beilum of the former, when flattened out, is in outline ovate or ovate-oblong,
with a narrowed subapical portion below the cordate-rotund erose-crisped
summit. The forms of 5. cornua, or the species allied to it, are thus far quite
inextricable. The present Rocky Mountain specimens are exceedingly inter-
esting, whether absolutely identical or not with the much-vexed and isolated
S. gemmipara. They have not the long-acuminate bracts of S. Roman,
zovlana, of which my specimens are too young to allow a comparison of the
Mowers.

ALISMACE^E.

540. Triglochin palustre, L. 541. T. maritimum, L. Both from the moun-
tains.

IRIDACE^E.

542. Iris tenax, Dough? "Subalpine, and at lower elevations ; common."
This, now collected in flower, we had in fruit, collected on the Laramie Moun-
tains by Dr. Hayden. and at Bridger's Pass by Mr. H. Engelmann. Thespathe
is more scarious and the capsules larger than in /. tenax.

LILIACEiE, inch Smilaceje, Melaxtiiace^e, etc.

543. Streptopus amplexifolius, DC. 544. Smilacina stellata, Desf.
545. Allium stellatum, Fraser. 546. A. Sch<enoprasum, L. 547. A. cer-
nuum, Roth. 548. Leucocrinum montanum, Nutt. 549. Calochortcs venus-

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. j /

tus, Benth. ex Torr. 550. Zygadenus glaucus, Nutt. 551. Amianthium
Nuttallii, Gray. 552. Lloydia serotixa, Reich. "Pike's Peak, in the
alpine region." (553. See Gentianaceze. )

JUXCACE/E.

554. Luzula spicata, DC, var. near L. Peruviana ; the same as 392 of Dr.
Parry. 555. L. pakvifloka, DC. 556. L. comosa, E. Meyer (with a little
L. campestris). 557. Juncus triglcmis, L. 558. J. articulates, L., var.
jielocarpus, Gray, Man. 559. J. bufonius, L. " Subalpine." 560. J. CAS-
taneus, Sm., an alpine form, the same as Parry's 358. 561, 562. J. Alienors,
Willd., var. gracilis, Hook. ? Alpine and subalpine. The same as Parry's
360. It appears like a depauperate and attenuated form of J. arcticus ; hut
as most of the cauline sheaths are leaf-bearing, it is probably of a distinct
species, so far as I know, yet undescribed. Dr. Lyall collected it, as well as
the true J. arcticus, in the Cascade Mountains, farther north. 563. J. arc-
ticus, Willd., proper, with leafless sheaths and more less attenuated stems.
564. J. xiphioides, E. Meyer. Well marked by its flattened stems as well as
leaves. It was also collected in this region by Fendler (858), H. Engelmann,
and in the Rocky Mountains, farther north, by Bourgeau. 565. J. ensifolius,
Wikstr. This has " terete flaccid culms." 566. J. Menziesii, R.Br.; the
same as Parry's 361 so named, Fendler's 857, Wright's 1924, and Coulter's
SOS, the var. Califomicus, Hook, and Arn. Probably an unpublished species.
567. J. Bakhcus, Willd.

568 580. Various Dicotyledonous plants, enumerated above under their
respective orders.

CYPERACEiE.

581. Fimbristylis laxa, Vahl. 582. Scirpus pauciflorus, Lightf., which
Drummond had formerly collected in the Rocky Mountains, and which has
been detected at several points along the northern frontier of the United
States. 583. S. cjespitosus, L. Also subalpine. 584. Cyperus Scuweikitzii,
Torr. "Low mountains, lat. 39."

585 620. Carices here given from the determination and notes of Dr.
Boott:

585. Carex atrata, L. (ovata) : spicis 3 oblongis (inferioribus pedunculatis
parce masculis) atro-purpureis ; perigyniis floriferis glauco-viridibus. 586. C.
atrata : spicis contiguis ovatis crassis, inferiori subsessili ; perigyniis flori-
feris margine viridibus squamis atropurpureis demum ferrugineis suba?qui-
longis. Vide Parry, 389. 577. C. atrata (kigra) : spicis subrotundis con-
gests vel infima discreta sessilibus ; perigyniis ovalibus vel ellipticis cylin-
drico-rostratis superne praecipue ad margines rostri dentatis ; stig. 2-3. Gra-
cilior, altior quam pi. Helvetica rostroque longiore, perigyniis pallidis.
Eadem ac Parry, 383. 588. C. atrata, L. and C. rigida, Good., mixed.
589. Carex festiva, Dewey. 590. C. festiva, Dewey ; young.

591. Carex Bonplandii, Kunth. ? var. minor : perigyniis rarissime ad mar-
gines scabris. See Couthouy's specimens from the Andes of Quito.

592. Carex muricata, L. ? with smaller perigynia, like Fendler's No. 8S4,
in part. 593. C. siccata, Dewey. 594. C. disticha, Huds. (C. Sartwellii,
Dewey.) 595. C. Gayana, Desv., Boott, 111., t. 411. 596. C. Deweya.na
Schw. 597. C stexophylla, Wahl.

598, 599. Kobresia scirpina, Willd., or perhaps with some K. caricixa,
Willd.

600. Carex Douglasii, Boott. Here, as in all other collections, in flower
only. 601. C. tenella, Schk. 602. C. cahbscens, L. 603. C. polytri-
choides, Muhl.

604. Carex filifolia, Nutt., var. culmo validiori ; perigyniis plano-trique-
tris glabris margine serrulatis ; - quamis minus late scariosis ; rhacheola ut in

1863.]

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

forma typica. 605. C. filifolia, Nutt. ; the ordinary form. [Parry's 442 is
a high alpine form of the same species.]

606. Carex obtusata, Lil. 607. C. pauciflora, Lightf. 608. C. Pyrenaica,
Wahl. 609. C. nigricans, C. A. Meyer. 610. C. scirpoidea, Michx. 611.
C. Geyeri, Boott. 612. C. Backii, Boott. 613. C. capillaris, L.

614. Carex longirostris, Torr., var. minor ; culmo brevi ; spicis abbrevi-
atis ; rostro breviore. 615. C. ampullacea, L. (utriculata, Boott.) 616. C.
Jamesii, Torr. and C. angpstata, Boott, mixed. 617. C. Parryana, Dewey.
Some specimens have two spikes, the terminal masculine ; others have either
one or two spikes, both wholly feminine. 618. C. alpina, Sm. ( Vahlii,
Schk.) 619. C. Bctxbaumii, Wahl. 620. C. Rgssii, Boott.

GR AMINES*

621. An ambiguous and undetermined Grass, between Festuca and Melica.
622. Danthoxia sericea, Nutt. [Z>. unispicata, Munro, ined., is a reduced form
of this, to which belongs Geyer's No. 189.] 623. Avena striata, Michx.
624. Calamagrostis sylvatica, DC. 625. Trisetum subspicatum, Beauv.,
with a remarkable open-panicled form. 626. Stipa viridula, Trim, the S.
parviflora, Nutt. 627. Aira c^espitosa, L., two forms ; the smaller and more
alpiue of which is the var. arctica [Deschampsia brevifolia, R. Br.) ; the larger is
intermediate between that and the ordinary form of the species. Parry's 367
of 1862 connects the two.

628. Hierochloa borealis, R. and S. 629. Glyceria aquatica, Smith.
630. G. (Heleochloa) airoides, Thurb., the Poa airoides, Nutt.

631. Vilfa tricholepis, Torr. ; a remarkable species, which it may be
necessary upon further study to remove from the genus. 632. Muhlenber-
gia pungens, n. sp.f 633. Eriocoma cuspidata, Nutt. 634. Oryzopsis
micrantha ; Urachne micrantha, Trin. A very distinct species, differing from
O. Canadensis, Torr., in its elongated panicle, smaller spikelets, glabrous
paleae, and much longer awn. 635. Graphephorum? flexttosum, n. sp.J
636. Bouteloua oligostachya Torr. 637. Buchue dactyloides, Engelm.
leria, Nutt.) ; the staminate plant only. 638. Mcnroa squarrosa, Torr.

639. Spartina gracilis, Trin. ; the name wrongly attributed to Hooker by
Steudel ; it is S. junciformis, Engelm. and Gray, PL Lindl. 1, No. 207.

640. Brizopyrum spicatum, Hook, var. strictum.

641. Sporobolus asperifolius, Nees and Meyen. 642. Muhlenbergia
gracillima, Torr. 643. Sporobolus ramulosus, HBK. 644. Leptochloa
fascicularis, Gray ; a remarkable and large form ; which has been by seve-

* By Prnf. George. Thurber. On account of illness, Prof. Thurber has been prevented from study-
ing these Grasses as thoroughly as could be wished. A more critical account of some of them may
be expected hereafter.

f- Muhlenbergia pcngens (Thurber, sp. nov.) : culmo e rhizomate repente 1-li-pedali foliisque
rigidis convolutis pungentibus patentibus (1-1 i poll, longis haud lineam latis) minute pubescenti-
bus, ligula brevi ciliata ; paniculse 3-4-pollicaris radiis solitariis dissitis basi nudis fasciculatim ramo-
sls; pedicellis capillaribus scabris spiculis (cum arista 2j lin. longis) pluries longioribus; glumis
fere aequalibus acuminatis vel seta apiculatis flore dimidio brevioribus; callonudo rudimento mini-
mo przedito; palea inferiori scabra acuta in aristam asperam semi-vel sublineam longam pro-
ducta. superiori subeequilonga, nervis excurrentibus bisetiferis; staminibus 3. A striking spe-
cies, with very pale green foliage, and a purplish panicle. Collected also by Mr. H. Engelmann in
Nebraska, and by Dr. J. S. Newberry in Ives' Colorado Expedition.

% Graphephorum? flexuosum (Thurber, sp. nov.): culmo tripedali lmvi; vaginis internodia
superantibus annulo pilorum pro ligula instructis; foliis sesquipedalibus 2 lin. latis setaceo-
acuminatis ; panicula laxiflora, radiis sparsis (infimis diatantibus ciro. 4 poll, longis) inferne nudis
in ramulos pancos capillares solutis; pedicellis spiculis ovatis compressis 3-6-floris) 2^-3 lin. longis)
duplo vel quadruplo longioribus; glumis mombranaceis uninerviis aoutis spicula dimidio brevi-
oribus; palea inferiori earinata trinervi (nervis latoralibus prominontibus) scabro-pubescente apico
eroso-denticulata cum mucrone basi villifera, superiori subaequilonga eximie bicarinata bidentata.
Stam. 3. Ovarium stipitatum. Squamulae 2, oblique truncatae. Caryopsis libera. Dr. J. M. Bige-
low collected this Grass several years ago on the Canadian River. It is doubtfully referred to Gra-
phephorum as that genus is defined by Dr. Gray in the Proceedings of the Botanical Society of
Canada. But the joints of the rhachis are very short, and the tuft of hairs seems rather to belong
to the palea.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

ral western collectors, but I am unable to distinguish it specifically from the
plant of the Atlantic States. 645. Tricuspis purpurea, Gray. 646. Stipa
Mongolica, Turcz. (Plilagroslis Mongolica, Griseb. in Ledeb., Fl. Ross.) I have
no specimen by which to confirm this determination, but it accords so well
with the description, except as to size, as to leave little doubt.* This makes
the third species with a plumose awn found in our territory.

647. Sporobolus airoides, Torr. 648. S. cryptandrus, Gray, same as 945
of Fendler. 649. Calamagrostis stricta, Trin., with some C. sylvatica
intermixed. 650. Kceleria cristata, Pers., a very attenuated form. 651.
Andropogon argenteus, DC. (A. Jamesii and A. glaucus, Torr.) 652. Aris-
tida purpurea, Nutt. ; the form called A. Fendleriana by Steudel. 653. Pas-
palum setaceum, Michx.

654. Elymus near condensatus, Presl. and apparently E. triticoides,
Nutt., mixed. 655. Triticum repens, L., var. [656. T. caninum, L. var.,
the same as Parry's 381, named T. segilopoides in the coll. of 1861, but wrongly :
along with attenuated T. repens, L. 657. T. ^gilopoides, Turcz., A. gropy-
rum divergens, Nees.]

658. Beckmannia eruc^formis, Host. 659. Sporobolus airoides, Torr.
660. Vilfa depauperata, Torr. This was described from an extremely re-
duced form of a very variable species, of which V. utilis, Torr., is an attenu-
ated state. 661. V. cuspidata, Torr. Like others of the genus, this presents
great differences in the relative length of the glumes and paleae.

662. Glyceria pauciflora, Presl. 663. Catabrosa aquatica, Beauv.
664. Muhlenbergia gracilis, Trin. 665. Festuca ovina, L., var. duriuscula,
Gray. 666. F. rubra, L.; very young. 667. F. scabrella, Torr.? Perhaps
a very narrow-leaved form of this species, of which specimens collected by
Dr. Bigelow in New Mexico are the opposite extreme.

668. Poa near P. nemoralis, L. It is 375 of Parry. 669. P. andina, Nutt.
in herb. Acad. The Poas of this collection, including some undistributed
specimens, present several puzzling forms, which can be accurately deter-
mined only by a much more thorough study than can be given them at pre-
sent. 670. P. arctica, R. Br., (Parry's 376,) mixed with some of P. alpina.

671. Agrostis varians, Trin. Agrees well with Hooker's No. 217, quoted
by Trinius, but some specimens have a strong awn. 672. Poa serotina.
Ehrh. 673. Agrostis near rupestris. 674. Poa alpina, L., mixed with one
which may be a variety of it. [675. Poa, near 669 and 677.] 676. P. arctica,
R. Br. ? 677. P. andina, Nutt. 678. Poa, undetermined species.

679. Sitanion elymoides, Raf. Two forms of this variable grass, which
will probably be reduced to Elymus. 680. Triticium caninum, L.,var. same as
381 of Parry. 681. Hordeum jubatum, L. 682. Alopecurus pratensis, var.
alpestris, Wahl. (.4. glaucus, Less.) ex Gray. 683. A. geniculatus, var.
aristulatus, Michx. 686. Leptans paniculatus, Nutt. 685. Vaseya
comata, n. gen. and sp. This remarkable grass, which really appears to
form a new genus, intermediate between the Arundinaceae and the Agrostidefe,
is dedicated (by the collectors' desire, seconded by Dr. Gray) to Dr. George
Vasey, of Ringwood, Illinois, one of the most zealous of our Western botanists.
The following are its principal characters :

VASEYA, nov. gen.
Panicula coarctata. Spiculse uniflora;, herbaceo-membranaceee. Gluma?
uninerves florem ada?quantes. Callus obliquus, comam pilorum paleis a?qui-
longam gerens. Palea inferior trinervis in aristam gracilem attenuata ; supe-
rior sequilonga, acuminata. Stamina 3. Ovarium stipitatum. Styli ultra
medium pilis stigmaticis longis simplicissimis instructi. Squamulas . . .
Caryopris ... .V. comata, a native of the plains of Nebraska ; is a

* A comparison with an authentic hut imperfect Mongolian specimen counting Prof. Thurber's
determination. A. G.

1863.]

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

perennial grass, with the aspect of a Mulenbergia or of a Polypogon, but with
a coma of silky hairs around the flower, as in a Calamagrostis. Culm a foot
and a half high, from a creeping rhizoma, retrorsely pubescent at the nodes.
Sheaths scabrous, equalling the internodes ; ligule short, fringed ; leaves 3
or 4 inches long, dull green, rough on both sides. Panicle lead-colored,
about 3 inches long ; the branches solitary, appressed, densely many-flowered.
Spikelets very short-pedicelled, compressed, pubescent, a line and a half
long. Glumes narrow, very acute, serrulate on the keel, the lower a little
the longer. Awn rough and flexuose, purplish, three or four lines long. O.
Thurler.

FILICES.
C87. Aspidium Filix-mas, Swartz. ; apparently identical with the European
plant. 688. Cryptogramme acrostic hoides, R. Br., by Sir Wm. Hooker re-
garded as a variety of AUosorus crispus. 689. Asplenium septentrionale, L.
This was collected by C. "Wright farther south ; and these two stations are
the only known American ones. 690. Cystopteris fragilis, Bemh., mixed
with a "Woodsia, the same as Parry's 394, formerly named W.obtusa; but
it is of a different species. 691. Cheilanthes Fendleri, Hook. 692. Asple-
nium Trichomanes, L. 693. Nothochl.exa Fexdleri, Kunze, Filices, 2, p. 87,
t. 136 ; the same as Parry's 396. A species recently distinguished from N.
dealbata. 694. Polypodium vulgare, L. 695. P. Dryopteris, L.

Catalogue of the FISHES of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,

Collected by Mr. J. Xantus.

BY THEODORE GILL.

PART IV.

Subfamily SERRANIN.E (Swainson.)
Nine genera of this subfamily are now known to be represented by species
along the western coast of America and the Gallapagos Islands. They may
be thus distinguished :

I. Caudal with the lobes acuminate.

Lateral line before superior, deflected behind Pronotogrammus.

Lateral line normal Brachyrhinus.

II. Caudal not forked.

A. Canine teeth developed.
B. Dorsal spines XI.

C Nostrils in a vertical row Mycteroperca.

CC. Nostrils in a longitudinal row.

Body oblong; smooth above lateral line Labroperca.

, Body oval, with ctenoid scales Epinephelus.

BB. Dorsal emarginated ; spines X.

C. Head with profile decurved, scaly above.. Paralabrax.

CC. Head conic ; naked between eyes.

Spinous dorsal rounded Atractoperca.

Spinous dorsal, incurved behind the third elon-
gated spine Gonioperca.

AA. Canine teeth entirely obsolete Dermatolepis.

The preceding table gives only the more striking characters ; those are
accompanied by others, which appear to amply authorize their generic dis-
tinction. In the table, the genera do not follow each other in a strictly
natural order.

Genus PRONOTOGRAMMUS Gill.
This genus has the form of Brachyrhinus. The body is covered by moderate,

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. SI

ctenoid scales. The lateral line runs high on the sides for the greater part of
its length, but is abruptly deflected behind, and thence continued along the
middle of the caudal peduncle. The head most resembles that of Brachyrhinus .
The preoperculum is serrated on its posterior margin, and has a strong com-
pressed spine at its angle. The operculum has three acute angles, the middle
continued from an internal rib. The teeth are like those of Serranus, &c. ; two
large ones exist on each side of the front, in the margin of the upper jaw,
and one on each side, near the symphysis in the lower ; while there are also
two on the sides. The vomer and palatine bones have villiform teeth. There
are, apparently, only six branchiostegal rays. The dorsal is undulated, and
has ten spines. The anal has three strong spines, the second of which is
largest. The lobes of the caudal are acute ; the pectorals acutely rounded ;
and the ventrals angulated.

Pronotogrammus multifasciatus Gill.

The greatest height equals or slightly exceeds a quarter of the length from the
snout to the end of the median caudal rays. The head equals a third of that length,
and contains the diameter of the eye, which is oval, three times. The
snout is less than half the diameter of the eye. The spines of the dorsal
rapidly increase to the fourth, which nearly equals a seventh of the length,
and thence decrease to the last, which equals about an eleventh of the same.
The longest ray about equals the longest spine. The second anal spine is
more than twice as long as the first, equals the fourth dorsal one, and is con-
siderably longer than the third anal one. The median caudal rays enter 6
times in the total length, while the longest exceed the greatest height. The
pectoral fin commences little before the end of the first third of the length,
(32,) and equals a quarter of that length. The ventral is inserted consider-
ably in advance of the pectoral, ( - 28,) and is rather shorter than it.

1

D. X. 15. A. III. 6 P. 1. 14. V. I. 5. C. 10. 1. 8. 7. 1. 9.
1
3 5

Scales 31+2+12

17 5

The latter is deflected on two scales. The color is tawny yellow, with
numerous (-20) rufous bands descending nearly to the middle, and rather
wider than the tawny intervals.

Only one specimen, whose extreme length was little more than two inches,
was obtained.

Family CEILODTPTEROIDJEBleeker.

Genus AMIA Gronovius.

The Monoprion of Poey is perfectly congeneric with the type of the genus
Amia; the genus Apogonichthys of Bleeker appears to be at least very closely
related to it, while both genera include forms that do not appear to be strictly
allied, but more distinct from the types of the respective genera than the
latter are from each other. The species of the old genus may be divided as
follows :

I. Preoperculum serrated.
Anal II. 79 (10).
23

Scales 20 28 Amia.

58

Scales 33 36 [Apogon kalosoma, Blkr.) Lepidamia.

Anal II. 12 17 {Apogon Bleekeri, Gthr.) Archamia.

1863.]

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

II. Preoperculum entire.

Scales 2026 Apogonichthys.

5

Scales 40 (Apogon aprion, Rich.) Glossamia.

13

As there is no gradation from one type to the other among the great num-
ber of species already known, the characteristics above given appear to be the
indices of distinct genera. Amia and Apogonichlhys are probably the most
closely allied groups.

Family SPAROIDJE (Cuv.)

Subfamily XENICETHYINJE Gill.

XENICHTHYS Gill.

Body moderately elongated and subfusiform, compressed, and with the
caudal peduncle also compressed and robust. Scales deciduous, rather
small, high and ctenoid. Lateral line tubular, in more conspicuous scales.
Head compressed, conic, longer than high, with the occipito-rostral outline
rectilinear. Upper surface of head to the nostrils covered with small scales.
Occipital crest prominent. Eyes circular, large, and mostly in the anterior
half of the head. Preorbital bones rather narrow and oblique. Operculum
with two spines. Preoperculum pectinated behind, the teeth higher up pro-
gressively directed upwards.

Mouth rather small, with the lateral cleft very oblique, and not con-
tinued to eye ; supramaxillary bones broad, enlarged in front below the
intermaxillary, and behind the latter covered by a cutaneous flap from it.
Lower jaw shorter than upper, but with the chin projecting beyond it, and
with a pore on each side of the symphysis. Lower lip continuous and free at
symphysis ; plicated behind, where it is received under the upper jaw.

Teeth small, recurved, and in rather narrow bands on each jaw. Vomer
with its projecting front provided with a villiform rhomboid patch; palatine
bones and tongue edentulous.

Nostrils above anterior, and in a line with upper margin of orbit, near each
other; the anterior circular: the posterior cleft transversely. Branchiostegal
rays seven on each side.

Pseudobranchise present.

Dorsal fins connected by a low membrane at the base; the first with ten
rather slender but perfectly rigid spines ; the third, fourth and fifth of which
are longest, (with no recumbent spine in front) ; the membrane has a fibrous
appearance. Second dorsal lower than the first, and elongated. Anal fin
about as long as second dorsal, but rather farther back, with three small,
regularly increasing spines. Caudal fin emarginated, with rounded lobes.

Pectoral fins small, with the upper angle produced, but apparently rounded.
Ventral fins inserted close behind the pectoral : each with a spine and five
branched rays, and a pointed axillar scale.

As there might be some doubt as to the affinities of this genus, on account
of the few palatal teeth and the number of branchiostegal rays, an extended'
description of its generic characters has been given. The spinous dorsal be-
ing received in a groove, the upper jaw closing under the preorbital bones
and axillar ventral scales existiug, it belongs to the family of Sparoids, as
now modified. It cannot be referred to the Sciaenoids, as its skull is smooth.
The nearest allied genus appears then to be Moronopsis, [Dules marginatus
C. V.*) That genus differs in its more compressed body, the scales and the
similarity of those of the lateral line to the others, the stouter dorsal spines,

* The Dates auriga and D.flauiventris are, of course, not regarded as allied to D. marginatus ,
&c. I am unable to perceive any affinity between them, and they have been united only in accord-
ance with an artificial system.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

between which the membrane is acutely notched, the scaleless crown and
little development of the occipital crest, the dentition and the number of
branchiostegal rays, and, finally, the absence of axillar scales. With any
other form it is unnecessary to compare the genus, as its natural affinities
appear to be more intimate with Moronopsis* than any other. Naturalists can
decide from the above enumeration of the differential characters, in compari-
son with Moronopsis, if there is any other group to which it could be more
naturally approximated. If it is stated that the physiognomy of the two
genera is quite similar, the chief difference being caused by the procurrence
of the occipital crest and the rectilinear profile, as well as the character of
the scales, the ichthyologist can appreciate the aspect of the newly-described
form.

Xenichthys xanti Gill.

The greatest height equals three-tenths of the length (exclusive of the caudal).
The head forms a third of the same. The diameter of the eye equals a third
of the head's length, is about a third greater than the interorbital area, and
nearly a third greater than the length of the snout. The fourth or longest
dorsal spine equals nearly a fifth of the total length, and is nearly five times
longer than the tenth. The third or longest anal spine is scarcely more than
a twelfth of the length. The pectoral fin at least exceeds a seventh of the
length, while the ventral equals a seventh.

D. XII. 14. A. III. 17. C. 11. I. 8. 7. I. 9. P. 1. 15. V. I. 5.

Scales, lat. line 50.

The color is light ; on each side of the back are two indistinct, purple,
longitudinal bands ; and before the dorsal fin is another. The color below is
silvery. At the base of the caudal there is an indistinct spot. The tip of the
spinous dorsal fin is dark.

This most interesting and even remarkable type is dedicated to Mr. John
Xautus, to whom we are indebted for the noble collection of fishes and other
animals of Lower California, and who has, more than any other single man,
contributed to our knowledge of the natural history of the Western coast.

Family CARANGOIDJE.

Genus ARGYRIOSUS Lac.

Two representatives of this genus are found on the Atlantic coast of the
United States : they are the A. vomer, of Linnasus, and the A. capillaris, Dekay,
the A. unimaculatus of Batchelder and Storer, and the form which has been
considered by Gunther as the young of A. vomer or a new species, appears to
me to be the young of Vomer selipinnis, and at least belongs to the same genus.
The Argyriosus Spixii of Castelnau is the unfortunate Selene argentea of Lace-
pede, first well made known by Mr. Brevoort, but which has received a num-
ber of names from different writers.

Argyriosus Brevoortii Gill.
The greatest height in an oblique direction nearly equals nine-tenths ('87)
of the length in a straight line, from the vertical of the snout to the end of the
median caudal rays. The head forms less than a third of that length. The
profile is oblique, and slightly incurved below the angular crown ; its distance
from the vertical of the snout equals an eleventh of the total length, and be-
fore the eyes, two-thirds of the preceding. The diameter of the orbit equals
an eleventh of the length, and its distance from the profile equals two-thirds
of the diameter. The height of the preorbital is twice as great as the diame-
ter of the orbit. The base of the arched portion of the lateral line equals
three-tenths of the total length, and its elevation above the horizon equals a

*The Datnia? ambigua of Kichanlson, which has been referred by Gunther to the genus Dules
differs from Moronopsis by the shorter convex anal fin, the large second anal spine, the small eyes
and the entire physiognomy. It may be called Plectropliles ambiguus.

1863.]

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

third of the base; the straight portion equals a third of the total length. The
second dorsal spine is very long ; the third little longer than the base of
its fin. The caudal lobes diverge at nearly a right angle ; the length of
the lower nearly equals three-tenths of the total. The pectoral fin equals a
quarter, and the ventral two-fifths of the total length.

D. VIII. I. 22. A. II. I. 18.

The color is silvery, punctulated, with black near the edge of the back, and
withablack baronthehead above the eye, parallel with the forehead. The fila-
mentous dorsal spines and the elongated dorsal and anal rays are blackish.
The ventrals have the terminal half blackish, and the other whitish, with
a median black band.

This species is distinguished by its proportions, oblique profile, lateral line
and color. It may be further remarked that the branch of the lateral line ascend-
ing from the scapula divides into two branches, diverging at less than a right
angle ; the anterior branch appears to be a groove.

I have dedicated this species to my excellent friend, Mr. Brevoort, who has
paid much attention to the group of fishes of which the present is a member.

Genus HALATRACTUS Gill.

Halatractus dorsalis Gill.
The greatest height equals a quarter of the length to the end of the median
caudal rays. The head enters more than three times and a half (-28) in that
length. The diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the head's length, and is
shorter than the length of the snout (=-09). The median caudal rays forms
an eleventh of the length, and the longest equal a fifth. The pectoral fin
nearly equals a seventh ('13), and the ventral nearly a sixth ( - 16) of the
length.

D. VII. I. 37. A. II. + 1. 21. P. 2. 19.

The color is brassy, purplish on the back, and with ten indistinct darker
bands, twice as wide as their intervals ; the second between the second and
fifth dorsal spines. The dorsal and anal fins are nearly black; the anterior
angle of the latter lighter. The ventrals dusky, with the rays externally
white.

This species is most nearly related to Halatractus zonatus Gill, and H. caro-
liniensis, Gill, of the Eastern American coast; but readily distinguished by the
color and proportions.

Genus TRACHYNOTUS Lacepede.
Trachynotus Carolincs Gill.

This species is extremely variable, as are also the other well-known repre-
sentatives of the genus. In extreme youth, the jaws and palate are dentigerous,
and the angle of the preoperculum armed with three radiating spines ! while the
spinous dorsal and anal are elevated, and the angles of the soft fins scarcely
produced. Later, the preopercular spines become obsolete ; then the palatal
teeth are lost ; the spines of the fins meanwhile become abbreviated, and ,
finally, in old age, the teeth have entirely dropped out, the spines become
much shortened, and the angle of the fins considerably produced. Half-
grown specimens answer to the genus Doliodon, of Girard ; nearly mature
ones, with teeth in the jaws, Trachynotus, C.V. ; and old ones, without teeth, to
Bothrolxmus, Holbrook. Relying on the correctness of my predecessors, who
had certainly the opportunities, if they had availed themselves of them, to
avoid such errors, I adopted the several genera proposed by Holbrook and
Girard in my Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast; Gunther first
corrected the synonymy as lately given, and, under the other North American
species, has brought together nine of Cuvier's species and two of other
authors !

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

The radial formula is also variable. Small specimens between one and two
inches long exhibit the following variations :

1. D. V. -f I. 26. A. II. + I. 24.

1. D. VI. + I. 26. A. II. + I. 24.

2. D. VI. + I. 26. A. II. + I. 23.

3. D. VI. + 1. 26. A. II. + I. 22.

1. D. VI. + 1. 25. A. II. + I. 23.

2. D. VI. + 1. 25. A. II. + I. 22.
1. D. VI. + 1. 24. A. II. + I- 21.
1. D. VI. + 1. 23. A. II. + I. 21.

Tbachynotus rhodopus Gill.
The greatest height equals a third of the length from the snout to the end
of the median caudal rays. The head forms scarcely more than a quarter of
the length. The diameter of the eye exceeds a third of the head's length, and
is a third greater than the length of the snout. The latter is as high as long,
and truncated. The lower jaw is not received within the upper. The spinous
dorsal from the third spine arched, and highest at its fifth spine, which equals
an eighth of the length. The first two spines are short. The second anal
spine equals a tenth of the total length. The median caudal rays form nearly
a sixth of the length, and nearly equal two-thirds of the longest ones, or of
the head. The pectoral fin is contained about five times and a half in the
length.

D. VI. + I. 20. A. II. + I. 18, 19.

The color is bluish-silvery ; the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal
fins punctulated with black ; the ventrals rose-colored ; the other fins yellow-
ish and mostly immaculate.

Numerous specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. Xantus ; but all
of them are young, (between one and two inches long,) and have the three
radiating spines, &c, of the preoperculum. It must be remembered that the
portion of the description referring to the spinous and soft dorsal and anal
fins, is only applicable to the young ; the adult doubtless resembles Trachy-
notus Carolinus. * The present species is allied to the latter, but at once
distinguished by the small number of dorsal and anal rays. The radial formula
equally distinguishes it from all previously known species having the same
form. The young of Trachynotus ovatus, Gthr., does not essentially differ in
form from the adult.

Trachyxotus nasutcs Gill.

The greatest height equals two-fifths of the length from the snout to the
end of the median caudal rays. The head forms three-tenths or more of the
length ; the snout is produced and subconic, and equals the diameter of the
eye, and scarcely less than a tenth of the head's length. The lower jaw is
received within the upper. The spinous dorsal is highest at the fifth spine,
which equals an eighth of the length, or nearly a third of the height of the
body beneath. The second anal spine is as long or longer than the fifth
dorsal one. The median caudal rays form an eighth or more of the total
length, while the external rays only equal a sixth of the same. The pectoral
fin is contained five times and a half in the length.

D. VI. -f I. 20. A. II. + I. 19.

The color is silvery ; the spinous portions of the dorsal and anal fins
thickly punctulated with black ; the ventrals white.

This species is very readily distinguished from T. rhodopus by the conoid

* The descriptions of Trachynotus marginatus, C.V. and T. cayennensis, C. V., must be accepted with
similar reserve. The statement of the height of the fins of the two new species here described
has been retained in order to show how great is the difference between the young and old.

1863.]

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

produced snout and the reception of the lower jaw within the upper, as "well
as by the shorter and less emarginated caudal fin, greater height, &c. Several
specimens were obtained, mostly under an inch long. The description of the
dorsal and anal fins, as in Trachynotus rhodopus, refer only to the young.

Trachynotus fasciatcs Gill.

This species is closely related to the Trachynotus glaums of the Atlantic and
Caribbean Sea, but is distinguished by the scarcely gibbous snout and the
distribution of the vertical bands : the first commencing close in front of the
first (erect) dorsal spine ; the second between the fourth and fifth, and the
third under the fourth and fifth rays. A black spot also appears to exist on
the lateral line below the seventeenth dorsal ray, and a black blotch behind
the dorsal fin. The produced dorsal and anal lobes are nearly coterminal
with the caudal lobes.

A single dried specimen, nearly eight inches long, was given to the Smith-
sonian Institution by Capt. John M. Dow. The snout is doubtless always less
gibbous than, or rather not vertical as in, T. glaucus. It cannot be the more
mature form of T. rhodopus or T. nasutus, as the snout, when it does change,
becomes more elevated with age. The colors are also quite different, and pro-
bably undergo no essential change with age.

Family SPHYR^NOIDjE Ag.

SPHYRiEXA LUCASANA Gill.

The greatest height equals a tenth of the length, and is a quarter the thick-
ness. The head forms about three-tenths of the length. The snout enters
2\ times in the head, and is more than twice as long as the diameter of the
orbit ( - 05). The maxillary bone ceases at a vertical, whose distance from
the orbit equals the diameter of the pupil. The tip of the lower jaw has a
square, thick flap.

The first dorsal fin commences more than four-tenths ( - 42) of the length
from the lower jaw ; its second spine rather exceeds the width of the body
(08) ; the second dorsal commences more than six-tenths (-62) from the jaw,
and is rather lower than the first ( - 07J). The caudal enters 6 times in the
whole length.

The pectoral fin extends for about two-thirds of the distance between its
base and the ventral, and is less than of the length (-07). The ventral is
rather longer than the pectoral, and is inserted under the anterior margin of
the first dorsal.

The first dorsal commences about over the thirty-fifth scale of the lateral
line, and the second over the ninetieth.

D. IV. I. 8. A. 2. 9.

Scales 134.

The color is reddish-brown above the lateral line, and silvery below, with
darker blotches along the line.

Family BERYCOID^E Lowe.

HOLOCEXTRUM SCBORBITALE Gill.

The greatest height does not equal a third (-31) of the total length ; the
tail behind the vertical fins nearly equals a ninth of the total length, and
nearly the length of the base of the rays ; its least height is rather less than
a twelfth (-08) of the same. The head, from the snout to the opercular
margin, forms more than a fourth ("26) of the length ; the opercular spine is
long, and nearly equals a third of the diameter of the eye ("03). The preo-
percular spine extends to the vertical from the base of the opercular one.
The diameter of the eye equals a tenth of the total length, and is a third
greater than the length of the snout (=-07). The preorbital has six or seven
moderate teeth, directed backwards.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 87

The spinous dorsal commences above the posterior margin of the scapular
bone ; its first spine equals the eye's diameter ( - 10), and the third is a half
longer ( - 15). The second dorsal at its longest rays rather exceeds an eighth
(=13) of the total length ; it ends over the twenty-fifth scale of the lateral
line. The anal fin is somewhat larger than the second dorsal ; the third
spine is very large, its length entering nearly five times and a half ( - 18) in the
total. The caudal fin forms more than a fifth (-21) of the length, while the
median rays only equal a tenth.

The pectoral and ventral fins are equally long, and rather less than a fifth
(19) of length.

D. XI. 1. 12. A. IV. 9.
3

Scales 35
7
The color is steel, thickly sprinkled with dark dots, which become less nu-
merous downwards. The fins are dark ; the dorsal lighter at the anterior
half at the base between the spines. The suborbital chain is bright silvery
and immaculate.

Genus MYRIOPRISTIS Cuv.
Myriopristis occidentalis Gill.

The height of the body equals 28-100 of the extreme length, while the
head forms 3-10 of the same. The snout is much decurved, and, from the
apex to the eye, equals nearly half the diameter of the orbit and a fifth of the
head's length. The pectoral fin equals a sixth of the extreme length, and the
ventral enters 7J times in the same. The caudal forms a fifth of the whole
length.

D. X. 1.13. A. IV. 11.
3

Scales 3536

7

Color on the upper half reddish-purple merging into silvery below, punctu-
lated with blackish, especially where the longitudinal rows overlap each other.
The fins are immaculate, except a linear border which sometimes margins
the spinous dorsal.

Numerous specimens were obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas.

RHAMPHOBERYX Gill.

This genus is very closely related to Rhinoberyx, but has considerably small-
3
er scales (34-36-) and entire rostro-frontal carinas, the spine at the angle of

7
the preoperculum is not essentially enlarged, but simply formg the angle at
the preoperculum.

RHAMPHOBERYX PC3CIL0PUS Gill.

- The height of the body equals nearly three-tenths (*29) of the extreme
length, and the head forms 27-100 of the same. The snout is blunt, but con-
siderably produced and forms about a fifth of the head's length ; the diameter
of the orbit is contained three times in the head. The pectoral and ventral
fins are equally long, rather exceed a sixth of the extreme length, and nearly
equal the caudal fin.

D. X. 1. 14. A. IV. 11.

3
Scales 3536

7
The color above the lateral line is olive green, golden green below, and

1863.]

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

cupreous in the opercula. The spinous dorsal is dark green in front of each
spine, but light behind as well as above and below ; the margin is also very
dark. The ventral fins have each a broad blackish terminal band. The base
of the caudal fin is punctulated with dark spots.
The specimens If 2J inches long.

Rhamphoberyx leccopcs Gill.

This species is very closely related to the preceding and has almost pre-
cisely the same proportions, but the snout is perceptibly less produced, and
the spinous dorsal and ventral fins almost immaculate, the former having only
a linear darker border, and the ventrals sometimes tipped with darker.
D. X. I. 14. A. IV. 12.

3
Scales 3435
7
Cape St. Lucas, (2 specimens.)

Family ECEENEIDOID^E.
Genus REMORA (A. Dum.) Gill.
The Echencis osleochir of Cuvier and the E. brachypterus of Lowe should both
be removed from this genus and accepted as the types of as many distinct
ones. The E. osteochir is distinguished by the rhombic form of the pectoral
fins and the ossification of the rays. I have therefore named the specimens
in the Smithsonian Institution Rhombochirus osteochir. The E. brachyptervs is
distinguished by the shorter anal fin and angular upper jaw. It may be
called Jiemoropsis brachypterus.

Remora Jacobcsa Gill.
Echeneis remora Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c,
Vol. ii. p. 378.
A specimen of Remora obtained by Mr. Xantus at Cape St. Lucas is pro-
visionally referred, as by Dr. Giinther, to the old Echeneis remora of Linna?us.

Descriptions of some new species of PEDICTJLATI, and on the classification of

the group.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The group called by Cuvier Acanthopte'ryrjiens a pcctorales pediadees and
estimated as a family, is a very natural one, distinguished by the incom-
plete ossification of the skeleton, the prolongation of the carpal bones tc
form " pedicles" for the pectoral fins, and, finally, by the abnormal position of
the very small branchial apertures. "While these characters are not sufficient
to entitle the group to ordinal distinction, they seem to be of much more than
family value ; it may be called a suborder, for which the name Pediculatim&j
be retained. The genus Batrachus, referred to the Pediculati by Cuvier, has
really little affinity to the true representatives of the group, and has been, by
general consent, separated from them by all the more modern systematists.

In the suborder, four very distinct types distinguished by difference of form
and structure are comprised. Those types must therefore be regarded as rep-
resentative of as many families. Dr. Bleeker has attempted to distribute the
several genera among families, which have not been characterized, but which
were evidently separated on account of superficial differences of form. This
is apparent on an examination of his system.

Phalanx 1, Herpetoichthyes seu Pediculati, Cuv.
Ordo 15, Antennarii.

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 80

Familia 41, Cheironecteoidei = Chironeetida? Sicns.
Gen. Antennarius Comm. Brachionichthys Blkr., Chaunax Lowe, Ceratias
Kroyer.
Farnilia42, Malthaeoidei.
Gen. Malthaea Cuv.

Familia 43, Lophioidei = Lofidi Raf.
Gen. Lophius L., Halieutaea Val.

The following synoposis is an expression of my views of the relations of the
various members of the suborder.

I. Branchial apertures above in the axilla of the pectoral

fins. Mouth subterminal or inferior, the lower jaw

being received within the upper Malth;eoidjE.

II. Branchial apertures below, in or behind the inferior

axilla? of the pectoral fins. Lower jaw projecting be-
yond or closing in front of upper.

1. Head very large and flattened. Mouth transverse

horizontal. Pyloric caeca Lophioid^e.

2. Head compressed or cuboid. Mouth vertical or very

oblique. Pyloric caeca none. Dorsal fin oblong. Ven-

trals developed Antennarioid.e.

2. Head compressed. Mouth with cleft subvertical. Py-
loric caeca two. Dorsal fin very short, like anal. Ven-
tral fins obsolete Ceuatioid.*.

The following is an enumeration and synopsis of the representatives of
the several families. As Dr. Bleeker was the first to name one of the fami-
lies. I have credited it to him, although he neither defined it nor re-
stricted it in the same manner as is here done. As it is, however, only ne-
cessary that the type which the author considered as the representative of any
group should be known in order to necessitate the retention of a name.
Bleeker's must be retained. The generic name of Ferca, for example, is cred-
ited to Linnaeus, but, under that name, representatives of different families
were confounded by the author, and the name is now accepted in an entirely
different sense. The name alone is adopted, and not the idea or definition
connected with it by Linnaeus.

Family MALTHJEOIDJE (Blkr.) Gill.

I. Disk cordiform, produced from the snout ; body ro-

bust Maltheix.e.

Malthe.

II. Disk orbicular, obtuse in front ; body slender Haueut/ein.i:.

1. Mouth small. Rostral tentacle obsolete Halieutichthys.

2. Mouth large. Rostral tentacle developed Halieutaea

Subfamily MALTIIEINJH Gill.
Genus MALTHE Cuv.
Temperate and Tropical Eastern America.

Subfamily HALIEUTJEIN.E Gill.
Genus HALIEUTICHTHYS Pocy.
Caribbean Sea, representing JTalieulsea.

Genus HALIEUT^A Val.
Astrocanthus Swainson, ii. 331
Eastern Asia.

1863.]

Family LOPHIOID.E (Raf.) Gill.
Genus LOPHIUS (Linn.) Cuv.
7

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Family ANTENNARIOIDJE Gill.

Chironecteoidei pt. Blkr.

As Dr. Bleeker's family appellation is a modification of a generic name that
cannot be retained for a representative of this family, it having been pre-
viously taken for a valid genus of Marsupial mammals, I do not deem it
advisable to retain it.

I. Head cuboid. A rostral spine or tentacle only devel-

oped Chaunacix^e.

Chaunax.

II. Head much compressed. The rostral spine or tentacle

as well as two other robust spines developed Axtexxariin^.

1. Second spine not connected with third. Body short
with tumid abdomen. Palate armed with teeth.
* First and second spines disconnected.

at. D. 12. A. 7. Body smooth or scarcely granular.

Mouth small. Wrist and pectoral slender. Ven-

trals elongated. Anal extended downwards.. Pterophryne.

/?. C. 12. A. 7 8. Body with spines, generally

forked. Mouth moderate. "Wrist and pectoral

widened. Ventrals short. Anal oblong Antennarius.

y. D. 15. A. 8. Body smooth Histiophryne.

** First and second spines connected Saccarius.

2. Second and third spines well connected by mem-
brane, and forming a fin, but distinct from first. Body

oblong. Palate unarmed BrachioxichthyinvE.

Brachionichthys.

Subfamily CHAUNACINJE Gill.

Genus CHAUNAX Lowe.
Maderia.

Subfamily ANTENNARIIN.E Gill.

Genus PTEROPHRYNE Gill.
Type Cheironectes lsevigatus Cuv.

Genus ANTENNARIUS Comm.
Cheironectes Cuv. nee Illiger.

Type Antennarius princeps Comm.

Genus HISTIOPHRYNE Gill.
Type Cheironectes Bougainvillii Cuv.

Genus SACCARIUS Gthr.
Coasts of New Zealand.

Subfamily BRACHIONICUTHYINJE Gill.

Genus BRACHIONICHTHYS Blkr.
Coasts of Yan Diemen's Land, &c.

Family CERATIOIDJE Gill.

Genus CERATIAS Kroyer.

Family MALTH&OIDJE (Blkr.) Gill.

Genus HALIEUTICHTHYS Poey.
Disk suborbicular or ovate-orbicular, about as long as the rest of the body
and caudal fin combined. Forehead with a transverse bony ridge, beneath
which is a cavity destitute of a tentacle. Eyes dorsal, oblique, nearly equally

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 01

remote from each other and the edge of the disk. Mouth rather small, infe-
rior, with the lower jaw nearly semi-circular.

Teeth fine, on the jaws and palate.
Dorsal fin nearly behind the disk, much higher than long, with about four
rays. Anal behind the second dorsal, and also provided with about four rays.
Caudal rather long and subtruncated. Pectoral fins on peduncles, which are
attached to the body by the membrane.

This most interesting new generic type was discovered last year by Prof.
Poey at the Island of Cuba. That gentleman has kindly sent the only speci-
men obtained to the Smithsonian Institution. He has recognized its generic
distinction from Ilalieutxa, distinguishing it by the absence of a barbel in the
frontal cavity and the dentition. It is still further distinguished from the
Asiatic genus by the much smaller mouth, and also by the attachment of the
carpal bones to the body.

Halieutichthys reticulatus Poey.

The disk is longer than wide, and somewhat oval, being narrower before
than behind. The ridges alone are covered with simple spines ; five spines
form a pentagon before the interorbital area; one over each orbit, and four are
on a ridge proceeding backwards from the posterior angle of each orbit, which
converges in a curve towards the opposite one ; the last form the anterior
angles of a transverse pentagon on the nape. A transverse ridge behind the eyes,
which intersects the longitudinal ones, and has at the angles the second spines
from the eyes, provided near each lateral end with another spine, and a swell-
ing at the end itself. Five bicuspid spines arm each lateral margin of the
disk, and between them are smaller simple ones.

D. 4. A. 4. .

The color is gray, reticulated with blackish. The caudal is crossed by three
blackish bands.

The principal proportions are exhibited in the following table-:

Extreme length (l- 8 -) 100.

Disk Greatest length 51 ; greatest width 45.

Dorsal (spinous) Distance from snout 56.

Anal Distance from snout 60.

Caudal Length 14.

Pectoral Distance from snout at upper axilla 47 ; length 14.

Family ANTENNARIOIDyE Gill.
Genus ANTENNARIUS Comm.
Antennarius sanguineus Gill.

The anterior dorsal spine is very slender and enters 'l\ times in the length
of the caudal fin ; it terminates in a flap extended on each side laciniated
outwards. The second spine is rough, robust and curved strongly backwards
at its end ; the third is not free, but apparent as a hump pointed backwards,
and extending two-thirds of the distance from its insertion to that of the
dorsal fin. Skin covered with small bifid spines, whose prongs diverge con-
siderably and are acute.

The color is blood-red, except on the abdomen, both with several more or
less distinct black spots under the origin of the dorsal fin and on the sides.
The abdomen is light or yellowish-brown, spotted with black. The intervals
between the caudal and anal rays are also marked with black. The floor of
the mouth behind the tongue has two lateral black bands converging towards
the front, while the posterior margin of the tongue itself is also sometimes
lined with black.

Two- specimens were obtained at Cape St. Lucas by Mr. Xantus.
Antennarius annulatus Gill.

The first dorsal spine is very slender, straight and nearly equals the length
1863.]

92 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

of the caudal fin ; it terminates in two simple tentacles, while a third longer
one arises from front near its end ; the second spine is curved at the middle
and extends to the base of the third ; the membrane is slight ; the third
spine is curved at the middle and partly free, but attached by the skin and
only partially erectile ; it reaches more than half way to the dorsal fin. The
skin is covered with bifid spines.

The body and fins are fawn-colored, lighter on the abdomen, with a few
scattered ocellated dots, more abundant on the internal face of the pectoral
fin as well as ventral ; the abdomen has darker fawn spots. There are larger
ocelli, black, edged with white, on the marginal half of the dorsal and anal
fins, and on the caudal ; on the latter, three larger ocelli form a tri-
augle. A still larger ocellus is on the back at the base of the ninth dorsal
ray, and another between the fourth and fifth anal rays. A pink spot exists at
each corner of the mouth ; the second dorsal spine and streaks on each side of its
groove are colored likewise, and in front of the dorsal is a pink triangular
saddle, sending from each anterior angle a fawn streak margined with whitish
to a pinkish area before the pectoral, above which it merges in a marbled
fawn area. A broad pink ring encircles the base of the caudal fin, which it-
self, as well as the posterior half of the dorsal and anal fin, have a submargi-
nal pink band.

A single specimen was obtained by Lt. Wright. U. S. A., at Garden Key,
Florida, and is in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution.

AxTEXNARIUS PLEUROPHTIIALMUS Gill.

The anterior dorsal equals about a third of the length of the caudal fin, and
has at its end a laciniated or fringed lobe extending upwards ; the second is
moderate, slightly curved, and rather longer than the first, and with a mem-
brane extending nearly to the base of the third spine; the latter is free, ex-
tends backward nearly to the fin, and almost connected with it by the mem-
brane. The skin is covered with minute bifurcated spines.

The color is brown, marbled with lighter, especially before and behind the
dorsals, and above the pectorals ; distant black dots are also scattered over
the body. Three large ocelli or black spots, margined with light-brown, are on
each side ; one at the middle of the basal half of the dorsal ; a second below,
intermediate between it and the anus, and a third in the middle of the caudal
tin. The floor of the mouth behind the tongue is black, with whitish-yellow
radiating lines, while the tongue itself is light-brown, with darker radiating
bands or spots.

A single specimen of this species is in the collection of the Smithsonian In-
stitution, and was probably obtained at Key West.

Antennarius strigatus Gill.

The anterior dorsal spine is very slender and filiform, without appendages ;
the second is straight and moderate ; the third concealed and only developed
as a hump, obtuse behind. The spines which cover the body are small and
mostly bifid.

The back and front of the dorsal fin are reddish ; the rest light-brown, with
black stripes which diverge downwards above the pectorals, those in front
being parallel with the profile, and at right angles with those behind. Around
the pectoral fins and on the flanks, the streaks are generally blended to form
a continuous black area. A black dorsal saddle is in front of the dorsal fin,
and a black band covers the posterior half of the caudal fin. The abdomen
is broadly reticulated with black, and the brown intervals themselves are fre-
quently striated with the same color. The interior of the mouth is immacu-
late.

("ape St. Lucas, (J. Xantus.) Two specimens.

[Mar-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF Til I LADELI> III A. 9o

Enumeration of the ARCTIC PLANTS collected by Dr. I. I. Hayes in his
Eiploration of Smith's Sound, between parallels 78th and 821, daring the
months of July, August and beginning of September, 1861.

BY E. DURAND, THOS. P. JAMES AND SAML. ASIIMEAD.

Although the following enumeration does not contain any new plants, it is,,
nevertheless, sufficiently interesting in other respects not to be passed un-'
noticed. la a geographical point of view, it exhibits the peculiar regetation
of the most northern portion of the globe as yet visited by civilized man, and
illustrates several facts which are not devoid of interest.

In his Arctic exploration, Dr. Hayes has been very active in collecting
specimens in the different branches of Natural History, which he has liberally
presented to the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. His botanical
collection, which was placed in my hands, was not so numerous in species as
that of his predecessor and former Arctic companion, Dr. Kane ; but the latter
had collected along the whole western coast of Greenland, from 65 a upwards,
whilst Dr. Hayes' collections have been confined to the limits of the 7Sth and
821 parallels, where, naturally, a greater scarcity of species was to be ex-
pected.

From those extreme Arctic latitudes, in which the thermometer of Fahren-
heit scarcely ever reaches 55 J , with the ground continually frozen and mostly
covered with snow, Dr. Hayes brought seeds, apparently in a perfect state of
maturity ; and also some living roots, imbedded in their own rich soil, and
carefully packed in boxes. Among those roots, with their somewhat withered
stems, could be recognized Salix Arctica and S. kerbacea, Tqfieldia puhistris,
and/2 munculus nivalis, large tufts of Andromeda tetragona,Armeria Labradorica,
Sileneacaulis, &c. All these, at their arrival in Philadelphia, in the beginning
of January, 1862, were entrusted to the care of our fellow-member, Mr. Kil-
vington, a skilful horticulturist, who resorted to every means his experience
and ingenuity could suggest, to insure their vegetation.

Some of the seeds, those of the Crucifera especially, germinated well and
put forth the primordial leaves ; the roots began early to show signs of vegeta-
tion ; the buds of the willows enlarged, but never arrived at expansion. An-
dromeda gave some hope of success, and Lycopodium annotinum and a species
of Hyp mini resisted the longest. But as soon as the plants ceased being
supplied with ice and snow, they began to droop and die, the one after the
other, and, by the middle of April, not one of those Arctic denizens, except
Hypnum, remained to enjoy the sweets of our Philadelphia spring.

Another remarkable fact : The Arctic soil, in appearance so rich, in which
the roots were imported, had been found to contain numerous seeds that had
given expectations of a good harvest of hyperboreal plants. Mr. Kilvington
carefully watched them, early in the spring. They were seen, gradually, to
swell and burst, but no sign whatever of germination took place in them.
Nor in the whole course of the summer and autumn to this day, has that
ground produced a single plant germinated from the seeds that must inevitably
have been disseminated over it from the neighboring plants in the garden.

Incited by the apparent richness of that Arctic soil, Mr. Kilvington planted
in it some species of Erica : but they, also, soon languished and would have
died had they not been removed to a more genial ground. Evidently, that
Arctic soil had become perfectly unproductive out of its ever-frozen zone !

E. D.

1*63.]

94

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

PELEXOGAMOUS PLANTS.

l.

2.
3.

4.
5.
6.

7.

8.

9.
10.
11.
12.
13.

14.

15

16.

17.

18.

19.

28.

21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.

31.
32.
33.

34.
35.

BY E. BTEAXD.

Ranunculus nivalis, Linn.

Gale Point, July 29.
Papaver nudieaule, Linn. P. alpinum, Linn. Every Station, July and Aug.
Hesperis Pallasii, Ton: and Gr. H.pyffmxa,\^ etlik A
Hook. / i e*

Draba Alpina, DC. var. glabra.

" " var, hispida, R. Br.

" corymbosa, R. Br.
" rupestris, R. Br,
Vesicaria arctica, Richards.
Cochlearia officinalis, Linn.
Alsine (Arenaria) rubella, var. hirta, VahL
Stellaria humifusa, Rottb.
" stricta, Richards,

Cerastium Alpinum, L. var. Fischeriunum,
Torr. $ Gr.
Silene acaulis, Linn.
Lychnis apetala, Linn.

" paueiflora, Fisch.
Dryas octopetala, Linn.

" integrifolia, Vahl*
Potentilla nivea, var. pulchella. P. pul-
chella, Hook,

Potentilla nivea, var. hirsuta.
Vahl.

Alchemilla vulgaris, Linn.
Saxifraga oppositifolia, Linn.
'* ' flagellaris, Willd.
11 caispitosa, Linn. var. uniflora
rivularis, Linn.
tricuspidata, Retz.

Port Foulke, July.

it a

Netlik, Aug. 4.

(( u

It u

Cape Isabella, July 28.
Netlik, Aug. 4.

it
u

| Port Foulke, July 15.
Netlik, Aug. 4.

u

u

a

11

u

(I

a

u

cernua, Linn.

| Port Foulke, July.

' J- Netlik, July and Aug.

" July 12.
Gale Point, &c, July and Aug.
" u 97.

" 23.
Netlik, Aug. 4.
Port Foulke, July 15.

nivalis, Linn.
Leontodon palustre, Linn.
Campanula rotundifolia, Linn.
folia, Gr.

Vacciniuna uliginosum, Linn.
Andromeda tetragona, Linn.

var.

lini-\

Netlik, Aug. 4.
J- Tessuissak, Sept. 4.

Netlik, Aug. 4.

Port Foulke, July and Aug.
Pyrola grandiflora, Raddi. P. Groenlandica, \ , . ,
Horn.f J i 1

Bartsia alpina, Linn.

Pedicularis hirsuta, Linn.%

Port Foulke, July and Aug.

* I have no doubt of the correctness of Chainiso and Sehleehtendal's view, " that Dryas integri-
folia is tin.' mure Arctic form of D. octopetala of Linnasus." Almost all the specimens of Dr. Hayes
were with narrow, entire leaves, but scune exhibited the intermediary forms of both varieties, and a
single one was a perfect specimen of Dryas octopetala.

t Dr. Jos. D. Honker, in his ' Outlines of the Distribution of Arctic Plants," (Trans. Linn. Soc.
Loud., Vol. xxiii.p. 2.) is perfectly right in suspecting Pyrola chloruntha of my PlantaeKaneanae to
tie P. graiidiflora, Raddi. This 1 have ascertained to be the fact, on the better specimens brought
by Dr. Hayes.

X Pedicularis hirsuta, L. Was fairly represented both in Dr. Kane's and Dr. Hayes' collections.
It appears to be much more common, in those hyperboreal regions, than either P. Langsdorjffii or
my /'. Kaiiei. of which Dr. Kane brought only a single specimen, that has been submitted to Prof.
Asa Gray. In his Enumeration of Dr. C. C. Parry's Plants of the Rocky Mountains, (Am. Jour. Sc.,
Vol. xxxiv,2d 6er. p, 251,; Dr. Gray expresses himself in the following words, with regard to some ,

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

!g

36. Arrneria vulgaris, Willd, var. A. Labrador-
ica, Vahl.

37. Polygonum viviparum, Linn.

38. Oxyria digyna, Campd.

39. Empetrum rubruni, Willd. Spec. PI.

Netlik, Aug. 4.

713. (A variety of E. nigrum ?) *

40. Betula nana, Linn,

41. Salix arctica, Linn.
" herbacea, Linn,

Tofieldia palustris, Linn

Luzula campestris, yar. congesta,. Wahl. \ TegBmissak g ept _ 4

42
43
44

i. hyperborea, of Danish authors

45. Carex rigida, Good.

4G. Eriophorum vaginatum, Linn-

47. Alopecurus alpinus, Linn.

48. Glyceria arctica, Hook.

49. Poa arctica, R. Br.

50. Poa Yahliana, Bot. Dan. ?

51. Hierochloa borealis, Rocm

52. Festuca ovina, Linn.

T. borealis, Vahl.

Every Station, July and Aug.

' P' I Tessuissak, Sept. 4.

Port Foulke, July 15.
Every Station, July and Aug
Port Foulke, July 15.

Netlik. Aug. 4.
Gale Point, July 27.
Post Foulke, &c, July.

15

(Too young )
and Schl-

Tessuissak, Sept. 4.

CRYPTOGAMOUS PLANTS.

LYCOrODIACE.E,

53. Lycopodium annotinum, Linn, Tessuissak, Sept.- 4.

Musci and Lichenes were placed in the hands of Mr. Thos. P. James^
the excellent cryptogamist, who has returned them with the following note :
"I return the Musci and Lichenes from Dr. Hayes' Arctic expedition. I have
named them as best I could, from their imperfect condition , not a single
fruiting specimen was to be found in the entire collection 1 This fact rendered
their determination the more difficult. Several, which I could not determine,,
may be new species, but they were not in a state clearly to be analyzed.*"

MUSCL

61.

Aulacoroium turgidum, Schw.

BY THOS. P. JAMES.

62.

63.

Bryum

Duvallii, Voit.
purpurascens, ?

54.

Andra?a petrophila, Lhrh.9

64.

u

arcticum, Brid. Sch.

55.

Barbula ruralis, Hedw,

65.

u

rutilans, Brid. $ Sch.

56.

Orthotrichum affine, Schr.

66.

cyclophyllum, Brid. Seh

57.

Grimmia spiralis, Hook. # Tayl.

67.

4i

crudum, Schr. ?

58.

Racomitrinm lanuginosum,

Brid.

68.

a

nutans, Schr.

59.

Pogonatum alpinum, Brid.

69.

ti

palustre, Linn.

60.

Polytrichum juniperinum,

Hedw.

70.

(i

seneum, Blytt.

Arctic Greenland species of Pedicularis : "P. Kami of Durand does not belong to P. Sudetica, as
Dr. Hooker supposed, but to P. lanata, Willd. ; which again, contrary to Bentham and Hooker, I
mast regard with Bunge as clearly different from hirsuta of Linuseus; it is much nearer another
species which Dr. Hooker refers to Suddica, viz : Langsdorffii, with which it has been confused;
but it is perfectly edeutulate. The teeth of the latter, however, are inflexed, and so 7nay escape
observation. All these species are well discriminated by Bunge, in Ledebnur's Flora Possica.

* Drupe red, stems apparently smaller and more decumbent than in E. nigrum, from which it
does not otherwise differ. Dr. Kane's specimens belonged probably to the same form; but having
no fruit on, I referred them, naturally, in my Plantie Kaneanne, to Empetrum nigrum.

It is a remarkable fact of geographical botany, that this red-fruited species, originally found on
the shores of the Strait of Magellan, should appear again at the opposite extremity of the American
continent. Messrs. LaPylaieaud Tuckerman met with it in Newfoundland, and, quite lately. Abbe
Ferland, a Cathmlic missionary of the Laval University of Quebec, found it likewise on the coant of
Labrador, together with Empetrum nigrum.

1863.]

9G

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

71,

74.

75.
76.
77.
78.
79.
80.
81.

Mnium affine, var. rugieum, Bland.

" rostratum, Schw.
Meersia Albrotinii, ?

Bartramia, an., calcarese.
Conostonmm boreale, Sivartz.
Splachnum Worniskioldii, Brid.

" vasculosum, Linn.
Hypnum uncinatum, Hedw.

" aduncura, Linn.

" oligorrhizon, Brid. <j- Sch.

" nova species ?

An
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
91.
92.
93.

94:

95.
96.

LICHENES.

BY TUOS. P. JAMES.

d submitted to Ezra Michener, M.D.

Alectoria V\Qo\oY,(Ehrh..) Nylander.
" sulcata? [Lev.) Nyl.
" ochroleuca, (Ehrh.) Nyl.
Leeanora ventosa, Ach.
Neuropogon Taylori, Hook., Nyl.
Platysma cucullata, Hoff.

" nivalis, Ach.
Plocadium elegans, (Ach.), Nyl.
Parmelia saxatilis, (Linn.) Ach.
Borreri, Turner.
stygia, (Linn.) Ach.
conspersa? (Ehrh.) Ach.
Dactylina Arctica, (Rich.) Nyl.
Stereocaulon denudatum, Floerk.
" condensatum, Iloff.

u
it

97. Cladonia pyxidata, (Linn.) Fries.

98. " furcata, var. racemosa,
Hoff.

99. Cladonia ignota ?

100. Lecidea geographica ? Iloff.

101. Umbilicaria kyperborea ! Hoff.

102. Ignota "

103. Yerrucaria popularis, Floerk.

104. " maura, var. striatula,
Hoff.

105.
106.
107.
108.
109.
110.
111.
H2.
113.
114.
115.
116.
117.
118.
119.
120.

ALGJE.

BY SAML. ASHMKAD.

Fucus vesiculosns, Linn.
Alaria esculeuta, Grev.
TJlva latissima, Linn.
Laminaria phyllitis, Lam.

" longicruris, Fylaie.
Laminaria fascia, Ay.

" saccharina ? Lam.

Rhodymenia interrupta, Grev.
Enteromorpha compressa, Grev.
Soliera chordalis, Ag.
Cladophora arcta, Dill.
Bryopsis plumosus, Ag.
Desmarestia aculeata, Lam.
Cluetornorpha littorea, Hair.
Ectocarpns ?
Ignota.

Additions to the Catalogue of Stars which have Changed their Colors.

BY JACOB ENNIS.

I Beg leave to add the following continuation to the Catalogue of six stars
which have changed their colors, recently presented as a verbal communication :

7. Procyon. In 1850 Humboldt classed Prosyon among the yellow stars :
Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 182. In a verbal communication to this Academy, Feb.
17th, 1863, I announced that this star is now very decidedly blue ; and in this
all to whom I have referred the color agree without the least hesitation.

8. Rigel. This star is classed among the white stars by Donati, in aMemoir
dated August, 1860, and published in the Annals of the Museum at Florence
in 1862. It is now decidedly blue. During the past two months it has been
observed by myself and some friends to be one of the most deeply-colored of
all the stars now visible in this latitude.

9. Alpha Lyra?, or Ve fa a. Donati, in the MemoiT just named, classes Vega
among the white stars. Humboldt, in 1850, Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 183, says,
"the light of Alpha Lyrse is bluish." To myself it now appears pale blue,
very much like Gapella.

10. Castor. Donati, in 1860, classed Castor among the yellow stars. Hum-
bsldt, in 1850,. says-, "Castor is a greenish star." Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 177.
It appears to me greenish now-,. March, 1863.

There is a close cluster of more than a hundred stars, known as Kappa

[Mar.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

Crucis, in the Southern hemisphere, and when seen through a telescope, the
very varied colors of its indivdual stars give it, according to Sir John Herschel,
" the effect of a superb piece of fancy jewelry." During his residence at the
Cape of Good Hope, he made a drawing or map of this group, and stated care-
fully the colors of eight of its most conspicuously-colored stars. Just a quarter
of a century later, F. Abbot, Esq., in a communication to the Royal Astronomi-
cal Society in England, dated, Private Observatory, Hobart Town, May, 1862,
describes how this piece of jewelry has changed. Six of these eight stars have
now different colors. The changes, according to him, are as follows :

11. Gamma kappa crucis : Changed from greenish white to bluish purple.
There is an error in Mr. Abbot's communication, as printed in the Monthly
Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. The name of this star is there
printed nu, instead of Gamma. Sir John's list has no nu.

12. Delta kappa crucis : has changed from green to pale cobalt.

13. Epsilon kappa crucis : has changed from red to Indian red.

14. Zeta kappa crucis : has changed from green to ultra-marine.

15. Phi kappa crucis : has changed from blue green to emerald green.

16. Alpha? kappa crucis : has changed from ruddy to the similar color of
all the small stars of that magnitude. r 'The smaller stars, from the 10th to
the 14th magnitude, are generalized, and all partake of nearly the same color,
Prussian blue, some with a little more or less tint of red or green mixed
with the blue."

Arago says that certain of the double stars designated by Sir William Her-
schel as having a yellow color, are at present, according to Struve, orange and
red. Others, which according to Herschel shone with a perfectly white light,
exhibit, according to recent observations, a golden-yellow, red, and even green-
ish-blue. These will be added to this catalogue in due time.

Sirius, Procyon, Capella. The Memoir of Donati brings down the former
colors of these stars to a much later date than any authority I had found
previous to my communications of Feb. 10th and 17th. In August, 1860, he
still classes the two former among the white stars. A very few months after-
wards, Sirius was observed by Dr. Wilcocks to be changed. At the same
date, also, Donati classes Capella among the yellow stars, but, by the authority
quoted in the Proceedings of Feb. 10th, it was blue in September, 1859 ! and
had been so I know not how long. After making due allowances for this dis-
crepancy, if such it be, these are strikingly sudden changes, but not more
impressive than those in the cluster Kappa Crucis, where six out of eight
stars had changed their colors in a quarter of a century. Beta Ursa Minoris
has often vibrated between yellow and red. The very reliable German observer,
Heis, wrote: "I have had frequent opportunities of convincing myself that
the color of this star is not always equally red ; at times it is more or less
yellow, at others most decidedly red." Captain Berard " had for some years
seen Alpha Crucis growing red." The temporary star of 1572 in a few months
passed through the colors white, yellow, red, another shade of red, and again
a duller white. The suddenness and the variety of the changes a star may
undergo, are no reasons against their reality. But all this shows the need of
caution on the part of the observer, and how a writer should not publish the
color of a star as existing at any date, which color may depend altogether
on observations of some prior date. Discrepancies must in this way occur,
and in this way we may perhaps account for a discrepancy in Humboldt's
Cosmos, Vol. 3, p. 181, where, apparently using an old catalogue, he classes
Vega among the white stars, but on p. 183, where he individualizes to prove
the existence of blue stars, he says, " the light of Alpha Lyrae is bluish." The
discrepancy just shown between Kearney and Donati may, perhaps, be similarly
explained. A discrepancy of a different kind appears in the Proceedings of
the 10th of February of this Academy. Dr. Wilcocks, in announcing the
change of Sirius, gave the present color as violet, but previous to the next

1863.] 8

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

meeting, Feb. 17th, he convinced himself that his impression was wrong,
and that the present real color of Sirius is green ; and he obtained consent
that the Minutes, when printed, should be altered accordingly ; but by some
oversight this alteration was not made. In denominating Sirius purple in
October last, I dissented, for it appeared to me plainly green. The three
successive, undisputed colors of Sirius therefore are red, white and green.
There is special need of attending to discrepancies in the beginning of this
catalogue, both as to color and to dates. This is the only way to insure pro-
gress.

It is to me an impressive fact that so many conspicuous stars now nightly
appear blue or green ; especially as the first blue stars were mentioned by
Mariotte, so lately as in 1686 ; before him, no departure from white was
named but red, with the exception of the yellow in the temporary star of 1572.
Capella, Bellatrix, Rigel, Procyon, Vega, Beta Librae are blue ; all deeply so
except Capella and Vega. Sirius is conspicuously green, and Castor slightly
green, though I sometimes doubt the greenness of the latter. When a star
is not of the first magnitude, or when its departure from white is not very de-
cided, a long fixedness of the eye upon it is necessary, and a careful exclusion
of artificial lights. At least, this is my experience. It has occurred to myself,
and been suggested by others, that perhaps this blueness of so many large
stars now in view, and greenness, which is a modification of blue, may be
owing to some special atmospheric cause. For many months the air has been
unusually damp. But this cannot be the cause of these colors, for Aldebaran
Betelguese and the planet Mars are in the midst or near vicinity of some of
these blue and green stars, and preserve their ordinary redness. Pollux, how-
ever, in the same general neighborhood, seems hardly entitled to be called a
red star. From the fact that it was classed among the six decidedly red stars
by the ancients, I regard it as changed, but desire further time before announc-
ing the change in the catalogue. Humboldt calls it merely " reddish."

I would not be premature in speculating on the laws or causes of these
changes, but must remark that the change of Sirius, from its ancient red to
white, and now to green, is all in the same direction, namely : a relative
diminution of the red. The three primary colors, red, yellow and blue, with
an excess of red, will give a red star ; take away the excess of red and the
star will be white ; take away still more of the red and it will be green, that
is, a combination of the remaining yellow and blue. The three colors of
Sirius, therefore, the ancient red, the modern white and the recent green, may
possibly be due to the operation of a single cause.

Communication, March 2<lth.

Mr. Cassin read the following interesting extracts from a letter to Prof. R,
Dunglison, of this city, from Dr. James A. Grant, of Ottowa city, Canada,
dated Feb. 10th, 1863, relating to the Willow Grouse, or Ptarmigan, Lagopus
albus : "During the present winter, the Ptarmigan or White Grouse has been
observed in large numbers at the head waters of the Gatineau river, (a tribu-
tary of the Ottowa river,) distant from Ottowa city about 120 miles. In that
locality, lumberers are constantly engaged, who have, this season, procured
these birds in considerable numbers, a very unusual circumstance, as years
frequently elapse without one being observed. This bird seems to be guided
in its migration by peculiarities of climate, and is only seen in this particular
locality when the season is very cold. Since the year 1844 it has not been
observed by the lumberers until the present season, and it seems that noth-
ing short of excessive arctic cold will bring it from its more northern abode."

"It is stated by Buffon that the Ptarmigan avoids the solar heat, and pre-
fers the biting frost on the tops of mountains. These peculiarities I have
also observed here. This bird appears to enjoy the soft snow on the hill sides,

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

and frequently makes holes in it and thus shelters itself during the nigh't.
In this position it is occasionally found frozen in by a superficial crust of ice
which formed during the night, caused by the fall of rain, and owing to a
sudden change of temperature, which is not an unusual circumstance even in
these northern localities."

" Owing to their absence in a great measure from the inhabited northern
localities, these birds do not possess that degree of fear which is observed
in other members of the Grouse family, in consequence of which they are
easily shot or caught in snares. They are said to pair at the same time as
the red Grouse. The female lays 10 to 12 eggs, which are white and marked
with brown spots, and which are deposited on the ground, no nest being pro-
vided. Having examined carefully the digestive organs of this bird, I found
the principal contents to be small twigs and buds of the Birch tree, mixed
with small particles of sand. These twigs were nicely divided into pieces,
varying from one-eighth to one-quarter of an inch in length, and in examin-
ing the beak it will be observed that it possesses considerable strength, and
from its peculiar formation is beautifully adapted to the division of these
small shoots or twigs, from which this bird appears to derive the greater part
of its nourishment. I have much pleasure in sending to you specimens of
both sexes for the Academy of Natural Sciences."

April 7 th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following were offered for publication :

Descriptions of new Squamata. By E. D. Cope.

Descriptions of new species of Vireonidae, &c. By Geo. N. Lawrence.

Descriptions of new species of Pedipalpi. By Dr. H. C Wood, Jr.

April lAth.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Twenty-seven members present.

April 21st.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-two members present.

April 28th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

On the report of the respective Committees, the following were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings:

1863.]

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

i

Descriptions of new American SQUAMATA, in the Museum of the Smithsonian

Institution, Washington.

BY E. D. COPE.

Tantilla miniator Cope, sp. nov.

Tail one-fifth the total length. Postnasal equal to second superior labial,
and largely in contact with the preocular; which is hexagonal, and as long as
high. Two post-oculars ; seven superior labials, eye over third and fourth ;
fifth very narrow. First inferior labial not separating sympbyseal and genei-
als. Temporals two large, two small. Occipitals rather large ; vertical,
scarcely longer than broad, more acute angled posteriorly, the frontal, super-
ciliary and occipital sutures equal. Muzzle subtruncate. Scales in thirteen
rows. Length of head and body 30", of tail 1".

Above blackish brown, on the nape blackish; a yellow collar two scales
wide, touching tips of occipitals ; head above blackish, except two large yel-
lowish spots on the superior labials, one below the nares, and one behind the
eye. Under surfaces salmon-colored, palest anteriorly.

Habitat. Mirador, near Vera Cruz. From Dr. Charles Sartorius' collection
made for the Smithsonian Institution. (No. 13.)

A species allied to coronataBd. Grd., (which Jan confounds with the
melanocephala), but differing in the broader and more obtuse head, and
darker coloration. The reticulata has a much longer tail.

Tropidodipsas s a r t o r i i Cope, sp. nov.

Rather stout ; tail one-sixth of the total length. Head swollen at the tem-
ples, muzzle broad, thick ; eyes medium. Rostral not prominent, as high as
broad. Nasals two, large; loreal nearly square, in contact with orbit ; one
very small preocular above it, widely separated from vertical ; twopostoculars.
Top of head arched, a little swollen behind. Postfrontals very large ; vertical
broader than long, five-sided; superciliaries small. Occipitals with a concave
outer border. Five temporals, one in contact with postoculars, little longer
than fifth superior labial. Six superior labials, eye over fourth, but touching
third. Nine inferior labials, fifth largest; two pairs of very small geneials
behind the moderate anterior pair. Scales in seventeen longitudinal series, the
three median slightly keeled. Gastrosteges rounded, slightly bent upwards on
the sides. Length of head and body 47", of tail 9".

Black, with fifteen yellowish (? red) rings three scales wide, each scale black
tipped. Last ring including tips of occipitals, last superior labial, and chin,
except inferior labials; five light rings on tail.

Habitat. Mirador, Vera Cruz. Discovered by Dr. Charles Sartorius, (Coll.
No. 20,) to whom the species is dedicated. This gentleman has also obtained
at the same place, among other species, Ninia c o 1 1 a r i s (Streptophorus sebie,
collaris Jan.) Drymobius margaritiferus, Lampropeltis micropholis ,
Boa eques.

Rhadinrea poecilopogon Cope, sp. nov.

Slender; head distinct elongate, convex; muzzle elongate, narrowly
rounded. Scales narrow, in seventeen longitudinal rows. Tail more than one
fourth of the total length. Superior head-plates normal, elongate, especially
the vertical, which has straight outlines. Loreal nearly equilateral, encroach-
ing on the single preocular, which does not reach the vertical. Two postocu-
lars, superior larger ; one temporal between fifth and sixth superior labials and
occipital. Seven superior labials, eye cover third and fourth ; postgeneials
longer than pregeneials ; nine inferior labials, fifth largest. Total length
391", tail 10".

Above olivaceous brown, each scale of the vertebral series with a black
centre. End of gastrosteges and lateral scales to the edge of the fourth row,
dark slate ; a streak across the rostral plate through loreal and temporal re-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 101

gion, and spreading in the posterior lower labials of the same color,
yellow bordered above. Labials, mental and gular regions yellow, with
blackish spots and vermioulations. A blackish spot on each end of every
gastrostege anteriorly ; posteriorly they become confluent with those of the
sides. Abdomen yellow, immaculate.

Habitat. Paysondu, Uraguay. Mus. Smithsonian, from Mr. H. W, Kennedy.

The genus here called Rhadimea, has afforded me considerable perplexity,
standing as it does in near relationship with Coniophanes, Coronella, Lygophis,
and Diadophis. Its type is the Taeniophis vermiculaticeps, which I
indicated in 18G1* as belonging to an unnamed genus. Coronella decorata
Gthr., is a second species. This I formerly placed provisionally in Diadophis,
partly on account of its two preocular plites. A specimen from Vera Cruz,
has, however, but one, and the dentitition is not isodont, but syncranterian, as
Giinther describes, though of a weak type. The same arrangement is exhibited
by the vermiculaticeps and poecilopogon. The tail of the d e co-
rat u s is relatively much longer than that of the vermiculaticeps; the
p o e c i 1 o p o g o n is rather intermediate in this respect. The dentition dis-
tinguishes this genus from Coniophanes ; the pattern of coloration is the same,
and the scale pores are equally wanting. The general form is rather more
slender. If we ignore the difference in dentition, these serpents might be re-
ferred to Lygophis, where some species are of similar scutellation, proportion,
and coloration. The closest accordance with Coronella in structural charac-
teristics exists, but the species are much more slender, and the head is more dis-
tinct. If we unite them with that genus, Coniophanes, its closest ally (through
C. imperialis) must follow, and if so, then Lygophis and Liophis, whose
connection with Dromicus is well known. Coronella anomalais probably
Lygophis rutilus, with abnormal simtellation, and the dentition described,
as syncranterian ; it seems to be diacranterian in the specimens described
under the last name ; other specimens have or have not the interval anterior
to the last long tooth. Whether this species is a Lygophis or a Rhadinaea, or
whether it renders the two inseparable, must be left at present to future in-
vestigation. Its form is more slender than Coronella.

If Coronella, as Giinther left it in his " Catalogue," could be defined tren-
chantly from genera leading to such distant connections, it would be well to
accept it ; but to me it is a union of natural groups, which, as being the most
definable, may be called genera. They are Coronella proper, Macroprotodonf,
Coniophanes, Rhadinaea, Larapropeltis, and perhaps others.

In the system of the Erpetologie Geoerale, the species of Rhadinaea would
enter the section of Leptophis, characterized by smooth scales.

Rhadinaea ob t u s a, Cope. sp. nov.

Muzzle broadly rounded, rather short. Head small. Tail one-fourth the
total length. Head plates shorter than in the poecilopogon; outlines of ver-
tical slightly concave. Eight superior labials, loreal nearly square, encroach-
ing on the single preocular, which does not reach the vertical. Two postocu-
lars touching one temporal. Scales in nineteen longitudinal rows. Total length
41-25", the tail 8-75."

Above olive brown ; ends of gastrosteges and sides, including border of
fifth row of scales, blackish ; a median dorsal band embracing one and two
half rows of scales, which disappear on the tail. Beneath saffron yellow ; a
blackish dot on the end of each gastrostege anteriorly. Chin and labial regions
immaculate.

Habitat. Paysondu, Uraguay. Dr. Kennedy's collection furnished also that
rare species Tomodon o c e 1 1 a t u s. This serpent looks much like a Tachy-

* Proc. A. N. S., p. 74.

t It would prove interesting if the Coronella b r e v i s Gthr., should be found to possess
the elongate anterior mandibular teeth of Macroprotodon.

1863.]

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

menis, and resembles that figured by Seba, pi 68, no. 6, on which Klein (Ten-
tamen, p. 39.) founded his Coluber exetra, aquaticus. There were also
in the collection Lygophis a n o m a 1 u s, Heterodon d'orbignyi (ground
color of abdomen and tail red !). Philodryas schottii, Oxyrhopus s p a d i-
ceus, plumbeus, Opheomorphus d o 1 i a t u s.

Gonatodes g i 1 1 i i Cope, sp. nov.

Premaxillary teeth eleven. Inferior labials four ; symphyseal thrice as large
as the anterior labial, longer than broad, each of its two posterior sutures
shorter than its lateral, and joining at an obtuse angle. Six scales in the
first transverse mental row, two median in contact with symphyseal; behind
these about four rows of hexagonal scales, becoming smaller and more circu-
lar. Superior labials five. Internasals separated by one row of scales.
Frontal scales larger than gular, much larger than dorsal, which equal occipi-
tal. Scales of abdomen and anterior faces of limbs larger, rounded, imbricate;
of tail large, hexagonal; a row of plates beneath. Length from muzzle to
vent 3".

Lateral regions bluish grey, sides of abdomen much darker. Dorsal region
nearly black, with a median jellow vitta extending from the end of the muzzle.

Habitat. Trinidad. From the collection of the well-known zoologist, Prof.
Theodore Gill, whose name I take much pleasure in attaching to this very
pretty species.

I have employed Fitzinger's name for this genus, instead of Goniodactylus
of Kuhl, which should be applied to that called Cyrtodactylus by Gray.

Gonatodes ferrugineus Cope sp. nov.

Premaxillary teeth eleven. Inferior labials five ; superior six or seven.
Symphyseal as broad as long, twice as large as anterior labial. Two large
scales in first mental row, five in the second, five rows behind these gradually
diminishing in size. About thirteen longitudinal rows of scales on the thorax.
Scales of the upper surfaces very small, those of the front large. Length from
muzzle to vent 3'".

Color cinnamon ; the thorax and abdomen dirty white, the gular region mot-
tled with the same.

Habitat. Trinidad. Prof. Gill's Collection.

The head of this species is rather narrower than that of the g i 1 1 i i, and the
squamation of the superior surfaces more minute.

Diplodactylus u n c t u s Cope, sp. nov.

Scales rounded, flat in about 3G rows on the dorsal region; those of the
muzzle smaller than dorsal, little larger than those on the occiput. Interna-
sals in contact. Seven superior labials, including that under the pupil ; six
inferior, to the same point, the last two very small, the first larger than the
second, extensively in contact with the first pair of mental plates, which bound
the symphyseal posteriorly. Each of the former is bounded by three smaller,
and these are succeeded by a few rows which diminish in size. Terminal discs
with straight outlines. Tail without tubercles. Anal scales similar to the
abdominal. Auricular opening as long as pupil. Premaxillary teeth five.
Length from end of muzzle to auricular meatus 12'", from the same point to
vent 4-5".

Above grey, shining, with five broad, blackish, centrally-pale cross-bands,
from base of tail to interscapular region. A dark band from the muzzle
through the eye, a cross band on occiput, and various irregular spots on the top
of head and labial regions.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Sent to the Smithsonian Insti-
tution by John Xantus, Esq. (No. 5304.)

Phyllodactylus x an ti Cope, sp. nov.

Dorsal tubercles rather small, not trihedral, in very irregular, broken, lon-

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

gitudinal series. Those on the occiput small, numerous, smaller than the
scales of the front and region of the canthus rostralis, which are swollen, and
as large as those of the abdomen. Gular scales minute. Syrnpbyseal acute-
angled posteriorly, bounded by the two oval, large mentals; each of these
bounded by three posteriorly. Five inferior labials opposite the middle ot
the orbit; first and second equal. Seven superior labials to the same point.
Internasals in contact. Preanals like abdominals. Transverse series of keeled
ovate tubercles on the tail, which are in contact or separated by one row of
scales. A row of broad plates beneath.

Length from muzzle to angle of ramus mandibuli 1*4", to vent h". From
vent to end of tail 4".

In spirits gray, with five blackish cross-bands, the median line pale, con-
tinuous. A narrow streak through loreal and temporal regions, a cross streak
on occiput, and a few longitudinal lines on the head. Tail with seven blackish
rings.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. Obtained by JohnXantus, Esq.,
to whom it is dedicated.

Pantodactylus bivittatus Cope, sp. nov.

Internasal pentagonal, as broad as long. Anterior supraorbital largest, not
equal to the two others combined ; the latter are as large as the fronto-
parietals. Interoccipital larger than occipital, bounded behind by a small post-
interoccipital and two larger postoccipitals ; one or two large temporals.
Nasal subtriangular, nostril on the middle. Loreal much higher than long ;
6even superior labials, eye over fourth. Four narrow inferior labials. One
postsymphyseal, four infralabials, the two anterior pairs in contact. The
anterior pair of gulars in contact, the four succeeding separated by from one
to three plates, the following six in contact, transverse, the posterior form-
ing the edge of a collar. Four rows of abdominal plates, as broad as long,
two of ovate, smooth laterals, eighteen of elongate sharply-keeled dorsals.
The extended posterior extremity reaches the elbow of the appressed anterior.
Five femoral pores, four large anals, the posterior twice as long as the ante-
rior. Tail more than twice the length of the head and body. Total length
11-7'", tail 8-2.

Above olive brown ; two yellowish brown bands from the temporal region,
bounded with darker above and below; in one specimen a median blackish
line. Below olivaceous yellow, olive spotted under the tail.

Habitat. Paysondu, Uraguay, whence Mr. H. W. Kennedy has sent it to
the Smithsonian Institution, Washington. This species possesses a transparent
inferior palpebra like that of the con col or. (vid. Tschudi, " Die Familie
der Ecpleopoda "), while in the o rb i gny i it is squamous.

Cnemidophorus hyperythrus Cope, sp. nov.

External nares in the nasal plate. Brachium with four series of plates,
three on the antebrachium, the superior largest. Head rather narrow,
muzzle long. Hind foot two-fifths the length of the head and body. Three
rows of scales on the gular fold, the anterior row median, short, scales of the
posterior largest Posterior gular scales small, abruptly separated from the
anterior, which are large the median twice the size of those surrounding.
Supraocular plates four, rarely three. Abdominals in eight series some-
times additional small external plates. Frontoparietals united. Three larger
anals.

From end of muzzle to collar, 1" 8"'; from collar to vent 4"; vent to end
of tail 14".

Above brown or blackish ; two (?) yellow bands on each side, which extend
some distance on the tail, one from the superciliary margin, one from in-
ferior border of orbit; the last bordered with blackish beneath, and extend-
ing on the posterior extremity to the foot ; the caudal portion continued from a

1863.]

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

similar band on the posterior face of the limb. A median light stripe be-
tween these two. Two paler median dorsal bands which diverge on the nape,
and are frequently united for most of their length. Beneath iridescent rose-
color, deeper posteriorly, becoming brownish vermillion on the under surface
of the tail.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. From coll. of Jno. Xantus, Esq., (No. 5290).
A species allied to the d e p p ei Wiegm. in scutellation ; the latter has two
frontoparietals three supraoculars, is stouter, and more numerously banded.

Cnemidophorus rnaximus Cope, sp. nov.

Plates of the collar graduating in the posterior gular, the marginal largest,
the series concave anteriorly in the middle. Anterior gulars abruptly larger,
their median largest. Nostril in naso-rostral ; supraorbitals four, fronto-
parietals separated. Interoccipital (in adult) nearly as broad as long ; oc-
cipitals large. Preanals in four transverse series, the posterior two containing
six. Tibials four, femorals seven, abdominals eight, antebrachials (often an
unreliable character) four, brachials seven rowed. Dorsal scales minute.

Length from end of muzzle to gular fold 4" ; from gular fold to vent 8" ;
from vent to end of tail 22 // .

Above olive brown, with three brown bands on each side, which are as wide
as the intervals between them, and are so broken by spots of the ground-
color as to resemble series of confluent brown variations. Posterior extremities
coarsely reticulate with the same color. Superior surface of tail, and gular
region, blackish, varied ; abdominal shields black tipped. Under surface of
tail and hinder extremities yellow.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. Jno. Xantus. (Smith. Mus., No. 529T).

Differs from the C. grahamii, its nearest ally, in its smaller and more
numerous preanal plates, much smaller dorsal scales, and broader light
bands.

Cnemidophorus melanostethus Cope, sp. nov.

Plates of the collar small, the marginal not the largest ; posterior gulars
graduating into the anterior, not abruptly separated from them; the median
of the latter not abruptly larger than those around them. Nostril in the
frontonasal plate, as in all other North American species. Four supraorbitals,
two frontoparietals ; interparietal elongate. Sides of neck with many folds.
Scales of the back flat, rather large. Five large anals, two of which are mar-
ginal. Hind foot entering length of head and body three times ; extended,
reaching angle of the mouth. Eight series of abdominal scales. Length
from muzzle to collar 3" ; collar to vent 6", 3 /// ; vent to end of tail 27".

Above olive brown, with numerous whitish spots arranged closely in
irregular transverse series, producing a reticulate aspect. Thorax and ter-
minal two-thirds of tail, black ; abdomen slightly, gular region strongly
shaded with the same.

Habitat. Region of the Colorado of California. Mus. Smithsonian,
(3064 a) ; obtained by Mr. H. B. Mollhausen, of Lieut. J. C. Ives' expedition
which explored that river.

This species has a shorter hind foot than the gracilis, (where it enters
the length of the head and body two and a half times,) and does not exhibit
that abrupt transition from the small posterior to the large anterior gular
plates. The latter character separates it from tesselatus and tigris.
In the former of these the dorsal scales are larger ; in the last, the coloration
is very different.

Uta thalassina Cope, sp. nov.

Form much depressed. Median dorsal scales larger, smooth, graduating
into the lateral, smaller than those of the abdomen, not separated by median
smaller ones. Abdominal scales nearly rectangular, in transverse series.
Brachial scales a little larger, more imbricate, keeled. Occipital plate large,

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

longer than broad, triangular, with rounded angles, separated by two plates
from those bounding supraorbital region. One series of interorbitals. Su-
praoculars in three series, five in the interior largest. Internasals, two series
of four, each followed by two pairs. Scales of the collar but little larger than
those anterior ; gular scales equal. A narrow entire suborbital. Eight supe-
rior labials, bounded above by two series of similar plates. Eight oblong
inferior labials. Symphyseal larger, followed by two trapezoid infralabials.
A scapuloinguinal dermal fold on each side. Extended posterior extremity
reaching anterior border of ear orifice. Tail broad and depressed at base,
slender and slightly compressed, less than twice the length of the head and
body. Total length, 21" 4'"; tail 13" 6'"; body 5" 5'"; from collar to
end of muzzle, 2" 3'".

Color above sea-green ; a narrow black cross-band separates the nuchal
from the dorsal region ; a broader black band, which presents a convexity
anteriorly, crosses the latter anterior to its middle. Between these, some in-
distinct undulatory bands, three similar on the posterior dorsal region, fol-
lowed by numerous caudal annuli, which become very broad. Beneath,
bluish green, darkest on the gular region ; tail and femora beneath yellow.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. From Mr. Xantus' valuable collections. Smith-
sonian, No. 6302.

Sceloporus zosteromus Cope, sp. nov.

Scales large, strongly keeled, slightly denticulate, in ten longitudinal rows
on rump and nape, and eighteen to twenty transverse between those points.
Lateral scales larger than abdominal, not granular above and before shoul-
der. Auricular scales much longer than those adjacent. Cephalic shields
smooth ; prefrontal longer than broad, single ; supraoculars in one series,
transverse, posteriorly in immediate contact with superciliary series. Ab-
dominal scales emarginate, accumulated on the posterior gular region, where
many are tricuspid. Hind limb extended, reaching orbit.

Length from muzzle to vent, 9" 7 /// ; from muzzle to axilla, 4" 3'" ; hind
foot, 3".

(J 1 Above bright olivaceous, with a reddish longitudinal dorsolateral band
on each side, crossed medially by numerous indistinct brown bars, often
obsolete. Under surface and sides of tail yellowish. Anterior face of femur,
groin, a large spot anterior to brachium, a broad band connecting the latter
with the former, and the latter of each side, across posterior gular region,
black, which shade into blue on the sides and throat. Chin light-green.
Brachium black in front. In younger specimens the prebrachial spot often
does not connect with the lateral abdominal band.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. From the collection of Jno. Xantus, Esq.

A species to be compared with the S. c 1 a r k i i , which is found in Texas
and Arizona. The latter has a shorter prefrontal plate, greater size, and dif-
ferent coloration.

Cyclura (Ctenosaura) hemilopha Cope, sp. nov.
Ctenosaura sp., Baird, Proc. A. N. S., 1859, p. 300.
Breadth just anterior to orbits <yjual to length from line connecting those
points to end of muzzle. Rostral plate twice as broad as high, upper outline
an arc. Seven premaxillary teeth ; maxillaries (in one specimen) 21, of which
six are conic, the third longest, and very few of the remainder more than tri-
cuspid. Crest highest on the nape, where it is composed of high compressed
processes ; on the anterior fourth of the back they become reduced to a me-
dian series of compressed scales, which are undistinguishable behind the
middle of the back. Dorsal scales flat ; tibials and antebrachials slightly
keeled. Tail cylindrical, the whorls with very strong spines, separated by
one series of scales. Foot short, sole not spinous. Length from end of
muzzle to gular fold, 6" 5'" ; from mastoid to mastoid, 3" ; from edge of

1863.]

106 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

fold to vent, \V & /// vent to end of tail, 33" ; posterior extremity, 13" 4'".
Above, light-greyish olive, with or without some transverse yellowish
shades. Three or four black blotches cross the crest, the anterior smallest,
the second also only a spot, but larger, the third transverse, the last largest,
extending behind the axillar round the thorax, which, with the gular region
and anterior extremities, is also black. A black line on each side the nape.
Posteriorly pale, vermiculated and speckled with black, the hinder extremi-
ties coarsely. Abdomen olivaceous grey or yellow, sparsely speckled. Tail
yellowish-browu, with broad brown annuli posteriorly.

Habitat. Cape St. Lucas. One of the most interesting discoveries of Mr.
Xantus, (Xantus Col., No. 789.) This very distinct species belongs to the
same section as C. teres and C. pectinata. Its remarkably short crest
and peculiar coloration are distinguishing features which immediately strike
the eye.

Descriptions of New Species of Birds of the Families YIRE0NID2E and

RALLIDiE.

BY GEO. N. LAWRENCE.

Fam. VIREONIDiE.

1. VlREOSYLVIA ATRIPENNIS.

First primary absent, third and fourth equal and longest, fifth nearly as
long, second and sixth shorter and equal.

Upper plumage olive-green, brownish on the crown of the head ; a broad
line of greyish-olive runs from the bill over and beyond the eye ; under this
line is a blackish mark, occupying the lores and a space behind the eye, in-
cluding the eyelids ; cheeks greyish-olive, bordered by a well-defined blackish
line, running from the lower mandible down the side of the neck ; tail greyish-
black, broadly margined on the outer webs above with olive-green, and with
the inner webs underneath edged with pale yellowish-white ; quills black,
edged with olive-green ; under wing coverts pale yellowish white, inner mar-
gins of quills greyish-white ; throat greyish-white ; breast and abdomen pale
yellowish-white, olivaceous on the sides ; under tail coverts pale yellowish-
white ; upper mandible dark horn-color, the under paler ; tarsi and feet black.
Length of skin 6| in. ; wing 3 3 ; tail 2 ; bill $ ; tarsi f .

Habitat. Sombrero Island, W. I.

It somewhat resembles V. altiloqua, but is apparently a stouter species, the
bill is rather larger and stronger, although not so broad at the base, the throat
is grey instead of white, but the most distinguishing character is the black
quill feathers.

This species was the only land bird in a small collection put in my hands
for examination by Prof. C. A. Joy, of Columbia College, N. Y. These birds
were collected by Mr. Alexis A. Julien, on the Guano Island of Sombrero, one
of the easternmost of the group, known as. the Virgin Isles. I expect to re-
ceive from him a more extended series of the birds inhabiting that island, and
to give a catalogue of them, should they prove of sufficient interest.

Fam. RALLIDiE.

2. CORETHRURA GaUTEMALENSIS.

Adult. Upper plumage brownish-rufous, brighter on the wings, and more
brown on the head ; tail dark rufous-brown ; quills dark liver-brown, with
faint edgings of rufous ; the under plumage is of a deeper and brighter brown-
ish-rufous, lighter on the chin ; sides dusky ; under wing coverts dusky-brown ;
bill dark horn-color, pale at the end ; the legs appear to have been flesh-color.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 107

A younger specimen has the plumage above not quite so bright, and the
under of a lighter brown, ashy on the middle of the abdomen and on the throat.
Length to end of tail about 8 in. ; wing 4f ; tail 2 ; bill 1 ; tarsi If.
Habitat. Guatemala.

3. Aramides axillaris.

Chin and throat white, entire head besides, neck, breast and abdomen, of a
bright chestnut-red, lighter on the sides of the head ; lower part of abdomen
and thighs dark greyish-cinereous ; upper part of back bluish-cinereous, mid-
dle of back olive-green ; rump deep chocolate-brown, deepening to brownish
black on the tail coverts ; tail deep brownish-black ; primaries bright cinnamon-
red, slightly dusky at their ends ; the secondaries are liver-brown on their
inner webs, and on the outer greenish olive-brown ; the tertials and wing
coverts are of the same color as the back ; under wing coverts and axillaries
black, narrowly banded with white ; sides under the wings and under tail
coverts brownish-black ; bill dusky-olive on the sides for two-thirds its length,
the remainder yellowish white ; legs and feet clear vermilion, of a rather light
color, and in the specimen before me translucent.

Length about 13 in. ; wing 6 ; tail 2| ; bill If; tarsi 2 J.

Habitat. Barranquilla, New Granada, collected by Geo. Crowther, Esq.

The toes of this species are short, and together with the tarsi, quite slender.
It does not appear to resemble any of the described species that I have exa-
mined.

Description of New Species of NORTH AMERICAN FEDIFALFI.
BY DR. H. C. WOOD, JR.

SCOKPUTS ALLENII.

S. saturate brunneo-castaneus, laevis, venuste politus; cephalothorace antico
distincte emarginato ; palpi modicis ; manibus magnis, subquadrangulatis,
latis, vix creuatis, sparse punctatis ; digitis robustis, modice brevibus, fere
rude punctatis, curvatis ; oculis lateralibus fere sequalibus ; cauda breve, valde
crenulata ; spiculo brevissimo, subuncinato, sine spinulo basali ; pectinis
dentibus fere 7.

The dorsum is beautifully polished, and not at all tuberculate. The palpi
are of medium size. The second joint has all of its borders, except the postero-
inferior, crenulate. The third has only its supero-anterior crenate. Its anterior
face is complanate ; its posterior convex. The hands are rather thin, some-
what cordate, subquadrangular, and faintly marked with divisions between
eight facets. The anterior border is thin and convex. The fingers are very
robust, almost rudely punctate, rather short, and ornamented with a few long
hairs. Their opposing margins are minutely denticulate. The tail is short ; in
the female not so long as the body. The first joint is broader than long. It has
both the superior and the supero-lateral crests crenulate. The third and fourth
have also the infero-lateral distinctly crenate. The inferior crests are crenulate
on the fourth. The penultimate joint is elongate ; its lower surface is tuber-
culate ; its single median inferior and infero-lateral crests strongly dentate.
The terminal joint is elongate ; its superior surface is complanate and triangu-
lar ; its inferior convex, and marked with a dark median stripe. The sternal
plate is pentangular. It affords me great pleasure to dedicate this species to
my friend and co-laborer, Dr. H. Allen, U. S. A.

Length of body, tf 6 lines, 9 9 li nes : of tail, tf 8 lines, $ 8 lines.
Hab. Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. J. Xantus de Vesey.

BUTHUS EXILICAUDA.

B. dilute aurantiaco-brunneus, interdum obscure maculatus ; dorso tuber-
culis parvis asperato ; cephalothorace antico late sed baud profunde emargi-
1863.]

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

nato ; palpi nonnihil gracilibus, subelongatis ; manibus parvissiniis ; digi-
tis valde elongatis, gracilibus, curvatis ; cauda gracile, nonnihil elongata ;
spiculo modice longo, valde curvato, sine spinulo basili ; pectinis dentibus
fere 18.

The cephalothorax is medianly canaliculate, and anteriorly broadly but
very shallowly emarginate. The lateral eyes are arranged in a straight or
nearly straight series. The palpi have their surface quite rough, and are
somewhat elongate and slender. The second article has four minutely crenu-
late crests, besides minute tubercles on its anterior face. The third has five
ridges, besides larger tubercles on its front surface. The anterior aspect of the
hand is very convex. The posterior border is ornamented by an obsoletely
crenulate ridge. The opposing margins of the fingers are armed with obliquely
longitudinal imbricated rows of minute teeth, with a series of distant larger
ones on either side. The caudal surface is rough. The first joint has very
minutely denticulate superior, supero-, median, infero-lateral, and inferior
ridges. The next three articles have the same crests, excepting the median
lateral. There are generally no distinct ridges on the penultimate segment.
The last joint is short, and very narrow, but quite thick. Its superior aspect
is not complanate ; its inferior is strongly convex. The lower surface of the
tail is generally marked with a median longitudinal stripe. The sternal plate
is triangular, with its apex truncate.

Length of body, J> 7 lines, $ 8 lines : of tail, ^ 13 lines, $ 12 lines.

Hab. Lower California. Smithsonian Museum.

B. HIRSUTUS.

B. brunneus ; palpi, pedibus caudaque dilute aurantiacis, longe pilosis ;
cephalothorace lato, margine antico non solum baud emarginato sed etiam
convexo ; oculis lateralibus in serie valde curvata dispositis ; palpibus crassi-
bus, marginibus nonnihil crenulatis ; manibus modice tumidis, obsolete sep-
templicatis, marginibus posticis anticisque tuberculatis ; digitis valde elongatis,
robustis, curvatis, obsoletissime plicatis ; pectinis dentibus 25 30 ; abdomine
nonnihil laeve, haud carinato ; spiculo sine spinulo basali.

The common tint of the dorsum is a very dark reddish-brown, but it varies
greatly, in some specimens being as light as the legs, in others even olive. In
the typical pattern, whilst the penultimate caudal segment is of the same
reddish-brown as the body, the terminal is very light. The cephalothorax is
broad, and has its surface minutely granulate. The median furrow is strongly
pronounced, and is intersected by three transverse crosses. The most anterior of
these crosses is at the position of the median ocelli ; the most posterior just in
front of the hinder margin. Rarely these are somewhat obsolete, and some-
times tbey are slightly oblique. The opposing edges of the fingers are armed
with obliquely longitudinal imbricated rows of small teeth, with a series of
larger distant ones on each side. The surfaces of the abdominal scuta are
quite smooth, but their posterior borders are tuberculate. Anteriorly they
are impressed with two crescentic linear furrows. The legs are compressed and
hairy ; their edges are more or less crenulate. The tail is long, massive,
rough and very hairy. At the proximal end of each of the first four joints,
there is a pair of broad, thin, minutely denticulate articular processes. On
the distal extremity of the fourth there is a nondenticulate pair. The su-
perior, supero and median lateral crests of the first four articles are strongly
but irregularly crenate. The median is evanescent, on each, anteriorly. The
inferior and infero-lateral ridges are smooth on the two anterior joints, on the
third they are slightly, on the fourth distinctly crenate. The supero and me-
dian lateral crests of the penultimate segment are strongly crenulate ; the
infero lateral and median inferior strongly denticulate. The last joint is short,
swollen and very hairy. Its articular processes are large, but not dentate.
Its superior surface is triangular, smooth and complanate, or even depressed ;
its inferior is tuberculate, and traversed by two grooves on each side.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

Length of body, 1 5-8 inches : of tail, 2 5-S inches.

Hab. Lower California. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. EJIARGINATICEPS.

B. olivaceo-fulvus ; palpi, pedibus caudaque longe pilosis ; cephalo-
tborace antico late et profundissime emarginato, sed alibi, B. hirsuti illo
simillimo ; palpibus crassibus ; marginibus nonnihil crenulatis ; manibus
modice tumidis, obsolete septemplicatis, marginibus anticis posticisque tuber-
culatis ; pectinis dentibus 30 ; abiomiue nonuib.il lcevi, medio baud carinato ;
spiculo sine spinulo basali.

Tbe color of our single specimen is an olive-yellow tint, witb a very dark
crescentic blotcb at the position of the median eyes. But in this pattern it
does not differ from some individuals of the preceding species. The cephala-
thorax differs from that of B. hirmtus only in one character : In its anterior
border is a very large emargination, which reaches about one-third of the dis-
tance to the melian eyes. The abdomen is precisely like the preceding
species. The tail is perhaps a little less massive. But it also so closely re-
sembles that of B. hirsutus the description of one will answer for the other.

Length of body, 1 5-8 inches : of tail, 2 5-8 inches.

Lower California. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. EtTSTHEXURA.

B. aurantiaco-brunneus ; dorso tuberculis minimis asperato ; cepbalotho-
race hand emarginato, medio canaliculato ; oculis lateralibus utrinque in serie
curvata dispositis ; palpi gracilibus longis, longe sparse pilosis ; manibus
parvis, baud tumidis, subcylindraceis ; cauda modice longa, percrassa ; spi-
culo brevissimo, valde curvato, sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus fere 17.

The surface of the cephalothorax is rough and uneven. The hands are
very small and smooth, with some traces of the eight facets so distinct in E.
punctipalpi. The fingers are about as long as the hand, rather slender, with
their opposing margins armed with a row of very sharp, minute teeth, and
much larger ones placed at intervals on one side of their distal portion. The
legs are somewhat compressed ; very long and slender. The tail, when com-
pared with the boly, is very heavy. On the first four joints the superior and
supero lateral crests are alone serrulate. The superior terminates in a spine,
feebly pronounced on the fourth article. The inferior and infero lateral crests
are distinct, but not crenulate. The penultimate segment has well-marked,
but not crenate, supero and infero lateral ridges, besides a single median infe-
rior and median lateral on their proximal portion. The terminal joint resembles
that of B. punctipalpi, but is much larger and thicker, and not so prolonged
posteriorly. Sternal plate pentangular.

Length of body, $ 7 lines : of tail, tf 13 lines.

Hob. Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. PUNCTIPALPI.

B. aurantiaco-brunneus ; dorso tuberculis minimis asperato ; cephalothorace
medio canaliculato, antico nonnihil emarginato ; palpi dense minutissime
punctatis, nonnihil robustis ; manibus magnis, tumidis, octo faciebus indis-
tincte instructis ? cauda modice longa et crasse ; articulo penultimo longo,
ultimo parvo, supra complanato ; spiculo gracillimo, valde elongato, gradatim
curvato, sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus fere 20.

All of our specimens are immaculate ; some of them shade off in color to-
wards an olive. The lateral eyes, three in number, are generally arranged in
a slightly, but occasionally in a strongly curved line. The cephalothorax,
and, indeed, the whole dorsum is roughened by very numerous minute tuber-
cles. The scuta are more or less distinctly medianly keeled. The joints of
the palpi are irregularly parallelopipedal, with their margins mostly well-

1863.]

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

defined and crenulate. The second joint has on its anterior face one or two
crenate ridges ; its posterior margin is rounded off. The hands are large, and
have only their superior and inferior edges distinctly crenate. The fingers are
robust and moderately long, with their opposing margins armed with a single
row of teeth, with larger ones at regular intervals on one side of their distal
portion. The feet are compressed. The tail is rather robust. The first
three joints have their superior and supero lateral ridges sharply serrate, and
terminating posteriorly in a spine. In the fourth they are the same, except
that the terminal spinule of the supero-lateral crest is wanting. The first
four joints have infero lateral and inferior crests, the former mostly distinctly,
the latter indistinctly (excepting on the posterior segment) serrulate. The
penultimate articulation is long, and armed with distinctly serrulate supero-
lateral, infero-lateral crests, as well as a single median inferior; and on its an-
terior half, central lateral ridges. Its form is that of a parallelopipedon
thinned at its two extremities. The superior surface of the last joint is trian-
gular and complanate ; the inferior is convex. The sting is very long, slender,
and gracefully curved. The sternal plate is pentangular.

Length of body, tf 10 lines, $> 12 lines: of tail, tf 16 lines, $ 14 lines.

Hah. Cape St. Lucas. J. Xantus de Vesey. Smithsonian Museum.

B. SPIMGERtrS.

B. dilute olivaceo-fulvus, fusco vitatus ; cephalothorace antico hand emargi-
nato, medio canaliculato ; oculis lateralibus in serie curvata positis ; palpi
modice robustis, marginibus valde crenulatis ; manibus nonnihil tumidis,
lineis elevatis obsoletis ; digitis nonnihil elongatis, modice curvatis, margini-
bus opponentibus et dentatis et crenulatis ; abdominibus mediis nonnihil
carinatis ; cauda modice breve, robustissima, lineis elevatis denticulatis ; spi-
culo sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus 20 25.

The color of this species varies ; generally each abdominal plate has a dark
brown v or w shaped marking, forming a continuous stripe on each side. This
is obsolete on the cephalothorax. But this distinctness of pattern is often
lost, and the whole body involved in an olive-brown tint. The palpi closely
resemble those of B. boteus, but have the hand not so large, and the facets
and elevated lines not so strongly pronounced. The opposing margins of the
fingers resemble those of that species in their armature, but want the wavy
outline. On each side of the abdominal median line are numerous small black
tubercles, so arranged as to form more or less prominent ridges. There is
also a series of these on the posterior border of each of the abdominal scuta.
The legs and tail are of a dirty yellow color. The anterior four caudal joints
are short and very robust, the breadth of the first three often equalling their
length. These four joints are provided with denticulate superior and supero-
lateral crests. In the anterior three these are of nearly the same length, and
terminate distally in a small spine. In the fourth, the dorsal is only two-
thirds the length of the other raised line, and the joint is then scooped out to
the level of the latter, which does not end in a spine. On the first four
articulations the middle lateral crests are almost entirely obsolete. On the
fifth they are more strongly pronounced. This joint is much more elongate
than the others. Its supero-lateral crests are not so strongly denticulate
as those of the others, and have no spine at their distal extremity. The in-
fero-lateral and inferior crest exist on the first four joints as four black, oc-
casionally somewhat obsolete, ridges, but are not crenulate. On the fifth
both the inferior-lateral and the single median-inferior crests are denticulate.
The sixth caudal joint is somewhat ovate, flattened above, and without ridges.
On the lower surface there exists a faint mesial groove. The sting is slender
and strongly curved.

Length of body, tf 9 one i ncn > f * a ^> ? one inch, two lines ; $ one
inch, four lines.

Hab. Texas. Smithsonian Museum.

[April,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

CENTRURUS PnAIODACTYLUS.

C. brunneo-fulvus; cephalothorace sparse puactato, medio leviter canaliculato,
antico et abbreviate et rotundato et nonnihil emarginato, postico transversa
sulcato ; manibus caudaque venuste politis et pedibus nonnihil pilosis;
palpi robustis, angulis vel valde crenulatis vel denticulatis, articuli tertii
superficie antica spinulo unico (interdum duobus) ; manibus valdissime
tumidis, longis, indistincte octoplicatis ; digitis latis, robustissimis, modice
brevibus, curvatis, marginibus opponentibm acute denticulatis ; pedibus flavis ;
abdomine laeve ; cauda breve, cristis superioribus obsoletis, superficie superi-
ore nonnihil minute granulata ; articulo quarto baud carinato ; articulo
ultimo maxinio, spiculo parvo sine spinulo basali ; pectinis dentibus 7-9.

The cephalothorax is not produced as far anteriorly as is commonly the
case. It is impressed with a faint transverse groove at the position of the
median ocelli, and with another, more distinctly defined, on its posterior
third. These channels separate three pairs of slightly pronounced elevations,
which successively decrease in size from the first. The first joint of the palpi
has all of its margins armed with distinct obtuse denticules, excepting only
the postero-inferior, which is rounded and concave, and crenate only on its
proximal third. The third article is much larger than the second, and has
only its anterior margins crenate. Its posterior surface, as well as that of the
hand, is sparsely and irregularly punctate. The anterior aspect of the hand
is minutely tuberculate. The first joint of the mandibles is very long, almost
always extending as far forward as the cephalothorax, and often much beyond
it. The distal portion of these organs, with the "pincers," is black. The
median eyes are placed upon a single black elevation in the middle third of
the cephalothorax. The first two lateral ocelli are somewhat smaller
than the median ; the third is much smaller ; the fourth is at right angles to
the third, and is still less. The three anterior joints of the tail are short and
rather broad. Their superior crests are entirely, and their supero-lateral al-
most, obsolete ; their inferior and infero-lateral are well-marked and broadly
crenate. All of the ridges of the fourth segment are obsolete. The penulti-
mate joint is elongate and slender. Its lower surface is rough, and has two
strongly, but obtusely denticulate infero-lateral, and a single, median-inferior
crest. The last segment is immensely swollen. Its distal portion is sud-
denly and very strongly contracted, and then inflated slightly again, so as
to form a knob, as it were, on the base of the sting.

Length of body, 1 inches ; of tail, 1 inches.

Hub. Utah Territory. Smithsonian Museum. M. McCarthy, Esq.

Phrtnps asperatipes.

P. dilute aurantiacus saturate rubido-brunneo maculatus ; cephalothorace
lato, reniforme, abdomineque tuberculis parvis sparsis et granulatis minutis
numerosis asperatis ; palpi magnis latis, nonnihil semi-cylindriaceis ; arti-
culi secundi superficie antica et spinulis parvis numerosis et uno vel duobus
majoribus armata ; articuli tertii margine superiore spinis 4, inferiore spinia
5 ; articuli tertio quartique superficiebus posticis tuberculis parvis spinosis in
seriebus rectis dispositis armatis ; illius margine superiore ulterius spinis
maximis 3 et 2-3 modicis instructo ; margine inferiore spinis magnis 2 et
2-3 parvis armato ; articulo quinto spina maxima unica et spinulis modicia
duobus instructo ; femoribus tuberculis spinosis numerosis asperatis.

The color of our single specimen is a very light orange. The cephalothorax
has a median longitudinal sulcus distinct anteriorly, but evanescent posteri-
orly. A short distance behind the centre of the cephalothorax is a well-defined
transverse groove, extending nearly across one-third of its breadth. Posterior
to this, and connected with it by the median sulcus (here very well marked),
is a transverse furrow similar to the other, but only about one-third its length.

1863.]

112 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

The three sulci are of a dark-brown tint. Besides these, there are on each side
of the cephalathorax four dark, but more or less obsolete grooves. At the posi-
tion of the lateral eyes on each side there exists a dark-brown spot, and between
them and the anterior transverse groove is a pair of similarly colored round de-
pressions. The maxillary palpi are of a more decided orange than the body. The
second joint has its anterior face armed with eight or ten very small spines or
spinous tubercles, and one or two larger ones. The spines on the lower margin of
the third joint are longer than those on the upper. On each, the two nearest the
body are much larger and more closely approximated than the others. Between
the margins are a few very small spinules. The spinous tubercles on the upper
portion of the posterior surface are more numerous than those on the lower.
The fourth joint is dilated superiorly in its distal portion : where on the upper
margin are placed three very long acute spines, with two or three much
smaller ones. The lower margin has five spines, three of them being much
smaller than the other two. The moveable finger is very long and acute. The
upper surface of the abdomen has along the mesial line a double row of dark-
brown spots, and on either side a series of blotches of the same color, one on
each scutum. The legs and sides of the abdomen are very rough. The under
surface of the abdomen is smooth.

Huh. Lower California. Smithsonian Museum. J. Xantus de Vesv.

May bth.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

On the Lestris Richardsoni, etc. By Elliott Coues, M. D.

May 12th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Sixteen members present.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata collected by the late Arctic
Expedition under Dr. 1. 1. Hayes. By Win. Stimpson.

Descriptions of the soft parts and embryonic forms of one hundred
and forty-three species of Unionidse of the United States. By
Isaac Lea.

New Exotic Unionidae. By Isaac Lea.

May 19 th.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The Secretary announced the death on the 3d inst., of Col.
Mark W. Ccllet, M. D., aged 36, late a member of the Academy.

The following papers were presented for publication :

Contributions towards a Monography of the Pholadacea, etc., No. 2
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

Descriptions of new species of Fresh Water Mollusca, from Panama.
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.

Description of a new Exotic Melania. By G. W. Tryon, Jr.

Descriptions of new species of fresh water Mollusca, &c. By Geo.
W. Tryon, Jr.

Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. By W. T. March, with remarks,
by S. F. Baird.

On a third kingdom of organized bodies. By T. B. Wilson, M. D.,
and John Cassin.

Descriptions of fourteen new species of Melanidoe and one Paludina.
By Isaac Lea.

May 2Qth.
The President, Mr Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

On Report of the respective committees, the two papers of Mr. Lea,
read May 12th, were ordered to be published in the Journal, and the
following were ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

On a Third Kingdom of Organized Beings.
BY THOMAS B. WILSON, M. D., AND JOHN CASSIN.

The classification of the lower forms of organized beings, on the assumption
that they ought to be assigned to either the animal or the vegetable kingdom,
has presented difficulties to naturalists which have proved insurmountable.
The position of entire groups remains, apparently, as uncertain and undeter-
mined in this respect as it ever was, and the conclusions and opinions of
authors are so various that it is palpable that no considerable approach has
been made to the solution of the questions involved, notwithstanding much
very careful and accurate investigation and patient research. The difficulty
probably originates in the first assumption, that all organized or living beings
are referable to two great groups only, an assumption and presupposition of
almost universal prevalence, but in which men of science seem to have been
contented to adopt popular belief and to accept the usual and popular appli-
cation of language. There are, very probably, three kingdoms or great pri-
mary groups of organized beings, as distinct from each other as any subordi-
nate groups and as readily defined by valid and recognizable characters.

Whatever may be the solution, ultimately, of the very important questions
relating to the primary, and at present unknown, principles under which the
normal and inherent forces of Nature first assume that mysterious tension or
condition, of which life is the immediate result, it is evident and unmistaka-
ble that this extraordinary tension manifests itself and operates under such
controlling laws that its results are determinate and uniform. Taking on
themselves isolation from the great mass of inorganic Nature, though tempo-
rarily only, these forces assume developments which are circumscribed and
specific, though evidently progressive and modified under circumstances coin-
cident with and dependent upon the laws or conditions of existence of organic
life in any geologic period. It has hitherto been assumed, apparently, that
from a point of the first manifestation of life, its progress of evolution or de-
velopment is into two series or great classes of existences, animal and vege-
table, or perhaps into one series only, according to the hypotheses of the
older authors, regarded as the chain of being, from the lowest vegetable to

1863.] 9

114: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

the highest animal. In our opinion it may be demonstrable, that the first
assumption of life manifests itself in objects constituting a primary great
class or kingdom of more simple organization than either the animal or vege-
table kingdom, and possessing also an equally characteristic specialization in
its structure and functions.

The consideration of the question of determinable characters on the assump-
tion of the existence of two primary divisions or kingdoms only may now
safely be regarded as exhausted, without conclusive result or an approxima-
tion to such, sufficient even to obtain general adoption temporarily as a pro-
bable antecedent hypothesis, awaiting demonstration. Much has been at-
tempted and numerous propositions and theoretical definitions have been
thoroughly canvassed, to the end only of showing their insufficiency. Volun-
tary motion and permanent fixedness, the presence or absence of nitrogen,
internal or external stimuli, the differences in the method and substances of
nutrition, and many other problems have, in their attempted solution, failed
to give the desired formula, and there are those who may be presumed to be
well acquainted with all the researches touching questions here alluded to,
who infer summarily that there is no difference radically, or in the lowest
forms of organization in the two kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, as al-
most universally supposed to be constituted. As an example, we cite the
distinguished botanist Professor Lindley, of London, who says, in the Intro-
duction to his standard and well known work on the Natural System of Bo-
tany, " Plants are not separable from animals by any absolute character, the
simplest individuals of either kingdom not being distinguishable by our
senses," (p. 15, New York, 1S31). Of a somewhat similar tenor, but with
an implication more in accordance with our views on this hitherto intricate
subject, is an observation by Professor Owen, of the British Museum : " No-
thing seems easier than to distinguish a plant from an animal, and in common
practice, as regards the more obvious members of both kingdoms, no distinc-
tion is easier ; yet, as the knowledge of their nature has advanced, the diffi-
culty of defining them has increased, and seems now to be insuperable."
(Hunterian Lectures, p. 2, London, 1855.)

Inthe higher developments of the animal and vegetable kingdoms there is
truly the utmost possible readiness of distinction, and this great facility seems
to have led to an inference that the same readiness and facility ought to pre-
vail throughout the two supposed kingdoms. "At first sight," says Professor
Van der Hoeven, "it seems easy to distinguish an animal from a plant, and
even the most unskilled person thinks he has a clear notion of the difference.
Yet it is just his want of knowledge that causes the difference to appear so
prominent, whilst he overlooks the intermediate links, and thinks, for in-
stance, of a dog and a pear tree," (Handbook of Zoology, i. p. 4, Cambridge,
1856). We do by no means admit, however, that the principle here implied
and apparently involved, which seems to be that the higher groups of any
grade, whether kingdoms or other, are more easily recognizable and definable
than the lower, is correct. The truth is, very probably, that the lower forms
in all groups, are, at least, as readily to be assigned to their proper positions
in the natural system as the higher ; possibly more so, in some instances.
In the two kingdoms, Animalia and Vegetabilia, there is no difficulty with
forms properly belonging to either of them, and of either high or low grade
of development. The difficulty and, in fact, impossibility hitherto has
been with organizations inferior to both, and properly belonging to neither.
Though in an early zoological epoch the corals and other groups may have
been regarded as of doubtful status, there is at present no group in either the
animal or vegetable kingdom, rightly defined, which, in our opinion, presents
any doubt or difficulty in its being assigned to either one or the other, and,
probably, very generally, nearly correctly according to its actual or relative
rharacters and its affinities.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

There are clearly recognizable characters distinguishing the two primary
divisions, or first duality of natural productions, organic and inorganic bodies,
or, as Linnaeus judiciously terms them, corpora organisata and corpora con-
pesta, and all the subordinate groups and species of either, necessarily possess
characters in common, though exhibiting themselves in degrees of modifica-
tions vastly diversified and numerous. In the former, or great organic di-
vision, the definition of the common characters are of course implied in the
term organic, and on the degrees and modifications of organization, whether
indicating what may be termed higher or lower development ; whether clearly
marking or only obscurely indicating inferior groups of whatever grade or
value ; or whether presenting very prominent or very obscure modifications,
with or without apparent object or relations on these degrees or modifica-
tions of organization or structure rest all classification, and all the great pri-
mary facts of independent existences, as presented to the human faculties,
whether of observation or reason. We hold it to be altogether probable, and
perhaps demonstrable, that all groups, of whatever grade or position, possess
positive or relative characters dependent on, and exponating their degree of
organization, and which characters absolutely establish and advertise then-
status in Nature. We hold, too, that all such groups admit of description,
and equally absolute or relative definition in language. Such is, and has
always been, the practical faith of naturalists, whatever their theories, the
accuracy of their observations, the extent and precision of their knowledge,
or their deficiencies in either, and this faith is very probably quite truthful,
and immutably founded on one important aspect of the relations of the ex-
ternal universe to the human mind, mutually questioning and responding,
calling to each other and answering gladly, as it were, like an echo. All the
processes of naturalists, systematic or descriptive, are based on the assump-
tion of the practicability of definition, and of groups, and of species alike.
Any other course, or any other assumption, would be assuredly unreasonable
and illogical, and destructive to the advancement of knowledge and of science.
" We must trust the perfection of the Creation so far," says a distinguished
author, " as to believe that whatever curiosity the order of things has awak-
ened in our minds, the order of things can satisfy." (Nature, an Essay, by
R. W. Emerson.)

The organization of all beings, of which life is the essential character, seems to
present three very distinct grades or specializations of development, and ap-
parently indicates a classification based on such specialized development or
the characteristic organs and functions of each grade. In our opinion the
specialized organs and functions in each of these grades of development
present sufficient and exclusive characters, admitting of being defined
and applied readily as the real characteristics of three great primary di-
visions or kingdoms of Nature. The term, specialized, has been used by
Professor Owen with reference to the two kingdoms, Animal and Vegetable,
and in nearly the same sense that it is used by us. He says, most truly :
''But the two divisions of organisms, called 'plants' and 'animals,' are
specialized members of the great natural group of living things." (Palaeon-
tology, p. 4.) The three great groups which we hold to be the primary di-
visions or kingdoms of organic life, present, essentially as characters or spe-
cializations of development, the prominence, or dominant prevalence of the
Reproductive System, the Nutritive System and the Nervous System and their
functions.

The organs and corresponding functions which seem to characterize these
three kingdoms, and to become specialized and dominant in the organization
of each, are as follows :

1. Organs for the continuation of the species, the function of which is Re-
production.

1863.]

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

2. Organs for the preservation of the individual, the function of which is
Nutrition.

3. Organs for external relations and self-consciousness, the function of
which is Sensation.

The Reproductive and Nutritive functions are common to all organized
beings, and so, probably, also is the Sentient function, though manifesting
itself only in an incipient or rudimentary manner. The Reproductive func-
tion, however, beginning with mere cellular conjugation, becomes specialized
first in a great group of organized beings of more simple structure than either
Vegetables or Animals, which we regard as eminently and demonstrably a
primary division or kingdom, and apply to it the name Primalia. In this
kingdom organs of Reproduction are temporarily formed, and no other. In
the Vegetabilia, those organs become of greatly increased importance, though
not permanent, and in the Animalia they present a still higher organization ,
and in the higher sub-kingdoms attain permanency of structure.

The Nutritive function, beginning also in the cellular structure of our king-
dom Primalia, is in that group quite rudimentary, so far as relates to spe-
cialization of organs, but in the kingdom Vegetabilia, this function and the
organs performing it, especially the organs of respiration and circulation, be-
come specialized and assume an extraordinary degree of development. As-
cending to the kingdom Animalia, the organs of Nutrition become more
numerous and more highly organized in their structure, but the organs of
Respiration are not developed to such extent as in the Vegetabilia.

That the Sentient function is also common to all organized bodies is pre-
sumable, or to be inferred only, from the fact that it is manifested in greater
or less degree in the two first kingdoms, Primalia and Vegetabilia, in sensi-
bility to light, to thermal or to meteorological influences, and occasionally to
other external influences. It i9, however, generally held by Anatomists, but
not without exception, that no organs of sensation are demonstrable in either
our group, Primalia, or in the Vegetabilia. In the kingdom Animalia, and in
that kingdom only, these organs are palpably most highly developed and
specialized in the Nervous System. We recapitulate our views in the form
of a corollary :

1. The Reproductive organs are first specialized in the kingdom Primalia.

2. The Nutritive organs are first specialized in the kingdom Vegetabilia.

3. The Sentient organs are first specialized in the kingdom Animalia.

The possession of an organization exclusively providing for Nutrition and
Reproduction characterizes the first and most simple forms of life. This or-
ganization for Nutrition and Reproduction, and these functions only, is the
especial character of the first of the three primary divisions or kingdoms of
organized beings, the kingdom which we have named Primalia. In that
group there are no other organs than those performing the function of Re-
production, and the structure is exclusively cellular without vascularity ; or,
perhaps it may be more properly stated to consist of mere unicellular ag-
gregation. The possession of organs for, and the first development of the
function of Reproduction is the specialization of this kingdom.

The next great division or kingdom is marked by the high development of
the organs performing the functions of Nutrition and the superposition or
superaddition of organs providing for the co-operative or identical functions
of Respiration and Circulation. The possession of organs providing for Nu-
trition and Reproduction, Respiration and Circulation, and these only, char-
acterizes the great group of Vegetables or kingdom Vegetabilia. In this group
the vascular structure appears for the first time and continues to characterize
it in all its modifications. The possession of organs for performance of the
function of Nutrition in its highest development is the specialization of the
kingdom Vegetabilia.

The last or most highly organized kingdom presents an exclusive and pecu-

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 117

Mar character in the nervous system and its sphere of functions, embracing all
the operations and relations of the senses and of the muscular system, super-
added to the organs and the functions of the two preceding groups. The pos-
session of organs for Nutrition and Reproduction, Circulation and Respiration,
and for Sentiency, Voluntary motion, and all other functions and relations of the
Nervous System, characterizes the great kingdom Animalia, Its specializa-
tions is the possession of and the high development of the Nervous System.

In imitation of the Liunaean formula these three kingdoms may be charac-
terized as follows :
Animalia, corpora organisita, generantia, spirantia et sentientia.
Vegetabilia, corpora organisita, generantia, spirantia, non sentientia,
Primalia, corpora organisita, generantia, non spirantia, nee sentientia.
As above intimated, the difficulty in the hitherto attempted definitions and
in the systematic arrangement of the kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, on
the antecedent supposition that these two kingdoms ought to include all or-
ganisms that now exist, or have ever existed, has arisen from the impossibility
of incorporating indisputably into either, many of those belonging to our
third kingdom, Primalia. It is composed of orders and classes of existences,
of which some have been very generally assigned to the Animal, and others
to the Vegetable kingdom ; and others again which have been variously and
doubtfully regarded as belonging to one or the other. All organisms included
in this kingdom are of cellular structure only, and possess the functions of
Nutrition and Reproduction, as above defined, and no other; and all the groups
properly of this kingdom are, in our opinion, readily demonstrable, as having
a greater degree of relationship to each other than to any groups whatever
in the other two kingdoms. This circumstance is held, very properly, as of
the first importance in all classifications. With this first, but quite inde-
pendent great group recognized and understood, there is, very probably, no
difficulty whatever in readily defining not only the three great groups of or-
ganized beings, existing in Nature, but all subordinate groups belonging to
either. We regard our third group as a Kingdom, and of the same rank or
grade in classification as the two great groups which are universally admitted
by naturalists under that designation.

It is now a matter of common information to men of science that all organ-
ized existences are composed of, and resolvable ultimately, by anatomical and
microscopical analysis, into cells, and that the cellular structure prevails as a
primary form or basis of organization alike in the most simple and in the
most complicated organisms. Those cells seem to be the very first forms of
organization and life, and possess a singularly independent vitality and
power of increase or reproduction, whether isolated, or nearly so, or existing
in any amount or form of aggregation in the higher vegetables or animals.
They seem to be even capable of assuming, or re-assuming, individual and inde-
pendent existence after having been previously and originally merged or ag-
gregated in the vascular structure of the two higher kingdoms, Vegetabilia
and Animalia, as well as in the lower non-vascular kingdom, Primalia. This
seems to be the case in what are termed animal and vegetable infusions.

The organisms constituting the kingdom Primalia are essentially to be re-
garded as aggregations of cells entirely capable of nutrition and propagation,
or increase, but without any part of their structure being traceable as vascu-
lar in any degree. These organisms are the primary forms of life and organ-
ization, and have not the distinctive characters or "super-additions," as termed
by Professor Owen, of London, of either plants or animals. " When a certain
number of characters concur in tLe same organism," says that learned gen-
tleman, " its title to be regarded as a ' plant,' or an ' animal,' may be readily
and indubitably recognized ; but there are very numerous living beings, es-
pecially those that retain the form of nucleated cells, which manifest the
common organic characters, but without the distinctive superadditions of either

1863.]

113 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

kingdom. Such organisms are the Diatomacece, Desmidea, Protococci, Volvo-
cince, Vibriones, Astasias, Thalassicolce and Sponr/ice, all of which retain the
character of the organized fundamental cell, with comparatively little change
or superaddition." (Hunterian Lectures, p. 8, London, 1855.)

It is, in our opinion, quite expedient and reasonable to inquire whether
either of the groups here mentioned, or any other, can possibly belong to the
Animal or Vegetable Kingdom, without possessing " the distinctive superad-
ditions of either." The indication in our opinion, is quite clear that these
groups really do not belong to either, but t a third kingdom, not possessing,
and definable without, those superadditions, and which we have above desig-
nated. In his "Palaeontology," a work of later date than that just quoted,
Professor Owen seems to have finally conclnded that the forms mentioned
in the above citation do not belong to either of the kingdoms Animalia or
Vegetabilia, and consequently he groups them into a kingdom for which he
adopts the name Protozoa, (from Professor Goldfuss, Handbuch der Zool-
ogie I. p xi. Nurnberg, 1820,) and says, "But the two divisions of organisms
called ' plants,' and ' animals,' are specialized members of the great natural
group of living things, and there are numerous beings, mostly of minute size,
and retaining the forms of nucleated cells, which manifest the common or-
ganic character, but without the distinctive superadditions of true plants or
auimals. Such organisms are called ' Protozoa,' and include the Sponges
or Amorphozoa, the Foraminifera or Rhizopods, Polycystineae, the Diatomace \
Desmidiee, GregarincB, and most of the so-called Poh/gastria, of Ehrenberg, or
infusorial animalcules of older authors." (Palaeontology, p. 4, and Index, p. v.)

The very appropriate term Protozoa is admissible for the group designated
by Professor Owen, though the group or kingdom is very much restricted by
him, and different from the group defined by Professor Goldfuss, and of en-
tirely different grade or value. The latter learned naturalist divides all or-
ganized beings into two sections, which he does not name, but which are the
same as the divisions now well known as the Vertebrata and Invertebrata of
Cuvier. He arranges the whole into eleven classes, of which Protozoa is the
first, and Mammalia the eleventh class. The division of the class Protozoa
is into four orders, Infusoria, Pkytozoa, Lithozoa and Medusince, which embrace
sixteen families, or four families each, and include in the aggregate what
must now be regarded as a very heterogeneous group, properly to be dis-
tributed into all three of the organized kingdoms. The Protozoa are regarded
by Professor Goldfuss as true animals. Professor Owen adopts the name for
his group as restricted, quite properly, acccording to the usages of naturalists,
the whole of it having been previously included in his class Protozoa by Pro-
fessor Goldfuss.

We have been thus particular in alluding to the term Protozoa, admitting
its excellence, and willing to express freely our regret that we do not consider
it proper to adopt it as the name of our first kingdom, on account of its having
been applied originally to a group very different in all particulars. The king-
dom now proposed by us, and which, in our opinion, is a natural and primary
division, is composed of the following inferior groups :
1. Kingdom Primalia.

1. Sub Kingdom Algae.

2. ' ' Lichenes.

3. " Fungi.

4. " Spongiae.

5. " Conjugata.

All of these groups are composed of organisms which are non-vascular and
without organs of Respiration or Circulation ; and the kingdom Primalia con-
tains all such organisms known to exist in Nature. But a comparatively small
number of those belonging to our group Primalia are arranged by Professor
Goldfuss in his Class Protozoa, but we regard it as containing the whole of the

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 110

Kingdom Protozoa of Professor Owen, and other large groups, as above desig-
nated.

The evident and insurmountable difficulty in arranging well known groups of
inferior organization on the preconceived idea of the existence of two king-
doms only, and that tho-e inferior groups must belong to one or the other,
has led several naturalists into suggestions and propositions relating to a
third kingdom, or other group of high grade. Usually, and, in fact, in nearly
all instances, those suggestions take the form of mere intimations, or rather
doubtfully expressed opinions that a third group is possible, and in the large
majority of cases the intimation relates to the supposed existence of forms
and groups intermediate between animals and vegetables. Occasionally doubts
are clearly stated as to the propriety of regarding some specified forms as be-
longing to either of the two great groups commonly received, and in a few
cases the division of organized nature into three great primary groups, or
kingdoms, has been proposed and presented in detail.

The proposition of M. Bory de Saint Vincent is one of the most clearly de-
fined. That distinguished naturalist, in " Dictionnaire Classique D'Histoire
Naturelle," (vol. viii. p. 2-16,)* establishes an additional intermediate king-
dom which he denominates " Regne Psychodiaire," and gives his conclusions
on the existence of this third, but intermediate, kingdom in a very lucid and
satisfactory manner, and with entirely judicious and proper minuteness of detail
on such an important proposition. His views are mainly based on the fact that
some organisms assume, at periods or stages of their existence, characters of
both animals and vegetables, or, as he expresses himself, even of animals
and minerals. He says : " Tous ces etres qui sont a la fois, des Animaux,
des Plantes ou des Mineraux, et qui ne peuvent consequemment rentrer d'une
maniere exclusive dans l'uu des trois regnes adoptes jusqu'ici, ne doivent-ils
pas former un regne nouveau dont plusieurs naturalistes out deja reclame
l'etablissement, et que nous avons le premier propose de fonder sous le nom
de Psychodiaire." In volume xiv. of the same work, (Dictionnaire Clas-
sique,) M. de Saint Vincent fully defines and expresses his conclusions in re-
lation to his proposed new kingdom, (p. 329). He divides it into three classes,
to which he applies the names " les Ichnozoaires, les Phytozoaires et les Litho-
zoaries," the first of which groups embraces "les Polypes nus de Cuvier,"
and the second and third, the groups of organisms previously known as
Zoophytes and Lithophytes as his proposed names indicate. Mainly the king-
dom Psychodiaire of M. de Saint Vincent is identical with the Class Protozoa,
of Prof. Goldfuss and subsequent authors, the difference being essentially that
the former regards his proposed kingdom as a great group, equal in grade to
the kingdoms Animalia and Vegetabilia, and intermediate between the two,
while 'the latter regards his group only as a class of the Animal kingdom, and
the first and least complex in organization of his eleven divisions of the
grade of classes.

This is, so far as our knowledge extends, the first arrangement or classifi-
casion in Natural History in which three primary groups of organized beings
are distinctly proposed. M. de Saint Vincent also proposes an additional in-
organic kingdom, which he names the " Regne Ethere."

In an article in the "Edinburgh New PhilosophicalJournal," vol. xii. new
series (p. 216,) "On the distinctions of a Plant and an Animal, and on a
fourth kingdom of Nature," by Mr. John Hogg, a British Naturalist, who has
devoted much attention to the lower organisms, that gentleman proposes the
name " Primi<jenum' n for the group established by Professor Owen, under the
name " Protozoa." He does not, however, propose any change in the classes,

*The date on the title page of this volume is 1S25, but it is quoted and referred to by M. de Saint
Vincent himself in Encyclopedia Methodique, supplementary volume on ' Hist. Nat. des
Zoophytes," which is dated 1S24 (p. 057). His views are niu.it fully expressed, subsequently, in
Diet. Class., vol. xiv. p. 329 (1828).

1863.] '

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

or other constituent groups of the "Kingdom Protozoa,'''' as defined by Pro-
fessor Owen. He says: "The word Protozoa, i. e. first or early animals,
which was formed by a foreign naturalist, can alone include those that are ad-
mitted by all to be animals, or zoa, which are already members of and in-
cluded in the kingdom Animalia, and not those concerning which it is doubtful
whether they be not rather plants, or phyta." The " Reguum Primigenum,"
according to Mr. Hogg, contains "all the lower creatures, or the primary or-
ganic beings ' Protoctista' both Protophyta, or those considered now by
many as lower or primary beings, having more the nature of plants, and Pro-
tozoa, or such as are esteemed as lower or primary beings, having rather the
nature of animals " He alludes, however, exclusively to the groups men-
tioned by Professor Owen, previously cited in this paper as constituting his
"Kingdom Protozoa."

The idea of intermediate groups partaking of the nature of both animals
and plants has been very extensively entertained, and from it seems to have
originated such terms as Zoophyta, Phytozoa, and others of similar meaning,
adopted from ancient authors. Generally, however, in the older authors the
allusion is mainly to forma only as intermediate, but there are numerous ex-
pressions in the works of naturalists of all times, which show a suspicion that
organisms exist which are not to be regarded properly as either animal or
vegetable in their structure and nature. The well known expression of Pliny
is to this purpose: " Equidem et his inesse sensum abitror, qua? neque ani-
malium, neque fructicum, sed tertium quamdam ex utroqne naturam habent :
urticis dico etspongiis." (Nat. Hist., Book ix. chap. 68.) This paragraph
has attracted much attention.

The great descriptive and literary naturalist, Buffon, frequently expresses
opinions on this subjeet, from which are the following :

"Mais, comme nous l'avons deja dis plus d'une fois, ces lignes de separa-
tion n'existent point dans la Nature, il y a des etres qui ne sont ni animaux,
ni vegetaux, ni mineraux, et qu'on tenteroit vainement de rapporter aux
uns ou aux autres ;"...." comme on veut absolument que toutetre
vivant soit un animal ou une plante, on croiroit n'avoir pas bien connu un
etre organise si on ne le rapportoit pas a Tun ou a l'autre de ces noms gener-
aux, tandis qu'il doit y avoir, et qu'en effet il y a une grande quantite d'etres
organises qui ne sont ni Pun ni l'autre." (Vol. iv. p. 252, Paris, 1776.)

This celebrated author previously had expressed himself in a manner gen-
erally coinciding and consistent with the preceding paragraph. We cite ear-
lier passages from the same volume, not only for our present purpose, but in-
cidentally, as singularly illustrative of the very small progress on this subject
from that time to the present :

" Cet examen nous conduit a reconnoitre evidemment qu'il n'y aaucune dif-
ference absolument essentielle & generale entre les animaux & les vegetaux,
mais que la Nature descend par degres & par nuances imperceptibles d'un qui
nous paroit le plus parfait a celui qui Pestle moins, & de celui-ciau vegetal."
(Vol. iv. p. 8.)

" On peut done assurer avee plus de fondement encore, que les animaux &
les vegetaux sont des etres du meme ordre, & que la Nature semble avoir
passe des tins aux autres par des nuances insensibles, puisqu'ils ont entr'eux
des ressemblancesessentielles & generales, & qu'ils n'ont aucune difference
qu'on puisse regarder comme telle." (Vol. iv. p. 9.)

The learned Daubenton also has occasional or incidental observations of a
similar purport, the following of which is one of the most remarkable :

" Les polypes, l'acetabule, les animaux des infusions n'ont-ils pas une or-
ganisation assez diflvrente de celle de la plupart des animaux pour avoir un
autre nom ? Les conserves, les champignons, les moisissures, les lichens
sont-ils de vraies plantes ? Je pourrois rapporter ici beaucoup d'autres obser-
vations qui tendent a prouver qu'il y a une tres-grande quantite d'etres organ-

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

ises que ne sont ni de vraies plantes, ni de vrais anitnaux. Ce n'est qu'a.
force d'observations et de meditations que l'on pourra distinguer clairement
les vraies plantes et les vrais animaux des autres etres organises qui en different
assez pour avoir une autre determination et uu autre rang dans la division
methodique des productions de la nature." (Seances des Ecoles Normales,
tome v. p. 277.)

We cite these authors only for the general purpose of illustrating the usual
style of the suggestions and opinions frequently to be met with. Purposely,
at present, we do not extend extracts of this description, nor give any such
from living authors.

On the LESTRIS RICHARDSON/I of Swainson ; with a Critical Review of the

Subfamily LESTRIDINJE.

BY ELLIOTT COUES, M.D., U.S.A.

In the year 1831, a Jager was described and figured in the Fauna Boreali-
Americana, under the name of " Lestris Richardsoni Swains." This bird has
been generally supposed to be the true parasitica of Briinnich, in the now
well known fusco-unicolor state of plumage which all the species of Stercora-
rius pass through in arriving at maturity. Consequently, the name "Richard-
soni " has been employed for the common Jager, especially by American
writers, to the exclusion of the prior name "parasitica," of Briinnich.

Examination of the works of Temminck, who, at the time in which he
wrote, probably knew more about Jagers than almost any author, will show
how this misapplication of a name became general.

In his edition of 1820, he is acquainted with but a single species of Lestris,
(besides catarractes and pomarinus,) which he calls "parasitica Briinn." His
description of the latter is made up of a mixture of the characters of parasitica
and Buffoni ; and the synonyms of the two are indiscriminately adduced.

In his edition of 1840, he recognizes the distinctions between the two
species parasitica and Buffoni; but, unfortunately, he calls the true parasitica
"Richardsoni," adducing the proper synonyms of the species under that
name ; while he describes the true Buffoni under the name of "parasitica.'"
He is thus fully aware of his mistake of 1820 ; for (page 498) he makes the
following "Remarque : Comme notre article du stercoraire parasite oulabbe
du manuel p. 796, renferme, ainsi qu'il vient d'etre dit, les synonymes de deux
especes distiuctes, (le stercoraire a filets subules courts, et le stercoraire a
longs filets,) il est necessaire de refaire en totalite toutes les indications sur ces
deux especes."

But, believing Swainson's bird to be the same as the parasitica, he says
(page 492), in defence of the nomenclature adopted: "Shortly after the
publication of the second edition of the Manual, of 1820, we became aware of
the error in our article on Lestris parasitica, where the description and
synonymy of two distinct species are confounded. Guided by Boie's observa-
tions, we had applied the name parasitica to the small Jager with short tail
feathers, proposing to adopt for the one with long tail feathers (the labbe a
longe queue of Buffon,) the name Buffoni ; but since some English authors,*
led into error by our article, have thought that they have discovered in our
parasitica & new species, which they call " Richardsoni," we are obliged to
adopt their mistake, sanctioned as it is by several naturalists, and in many
collections. Being, then, confident that Lestris Richardsoni is really the same
with our L. parasitica, with short tail feathers, . . . we adopt here the
first of these names for the short-tailed Jager, leaving to the long-tailed species

* i. e., Swainson, and others.

1863.]

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the appellation of parasitica : for we take it, names and priority of discovery
are not of the last importance ; all that is necessary is to be understood when
we talk of species ; and for this purpose, a name sanctioned by usage, and
which does not cause confusion, is far better than one which has nothing to
recommend it but its priority of date."

It was by this somewhat heterodox reasoning on the subject of nomenclature,
that Temminck adopted for the common Jager the name of " Pdchardsoni,"
and turned over the name "parasitica" to the long-tailed species. His ex-
ample has been very generally followed, as will be seen by consulting the
synonyms given in this paper. I am inclined to the opinion, however, that
Swainson's bird may be a distinct species from the old parasitica of Brtinnich,
upon the following grounds :

In the very extensive series of Jagers in the Museum of the Smithsonian
Institution, there are several specimens which agree among themselves in the
possession of some characters which differ considerably from those of the
typical parasitica. The whole bird is considerably larger, the difference in
the wing from the flexure amounting to nearly or quite an inch, and propor-
tionate discrepancies existing in the tarsi and toes. The bill is longer, (though
not stouter;) its nail longer compared with the ceral portion, and its convex-
ity more gradual. The most marked features, however, lie in the tail. While
the relative proportions of the lateral feathers to the central pair are much as
in parasitica, the whole tail is longer, more graduated, and the individual
feathers somewhat broader. From the insertion to the tips of the pair of
feathers next the central, measures in parasitica about 5^ inches ; in " Rich-
ardsoni " about 6 J. A proportionate difference exists in the absolute total
length of the central pair ; though their relative lengths do not differ appre-
ciably. The tail of the specimens under consideration is more graduated,
the amount of graduation being nearly an inch, instead of about half an inch,
as in parasitica. The central pair seem broader than in parasitica, and
somewhat of a different shape ; and the same may be said, though less mark-
edly, of the lateral feathers. Comparing some of these specimens which are
in the dusky stage with the corresponding state of plumage of parasitica, I
find the dusky to be much darker, in fact, quite of a blackish rather than of
a fuliginous hue. No other differences are appreciable.

These specimens agree minutely with the plate and description of what
Swainson called " Richardsoni," so that there cannot be the slightest doubt
of the propriety of referring them to that species. The only question is, are
the differences above detailed sufficient to constitute specific distinctions ?

Bonaparte, in his Conspectus, ii. page 209, gives a form or variety of
parasitica thus : " a. L. coprotheres Briinn. ; Rkhardsoni Swains. . . ex
bor. Eur. et Am. Omni tempore et setate obscure unicolor." Swainson's figure
also represents the bird in this /wsco-j/ni'co/or stage ; he perhaps thinking that
this feature formed a distinctive character. This, however, cannot be the
case ; and I wish to be distinctly understood as throwing this out of considera-
tion altogether in discussing the claims of the bird to specific distinction,
since it is now certain that this dusky stage is merely an evidence of immatur-
ity ; and that the bird, when adult, will have the white neck all round, and
white underparts, exactly as in parasitica. If it is to be separated at all, this
is to be done upon the grounds of the differences in size and proportion above
detailed, without the least reference to the dusky stage of plumage in which
it is figured by Swainson.

"While I am not thoroughly satisfied of the entire propriety of so doing, I
shall, in the following Review of the subfamily, separate it specifically from
the parasitica; desiring to call attention to it, as at least a well-marked form,
not a dist inct species.

[M

a y>

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

General Considerations.

Before proceeding to speak in detail of the individual species of the Lestri-
dinm, I desire to make a few remarks on the points which at the present day
must be taken more especially into consideration, in carrying on an investi-
gation of this subfamily of birds.

Although the contrary was formerly the case, yet at the present time the
species of Jiigers are pretty definitely ascertained, being better known, in
fact, than the species either of Larince or Sternince. This arises partly from
the fact of the small number of existing species, and partly because most of
the species present really very marked differences, which can hardly be over-
looked by any one examining specimens with an ordinary degree of mental
acumen. With the amount of knowledge which we possess at present, it
would be quite impossible to mistake Buffoni for parasiticus, etc., in
whatever stages of plumage they may be found ; and therefore, except
in one or two instances, I have thought it quite unnecessary to present
any lengthy description or specific characters, for the purpose of separat-
ing one species from another. In a paper like the present, such points seem
quite uncalled for.

At the same time, there is a point concerning which authors are even now
at variance, and which seems to have need of all the light that can be thrown
upon it. I refer to the remarkable changes of plumage which the species of
one of the genera of this subfamily, Stercorarius, undergo in arriving at
maturity, and more particularly that perplexing state in which the bird is
uniformly dusky. From the time when Briinnich, in 1764, institutes a
Catharacta " coprotheres, corpore toto fusco," etc., and then adds: "An a
prsecedenti sexu vel specie diversa ? A quibusdam hsec pro foemina, ilia 127
(parasitica) pro mare habetur, " the question has been an open one. Some
authors have made a distinct species of this stage ; others have given it as a
variety ; others still have considered this plumage indicative of age, or of
season, or of sex. Modern opinions have generally agreed in considering it
as simply an evidence of immaturity, and not a variety, much less a distinct
species. I hope I shall be able to show in the following pages, that this latter
opinion is the correct one, even if I cannot prove exactly what age the dusky
stage is characteristic of, or whether more than one sex participates in it. To
this end, I have gone into detail regarding the various ages of two of the
species, pomarinns and parasiticus.

But there is still another point in the study of the Jiigers, which, being a
matter of more than ordinary difficulty, demands our most patient and
careful investigation. This is the bibliography of the subfamily. Many of the
species were known to the very earliest, even pre-Linnsean, writers on
ornithology ; and, as a natural consequence, the synonymy of the various
species is as intricate, and in as puzzling a state of complication, as perhaps
that of any other group of birds, rendering it a peculiarly difficult task to
unravel the various knotty points which present themselves for our considera-
tion. Fortunately, however, the synonymy of most of the species is rather
intricate, than doubtful ; rendering it possible, perhaps, to present a tolerably
accurate list of references, by careful and patient study. To this part of the
subject in hand I have paid special attention, and it is believed that the lists
of synonyms given are pretty full, and include all the important references.
Others must judge of the accuracy of the citations, each according to his own
views of the subject.

If I seem to have made any uncalled for innovations in nomenclature, I
can only offer as an apology, that it is impossible to conduct an investigation
into the bibliography of the subfamily without seeing that many of the names
in common employ must be superseded, provided we are to pay any attention
to recognized laws of nomenclature.

1863.]

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Family LAR1DM.

Subfamily LESTRIDINJ3.
Of this, the first subfamily of the Laridce, there are at present known to
exist eight species, belonging to two genera. Of these, five v inhabit the
northern, and three the southern hemisphere. The five northern species are
all represented in North America. The following analytical table Will represent
the characters of the species and genera sufficiently well for our present
purposes. The diagnoses are purposely made as brief as possible, only the
most prominent features being noticed.

Analytical Table of the Genera and Species of the Lestridince.

I. Statura maximi, et forma robustissimi. Pedes et rostrum
validi. Tarsus brevior quam digitus medius cum ungue.
Rectrices mediae lata? vix ultra caeteras porrectae Genus Bpphagps.

a. Rostri longitudo poll. 2, et ultra ; altitudo *75. Ad
anguli oris 3-00 poll. Ex maria arctica B. skua.

b. Rostrum brevius, crassius. Ex maria antarctica B. antarcticus.

II. Statura minores, et forma, graciliores. Pedes et rostrum
graciles. Tarsus non brevior quam digitus medius cum
ungue. Cauda iongior, et rectrices mediae valde ultra caeteras

porrectae .' Genus Stekcoeaeius.

1. Tarsi postice asperrimi. Rectrices mediae latae in
apices ipsas.

a. Rectrices mediae caeteris 4 pollices longiores S. pomarinus.

2. Tarsi postice subasperi. Rectrices mediae longae, rigi-
dae, acuminatae.

a. Rectrices mediae caeteris 4 poll, longiores S. parasiticus.

b. Similis S. parasitico ; sed major, Cauda tota longiore,

plus rotundata S.Richardsoni.

c. Similis S. pirasitico ; sed minor, rostro magis com-
presso, rectricibus mediis elongatis, apidb.is rotun-

datis (Bp.) S. Hardi/i.

d. Similis 5. parasitico. Sed etiam minor S. Buffono ;
rectricibus mediis lineari-acutis, rachide denudata

rigida, pollice et ultra caeteras superantibus (Bp.) &. spinicauda.

3. Tarsi postice subasperis. Rectrices mediae longissimae,
flexibiles, filiformes.

a. Rectrices mediae caeteris 8 ad 10 pollices longiores.... 5. Buffoni.

Genus BUPHAGUS Moehring.

Buphagus, Moehring, Genera Avium, 1752, page 66, No. 71. Typus Larus
catarractes, Linn.

Stercorarius, "Brisson," Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat., 1817, 153. Typus
idem. (Sed non verus Stercorarius, Briss. cujus typus Larus parasi-
ticus, L. est.) Gray, Genera of Birds, 1849, 651. Degland, Ornith.
Europ. 1849, ii. 287. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, 206. Law-
rence, Gen. Rep. Birds N. A. 1858, 838 ; et aliorum auctorum.

Catharacta, Briinnich, Orn. Bor. 1764, 32. Typus Cath. skua Briinn. Bona-
parte, Comparative List, 1838.

Larus, (partim) Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, 1766. Gmelin, Systema, Natu-
rae, 1788. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, 1790. Meyer et Wolf, Tassch-
enbuch deutsch. 1810.

Catarractes, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso-As. 1811, ii. 308. Typus C. skua. Steph-
ens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. xiii. 1825, 214.

Lestris, "Illiger," Temminck, Man. Orn. 1S20 40. Typus L. catarractes.
(Sed non verus Lestris 111. cujus typus L. parasitica L. est.) Faber,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

Prodromus Isl. Orn. 1822. Lesson, Traite d'Ornith. 1831. Keyserling
et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840 ; et auctorum aliorurn.
Megalestris, Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, p. 206. Typus Larus catar-
ractes, Linn.

1. Buphagus skua Coues ex Briinnich.

"Skua Hojcri, Ray, Synopsis Avium, 128."

Larus fuscus, Brisson, Ornithologie, vi. 1760, p. 165. "Scopoli, Bemerk. Natur-

Gesch. 1770, 90."
Catharacta skua, Briinnich, Ornithologia Borealis, 1764, 33. No. 125.
Catarracta skua, Retzius, Fauna Suecica, 1800, 161, No. 123. Bonaparte,

Cat. Met. Ucc. Europ. 1842, 79. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland's

Ornith. Europ. 1850, 202.
Catarractes skua, Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asia?, ii. 1811, 309. Stephens,

Shaw's Gen. Zool. 1825, xiii. 215.
Cataractes skua, Macgillivray, Man. Orn. ii. 1S42, 255.
Catarractes vulgaris, Fleming. (fideBp.)
Catarractes fusca, Leach, (fide Bp.)
Lcstris skua, Brehm. (fide Bp.)

Larus catarractes, Linna?us, Systema Naturse, i. 1776. Gmelin, Systema Na-
ture, i. 1788, 603. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii. 1790, 818.
Larus keeask, Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii, 1790, 818.
Lestris catarractes, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811, 273. Faber. Prodromus Island.

Ornith. 1822, 102. Temmimk, Manuel d'Ornith. ii. 1820, 792. Tem-

minck, Manuel d'Ornith. iv. 1840, 494. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1826, No.

304. Nuttall, Man. Ornith. ii. 1834, 312. Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur.

1844, 84.
Lestris catharactes, Brehm, Naturg. Europ. Vog. 1S23, 739.
Lestris catharractes, Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 387.
Lestris catarrhactes, Kaup, Sk. Ent. Europ. Thierw. 1829, 64. Keyserling et

Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ. 1840, i. 239.
Stercorarius catarrhactes, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'H. N. 1817, xxxii. 154.

Vieillot, Fauna Frang. 1828, 385. Degland, Orn. Europ. 1849, ii.

289. Gray, Genera Avium, iii. 1849, 652.
Stercorarius catarractes, Bonaparte, Consp. Avium, 1836, ii. 206. Lawrence,

General Report Birds N. A. 185S, 838.
Stercorarius cataractes, Selys-Longchamps. Fauna Belg. 1842, 155.
Stercorarius catharractes, Des Murs, Traite d'Ool. Ornith. 1860, 551.
Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Galerie d'Ois. ii. 1834, 220 ; sed non Temm.

nee auctorum !
Sp. ch. Above blackish brown, more or less variegated with chestnut and
whitish ; each feather being dark-colored, with a spot of chestnut towards its ex-
tremity, which in turn fades into whitish along the shaft towards the tip of
each feather. On the latero-nuchal region, and across the throat, the chest-
nut lightens into a decided reddish yellow, the white being as a well-defined,
narrow, longitudinal streak on each feather. The crown, post-ocular and
mental region have but little whitish. Inferiorly, the plumage is of a blended
fusco-rufous, lighter than on the dorsum, with a peculiar indefinite plumbeous
nuance. The wings and tail are blackish ; their rhachides white, except towards
the apices ; the remiges and rectrices white for some distance from the bases.
This white on the tail is entirely concealed by the long tail-coverts, but ap-
pears on the outer primaries as a conspicuous spot. The bill and claws are
blackish horn ; the feet pure black.

Bill from base to tip 2-10 ; to end of cere 1*20 ; gape 3-00 ; height at base
75 ; width a little less ; rami 1-60 ; gonys *50 ; wingl6'00 ; tail 6*00 ; tarsus
2-70 ; middle toe and claw 3*10.

1863.]

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Habitat. Seas and sea coasts of the northern hemisphere ; more particularly
in higher latitudes.

It is quite unnecessary here to go into any details regarding the specific
characters of so long and well known a species, and one which is so very dis-
tinct both in form and colors from any other of our continent.

I am well aware that the adoption of the name under which I present this
species, may be looked upon by many ornithologists as an unnecessary, or at
least as an uncalled for innovation. In defence of the nomenclature adopted,
I beg leave to offer the following considerations, which, it is hoped, will ex-
onerate me from the charge of needlessly changing names, by proving that if
we are to pay any attention to recognized rules of nomenclature, such a pro-
cedure is unavoidable in the present instance, and that no other name than
the one adopted cau be used :

In the first place, Moehring's genus Buphagus is certainly based upon a bird
which was afterwards the Lams catarractes of Linnaeus. His diagnosis (vide in-
fra*) unmistakably refers to one of the Lestridiiuc, while the species is fortu-
nately exactly fixed by his reference to " Hojeri" and " cataractes." Perhaps
no one of his diagnoses is more definite than this one. This being the case,
the only question is, are his genera to be adopted and used in ornithology 1

I believe that the rule generally followed regarding Moehring's genera, is
that they are to be adopted when they can be certainly identified, provided
that they do not conflict with subsequent Linnaean appellations. Upon this
principle, many of Moehring's old genera have been revived and adopted by
Gray, and his example has been followed by Baird, and other ornithological
writers. It is thus that such genera as Philomachus, Cullyrio, Trogon, Uria,
Catarract.es, etc., have taken the precedence over more modern appellations,
to which their priority entitles them. The rule, however, does not appear to
have been so strictly carried out as it should be, if adhered to at all. Gray,
for example, adopts Stercorarius of Brisson for the Jiiger, remarking ''that it
is supposed to be Buphagus of Moehring." His procedure in this case is a
little remarkable, since Bupliagus is certainly identifiable ; and there is no
Linnaean genus with which it can conflict, Linnaeus ranging all the Jagers
known to him with the gulls, under Larus. With this restriction, which, it
must be confessed, is rather a compliment to Linnaeus, than strict justice to
other writers, the genera of Moehring are to be adopted when identifiable.
The fact of that author not being a binomalist, in fact, not dealing at all
with species, does not appear to be a valid reason why his genera should be
neglected any more than those of Brisson for example. I am decidedly in
favor of the adoption for any genus of the first appellation that is proposed for it
after the date of the first published works of Linnaeus, provided there be no
conflict between them : considering the introduction of a definite form of
nomenclature as beginning with that illustrious writer.

Now, supposing that we do reject Moehring's Buphagus, let us see what will
be the consequence. " Stercorarius Brisson 1760" is the name which of late
has been most generally applied to the genus in question. But the type of
Brisson's genus is not the catarrhactes,\ but the true parasitica, as is evident
by his elaborate description, although no specific name is given ; and hence,
if it is to be used at all, it must be for the genus of which parasitica is typical.
But Brisson was a polynomalist ; and if we refuse to adopt Moehring's names
on this score, Brisson's genera must also be rejected : to which procedure, of
course, no naturalist would assent.

Catharacta of Briinnich of 1764 comes next in order, and has as its type

* Moehring. Genera Avium, 1752, page 66, No. 71. " Rostrum postice rectum, membrana callosa
ad nares usque tectum, versus apicem incurvum, lateribus compressis. Femora extra abdomen.
Digiti autici ties membrana intermedia toti cohaerentes, posticus liber."

f Brisson. on page 165 of vol. vi. of his Ornithologie, ranges this species under Larus, calling it
" Le Goelaud brun, Larus fuscus."

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

C. skua, which is the true catarrhactes. But here he is anticipated by
Moehring, who had previously applied the name Cataractes* to a genus of
Guillemots, of which Uria troile is the type. This genus has been adopted
for the latter birds, by Cassin, Bryant, and others ; and, unless we admit the
different spellings of the same word as distinct genera, which would seem
quite unwarrantable, Briinnich's name must be superseded.

Lestris of Illiger (1811) being based upon the parasitica, I am aware of no
other genera than the above, which were founded on the Larus catarrhactes
down to 1S56, when Bonaparte, in his Conspectus, proposed the name
Megalestris. The choice then lies between Moehring's Buphagus and Bona-
parte's Megalestris ; and of the two, I prefer to take the former, especially as
by so doing we shall be enabled to retain Stercorarius of Brisson for the other
species of the subfamily.

Regarding the adoption of the specific name skua, I will merely remark that
as Briinnich was as strict a binomalist as Linnaeus himself, there is no reason
why his specific names should not be employed in all cases when they are
identifiable. The date of Briinnich's "skua" is 1764; that of Linnaeus'
" catarractes " is 1766.

It is a little surprising that Brisson, after instituting the genus Stercorarius
for the Jiigers, should be so far at fault regarding the proper affinities of the
present species as to place it among the Gulls, under the name of Larus fuscus.
His descriptions of all the Jagers are remarkably accurate, and so full and
complete as to admit of the positive identification of all his names. In this
case, and in numberless other instances, there is cause for exceeding regret
that he was a polynomalist ; for, had he been a strict binomalist, so that we
could adopt his specific names, we should be saved a vast deal of uncertainty
and profitless discussion as to the proper specific appellations to be employed.

The Larus keeask of Latham is certainly the present species. That author
gives 22 inches as the total length, and 3 inches as the length of the bill,
dimensions which will apply to no species of Stercorarius; and there is no
other Buphagus than the present inhabiting the northern hemisphere. His
bird "habitat in America ad sinum Hudsonis."

The plate which Vieillot gives in his Galerie des Oiseaux, (1854) of his
Stercorarius pomarinus, represents undoubtedly the present species ; and is, so
far as I am aware, the only instance of the application of the name pomarinus
to any other species than that to which it rightfully belongs. This error seems
the more surprising, since Vieillot, in 1817 and in 1828 (vide synon.), gives
the species as Stercorarius catarrhactes.

The other synonyms' of the species do not require special notice. I have
endeavored to preserve the various spellings of the word catarrhactes by the
different authors cited. I quote Catarractes fusca Leach, and vulgaris Fleming,
and Lestris skua Brehm, on the authority of Bonaparte.

2. Buphagus antarcticus Coues ex Lesson.

Lestris catarractes, Quoy et Gaimard, Voy. TJranie, Ois. p. 38. Nee auct.
Lestris antarcticus, Lesson, Traite d'Orn. 1831, p. 606.
Sterco7-arius antarcticus, Bonaparte, Consp. Av. 1856, p. 207.

Diag. B. Buph. skua, similis ; sed rostro crassiore et breviore.
Habitat. Antarctic Ocean.

* This word affords a good illustration of the very various oncography we often find in the
names of the old authors. Thus, we have cataracta, cataractes, catharacta, catarracta, catarracU s,
catarrhactes, &c. The orthography of the word will be evident if we regard its etymology. It is
from KiTst, and QH-yvvjui, whence x-'Ta/yaxTJic, "a robber or despoiler;" the latinization of
which is catarrhactes, the ftbeingderived fiom the rough aspirate over the second />. Jirunnictrs
spelling of the word might perhaps lead us to suppose it derived from Kiftiipce, "to cleanse or
purify ; : ' but this isevidently not the case, the latinization of the word formed from the latter
root giving us cathartes, Illigei 's genus of American vultures.

1863.]

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

This species is very closely related to the preceding, if it be really distinct
from it. The fine series in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, pro-
cured by the United States Exploring Expedition under Com. Wilkes, all
differ from the skua of Europe and America in the possession of shorter, and
comparatively stouter and deeper bills, with more obtuse tips. These are the
only points of discrepancy I have been able to detect in the examination of
the series ; but they appear to be quite constant.

Among the series is a specimen much larger than the rest, and than the
slcua from Europe. The bill is nearly two and a third inches long, and very
stout ; the wings an inch, and the tarsus a third of an inch longer than the
average of European skins. It is evidently a very old individual, and the
chestnut and whitish have almost entirely disappeared from both the upper
and under parts, leaving the whole bird deep blackish-brown above, and a
somewhat lighter brown, or fuliginous, below. The specimen is referred to

in Cassin's List of the Birds of the Exploring Expedition, as " Lestris ?"

Although the general appearance of the bird is really different from that of
the rest of the series, I do not think that the differences presented are any-
thing more than indicative of the great age of the specimen. A collection of
American and European Jiigers, obligingly furnished by Mr. D. G. Elliott for
examination, contains a specimen of the true skua from the Atlantic Ocean,
which presents a very similar condition of things. The size is greater than
that of any other of the series of specimens, and the colors are nearly as
uniform as in the antarctic specimen referred to. I think it more than probable
that the birds of this genus continue to grow in size and proportions with
increasing age, and that the colors have a tendency to become darker and
more uniform under the same circumstances.

Genus STERCORARIUS Brisson.

Sterc'orarius, Brisson, Ornithologia, 1760, vi. (Typus Larus parasiticus, Linn.)

et auctorum pleriq.
Catharacta (partim), Briinnich, Ornith. Borealis, 1764.
Larus (partim), Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, 1766. Gmelin, Systema Natune,

1788. Latham, Index Ornithologicus, 1790. Meyer et Wolf, Taschenb.

Deutsch, 1810.
Lestris, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811, p. 272. (Typus Larus parasiticus, Linn.)

Et auctoram.
P)-mdatrix, Vieillot, Analyse, 1816, p. 62.
Labbus, Rafinesque, 1816, fide Bp.
Coprothcres, Reichenbach, 1850.

A single genus cannot, without great latitude and looseness of definition, be
made to include all the species of this subfamily. The differences between
Buphagus skua (with its southern representative antarcticus) and the other
known species, are very great, and strongly pronounced, if we regard stature,
proportions, character of central tail feathers, changes of plumage, &c. The
differences fully warrant the distribution of the species of the subfamily into
two genera, which may be thus defined :

Buphagus. Bill shorter than the middle toe without the claw ; exceedingly
robust ; width at base about equal to the height, which is a third of the length
of culmen. Stria? and sulci numerous and well marked. Encroachment of
feathers on bill moderate ; and nearly the same on both mandibles. Occiput
scarcely crested. Wings only moderately long for this subfamily, the pri-
maries very broad, and rounded at their tips. Tail very short, broad, nearly
even, the feathers truncated ; central pair projecting but little, and broad to
their very tips, which are also truncated. Feet large and stout ; tarsi shorter than
the middle toe and claw. Size large ; form robust and heavy ; general
organization very powerful. Colors much the same over the whole body ;

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

not subject to any great variations with age, sex, or season. Species, B. skua
(type) and B. antarcticus.

Stercorarius. Bill equal to middle toe without the claw, moderately robust,
height at base more than a third of culmen ; striae and sulci fewer and more
slightly marked. Encroachment of feathers on bill very great, especially on
the upper mandible, where it greatly exceeds that on the lower, and is of a
different outline from that of Buphagus. Occiput decidedly subcrested. Wings
exceedingly long, the primaries narrow, tapering, with quite acute tips. Tail
long ; the lateral feathers more or less graduated ; the central pair considera-
bly, sometimes excessively, elongated, tapering and filamentous. Feet rather
slender, the tarsi equal to, or slightly longer than the middle toe and claw.
Size moderate or small. Form less robust, general organization much less
powerful. Nearly bicolor when adult ; passing through very various states
of plumage before arriving at maturity. Species, S. pomarinus, parasiticus,
(type) Richardsoni, Hardi/i, spinicauda, Buffoni.

Of these, the five last are very strictly congeneric in every particular.
Pomarinus, by its larger size, somewhat more powerful form, shorter and
broader central tail feathers, &c, shows a slight aberration towards Buphagus.
But in all other features the essential characters of Stercorarius are so strongly
pronounced, that it cannot afford a link by which the two genera may be
united.

? Stercorarics pomarinus Vieill. ex Temm.

Larus parasiticus, Meyer et Wolf, Tasch. Deutsch. ii. 1810, 490. (Sed non

Linn, nee auct.)
Larus crepidatus, Gmelin, Systema Naturae, i. 1788, 602. Latham, Index Or-

nithologicus, 1790, ii. 819. (Citat Sterc. striatum, Briss.)
Stercorarius striatus, Brisson, Ornith. vi. 1760, 152, pi. 13, fig. 2. (Juvenis.)
Lestris striatus, Eyton, British Birds, 18 , 53.
Lestris pomarinus, Temminck, Man. Orn. ii. 1820, 793. Temminck, Man.

Orn. iv. 1840, 495. Faber, Prodromus Island. Ornith. 1822, 104.

Brehm, Naturg. Europ. Vogel, 1823, 741. Bonaparte, Synopsis, 1826,

No. 305. Lesson, Manuel Ornith. 1828, ii. 388. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Europ.

Theirw. 1829, 64. Swainson et Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 429.

Nuttall, Manual Ornith. ii. 1834, 315. Audubon, Ornith. Biograph.

1839, hi. p. 396. Audubon, Synopsis, 1839, 332. Audubon, Birds

America, 1844, vii. 186, pi. 451. Keyserling et Blasius, Wirbelth.

Europ. 1840, i. 240. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 388. Schlegel,

Rev. Crit. Ois. Europ. 1844, 84. Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur. 1842,

80. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland's Orn. Eur. 1850, 202. Thompson,

Nat. Hist. Ireland, iii. 1851, 392. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, ii.

1856. 207. Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith. 1860, 551.
Stercorarius pomarinus, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'H. N. xxxii. 1819, 158. Vieillot,

Fauna Franq. 1828, 387. Selys-longchamps, Fauna Belg. 1842, 155.

Degland, Ornith. Europ. 1849, ii 291. Gray, Genera Birds, 1849, iii.

652. Lawrence, General Report Birds N. A. 1858, 838. Coues, Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sc, Philada., 1861, p. 243.
Cataractes pomarinus, Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool. 1825, xiii. 216, pi. 24.
* Macgillivray, Man. Brit. Orn., ii. 1842, 256.
Coprotheres pomarinus, Reichenbach, Syst. Av. 1850, 52, pi. 328-9.
Catarractes parasita, var. camtschatica, Pallas, Zoograph. Rosso-Asiae, 1811,

ii. 312.
Habitat. Seas and sea coasts of Europe, Asia and North America. Interior
of Arctic America.

I will notice the stages of plumage of this species, from that of the fully
adult to that of the young of the year. Having a very extensive series at
command, I have endeavored to trace one stage from another, and point out

1863.] 10

130 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

exactly how the great changes of plumage to which the hird is subject, are
produced.

Adult. Bill horn, deepening into black ; feet black. Pileum and occipital
crest brownish-black ; this color extending much below the eyes, and occupy-
ing the feathers on the ramus of the inferior maxilla. Acuminate feathers of
the neck light yellow. Back, wings, tail, upper wing coverts, under tail
coverts as far as the flanks, deep blackish-brown. Under parts, from chin to
abdomen, and neck all round, (except the yellow acuminate feathers,) pure
white.

The above is the plumage of the fully adult bird, and is comparatively not
often met with. A more usual state of plumage (described by Lawrence and
figured by Audubon* as " fully adult, : ') is as follows :

Nearly adult. Generally as in the preceding, but with a row of brown spots
across the breast ; the sides under the wings transversely barred with white
and brown ; the purity of the dark color of the abdomen interrupted by some
touches of white. The legs still wholly black, and the tail feathers projecting
as much as in the fully adult.

Now, as a somewhat younger stage than the preceding, we have the fol-
lowing

Intermediate stage, (No. 1275.) The band of dark spots across the breast
has widened and enlarged, so that the whole breast appears brown, mottled
with white ; the sides under the wings are conspicuously barred with white
and brown ; the white of the under parts is continued down over the abdomen
to the under tail coverts ; the pure brown of these parts which obtains in the
adult, now only appearing as transverse bars among the white. The upper
tail coverts and some of the wing coverts are barred with white. The bases
of the primaries are inferiorly white. The central tail feathers now only
project an inch. The tarsi are quite changed in color ; they are now irregularly
blotched with chrome yellow, the hind toe and nail being of this color.

The above changes are very gradual, and readily identifiable ; the quo modo
of their production may be thus summed up : In the adult the white and
brown occupy distinct and well-marked regions ; and the two colors are
separated by trenchant lines of division. The younger the bird, the more
this distinctness of definition of colors is lost, the white invading and barring
the brown, and the brown invading and mottling the white, wherever the
two join. Then also the feet lose their black, and are variegated with yellow.

Besides the above, we find a state characterizable thus :

Dusky stage. The bird is very nearly unicolor : blackish-brown all over;
this color deepening into quite black on the pileum ; lightening into fuliginous
brown on the abdomen, with a slight gilding of the black on the sides of the
neck. The whitish bases of the primaries exist. The feet are in the chromo-
variegated condition. The central tail feathers scarcely project half an inch.

In the last edition of the Manuel d'Ornithologie, Temminck corrects various
errors committed in previous editions, and gives, as his mature opinion, four
" varieties" of this species. By examining his diagnoses, it will be seen at a
glance that his "variety C" is the fully adult plumage above characterized ;
of which he says truly that it is " assez rare." His " B " is our second stage ;
his " A " is about our third stage ; while his " D " is the fusco-unicolor stage
just given. In his earlier editions he maintains that this dusky stage is%
absolutely independent of sex ; but latterly he says that it is possible that the
dusky birds are females ; the white-bellied ones males. Ornithologists main-
tain very diverse views on this subject ; but I believe it is generally supposed
that this state of plumage is not indicative of either sex, but simply of imma-
turity.

Now I think that the four' plumages which Temminck describes as adults

* I have Audubon's original specimen before me. It agrees minutely with his plate; ami is also
the specimen from which Lawrence's description in the General Report was taken.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

(varieties A, &c. ) are really the progressive stages of the same individuals.
I do not think that even the dusky stage constitutes a distinct "variety,"
(i.e., the birds remaining in that state all through their lives ;) much less the
other stages. I am of opinion that every Jiiger, before arriving at full maturity,
passes through each of these states : beginning with a rufo-rayed plumage
to be presently described passing from that next into the dusky ; and then
assuming successively the other stages above characterized. The only ques-
tion is this : What age, sex, or season is this dusky stage characteristic of 1
I think that it comes in next after the very young rufo-rayed plumage, for
this reason. We find these dusky birds to be generally less robust than the
others; with weaker bills, less elongated central tail feathers, and parti-
colored tarsi. Now it is well known, that the younger the bird, the smaller
it is, the shorter are the central tail feathers, and the more yellow the tarsi.
Another argument, by analogy, is that the S. parasiticus is found in exactly
the same unicolor state ; and from a great number of species it can be proved,
I think, that in that species it supervenes directly from the rufo-rayed plu-
mage. [See remarks under L. parasitica.'}

The following is the plumage of birds of the year :

Young of Year. Bill much smaller and weaker than in the adult, light
colored to beyond the nostrils, when it becomes brownish-black. Feet and
toes mostly bright yellow, the terminal portions of the latter black. The
whole body is everywhere transversely waved with dull rufous. On the head,
neck and under parts this rufous forms the predominating color; and the
bands are exceedingly numerous, of about the same width as the intervening
dark color. On the flanks and under tail coverts the bars become wider, and
almost white in color. On the back and wing coverts the brownish black is
the predominating color ; and if any rufous is present, it is merely as a nar-
row edging to the feathers. The under wing coverts have irregularly-angular
transverse waves of brownish black and white. The remiges and rectrices are
brownish black, darker at their tips ; fading into whitish towards the bases of
their inner vanes. On the head and neck the light rufous decidedly predomi-
nates, and seems indistinctly but thickly nebulated with dusky ; this dusky
forming a conspicuous spot just at the anterior canthus of the eye. (In this
plumage the bird is the Stercorarius striatus of Brisson and the Larus crepi-
datus of Gmelin and Latham.)

There can be no doubt that the Stercorarius striatus of Brisson. and the
Larus crepidatus of Gmelin and Latham, refer to this species in the very im-
mature state of plumage just described ; when the bird is considerably
smaller than when adult, and is wholly rayed with rufous and dusky, with
white spaces at the bases of the wing and tail feathers. The Stercorarius
crepidatus of Vieillot, (1817,) however, is the true parasitica, as is also the
Lestris crepidata, of Degland, 1838, and of Schinz, 18-10. The Lestris crepi-
data of Brehm (1823) is the young of the Buffoni. (Vide synonyms of
these species.)

Latham in his Index, page 819, gives a "Larus crepidatus var. /?," which
is of course also to be referred to the young pomarinus.

The Larus parasiticus of Meyer and Wolf is, I believe, the only instance of
the application of that specific name to this species. The other synonyms of
the species do not require any special notice, as they are quite plain and
uncomplicated.

By most authors the Catharacta cepphus of Briinnich is considered as refer-
ring to the long-tailed species. I must confess, however, that I can hardly
discover grounds for &uch an identification of this name ; and am rather
inclined to the opinion that his cepphus is based upon the young pomarinus ;
as are the crepidata of Gmelin and Latham, and the striatus of Brisson. Let
us look at the description for a moment. It is evident, from almost every
paragraph of it, that he had in view a young bird of the year, in the state

1863.]

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

when they are transversely rayed with dusky and rufous, paler on the ab-
domen, and have the bases of the quills and rectrices white. The only point is
to determine of what species it is the young. Regarding its size, Briinnich
compares it with his Catharacta skua, saying, that it is much smaller than
that species, and " Magnitudo parasitica^.' " The young of the year of poma-
rinus is more nearly of the size of an adult of parasitica, than is the young
of the year of the long-tailed species. The description of the colors, form,
&c, which follows, agrees precisely with those of the young pomarinus; and
when we remember that at that date the differences between the common
and long-tailed Jiigers were not recognized, the two species being confounded
together by authors generally, (except Brisson ;) it does not appear by any
means certain that Briinnich had the long-tailed species in view in drawing
up the description of lt cepphus." Had that been the case, he would pro-
bably have compared it with parasitica rather than with skua. Moreover,
Latham, in his description of his Larus crepidatus, which is the young poma-
rinus, gives " cepphus, Briinn." as a synonym of that species.

Upon the whole, therefore, while I by no means insist upon the reference
of the name under consideration to the pomarinus, I merely wish to show
that it very possibly belongs to it : and that [the description is too vague
and uncertain to justify the use of the name for either of the species. It is
for this reason that I have adopted Boie's name " Buffo i" for the long-tailed
Jager.

Having always professed a rigid adherence to the great law of priority in
questions of nomenclature, I am, perhaps, in the present instance, rendering
myself liable to be taken to task for not employing the name " crepidatus"
of Gmelin and Latham (1788-90) for this species instead of pomarinus of
Temminck, since the former name is in all probability based upon this
species. The description is, however, short and unsatisfactory, and is,
moreover, based upon the young bird of the year ; and, though there cannot
really be much doubt as to the species which these authors had in their
minds in preparing their descriptions, still I think in view of the above
considerations, that it will hardly be expedient to supersede so definite, long-
known and universally employed a name as pomarinus. At the same time,
should any one else see fit to do so, I would in future writings unhesitatingly
follow his example.

4. Stercorarius parasiticus Gray ex Briinn.

? Sterna rectricibus duabus internis longissimis, Linn., Fn. Suec, No. 129.

f Larus rectricibus duabus internis longissimis, Linn., S. N., 1748.

Catharacta parasitica, Briinnich, Ornith. Borealis, 1764, 37.

Larus parasiticus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1766, i. 226. Gmelin, Syst. Nat.,
1788, i. 601. (Num Lath.? qui me judice potius ad longicaudatum
Briss spectat.)

Cataracta parasitica, Retzius,* Fauna Suecica, 1800, 160.

Catarractes parasita, Pallas, Zoog. Rosso- Asise, ii. 1811, 310.

Lestris parasita, Keyserling jet Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ., 1840, i. 240.
Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur., 1844, 85. Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Ucc.
Europ., 1S42, 80. Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551. Bona-
parte, Rev. Crit. Degland's Orn. Eur., 1850, 202.

* It is difficult, perhaps impossible, to say whether the citations of the authors before 1800
really refer to this species, or to the long-tailed Jager. I have, however, placed them under the
head of parasitica, for this reason: Retzius in his edition of the Fauna Suecica (of 1800) gives
them as synonyms of his jyarasitica, of which his description is, " Rectrices 6, 6, (i.e., the central
pair) caeteris 4 poll, longiores;" thus clearly referring to the true parasitica. Descriptions of
previous authors had mostly been merely " Rectricibus mediis longissimis," whence the uncer-
tainty. Retzius, however, is in error in adducing Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., as a synonym
of parasitica.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

Lestris parasitica, Illiger, Prodromus, 1811, 273. Tetmninck,* Man. Ornith.,
1820, ii. 796, (duse species confusae sunt.) Faber, Prodromus Island.
Orn., 1822, 105, (Nonne duse species confusae ?) Brehm, Naturg. Europ.
Vog., 1823, 744. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 47. Lesson,
Traite d'Ornith., 1831. 61(3. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 390. Bona-
parte, Conspectus Avium., 1856, ii. 208.

Lestris Richardsonii, ("Swains.") Temminck, Man. Orn., iv. 1840, 499.
(Sed non Swains, quae potius species distincta.) Nuttall, Man. Ornith.,
ii. 1834, 319. Audubon, Ornith. Biograph., iii. p. 503 ; Audubon,
Synopsis, 1839, 332. Audubon, Birds America, 1844, vii. 190, pi. 452.
Giraud, Birds L. I., 1844, 367. Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 392.
Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ireland, 1851, iii. 394.

Cataractes Richardsoni, Macgillivray, Man. Orn., ii. 1842, 257.

Catharacta coprotheres, Briinnich, Orn. Borealis, 1764, 38, No. 138. In setate
fusco-unicolore.)

Lestris coprotheres, Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551.

Lestris parasitica var. coprotheres, Bonaparte, Consp. Av., 1856, ii. 209.

Stercorarius , Brisson, Ornith., vi. 1760, (nomen specificum nullum.)

Stercorarius crepidatus, Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'H. N., xxxii. 1819, 155. (Sed
non Larus crepidatus, Gmel., Lath., qui potius juvenis Lestris pomarinus,
Temm.)

Stercorarius cepphus, ("Leach,") Swains, et Richardson, F. B. A., ii. 1831,
p. 432. Stephens, Shaw's Gen. Zool., 1825, xiii. 211, pi. 23. Degland,
Ornith. Europ., 1849, ii. 295, (nee auct)

Stercorarius parasiticus, Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg., 1842, 155. Gray,
Genera Birds, iii. 1849, 652. Lawrence, Gen. Rep. Birds N. A., 1858,
839. Coues, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada., 1861, p. 243.

Lestris crepidata, Degland, "Mem. Soc. Roy. de Lille, 1838, 108." Juvenis.
Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 390, Juvenis.

Habitat. Coast of America and Europe, more particularly in higher lati-
tudes. Interior of Arctic America.

Pursuing the question of the general "theory of variation" in this genus,
it may be well to examine closely the various stages of this its typical spe-
cies. The exceedingly rich series in the Smithsonian collection enables me
to trace it through all its variations.

Young of the Year in August. Size considerably less than that of the
adult, form every way more delicate. Wings more than an inch shorter ;
bill and feet much slenderer and weaker. Bill in some specimens light bluish
horn, in others greenish olive, the terminal portion brownish black. Tarsi
and greater part of the toes yellow. The bird is every where rayed and
barred with rufous and brownish black. On the head and neck the rufous is
of a very light ochraceous tinge, and is by far the predominating color ; the
dark only appearing as a delicate line along the shaft of each feather. There
is an aggregation of the brown into a spot at the anterior canthus of the eye.
Proceeding down the neck to the back, the longitudinal lines become larger,
and gradually spread wider and wider, until between the shoulders they
occupy the whole of each feather, except a narrow border of rufous ; which
latter is of a deeper tint than on the head. Passing down the throat to the
breast, the rufous becomes decidedly lighter, almost whitish, while the
brown, which on the throat exists only as a light longitudinal line, change s
on each feather to transverse bars of about equal width with the light rufou s
bars with which it alternates. This pattern prevails over the whole unde r

* This is a combination of parasitica and Buffoni, as shown by the description and indescrimi-
nate citation of synonyms. This error Temminck corrects in his edition of 1S40, (pp. 493, 499,
500,) where he recognizes the two species and describes them accurately: but unfortunately tall*)
the parasitica, " Jiichardsoni," and the Buffoni, " parasitica."

1863.]

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

parts, the transverse bands being broadest on the flanks and under tail and
wing coverts, narrowest in the middle of the belly. The primaries are
brownish black, narrowly tipped with rufous, their shafts yellowish, their
inner webs fading basally into white. The tail has the same coloration as
the wings. The central feathers project about three-fourths of an inch.

As the bird above described grows older, the bill and feet become stouter,
the cere better developed ; while the rufous everywhere gives way to the
darker color. No special stage can be characterized, however, until the
rufous is far outweighed by the dusky. Then we have

(No. 18652). Size and general proportions nearly those of the adult. Bill
and cere perfectly formed ; feet mostly black, but with some yellow blotches.
The upper parts are unadulterated with any rufous bars ; the deep brownish -
black pileum has appeared, and the sides of the neck have obtained their
yellow nuance, which contrasts conspicuously with the fuliginous background.
Evidences of immaturity, however, are found on the under parts, where the
dark color is mixed with illy-defined transverse bars of ochraceous. Rufous
is also found at the bend of the wing, and on the under wing and tail coverts.
The primaries are still whitish baso-externally, as are also the rectrices. The
central rectrices project 2^ inches, and have the tapering form of those of the
adults.

By the disappearance of the little rufous mentioned above, we have arrived
at a very marked and decided stage, viz :

(No. 20362). With the size and proportions of the adult. Wholly deep
dusky ; darker and more plumbeous superiorly ; lighter, and with a fuliginous
tinge inferiorly ; the pileum quite black ; the latero-nuchal yellow, well
pronounced ; the remiges and rectrices quite black ; feet black.

Having reached this perfect dusky stage, we will go back again to the
young plumage first characterized, and show how specimens occasionally
seem to proceed at once towards the adult condition with the white under
parts. For example

(No. 2754). The juvenility of the specimen is attested by its small size,
delicate bill and feet, little projection of the central rectrices, general molli-
pilose condition of plumage, &c. The rufous of the very young bird, instead
of giving way everywhere to dusky, yields to this color only on the upper
parts and crown ; on the sides of the head, neck, and the whole under parts,
whitish being the predominating color. the continuity of this last being
interrupted by indistinctly marked dusky bars. The yellow of the sides of
the neck has not yet appeared. There is the same white space on the bases
of the wings and tail as exists on the very young. The central tail feathers
only project about li inches.

By an attentive consideration of the preceding facts, it will be evident that
we have found the same very young plumage to change gradually through
one series of specimens into the fusco-unicolor state ; through another serie3
into a stage which tends to pass directly into the normal plumage of the fully
adult bird, without going through this dusky epoch. What can we deduce
from this perplexing fact? Does one a assume this dusky plumage at a-
certain age, and the other not? Does this dusky state constitute the normal
adult plumage of one sex ? Is it a seasonal feature, which both sexes return
to at certain periods in each year? or, finally, does it constitute a purely
accidental, but constant variety? Authors of weight are divided on each of
these points.

I reject entirely the last hypothesis, viz : that some birds attain to this
dusky stage and retain it during their lives, though they may have sprung
from normally colored parents, and have normally colored progeny. What-
ever age or season, or whichever sex this state of plumage indicates, I think
there can be no reasonable doubt that it is a normal and constant stage which
every individual of one (or both?) sexes 'passes through or attains to, in its

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

progress towards maturity. The only question 13, what age is to be assigned
to this dusky state, and whether one or both sexes participate in it.

Leaving now speculation for facts, we have yet to notice the mature bird.
Taking either the dusky state (No. 20302,) or No. 2754, we find that both tend
to produce the following plumage :

Nearly mature, (No. 20144.) Size and form of the adult. Pileum and
latero-nuchal region, and whole upper parts, as in the adult. The under parts
white (as in the adult), but clouded everywhere with dusky patches, most
marked across the breast, on the sides, the flanks, and under tail coverts, and
lea.ving the middle of the belly and throat nearly pure. Varying degrees of
this dusky nubilation approach in some specimens nearly to the uniform dusky
above characterized ; in others fade almost into the pure white of the adult,
connecting the two ages perfectly and uninterruptedly. The tarsi of those
specimens most dusky have small yellow blotches ; the others not.

Now, by the complete obliteration of these dusky cloudings on the throat,
breast and belly, and its increased intensity on the under tail coverts and
abdomen as far as the flanks, we arrive at last at the

Adult, perfect plumage, (No. 16802). Bill a little shorter than the head or
tarsus, about equal to middle toe without the claw; stout, about as high as
broad at the base. Cere longer than the nail. Culmen broad and flattened,
with a longitudinal groove on each side. Nostrils as in the other species.
Curvature of culmen and tomia very gradual. Gonys short, about straight ;
rami very long, a little concave ; eminentia symphysis little marked. Strias
and sulci as in the other species. Tarsi about as long as the middle toe and
claw, moderately stout, somewhat roughened supero-posteriorly, but not
nearly as much so as in pomarinus. Scutellation and reticulation of tarsi, toes,
and interdigital membranes as in the other species. Tail moderately long,
slightly graduated, the lateral feathers broad quite to their apices, which are
somewhat truncated, the shaft slightly protruding as a small mucro ; the central
pair projecting three to four inches ; rigid ; not losing much of their breadth
until about four inches from their ends, when they commence to converge
regularly to a quite acute apex. They have nothing of the filamentous char-
acter of those of Buffoni. Wings long, powerful, their rhachides rigid, their
apices somewhat acute. Pileum, occipital crest, whole upper parts, deep
brownish black, with a somewhat slaty tinge, and a slight but appreciable
metallic nuance; this color deepening into quite black on the wings and tail.
Rhachides of primaries and rectrices whitish, except at their tips ; the inner
vanes albescent baso-internally. Chin, throat, sides of head, neck all round
and under parts to the vent, pure white ; the feathers of the latero-nuchal
region rigid, acuminate, with disconnected fibrillar, light yellow. Under tail
coverts like the upper parts, but somewhat of a fuliginous tint ; the line of
demarcation from the white of the abdomen very trenchant.

Dimensions of fully adult. Bill above 1-40 inches ; height or width at base,
about -50. Wing, from flexure, 13-00 : tarsus, or middle toe and claw, 1-80 ;
tail 5J, its centre feathers nearly 9-00.

Dimensions of young of year. Bill above 1-30 ; height or width at base -40;
wing 12-00; tarsi, or middle toe and claw, l-TO; tail 5-00; central tail
feathers not quite 6-00.

Stercorarius Richardsoxi Coues ex Swainson.

Lestris Richardsoni, Swainson, Fauna Boreali-America, 1831, ii. p. 433, pi.
lxxiii. sed non auctorum.

Habitat. Interior of Arctic America.

Diag. S. Stercorario parasitico similis ; sed major, rostro, tarsis, alisque
longioribus ; cauda magis producta et rotundata, rectricibus latioribus.
This species is treated of at length in the beginning of the present paper.

1863.]

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

6. Stercorarius Hardyi Coues ex Bonap.

Lesiris Hardyi, Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sciences, 1856, p. 20. Tab.
Longip. species 5. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium., ii. 1856, 210.

Diag. " Similis Lestrido parasitica ; sed minor, et rostro magis compresso ;
rectricibus elongatis mediis apice rotundatis." (Bp.)

Habitat. Southern oceans, between Philippine and Sandwich islands.

I am only acquainted with this species through the notices of Bonaparte,
above cited. The diagnosis is copied from the Conspectus Avium. The
species is evidently very closely related to the parasitica, if it be really dis-
tinct from it.

7. Stercorarius spinicauda Coues ex Hardy.
Lestris spinicauda, "Hardy." Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Ac. Sciences, 1855.
Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium, 1856, ii. 210.

Diag. " Similis L. Hardyi et parasitica ; sed etiam minor Lestrido ceppho ;
cauda truncata ; rectricibus mediis lineari-acutis, rachide denudata, rigida ,
pollice et ultra caeteras superantibus ; rostro brevi, robusto." (Bp.)

Habitat. Coast of Africa, near St. Helena.

A species with which, like the S. Hardyi, I am autoptically unacquainted.
If, however, the above characters really obtain, they would seem abundantly
sufficient to distinguish it. The diagnosis is copied from Bonaparte.

8. Stercorarius Buffoni Coues ex Boie.

Stercorarius longicaudatus, Brisson, Ornith., 1760, vi. 155. Vieillot, Nouv.
Diet. d'H. N. 1819, xxxii. 157. Degland, Ornith. Europ., 1849, ii. 298.
Selys-Longchamps, Fauna Belg., 1842, 156.

Lesiris longicaudatus, Thompson, N. H. Ireland, iii. 1851, 399.

Cataractes longecauda, Macgillivray, Man. Orn., ii. 1842, 258.

?? ' Catharacta cepphus, Brunnich, Orn. Bor., 1764, 36.

Cataractes parasitica, Macgillivray, Brit. Birds, v.

Lestris cephus, Keyserling et Blasius, Wirbelth. Europ., i. 1840, 240. Bona-
parte, Cat. Met. Ucc. Eur., 1842, 80. Bonaparte, Rev. Crit. Degland's
Orn. Eur., 1850, 202. Bonaparte, Conspectus Avium., 1856, ii. 209.
Des Murs, Traite d'Oologie Ornith., 1860, 551.

Stercorarius cepphus, Gray, Genera Birds, iii. 1849, 652. Lawrence, Gen.
Rep. Birds N. A., 1858, 840. Coues, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philada.,
1861, p. 243.

PLarus parasiticus, Latham, Index Ornithologicus, ii. 1790, 819.

Lestris parasitica, Temminck, Man. Orn., iv. 1840, 501. (Sed non Larus para-
siticus, Linn., Gmel. et auct.) Lesson, Man. Orn., 1828, ii. 388. Swain-
son and Richardson, F. B. A. 1831, ii. 430. Nuttall, Man. Orn., 1834,
ii. Audubon, Orn. Biog., 1839, iii. 470. Audubon, Synopsis, 1839, 333.
Audubon, Birds Amer., 1844, vii. 192, pi. 452. Giraud, Birds Long Island,
1844, 364.

Lestris Buffoni, "Boie, in Meyers' Taschenb., 1810, iii. 212." Boie, Isis, 1822,
562 et 576. Bonaparte, Synop. Birds N. A. 1826, Ne. 306. Lesson,
Traite d'Ornith., 1831, 616. Kaup, Sk. Ent. Eur. Thierw., 1829, 47.
Schinz, Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 391. Schlegel, Rev. Crit. Ois. Eur.,
1844,85.

Lestris L,essoni, Degland, " Mem. Acad. Roy. de Lille, 1838." Juvenis. Schinz,
Europ. Fauna, 1840, i. 392. Juvenis.

Lesiris crepidata, Brehm, Naturg. Eur. Vog., 1823, 747. Nee Gm., nee Lath.,
nee Vieillot.
Adult, breeding plumage. Bill dusky, its nail almost black. Tarsi deep

leaden blue ; tibia?, phalanges, interdigital membranes and claws black.

Occiput subcrested, more decidedly than in any other species, forming a

calotte of brownish black ; which color extends downwards on the cheeks,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

the feathers'before and below the eye, and on the sides of the bill, being of
this color. Neck all round, but especially the sides of the head and the
peculiarly formed feathers on the latero-nuchal region, light straw yellow.
Whole upper parts, with upper wing and tail coverts deep slate ; which, on
the primaries, secondaries, lateral tail feathers and distal half of central
pair, deepens into a pure lustrous brownish black. Under surface of wings
and tail deeper slate than the back, but not so deep as the upper surfaces.
Chin, throat and upper breast white ; gradually becoming obscured with
dusky plumbeous, which (feepens posteriorly, so that the abdomen and under
tail coverts are nearly as dark as the back. Rhachides of first two or three
primaries pure white, deepening into brownish black at their extreme apices;
of the other primaries, and of the tail feathers (including the central pair}
brown, except just at the base, deepening into quite black terminally. The in-
ferior surfaces of all the rhachides are white for nearly their whole length.

Length of culmen 1*15 inches; gape 1-70; cere -60; unguis about the
same; gonys -30 ; from feathers on sides of bill to tip -90; wing 12-50 ; tail
6-25 ; central pair 14-00 to 16-00 ; the projection 8-00 to 10-00 inches ; tibiae
bare -75 ; tarsus 1-60; middle toe without claw 1-40.

Habitat. Sea coasts of America and Europe, particularly in the higher
latitudes. Interior of Arctic America. (Kennicott.)

The changes of plumage of this species are strictly homologous with those
of S. parasiticus ; and it is therefore quite unnecessary to present them in this
connexion.

As before remarked under head of parasitica, it is exceedingly difficult, if
not quite impossible, to determine positively to what species the u parasitica"
and ' cepphus" of the older authors refer. This confusion is occasioned
partly by the brief and vague diagnoses given, and partly by the fact that the
two species were really confounded by authors (except Brisson) until com-
paratively quite a late period. Even so late as 1820 Temminck does not
separate the two : his description applies to either, and the synonyms of both
are indiscriminately adduced. From which state of things it results that
nearly all the older names and citations may be without difficulty referred to
either species. This in effect has been really done ; some authors, for ex-
ample, considering Brunnich's or Linnaeus' parasitica to be the long-tailed
species, and others holding a contrary opinion, until the identification of
these names has become almost a matter of choice, or rather of tacit agree-
ment among ornithologists. This is the more to be regretted since on it de-
pends the question whether the common or the long-tailed Jager is to be called
parasiticus. A glance at the synonymy of the species will show that authors
have been about equally divided on these points. Before the introduction of
11 Richardson?' by Swainson, the common Jager was usually called "para-
sitica;" but after the adoption of this name " Richardson? 1 by Temminck, for
the common Jager, the name parasitica was for some years almost univer-
sally applied to the long-tailed species. In the year 1819, or thereabouts,
the name of Buffoni was proposed by Boie for the long-tailed species, and
was adopted by many writers ; while others had recourse to Brisson's old
name " longicaudatus." Within the last few years, however, the name "para-
sitica" has again reverted to the common Jager, while the other species has
been usually called " cepphus" after Brunnich. This identification of Brun-
nich's name is adopted by Gray, Bonaparte, and other writers. Our reasons
for rather referring it to the Stercorarius pomarinus will be found under the
head of the latter.

Granting, as it is undoubtedly wisest to do, that th.z parasitica of Brilnnich,
Linnaeus and Gmelin, is really the common short-tailed^ Jager, it still remains
an open question to which species we are to refer the Larus parasiticus of
Latham. I incline to the opinion that it is based upon the long-tailed spe-
cies, for the following reason : Although the diagnosis is brief and unsatis-

1863.]

138 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

factory, and although the synonyms of the two species are indiscriminately
adduced, (thus, e.g., Lotus parasitica, Linn, and Catharaela parasitica, Brunn.,
with Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., &c.,) yet in his further description he
says of it, " 21 pollices longus." The common Jager never attains to this
dimension.

Latham commits the error of giving Stercorarius longicaudatus, Briss., as

the male," and Stercorarius , Briss., (without a specific name,) as the

female of his species ; whereas, these two citatio* really refer to the two
distinct species.

The specific name " longicaudata , ' > of Brisson (1760) being untenable for
obvious reasons, " cepphus" of Brunnich (1764) being too indefinite to
warrant its employment, "parasitica" of Brunnich (1764) being used for
the common Jager, the first definite distinctive name for the long-tailed
species appears to be " Buffoni" of Boie, (1819.) This specific appellation
we accordingly adopt.

Note. The present paper completes a series of brief reviews of the
three most important of the four subfamilies of the Laridae, viz. : the La-
rinse, Sterninag and Lestridinae. In conducting an investigation into the
characters and the bibliography of these groups, with special reference to
North American forms, it has been thought expedient to issue in advance a
brief prodromus, so to speak, of each subfamily as soon as its examination
was completed. Combining the results arrived at in the investigation of each
of these groups, and making whatever additions or modifications future re-
search may dictate, the writer hopes before long to present a more complete
and elaborate Monograph of the North American forms of the Laridae. It is
contemplated to present the anatomical as well as the external characters,
both of the higher groups and of the more marked species ; the changes of
plumage, dependent upon either age, season, sex, or pure accident, which
examination of very extensive series may show ; together with the biblio-
graphy of each species, and a discussion of doubtful points of nomencla-
ture and relationship. The Monograph will be illustrated by colored plates
of the bills, wings, feet, &c. of most of the species, showing exactly wherein
one differs from another ; and no pains will be spared to render it a complete
exposition of the present state of our knowledge of this family of birds.

Synopsis of the MARINE INVERTEBRATA collected by the late Arctic
Expedition, under Dr. 1. 1. Hayes.

BY WM. STIMPSON, M. D.

The collections of Dr. Hayes, as might be expected from the thorough search
to which the Arctic regions have lately been subjected, and the characteristic
paucity of forms existing there, embrace few novelties. They possess, however,
great interest, from having been found in great part at localities much nearer
the Pole thau any previous expeditions have succeeded in reaching on the
American side of the Arctic circle. They include some species hitherto
found only on the European side. And, we may add, the number of species
collected by Dr. Hayes is greater thau that brought back by any siDgle ex-
pedition which has yet visited those seas, as far as can be judged by published
accounts.

Of the localities mentioned below, Port Foulke and Littleton L. are on the
eastern or Greenland shore of Smith's Straits, in lat. 78. Cape Faraday is on
the west shore of the same Straits, in lat. 79 45'. Godhavn is at the southern
end of Disco Island, in lat. 69 nearly.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139

CRUSTACEA.
1. Eupagueus pubescens Brandt. Pagurus pubescens Kroyer, Naturhist.
Tidsskrift, ii., 251 ; Voy. de la Recherche, Crust, pi. ii., f. 1. Godhavn.

2. Crangon boreas J. C. Fabr. Cancer boreas Phipps, Voy. towards the North
Pole, 190, pi. xii., f. 1; 1T73. Cancer homaroides 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenlandica,
p. 241. Godhavn; Port Foulke ; Littleton I.

3. Hippolyte Gaimardii M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust, ii., 378. Kroyer, Moa-
ografisk Fremstilling af Slaegten Hippolytes Nordiske Arter, p. 74, pi. i. f. 21-29.
Port Foulke.

4. Hippolyte gibba Kroyer, Monog. 80, pi. i., f. 30, 31, et pi. ii. f. 32, 37.
II. Belchcri Bell, in Belcher's Arctic Voyage, ii., 402, pi. xxiv. f. 1. Port
Foulke.

5. Hippolyte turgida Kroyer, Monog. 100, pi. ii., f. 57, 58, et pi. iii., f. 59-
63. Godhavn ; Port Foulke.

G. Hippolyte Phippsii Kroyer, Monog. 106, pi. iii., f. 64-68. Port Foulke.

7. Hippolyte polaris Owen, Appendix to Ross' Voyage, p. 85. Kroyer,
Monog. 116, pi. iii., f. 78-81, et pi. iv. , f. 82. Alpheus polaris Sabine, App. to
Parry's Voyage, p. 238; pi. ii., f. 5-7. Port Foulke; Littleton I.

8. Hippolyte borealis Owen, Appendix to Ross' Voyage, p. 84, pi. i., f. 3.
Kroyer, Monog. pi. 122, pi. iii., f. 74-77. Littleton I.

9. Hippolyte aculeata M. Edw., Hist. Nat. des Crust., ii.. 380. Kroyer, Monog.,
126, pi. iv., f. 83-98, et pi. v., f. 99-104. Cancer aculeatus O. Fabr., Fauna
Groenl. p. 239. Alpheus aculeatus Sabine, Appendix to Parry's Voyage, p. 237,
pi. ii., f. 9. Godhavn.

10. Mysis oculata Kroyer, Groenlands Amfipoder, p. 88. Cancer oculatus O.
Fabr., Fauna Groenl., p. 245. Port Foulke.

11. Anonyx ampulla Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Anden Raekke, i., 578.
Voyage de la Recherche, pi. xiii., f. 2. Cancer ampulla Phipp's Voyage towards
the North Pole, 1773, p. 191, pi. xii., f. 2. Gammarus ampulla Sabine. Anonyx
lajena et A. appendiculosus Kroyer, Groenl. Amph., pi. 1. Dr. Hayes' speci-
mens were obtained at " Gale Point," which I am unable to find on the chart.
They differ somewhat from authentic specimens of the species, received from
the Scandinavian Naturalists, in being larger, and in having the upper lobe of
the eye broader.

12. Pherusa tricuspis nov. sp. Near P. bicuspis (Amphitoe bicuspis Kroyer,
Greenland's Amfipoder, p. 45, pi. ii., f. 10) but has a dorsal spine, of lesser size,
on the last thoracic segment, as well as on the first and second abdominal ones.
The gnathopoda are slender and weak, the hands being no broader than the
preceding joints. The antennae are very slender and nearly as long as the
body. The latero-posterior margin of the third abdominal segment is armed
with two small teeth, one situated at the inferior angle, (which is a right angle,)
the other at some little distance above and hook-shaped, the point curving up-
ward. The upper pair of uropoda or caudal stylets is shorter than the other
two pairs. Length nearly one inch. Littleton Island.

13 Gammarus locusta J. C. Fabr., Ent. Syst. ii., 516. Kroyer, Groenl.
Amfip., 27. Bate and Westwood, Hist, of British sessile-eyed Crustacea, i. 378,
wood-cut. Cancer locusta Linn. Fauna Suecica, 2d ed. 497. Oniscus pulez O.
Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 254. Gammarus pulez Stimpson, Mar. Invert, of Grand
Manan, p. 55. Port Foulke.

14. Tiiemisto arctica Kroyer, Groenland's Amfipoder, p. 63, pi. iv. f. 16, (?)
In stomach of seal taken at Cape Faraday.

1862.]

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

15. Bopyrus hippolytes Kroyer, Groenl. Amfip. p. 78, pi. iv. f. 22. Voy. de
la Recherche, pi. xxviii. f. 2. Port Foulke.

16. Apus glacialis Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, 2 R. ii. 431. Fresh
waters of Greenland.

17. Branchipus paludosos Mull. Cancer stagnalis 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p.
247. With the last.

18. Lernjeopoda elongata Grant, Edinburg Journal of Science, 1827, No.12.
Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, i. p. 259. Steenstrup and LUtken, D.mske Vid.
Selsk. Skrifter, 5te Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. 5te Bind, 1861, p. 422, pi. xv. f. 37.
Port Foulke.

19. ILemobaphes cyclopterina, Steenstrup & Lutken,Danske Vid. Selsk. Skrif-
ter, etc., 5te Bind, 1861, p. 405, pi. xiii., f. 30. Lernsea cyclopterina 0. Fabr., Fauna
Groenl. p. 337. This very curious Lernaean, which has its ovigerous tubes
arranged in two regular and closely-twisted spires, was found attached to the
gills of a Gymnelis viridis taken at Littleton Island.

20. Balanus porcatus Costa. Lepas balanus 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 423.
West coast of Greenland.

21. Balanus balanoides Darwin. Lepas balanoides 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p.
422. Port Foulke.

22. Coronula diadema Blainville, Diet, des Sc. Nat. 1824, tab. 117, f. 4. Le-
pas diadema Lin. Lepas balsenaris 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 425. On Whales,
Baffin's Bay.

ANNELIDA.

23. Lepidonote cirrata Oersted, Groenland's Annulata Dorsibranchiata, p.
14, figs. 1, 5, 6, 11, 14, 15. Aphrodita cirrata 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 308.
Port Foulke.

24. Lepidonote punctata Oersted, 1. c. p. 16. Aphrodita punctata 0. Fabr.,
Fauna Groenl. p. 312. Port Foulke and Littleton Island.

25. Onuphis conchilega Sars, Beskr. og Jagttagelser, etc., p. 61. 0. Esch-
richtii Oersted, 1. c. p. 20, f. 33-41, 45. Godhavn.

26. Nereis pelagica Lin., Oersted, 1. c. p. 23, figs. 52, 53, 55, 58, 59. JV.
verrucosa 0. Fabr. Godhavn.

27. Nephthys cveca Oersted, 1. c, p. 41, figs. 73, etc. Nereis exca 0. Fabr.
Godhavn.

28. Phyllodoce groenlandica Oersted, !. c, p. 40, figs. 19, 20, etc. Port
Foulke.

29. Scoloplos quadricuspida Oersted, 1. c, p. 48, figs. 106-110. Nais quad-
ricuspida 0. Fabr. Godhavn.

30. Cirratulus borealis Lam'k, Oersted, 1. c, p. 54, figs. 98, 102. Lum-
Iricus cirraius 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl. p. 281. Godhavn ; Littleton I.

31. Ammotrypane limacina Rathke, Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 202,
pi. x. f. 4-8. Godhavn.

32. Siphonostomum plumosum Rathke. Amphitrite plumosa 0. Fabr., Fauna
Groenl. p. 288. An. Miiller, Zool. Dan. Prodr. No. 2521 ? Port Foulke. Dr.
Hayes' specimen has a much rougher surface than occurs in the Norwegian
examples, if we may judge of the latter by Rathke's figures.

33. Tecturella flaccira Stimpson, Mar. Invert, of Gr. Manan, p. 32.
Siphonostomum vayiniferum Rathke, Beitrage zur Fauna Norwegens, 211, pi. xi. ,
f. 3-10 ? Port Foulke.

34. Brada inhabilis. Siphonostomum inhabile Rathke, Beitriige zur Fauna

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

Norwegens, in Nov. Act. Acad. Cses. Leop. Carol. Nat. Curiosorum, Vol. xx.
p. 218, pi. xi.,f. 13. Gale Point. We cannot be quite certain that the Green-
land specimens, which are somewhat imperfect, are specifically identical with
those of Norway. But they agree in size and all characters which can be
clearly made out from the specimens received. Rathke's Siphonostomum inha-
bile evidently belongs to our genus Brada, Mar. Invert, of Gr. Manan, p. 32.

35. Terebella cincinnata Reinhardt. Amphilrite tincinnata 0. Fabr., F. G.,
p. 286. Godhavn.

36. Terebella cirrata Cuv., Rathke, 1. c, p. 230. Amphitrite cirrala Mull.,
0. Fabr., F. G. p. 285. Godhavn.

37. Pectinaria Eschrichtii Rathke, 1. c, p. 219. Amphitrite auricoma Mull.,
0. Fabr., F. G., p. 289. Pectinaria groenlandica Grube, Familien der Anneli-
den, p. 82. Godhavn ; PortFoulke.

38. Spirorbis nautiloides Lam,, An. s. vert., v. 613. Serpula spirobis Lin.'
0. Fabr., F. G., p. 337. Port Foulke.

39. Priapulds caudatcs Lam. Holothuria priapus 0. Fabr., F. G., p. 355.
Port Foulke. Found in the stomach of a walrus.

40. Cosmocephala angulata. Planaria angulala Mull., 0. Fabr., F. G., p. 323.
Godhavn.

MOLLUSCA.

41. Clione limacina Phipps. Clio return Mull.; 0. Fabr., F. G., p. *334. Clio
borealis Brug. Port Foulke.

42.. Bcccinum scalariforme Beck, in Moller's Index Molluscorum Groenlan-
diae, p. 11. Godhavn.

43. Buccincm cyanbum Beck, in Moller's Index Moll. Groenl. p. 11. Port

Foulke.

44. Trophon clathratum Moller, Index Moll. Groenl., 14. Murex clathratus
Lin. Fusus bamffius Gould, Iuv. Mass., p. 289, f. 198. West coast of Green-
land.

45. Trophon craticulatum Moerch. Tritonium craticulatum 0. Fabr. Tro-
phon Fabricii Beck. N. W. coast of Greenland.

46. Natica clacsa Sow. N. W. coast of Greenland.

47. Margarita cinerea Conthouy, Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 252. N. W. coast of
Greenland.

48. Margarita helictna Moller, Index Moll. Groenl., p. 3. Turbo helicinus
0. Fabr., F. G., p. 393. Margarita arctica Gould, Inv. Mass., p. 255, f. 173.
The specimens brought home by Dr. Hayes from the N. W. coast of Greenland
are of a much larger size than those found on the coast of New England. One
of them measured 0.57 inch in diameter.

49. Mya truncata Lin. Port Foulke, very abundant. Nearly all the spe-
cimens are of the short, broadly and obliquely truncated form, with the beak
near the posterior end, called Uddevallensis by Forbes, which is characteristic
of the glacial deposits of Europe and America, and is now found living, for
the most part, only in high northern latitudes. The siphons of this bivalve
were found in great numbers in the stomach of a walrus.

50. Saxicava arctica Desh. Mya arctica Lin., 0. Fabr. Mya byssifera 0.
Fabr. Saxicava rugosa Lam. Saxicava distorta Gould non Say. Port Foulke
large and very abundant. Among Dr. Hayes' specimens, the form arctica appears
in much greater numbers than that called rugosa or pholadis. The siphons of this
species also were found in a walrus' stomach.

51. Macoma sabulosa Moerch, in Rink's Greenland, App. p. 90. Tellina sabu-
1863.]

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

losa Spengler. T. proximo, Brown. Sanguinolaria sordlda Gould, Inv. Mass. p.
67. N. W. coast of Greenland.

52. Astarte elliptica Macgillivray, Moll. Aberd. 259. Crassina elUpiica
Brown, Ulust. Conch. G. B., pi. xviii., f. 3. N. W. coast of Greenland.

53. Astarte plana J. Sow., Min. Conch, pi. clxvix., f. 2, 1817. Venus borealis
Cbemn. (non Lin.) . Crassina corrugata Brown. Astarte lactea Brod. & Sow.,
Gray, App. to Beechey's Voy., Zool., 152, pi. xliv., f. 19. Port Foulke.

54. Astarte striata Gray, Beechey's Voy., Zool., p. 152, pi. xliv. f. 9. Ni-
cania striata Leach. West coast of Greenland.

55. Cardium (Serripes) groeslandicum Chemn. West coast of Greenland.

56. Cardium Hayesii, nov. sp. Near C. islandicum. Shell rather thick, ele-
vated ; beaks prominent; ribs acute, 33 to 35. Witbin yellowisb ; teeth strong ;
liganaental fulcrum short, so that the little notch indicating its posterior extrem-
ity is situated about the middle of the distance between the cardinal and tbe
posterior lateral teeth. Inner margin strongly crenated throughout, as well on
the posterior margin as on the inferior and anterior ones.

In this short description we have given only the characters which distinguish
the species from its nearest allies, all of which inhabit the same seas. C.
islandicum has more numerous ribs, a thinner shell, less prominent beaks, and
a weaker hinge. C. arcticum Sow. has less numerous ribs. C. Dawsoni is more
oblique, with a much thinner shell and weaker teeth. Cardium interruption
of the English crag is less tumid, less oblique, and more pointed behind. C.
Hayesii also.differs from all these species in the shortness of the ligamental ful-
crum.

Of this shell two specimens were taken by Dr. Hayes at Disco Island. One
measures 0.88 inch in height by 0.9 inch in length; the other 1.6x1.75.
With age it shows a tendency to become more compressed and expanded
about the margins. I have received the same shell from Nova Scotia.

57. Leda minuta Moll. Area minuta, Mull. , 0. Fabr., etc. West coast of
Greenland.

58. Modiolaria laevigata Loven. Modiola Isevigata Gray, App. to Parry's 1st
Voy., p. 244. Mytilus discors 0. Fabr., non. L. West coast of Greenland.

59. Crenella faba. Mytilus faba 0. Fabr., F. G., p. 419. Modiola peclinula
Gould. N. W. coast of Greenland.

60. Mytilus edulis Lin. Godhavn.

61. Pecten islandicus Mull. West coast of Greenland.

ECHINODERMATA.

62. Pentacta frondosa. Uololhuria frondosa Gunner. Godhavn.

63. Chiridota laeve Grube. Holothuria Imvis 0. Fabr. Godhavn.

64. Myriotrochus Rinkii, Steenstrup, Videusk. Meddel. fra den Naturh.For-
ening, 1851, 55, tab. iii., f. 7-10. Port'Foulke.

65. Asterias groenlandica. Asteracanthion groenlandicus Steenstrup. Port
Foulke.

66. Asterias albula. Asteracanthion albulus. Stimpson Asteracanthion pro-
blema Steenstrup. Port Foulke, Godhavn.

67. Ophioglypha squamosa. Ophiura squamosa Liit. Port Foulke, Godhavn.

68. Ophiopholis aculeata Liitken. Ophiura aculeata Mull. Godhavn.

ACALEPH^E.

69. Lucernaria auricula 0. Fabr., Fauna Groenl., p. 341. Godhavn.
Besides the above, Dr. Hayes brought home a considerable number of Nudi-

branchiata, Actiniae, etc., which are very difficult to determine from alcoholic
specimens.

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 143

Contributions towards a Monography of the order of PHOLADACEA, with
Descriptions of new Species. No. 2.

BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Additions to Bibliography.

Deshayes, G. P. Letter in Zeit. fur Malak. p. 44, March, 1845.

Dufo, M. H. " Observations sur les mollusques marins, terrestres et fluviatiles

des iles Sechelles et des Amirantes." Ann. des Sc. Nat. p 221, 1840.
Fischer, P. Note surl'animal du Jouannetia Cumingi, smve de la description

de deux especes nouvelles du meme genre. Journ. de Conchyl. p. 371,

Oct., 1862.
Jonas, J. H. Bemerkungen iiber einige der von Lamarck in seiner Hist. Natur.

des Anim. s. Veitebr. aufgefiihrten Conchylien ArteD, mit besonderer

Riicksicht auf die Zusiitze des Hernn, Deshayes. Zeit. fur Malak. p. 135,

Sept., 1844.

Conchyliologisehe Notizen. Zeit. fur Malak. p. 182., Nov., 1845.
Stimpson, Win. On the genus Diplotbyra, Am. Jour. Science, p. 445, May,

1863.

Descriptions of Species.

ROCELLARIA DENTIFERA, Dufo.

Gastrochxna dentifera, Dufo. Ann. des Sc. Nat. p. 221, 1840.

Shell smooth and very thin, having an apophysis in the anterior part of each
valve, and having also in each valve, but at the posterior extremity, a rounded
and soldered piece.

Hab. Madrepores, Seychelles and Admiral Islands. Very rare.

Jouannetia Duchassaingi, Deshayes.

Jouannetia Duchassaingi, Deshayes, Fischer, Journ. Conchyl. p. 375, t. 15, f, 3,
Oct., 1862.

" Testa globosa, solidissima, alba, valvis antice callo solido, longitudinaliter
striato, munitis ; area antica longitudinaliter costata. transversim dense striata;
area postica subtile et oblique striata: appendiculo postico valvae dextrae elon-
gato, lato, rotundato, intus, laevi ; impressionibus muscularibus latis, crassis,
lamellas promimentes formantibus.

Diam. anter. post. 50 mill.

All. 41 "

Hab. Panama. (Coll. Deshayes.)

Obs. This fine species, which surpasses in its size the Jouan. pectinata, be-
longs to the group of Jouan. Cuminigi; its specific characters are entirely dif-
ferent, so that it is impossible to confound it with that species."

Jouannetia Vignoni, Fischer.

Jouannetia Vignoni, Fischer, Journ. de Conchyl. p. 376, t. 15, f. 4, Oct., 1862.

11 Testa rotundato-ovata globosa, solidiuscula, valvis antice callo inflato
munitis ; area antica radiatim costata, transversim et valide striata ; area
postica late sulcata (in valva dextra,) dense et transversim striata (in valva
sinistra;) appendiculo valvae dextrae elongato, rostrato, ad margines serrato ;
impressionibus muscularibus posticis planis.

Diam. anter. post. 10 millim.

Alt. 7 "

Hab. West Coast of Africa. (Captain Vignon.)

Obs. This curious species approaches to the group of J. globosa and pec-
tinata. It is remarkable for the development of the posterior appendage of
the left valve, the inflation of the callous portion, &c.

1863.]

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The above two species are interesting additions to a genus which has
hitherto been quite limited in species. The discovery of two (possibly three)
new species of Pholadacea inhabiting the West Coast of North America, occur-
ring within a few months, proves the truth of the remarks I made on this subject
in the Proc. A. N. S., 1862, that, " greatly as the number of species have been
increased by modern research, it is evident, from the general diffusion of the
Order throughout the world, and from the incompleteness of our researches in
those regions, which appear most to abound in them, . . . that the number at
present known must be indeed a very small proportion of those which future
investigation will probably reveal to us."

ZiEPHiEA Gabbii, Tryon, plate 1, fig. 1.

Shell large, transverse, obliquely divided by a deep furrow proceeding from
the umbonal apex to the basal margin and forming a corresponding rib on the
internal surface of the valve. Posteriorly to the furrow the shell is marked
only by growth lines which, in crossing it, are elevated into sharp ribs, in which
character they are continued to the anterior margin. The portion of the shell
anterior to the radiating furrow is ornamented with numerous longitudinal ribs,
approximating in pairs and rendered acutely scabrous at the intersection of
the rib- like growth lines.

Ventral anterior margin emarginate. Dorsal anterior margin reflected and
closely appressed over the beaks. Posterior dorsal margin declining somewhat
to the quadrately rounded posterior lateral end. Color white.

Dimensions. Length \\ inch ; breadth 2j inch. Breadth anterior to furrow
9-10 inch ; posterior to furrow 1 J inch.

Hab.~ Coast of Japan ? W. M. Gabb. My cabinet.

Observations. This species is very closely allied to Z. crispata of our Atlantic
coast, but may be distinguished by its more numerous and more scabrous ribs,
by its greater proportionate width and the very disproportionate size of its an-
terior and posterior areas.

Can this be the species which Dr. Carpenter, in his Catalogue of our West
Coast Mollusca, refers with doubt to Z. crispata? In the exchanges of com-
merce it may have been brought there, or, (no strange distribution in this
family) it may even exist on both shores of the Pacific.

I received a single valve, somewhat mutilated, from our fellow member, Mr. Wm.
M. Gabb, now of San Francisco, Cal., and name it after him, in recognition of
the active service he is rendering to the science of Conchology in his adopted
State.

Xylotrta setacea, Tryon, plate 1, fig. 2, 3.

Shell large, of nearly equal length and breadth. Beaks high, narrow, in-
curved, and thickened, the apex lower than the auricle, which is long, moderately
wide, extending more than half the length of the valve and joining the medial
portion by a rounded obtuse angle. Anterior area obliquely triangular, not more
than half the length of the auricle, its upper edge protected by a rib culmina-
ting dorsally in a sort of knob. The anterior margin of the medial portion of
the valve is straight, forming an acute angle with the triangular area; the
posterior margin is oblique and somewhat convex. The junction of the auricle
is marked externally by a depression of the surface, and internally by a pro-
jecting ledge. Apophysis short, oblique, broad. Base of valve tuberculate
internally.

The valve is white, tinged with pink anteriorly and slightly glossy. The
anterior area, which is separated from the body by a deep, narrow, sulcation, is
sculptured by about thirty sharply cut, prominent, transverse ribs. The body
is marked, first, by a narrow longitudinal area which is closely striate; then by
a narrow double rounded rib, the surface of which is triangularly striate; then
by a depressed space equally wide, with its sides accurately defined, and trans-
versely sculptured. The whole surface of the body and auricle posteriorly is

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. , 145

unmarked, except by growth lines, and the depression of surface at the com-
mencement of the latter.

Pallet large ; the jointed portion about the same length as the stalk, rather
wide, with lateral extremities acuminate and inclining upwards. Sides of the
joints fringed. These joints number about sixteen or eighteen. Stalk very
slender and rounded.

Dimensions. Length and breadth of valves about J inch. Length of pallet;
1|- inch. Breadth of upper portion of pallets about inch.

Hab. Bay of San Francisco, Cal. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet
of Mr. Rowell.

Observations. The valves of this specie3 bear a very strong resemblance ia
size and form to T. megotara, Hanley. From X. bipennala, Turton, it is dis-
tinguished by the basal margins of the auricle and anterior area not being on
the same transverse line, and by its broader, more closely jointed and shorter
pallets.

From X. cucullata, Norman, it is distinguished by its different surface mark-
ings and the sharp angle of the anterior area with the body.

X. fimbriate/ has a shorter pallet and much smaller and differently formed
valve; the same may be said of X. minima. X. Stuichburyi has very fine striae
on the anterior area, and the pallets also differ. The latter, iu the present
species, are somewhat Use those of X. palmulata, Lam., but are longer than in
that species, and differ in the relative length and diameter of the stalks, and
also by their fringed joints.

Our fellow member, Dr. A. L. Ileermann, informed me some time since, of the
existence of a shipworm at San Francisco, which, at the period of his visit there,
(several years ago,) was committing great ravages in the destruction of the
wharves of that city. It appears since to have become rare, and it was only
after diligent inquiry that my friend, Mr. Gabb, found specimens in the collec-
tion of Rev. J. Rowell, who kindly sent me one.

Note on Diplothyra.

in Am. Journ. Science and Arts, May, 18G3, p. 455, is a note by Dr. Stimp-
aon on my genus Diplothyra, in which he asserts its identity with Martesia upon
the ground that the additional dorsal valve is not a generic character, being
sometimes developed by Martesia euneiformis. Although many of the speci-
mens of Diplothyra Smithii do not exhibit the double dorsal valve, I attribute
it to the suppression or abortion of that appendage, and regard the double valve
as the normal condition of the genus and species. The shells which possess it
are generally the largest and best examples, and its non-appearance in others
is not surprising when we consider the character of the substance in which
they reside, and the evident compression and distortion of many of the speci-
mens. The species of the family Pholadidm are very liable to distortion and to
the suppression or division of their dorsal plates ; for instance, in Dactylina
d.uctylus they are frequently not developed at all ; in Martesia striata several
specimens before me exhibit incipient stages of a division of the umbonal plate
into three, but I certainly would not on this account doubt the generic distinct-
ness of Penilella, which is characterized by having three valves.

If Dr. Stimpson's M. euneiformis, when perfect specimens are selected, exhibit
dorsal valves corresponding with my figure of D. Smithii, then either M. eunei-
formis must be a Diplothyra, or else the specimens alluded to are not veritable
euneiformis. I have very closely examined many specimens of euneiformis, striata,
obtecta, etc., but have not detected a second proper umbonal valve upon them.

Mr. S. P. Woodward, some years since, regarded the differences in the um-
bonal plates as expressing specific value only, but his theory has since found
no supporters. I have closely re-examined all the Pholadts in ray collection,
and weighed anew the value of the specific and generic characters, and the

1863] 11

145 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

result is a renewed conviction that D. Smithii is a very distinct species and that
Diplothyra possesses in its umbonal plates a good generic character.

Note on Penicillins.
In a review of my work on Pkoladacea, published in the American Journal
of Science, Prof. Gill suggests that Penicillins be elevated into a family,
distinct from Gastrochsenidie, on account of the development of tentacles on
the mantle-margin of the animal of the former. I have reviewed the subject
and find no reason to alter the conclusions to which I originally arrived,
namely, to regard this difference in the animal, in connection with differences
in the shell, as possessing the value of a subfamily. Indeed, Prof. Gill has
himself separated, as a subfamily only, (Ceriphasinm) our American Melanians,
which differ from the exotic species in having a mantle with a plain instead of
fringed or tentaculate margin.

Descriptions of two new Species of Fresh Water Mollusca, from Panama.

BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR.

L. Planorbis Fieldii, Tryon, plate I, fig. 4, 5.

Description. Shell small, moderately thick, polished, unmarked except by
growth lines. Whorls three, almost equally convex above and below, and
rapidly enlarging. Spire not much depressed, umbilical region of moderate
width and not deep. Outer lip regularly rounded and almost equally expanded
above and below the plane of the volutions. The aperture is slightly oblique.

Dimensions. Diam. maj. 6, min. 4J millim. Alt. 2J millim.

.tf^. Panama. Capt. Field, U. S. N. Coll. A. N. S. ; my coll.

Observations. This species resembles some varieties of PI. dejlectus, Say, in
which the whorl is not deflected at the aperture ; but it differs in the sides being
regularly rounded instead of carinate, as in that species, and also in the dila-
tion of the aperture above and below the plane of the shell, in this respect re-
sembling somewhat PI. corpidenius, Say.

PL Panamensis, Dunker, is a very different shell from Fieldii, being more de-
pressed, differently sculptured, etc.

Capt. Field presented to the Academy about a dozen specimens of this
species, together with a new Amnicola (herein described,) and a few specimen?
of Succinea recisa, Morelet, all collected by himself at Panama.

2. Amnicola Panamensis, Tryon, plate 1, f. 6

Description. Shell conical, smooth and shining, consisting of four rapidly
increasing, very convex whorls. Sutures deeply impressed ; spire prominent.
apex acute. Aperture rounded ; umbilical region slightly perforate.

Dimensions. Length 4J millim. Diameter 3 millim.

Hab. Panama. Capt. Field, U. S. N. ; coll. A. N. S.

Observations. This shell is very like A. decisa, Hald., in form, but the whorls
are more convex and the aperture nearly rotund. It also resembles A. Cincin-
natiensis, Anth., which is, however, a more slender species. The shell is smaller
than either of the above.

T think this is the first species of Amnicola found upon the Isthmus.

Description of a new Exotic Melania.

BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Melania Helena, Tryon, t. 1, f. 7.

Description. Shell tur#ited, whorls eight or nine, angulated in the middle,

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

rather flattened above, convex below, sutures deeply impressed. Surface
spirally nodulously ridged, the nodules running into waved longitudinal ribs.
Aperture narrow, a little produced in front, contracted behind. Outer lip
sinuous, angulated in the middle.

Dimensions. Length 20 mill. Diam. S mill.

Hab. Philippine Islands. My cabinet.

Observations. This shell is allied to Melania perfecta, Mousson, from Java, but
differs in being angulated, and in having a longer, narrower aperture; it is also
a little smaller and the apicial whorls are sculptured, not smooth. Since the
above description was written, I have observed in the collection at the Academy
fine specimens of Melania Mauiensis, Lea, the sculpturing of which somewhat
resembles this species, but they are much stouter, more obtuse shells, with the
periphery not angulated.

Descriptions of new Species of Fresh Water Mollusca, belonging to tie
Families AMNICOLIDJE, VALVATID2E and LIMN2EIDJE ; inhabiting Cali-
fornia.

BY GEO. W. TRYON, JR.

The following species of Shells sent to me by my friend Mr. Wm. M. Gabb,
were principally collected by Rev.J.Rowell, of San Francisco, a gentleman who
has devoted much time to the study of the Mollusca of the State of California.

It is not without considerable hesitation that I propose new species in genera
wherein the variations of form, due to climatal and other influences, are so
great, and where the geographical distribution is frequently so extended ; and
it is only after very extensive comparisons with the related species which have
already been characterized, that I select for description those among the 3uite
sent to me which appear to be most distinct, leaving others unnamed, until a
more extended exploration of the State shall give us a more perfect knowledge
of the extent and relations of the Molluscous fauna inhabiting its waters.

A considerable number of shells belonging to the above families, appear to
inhabit the entire breadth of the continent; adding to these the forms ascer-
tained to be peculiar to Oregon and California, we find already decided indica-
tions that these States form the metropolis of the fresh-water Pulmono-
branchiates of North America.

I have added to the descriptions of new species, a list of those already
described, which have been sent to me by Mr. Gabb, because, in most cases,
the localities are new and interesting.

AMNICOLIDJE, Tryon.

1. Amnicola Rowellii, Tryon, t. 1. f. 8, 9.

Description. Shell depressed, wider than high, consisting of three and a
half whorls, which are regularly convex and rapidly enlarging ; spire smal"
but little elevated, apex acute, sutures well marked ; base convex, except that
the region surrounding the umbilicus is flattened and inclining towards the
axis, its outer boundary, consequently, is marked by an angle ; umbilicus small
but very distinct ; aperture half ovate, the labrum well rounded and thin, the
labium but slightly rounded, thickened, elevated from the body-whorl, forming
an acute angle with the labrum above, and not impinging on the umbilicus.
Surface marked with close, regular, minute striae, which become enlarged in
the flattened umbilical region into sharp crowded lines visible without a glass

Color light horn or yellowish, operculum darker. Operculum paucispiral,
the line3 of accretion very distinct and regular.

Dimensions. Length 25 mill. Diam. maj. 4. mill., min. 3 mill. Length of
apert. 2 mill., breadth 1?, mill.

Hab. Clear Lake, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabiEe; of
Mr. Rowell.

1863.]

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

jervations. This species cannot be compared with any other hitherto
described, being much more depressed, and widely distinct in the form of the
umbilical region.

It may possibly form a species of the genus Somalogyrus, recently proposed by
my friend, Mr. Theo. Gill, for a small Mollusc from Iowa, which I described in
the Proceedings of the Academy for September, 186-2.

2. Pomatiopsis Binneyi, Tryon, t. 1, f. 10.

Description. Shell minute, elongated, consisting of four to five very convex
whorls ; apex somewhat obtuse ; aperture ovate or nearly suborbicular, both
iips rounded ; umbilicus very small. Color light-horn.

Dimensions. Length 3 mill. Diam. 1-6 milli.m. Length apert. 1-25 mill.,
breadth 1 mill.

Hab. Bolinas, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet of Mr.
Rowell.

Observations. Seven specimens of this very small and exceedingly fragile
species were sent to me; they exhibit, however, all the stages of growth from
the very young to adult form. None of them retained the operculum.

It is much smaller than any other species of Pomatiopsis, and is not likely to
be confounded with any of them. It approaches nearest in form to two Euro-
pean species of Bythinia, B. acuta and B. viridis : the former, however, has a
more lengthened, acute spire, and the latter is a more robust and ventrk-oee
shell.

Amnicola protea, Gould, from Colorado Desert, described in Proc. Bost. Soc.
X. Hist. v. 129, Oct., 1855, (read Dec. 20, 1854,) is the same as Melania exiaua,
Conrad, from same locality. Described in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. p. 269, Feb.,
1855. (Read Feb. 13tb, 1855.) The shell belongs to a new genus of the family
Amnicolidae. Some small fossil shells sent to me by my friend, Dr. F. B. Meek,
appear to belong to the same genus. Of course Mr. Oonrad's specific name will
take precedence over that of Dr. Gould.

VALVATID-E.
:;. Valvata virens, Tryon, t. 1, f. 11.

Description. Shell turbiniform, consisting of four well rounded whorls, spirt-
elevated, apex acute, sutures deeply indented ; periphery almost angulated ;
umbilicus very wide ; aperture oval or nearly round, the peristome merely
touching the body above. Surface closely striate. Color varying from brilli-
ant to dark green.

Dimensions. Height 5 mill. Diam. maj. 5 mill., min. 4 mill Length
apert. 2-5 mill., breadth 2 mill.

Hab. Clear Lake, California. Win. M. Gabb. My cabinet and cabinet o<
Mr. Gabb.

Observations. A number of specimens of this species are before me, most of
fbem being about two-thirds grown. It has no American analogue.

LIMN.EID.E.
4. Limnjsa Adklin.e, Tryon, t. 1, f. 12.

Description. Shell thin, semi-transparent, body whorl large, wide, convex ;
spire small, consisting of five convex volutions, attenuating rapidly to' an acute
apex, sutures impressed; inner lip thin, reflected, but not covering the umbili-
cal fissure, which is narrow ; columella twisted ; color light-horn, polished
within the aperture, outer lip tinged with red within.

Dimensions. Length 14 mill. Diam. maj. 8 5 mill. Length of aperture 9
millim., width 5 millim.

Hab. San Francisco, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet
f Mr. Rowell.

[May.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 14*

Observations. This shell is nearly allied to L. catascopium, Say, and perhaps
more nearly to L. intermedia, Mich., of Europe. From the former it maybe dis-
tinguished by being more fragile, more transverse, with a smaller, more
rapidly attenuating spire, but principally by the presence of an umbilical fis-
sure, which in catascopium is entirely concealed by the appression of the la-
bium. In this and other respects it is very near to L. intermedia, which, how-
ever, has a shorter spire, of fewer volutions. I name this species after my sister,
Mi33 Adeline S. Tryon, who has evinced much interest in conchological pursuits.

5. LiMNyBA Traskii, Tryon, t. 1, f. 13.

Description. Shell elongated, the spire drawn out and apex acute. Whorls
six, convex, almost shouldered, sutures deeply impressed. Aperture small,
oval, labrurn well rounded, labium slightly rounded, not appressed below, nor
covering the umbilicus, which, though small, is very distinct. Color light-horn
or cinereous.

Dimensions. Length 16 mill., diam. 8 mill. Length of aperture 1 mill. ;
breadth 5 mill.

Hah. Mountain Lake, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabinet
of Mr. Rowell.

Observations. At first I was disposed to regard this shell as a variety of L.
prozima, Lea, but a comparison with the type specimens of that species* shows
the following differences : the volutions are not so oblique, and are more
rounded, the aperture is also more rounded and the shell is umbilicated.

Named in honor of Dr. J. B. Trask, one of the pioneers of California^
Conchology.

Limn^a caperata, Say. San Francisco. Oakland.

LimnjEa fragilis, Linn. San Francisco. Mountain Lake.

LiMNyBA umbrosa, Say. San Francisco. Mountain Lake.
LimNvBa reflexa, Say. Mountain Lake.

C>. Physa Gabbii, Tryon, t. 1. f. 14.

Description. Shell large, thin, closely striated by the lines of growth ; body
whorl inflated, its upper half flattened so that the labrum appears angulated in
the middle; spire moderate, apex acute, whorls six, convex, with distinct
sutures.

Color light corneous, very much polished within ; lip margined with red.

Dimensions. Length 25 mill., diam. 13 mill., length of aperture 15 mill
breadth 8 mill.

Hob. Mountain Lake, California; Rev. J. Rowell. Santa Ana River, Los
Angelos Co., California; Wm. M. Gabb. My cabinet and cabinets of Mr
Rowell and Mr. Gabb.

Observations. Several specimens of this fine large species were communicated
to me by my friend Mr.Wm. M. Gabb, after whom I take great pleasure in nam-
ing it. It is a much larger, thinner species than Ph. heterostropha, Say, and U at
once distinguished by the peculiar flattening of the superior portion of the
body whorl. The same character will also distinguish it from Ph. bullata.
Gould, in which species the aperture moreover is proportionately longer.

Physa gyrina, Say. Mountain Lake.
Physa costata, Newcomb. Clear Lake. (Original loc.)
Physa humerosa, Gould. Colorado Desert. (Origual loc.)
Physa virgata, Gould. Santa Ana River, Los Angelos Co.
Physa heterostropha, Say. Dry Creek, Butte Co. Clear Lake, Centerville
Oakland.

1. Ancylcb fragilis, Tryon, t. 1, f. 15.

Description. Shell very small and fragile, sides nearly parallel or slightly in-
curved in the middle, but diverging anteriorly; ends rounded. Apex elevated
acute, curved backwards, with about two-thirds of the shell anterior to it
1863.]

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Dimensions. Size of the largest specimen. Length 4 mill., breadth 115
mill., heigth 1 mill. Most of the specimens do not exceed two-thirds of these
dimensions.

Bab. Laguna Honda, California. Rev. J. Rowell. My cabinet and cabi-
net of Mr. Rowell.

Observations. This species is smaller, thinner, and wants the convex lateral
margins of our Anc. rivularis, Say. It agrees with that shell, however, in the
greater width of its anterior end, while in the shape of its lateral margins it
resembles Anc. parallelus, Hald. It is much the smallest of our species.

Planorbis ammon, Gould. Pajaro River, Monterey Co.
Planorbis trivolvis, Say. Mountain Lake.
Planorbis gracilentus, Gould. Mountain Lake.
Planorbis vemicularis, Gould. Mountain Lake.
Planorbis orercularis, Gould. Mountain Lake.
Planorbis Newberryi, Lea. Clear Lake.

(Communicated by the Smithsonian Institution.)

Notes on the BIRDS of Jamaica.
BY W. T. MARCH.

With remarks,
BY S. F. BAIRD.*
I.

VULTURIDiE.

1. Cathartes aura. The John Crow Vulture is the soaven-er oi tropica:
towns and villages, and so highly are his services in this respect appreciated,
that he is, in some of the islands, considered entitled to legislative protection.
An ordinance of the corporation of the city of Kingston imposed a penalty on
any person destroying one of them within the precincts of the city. The oc-
currences related by Mr. Gosse, in "Birds of Jamaica," would seem to lead
to the inference that the two senses of seeing and smelling, sometimes singly,
and at other times unitedly, give to the aura the facility with which he traces
his food ; but they are not conclusive. Is his sense of smelling so acute as
to enable the John Crow to distinguish, at a distance, the stench of a putrid
carcass from the atmosphere of offensive effluvia emanating from, and float-
ing about, his own vile body ? With the knowledge that, in the tropics, a
dead carcass, or dying animal, and often even fresh garbage, is quickly sur-
rounded and covered by swarms of flies, hovering, and buzzing above and
about it, or the place in which it is deposited, may we not be equally led to
ihe conclusion, that the Vulture is directed by the flies, aud that sight alone
is the sense by which he finds his necessary food ? By whatever sense he is
led, he certainly traces his food from a far distance. When a dead carcass
has been discovered by some, numbers of other Vultures are directed by the
motion of those gathering together, and soaring at a great height, sweeping
round and round in irregular circles. Shortly after the commencement of
the Rebellion of 1831, and long after its suppression, the Aura Vulture was a
rare object in the landscape of the midland and eastern parishes ; they had
all departed for the scene of carnage in the West, where they remained for
many months.

The Cathartes aura breeds in solitary pairs. I have never seen them, or

^Specimens ot most of the birds, and of the eggs described, have been presented by Mr. Maich
to the Smithsonian Institution, under the numbers which they bear in big communication. (E

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

heard of their associating during the season of incubation. In the hills they
select a spot sheltered by overhanging rocks, or trees, for their breeding place.
At Walton, in the Moneague district of Saint Ann, a pair breeds annually on
a rock known as the John Crow Rock, the young birds never remaining ;
one pair alone retaining possession of the homestead. In the plains or val-
leys, they generally take the base of some large tree for their resting-place.
I have often seen eggs and young birds found on the limestone hills, in the
neighborhood of Spanish town, as well as from the Port Hudson, and Health-
shire ranges and the adjoining woodlands. In 1834, I found a pair of young
John Crows, under a Fustic tree, in a wide belt of Pingnins, not 500 yards
from the residence of Heartsease Penn, three miles from Spanish Town. In
1842, I found two eggs in a thick bush, under the shade of an Inga Saman,
on the river bank at Rodons Penn, a mile and a half from town ; and in 1861.
a. pair of young birds were found under a large spreading Cash aw tree, a few
feet from a path leading to a cottage on a Penn, near the race-course. On
every occasion of the finding of eggs, or young birds, there have been only
two, and these have always been discovered on the bare ground, without the
slightest apology for a nest, save any decaying leaves or other vegetable sub-
stance fortuitously on the spot. The eggs are oval, and measure 2| by 2
inches, or nearly so ; the ground color is cream, or creamy, or clayish white,
with dashes and spots, and some irregularly formed blotches of umber brown,
intermixed with grey slaty cloudings beneath ; the ground coloring and
markings of some are dark, whilst in others they are much lighter.

186. Cathartes atratus.* The black, or Carrion Crow Vulture, if we are
correct in the identity, is a recent settler in Jamaica. The first pair observed
were captured at Port Henderson, I think, in 1S47, for Mr. Justice Macdougal.
who sent them to the late Earl of Derby. Individuals of the species are still ob-
served about Port Henderson and the Healthshire Hills, and occasionally over
Spanish Town. In 1861, a specimen, apparently a male, was caught in my
garden in the Town, but from the carelessness of a lad it escaped before it
was examined, previous to its being prepared. On two occasions, whilst trav-
elling to Saint Anns, I have observed them ; the first time there were two
the second, three passing rapidly up the mountain gorge, near Miss King-
ston's tavern, on the Walks Road, through which the Rio Cobre flows, from
St. Thomas, in the vale, to the lowlands, on its onward course to the sea :
and Mr. Hill informs me that he has, on several occasions this year, seen
them about the same place. The species is yet too rare to justify any spe-
culation as to their becoming domiciled in any number, or what' their o- e n-
eral habits may be when they become permanent settlers. Their flight is in
angles or straight lines, rarely in circles, like that of the Aura, and then the
circles are more circumscribed.

187. Cathartes ? In the autumn of 1828, I obtained from Great Salt

Pond a specimen of a black Vulture, mottled with white spots, about the size of
Pandion carolinensis. It was so obese, with deep fulvous fat. that I had much
difficulty in preserving it in part. I sent the specimen to the Royal Dublin
Society, but have received no information of its having been identified with
any described species. I did not take the dimensions.

FALCONIDJE.
2. Buteo borealis. The Chicken Hawk is distributed generally throughout
the island, but is not more common than tne Pigeon Hawk ; though from his
habits he is more frequently observed. He prefers an open country, with
some lofty trees about. He was formerly often seen, and heard by himself,
or with his mate, soaring in circles, and his peculiar cry, ping-ye-e, heard
overhead in Spanish Town ; but of late years, since the pastures in the vi-

1863.]

* Not mentioned by Qosse.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

unity of the town have been allowed to grow up into bush and brush, he is
seldom seen or heard near the Town. He now resorts to those places where
the grounds and commons are more open and unencumbered by low or tan-
gled growth of underwood. The Chicken Hawks do not confine themselves
to any particular mode or place of breeding ; comparative height appearing
to be the chief object. They generally select the loftiest tree in the locality,
without reference to its being inaccessible or otherwise, where they construct
their nest at the highest available point. In the lowlands, the silk cotton
tree is generally selected for the purpose, but the Cashaw or Hogg Plum is as
often used. I have sometimes met with a nest in a Cashaw tree, not more
than 20 feet from the ground, quite accessible, and near a frequent path.
Several pairs of young birds have been at different times taken from the roof
of the turret of the belfry of the Spanish Town Cathedral Church. The last
pair I saw was taken in 1852. The nest is a platform of dry sticks more than
a foot across, and two or three inches thick ; the bed of the nest is about six
inches across and two inches deep, of grass, inner bark and leaves ; it usually
contains 4 or 5 eggs, nearly spherical, 2| by If inches, of a dirty or clayish
white, dashed with blotches and spots of vandyke, and umber brown, often
running with a lighter shade into the ground color.

3. Falco anatum. The great-footed, or Duck Hawk, is an annual visitor,
following the flocks of migratory ducks, which resort here in the autumn and
early winter months, and sometimes on their return, passing over in the spring .
I have obtained specimens in October and the intervening months until Jan-
uary, and again in April. It is of larger dimensions than the Peregrine
Falcon, and I have not seen it here ia the light plumage of the lattter.

I obtaiued a specimen of the true Peregrine Falcon at the same time with
the black and white Vulture. It wa3 evidently a trained bird, as it was very
docile, and had the leathern collar, or gorget, on its neck. It was shot at
Great Salt Pond, following a flock of Teal. The wing was broken near the
shoulder joint ; it lived for a fortnight, when it died from mortification of the
wound. This specimen I also sent to Dublin.

188. Tinnu.vculus ? A small brown Hawk,* known as the Sparrow

Hawk, and which I take to be of this genus, is often met with in the moun-
tains. I have several times seen it sweeping past in rapid flight, but have
not yet obtained a specimen, or gleaned any information of its habits.

4. Hypotriorchis columbarius. The Pigeon Hawk is a permanent resident
more frequently found in the hills than the plains. Sometimes he is seen
perched on a lofty tree, but seems to prefer lurking in low bushes or trees,
from whence he swoops suddenly and directly on his prey. The nest is gen-
erally constructed on some lofty tree, often screened by thick foliage, and is a
slight platform of sticks and grass, matted with some softer material, as grass,
inner bark or leaves ; the only one I have ever collected contained four round oval
or spherical eggs, measuring If by 1^ inches, of a dull or clayish white, marked
with sepia and burnt umber, confluent dashes and splashes irregularly dis-
tributed, principally about the middle and larger end. Some few years ago,
[ saw four eggs taken from a nest, described as above, in the lower St. John's
Mountain ; the eggs were oblong oval, about the same size as the last, and
nearly covered with chocolate and umber blotches ; probably they belonged
to two distinct species.

6. Pandion Carolinensis. The Fish Hawk is regular in his autumnal visits,
confined, however, to the coast. An intelligent and observant sportsman,
then residing at Port Henderson, told Mr. Hill arid myself, many years ago,

* This may be a Tiniimculus, or a snnll Accipiter ; perhaps frinyilloi des : or, more unlikely
fuscus. (B.)

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 153

that he once found a nest of this Hawk, on a large dead tree in Dawkin's Salt
Pond, near Port Henderson.

7. Nauclerus furcatus. I have never met with a specimen of this Hawk,
bat Mr. Hill has. It is a rare visitor.

5. Morphnuus crubutinga. This is also a rare visitor. I saw a large
bird answering the description at Heartsease Penn, where I resided in 1835.
It came to a lofty fustic tree daily, about three o'clock in the afternoon, for
some three weeks, and then disappeared. I made several attempts to shoot
it, but it was too wary.

In 1858 I obtained near Spanish Town a red shouldered Hawk, which I also
sent to Dublin, at the time believing it to be an immature specimen of Buteo
borealis, but I am now inclined to think it was another species.

STRIGID^E.

9. Strix pratincola. The Barn Owl is very common in all .parts of the
island. It breeds in caves, hollow trees, and old buildings. It is often found
beneath the roofs and ceilings of inhabited houses and plantation buildings,
where it finds a way of ingress. Eggs and young birds were often taken from
the interior of the belfry turret of the Spanish Town Cathedral Church, until
the loops by which they entered were blocked up. This Owl makes no nest,
but deposits 4 or 5 eggs on any trifling collection of debris or rough materials
found on the spot. The eggs are generally in different stages of incubation.
They are chalky white, and measure If by 1 inches, some a little more or
less.

8. Ephialtes grammicus. Though not uncommon, and his cry of whoo-
whoo-hoo, is often heard in some districts, yet from the obscure color, and
stealthy, noiseless flight at dusk, or at night, the Eared Owl escapes observa-
tion. The only specimens I have obtained during many years were two ; one
was knocked down at Government Penn, in broad day, from an old blooming
cherry tree, clothed with a mass of trailers of convolvuli ; the other was shot
one evening at Great Salt Pond Penn, in the same neighborhood. On obtain-
ing the first specimen, I examined the tree and found two young, half-fledged
birds on a matting of leaves, in a decayed hollow at the top of the tree. I
have been informed that eggs and young birds have been taken from old pi-
geon cotes at Great Salt Pond and Hoghole Penn's, bat I have never seen the
eggs, unless the two next referred to belong to it. I have lately a fine speci-
men of a female from the Saint Catherine's Hills.

225. My sons found this year (1862), at Iteid's Penn, in the vicinity of
Great Salt Pond, two eggs, in a deep cup, roughly constructed of dried sticks
and lined with twigs, grass and leaves, in the topmost branch, and concealed by
the thick foliage of a tall Genep tree (Mellicocea bijuga). I know of no bird
in that district to which these eggs can be assigned, unless they belong to
Piaya pluvialis, or to Ephialtes grammicus, as they are much too large for the
small brown owl ; and the Patoo, as I am infomed, lays a very different egg
on the ground. The eggs referred to are chalky white, and vary in size ; one
is li by 1 inch, the other If by a trifle more than 1 inch.

195. In 1857 I obtained two specimens of a small brown owl, from Great
Salt Pond Penn, but know nothing of the character or habits of the species.
It is probable the small wood owl of Sloane. It is the owl referred to by Mr.
Hill, in " Notes of the Year," and quoted by Mr. Gosse, page 22.

SCANSORES-CUCULID^E.
89. Crotophaga Ani. The Savanna blackbird is one of the common inci-

* This may be a Tinn uncu lus, or a small Accipiter ; perhaps frinjilloides : or, more unlikely
fuscus. (B.)

1863.] 12

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

dents to the lowland landscape ; it generally builds on the low branches of
trees or bushes, heaping together a mass of sticks and leaves, in the centre
of which is formed a shallow bowl, with softer materials. Each female lays
4 eggs ; several pairs, however, usually occupy one nest, in which 20 or more
eggs are often found. These are oval, or oblong oval, rounded at both ends,
measuring from JL by 1 inch, to 1} by 1^, seagreen, covered with a white

chalky substance, removed by washing. In the absence of the birds, which,
however, is rarely the case after incubation comtnences, the eggs are covered
up with leaves. I have never heard of the Savanna blackbirds being taught
to speak. Whenever a flock of Guinea fowls is feeding, the Ani are often
to be found at hand, as it were keeping guard, and giving instant alarm on the
approach of any one.

87. Coccyzus dojiinicus.* The May Witch is a constant resident in the island,
and more common in the lowlands during the summer than C. seniculus. It
breeds from March till July, and builds in the low branches of trees or shrubs,
or on penguin fences. The nest is a structure of a few dry sticks, so loosely
put together that it falls to pieces on any attempt to remove it ; 3, rarely 4
eggs are laid ; they are glaucous green oval, generally though not always round
at both ends, and vary in size from 1| by | to If by 1 inch.

88. Coccyzus seniculus. The nest of the black-eared Cuckoo is sometimes
though not so frequently found in the same localities, and at the same times
as those of its congener. The nidification, form, color and dimensions of the
eggs are so like that the ownership of a nest can only be determined by the
presence of the bird.

There is another Cuckoo often met with in the Mangrove swamps, on the
seacoast, known as the Mangrove Cuckoo. It closely resembles the May Witch,
except in its smaller size. It is, I think, only a visitor. This may be the C.
trythrophthalmns or an allied species.

Descriptions of fourteen new species of HELANID2E and one PALTJDINA.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Goniobasis Milesii. Testa laevi, subfusiformi, olivacea, evittata; spira sab-
elevata; suturis irregulariter impressis; anfractibus senis, subinflatis ; aper-
tura submagna, subrhomboidea, intus subfusca ; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ;
columella purpurea, parum incurva.

Habitat. Tuseola County, Michigan, M. Miles, State Zoologist.

Goniobasis lithasiodes. Testa laevi, subfusiformi, cornea, evitta ; spira
conoidea; suturis impressis; anfractibus senis, subconstrictis, superne planu-
latis ; apertura grandiuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida; labro acuto, parum
sinuoso; columella alba, infiecta, parum contorta.

Hab. Ohio, J. P. Kirtland, M. D.

Goniobasis Decampii. Testa, plicata, inferne striata, valde attenuata, tenui,
cornea, evittata; spira subulata; suturis linearibus, impressis; anfractibus
instar denis, subconvexis, superne plicis aliquanto flexis ; apertura parvissima,
subrhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella albida
incurva et contorta.
,Hab. Huntsville, Alabama, Wm. H. DeCamp, M. D., Surgeon U. S. Army.

Goniobasis infoumis. Testa laevi, cylindrico-conica, tenebroso-cornea, evit-

* This species is the C. ame.ricanus, or Yellow-billed Cuckoo, of Gosse. I find it, however, to be
quite distinct from the North American bird, and identify it with the C. dominicus, of the older
authors : a species generally referred to the C. seniculus, of Aud., C. minor, ot Cabanis, Baird and
others. (B.)

[May,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 155

tata ; spira parum exserta ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; apertura parvi-
uscula, subovata, intus albida; labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella alba et
valde contorta.
Bab. Falls of the Ohio at Louisville, "W. H. DeCamp, M. D.

Goniobasis Louisvillensis. Testa lcevi, fusiformi, tenebroso-cornea, evit-
tata ; spira curta, ; suturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar quinis,
subconvexis ; apertura, subgrandi, longo-elliptica, intus alba; labro acuto, vix
sinuoso ; columella alba, superne incrassata, aliquanto contorta.

Hab. Falls of the Ohio at Louisville, W. H. DeCamp, M. D.

Goniobasis infantula. Testa lasvi, fusiformi, tenebroso-cornea, valde vit-
tata; spira curta; suturis vix impressis ; anfractibus quinis, superne planula-
tis; apertura subgrandi, ovata, intus vittata; labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; colu-
mella purpurea, incrassata et contorta.

Hab. Falls of the Ohio at Louisville, W. H. DeCamp, M. D.

Goniobasis aterina. Testa, lasvi, subfusiformi, atra vel virido atra,, crassius-
cula ; spira obtusa ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus senis, con-
vexiusculis ; apertura subgrandi, subovata, intus purpurea, aliquanto albida ;
labro acuto, vix sinuoso ; columella inflecta, purpurea, incrassata et contorta.

Hab.Q&v Spring, Cumberland Gap ; and Rogers' Spring, West of Fin-
castle, East Tennessee, Capt. S. S. Lyon, U. S. Army.

Goniobasis pobrecta. Testa striata, attenuate, tenebroso-fusca, uno-vittata,;
spira attenuate, acuminata; suturis valde impressis; anfractibus novenis,
planulatis ; apertura parva, ovata, intus albida vel tenebr^a ; labro acuto,
parum sinuoso; columella inflecta et contorta.

Hab. Gap Creek and Spring, Cumberland Gap, East Tennessee, Capt. S. S.
Lyon, U. S. Army.

Goniobasis vittatella. Testa laevi vel subcarinata, conoidea, tenebroso-
fusca, uno-vittata. ; spira subacuminata ; suturis linearibus ; anfractibus octo-
nis, planulatis ; apertura parva, subrhomboidea, intus tenebrosa ; labro acuto,
parum sinuoso ; columella inflecta et contorta.

Hah. Cumberland Gap, East Tennessee, Capt. S. S.Lyon, TJ. S. Army.

Goniobasis Cumbeklandiensis. Testa, laevi, acuminato-conoidea, subtenui,
rufo-fusca, ; spira subelevata ; suturis regulariter impressis ; anfractibus octonis,
convexiusculis; apertura parviuscula, subrhomboidea, intus albida vel pur-
purescente ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella albida vel purpurea, in-
flecta et contorta.

Hab. Gap Spring, Cumberland Gap, Capt. Lyon; and Knoxville, Tennessee,
Wm. Spillman, M. D.

Trypanostoma Currierandm. Testa carinata, valde attenuata, tenebroso-
fusco-vittata ; spira valde exserta ; suturis linearibus, vix impressis ; anfrac-
tibus, instar denis, planulatis ; apertura parva, rhomboidea, intus vittata ;
labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella albida et valde contorta.

#a6._Florence, Alabama, W. H. DeCamp, M. D.

Trypanostoma Lyonii. Testa laevi, conica, virido-cornea, evittata, ; spira.
subelevata ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus instar senis, convexis ; apertura
parviuscula, rhomboidea, intus albida ; labro acuto, valde sinuoso ; columella
alba, inferne incrassata et contorta.

Hab. Cumberland River, near the Ford and Big Creek, south of Cumberland
Gap, East Tennessee, Capt. Lyon, U. S. Army.

Trypanostoma curtatcm. Testa lsevi, pyramidata, luteola, crassa ; spira
obtusa ; sujturis irregulariter impressis ; anfractibus instar septenis, planulatis,

1863.]

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ultimo impresso ; apertura, rhombica, intus albida; labro acuto, expanso, valde
sinuoso ; columella incrassata, inflecta et valde contorta.

Hab. Powell's River, near Cumberland Gap, East Tennessee, Capt. Lyon,
U. S. Army.

Amnicola Currieriana. Testa laevi, suborbiculari, tenui, luteo-cornea ; spira
depressa, ; suturis impressis ; anfractibus quaternis, superne geniculate ; aper-
tura subconstricta, semi-lunata, intus diaphana; labro acuto, expanso, re-
trorso ; columella incrassata, lata et impressa.

Bab. Huntsville, Alabama, W. H. DeCamp, M. D.

Palttdina Milesii. Testa laevi, subpyramidata, subcrassa, imperforate ; spira
exserta ; suturis valde impressis ; anfractibus senis, subinflatis ; apertura parvi-
uscula, subovata ; labro acuto, parum sinuoso ; columella superne et interne
parum incrassata.

Hab. Branch Lake, Antrim County, Michigan, M. Miles.

June 2d.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.

Mr. Vaux announced the death, on the 26th of May, of Mr. John
McCanless, and on the 29th, of Dr. John Y. Clark, late members; and
Mr. Lesley announced the death of Prof. C. Gr. C. Bernhardt, of Leyden,
late a correspondent.

The following was presented for publication:

Descriptions of two new species of Spermophilus. By Robert
Kennicott.

June 9th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Nineteen members present.

Mr. Cassin announced the death, on the 8th inst., of Edward
Harris, of Moorestown, N. J., aged 64, late a member.

Dr. Slack exhibited a living specimen of Capromys pilorides, from
Cuba.

The following was presented for publication :

Does the Moon influence the temperature of the Earth's atmosphere ?
By James Lewis, M. D.

June lQth.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Fifteen members present.

The following were presented for publication :

Descriptions of eleven new species of Exotic Unionidae, and descrip-
tions of twenty-four species of Unionidse of the United States. By
Isaac Lea.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

June 2od.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Eighteen members present.

The following were presented for publication:

Additions to a Catalogue of Stars which have changed their colors.
By Jacob Ennis.

Descriptive enumeration of a collection of Fishes from the western
coast of Central America. By Theodore Gill.

Enumeration of the Fish described and figured by Parra, scientifically
named by Felipe Poey. Translated and edited by J. C Brevoort.

Descriptions des Poissons nouvelles ou peu connues. Par M. Felipe
Poey.

June 307A.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twelve members present.

The Committee on Proceedings presented the published No. for
April and May, 1863.

On report of the respective committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published in the Proceedings :

Descriptions of four new species of SPERMOPHILTJS, in the collections
of the Smithsonian Institution.

BY ROBERT KENNICOTT.

Spermophilus mollis.

Length about 6-50 inches, vertebrae of tail 1-70 inches ; tail to end of hairg
2-60 inches. Form rather stout, with the head small and the muzzle short and
compressed. Ears rudimentary, the auricle only about one-twentieth of an
inch high, and scarcely distinguishable in dried specimens. Feet rather large,
with the claws very weak, much compressed and considerably curved. Tail
much flattened, the central hairs above and below short and closely appressed,
the outer ones longer and distended laterally. The hair clothing the body i3
remarkably fine and soft. The upper parts are finely variegated silvery-gray,
light yellowish-brown, and black; these colors intimately and uniformly mixed
throughout, without any indication of spots whatever. Under parts silvery-
gray, with a slight wash of dirty creamy yellow. Tail above yellowish-brown,
slightly mixed with black, with a distinct and prominent border and tip of
white ; beneath reddish-brown within the white border.

Though very different in coloration, this species is nearly related to S.
towns endii and the Asiatic S. guttatus.
Camp Floyd and Rocky Mountains, Utah, C. Drexler and C. S. McCarthy.

Spermophilus obsoletos.

Length of head and body about 6 inches ; vertebrae of tail one-third as long ;
tail with hairs usually less than one-half as long. Form that of Sp. spilosoma,
except that the head is much narrower, the nose longer and less pointed, and
the tail shorter. Ears very small ; auricle scarcely one-tenth of an inch in
height. Upper parts dull san'dy-gray, slightly grizzled with white and with
indications posteriorly of indistinct light spots, the black posterior borders of
which form prominent transverse black spots ; the light spots more distinct

1863.]

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

and prominent in the young, the black borders most so in the adult. No in-
dication of a longitudinal arrangement into lines of the spots. Crown nearly
of the ground-color of the back ; stripe under the eye tinged with reddish-brown,
and the edges of ears and top of nose light reddish-brown in strong contrast
with the other parts. Under parts generally dirty whitish, sometimes tinged
with light sandy-brown. Tail above near its base, the color of the back,
largely mixed with black posteriorly, and bordered and tipped with whitish ;
no distinct subterminal bar of black. The superior and lateral hairs with a
single annulation of black. The under surface light reddish-brown, bordered
and tipped by whitish, and with an indistinct subterminal border of black,
mostly concealed by the overlaying unannulated hairs of the under side of
the tail.

Closely related to S. spilosoma of which it is a northern representative. Is,
however, readily distinguishable by the different coloration and much narrower
skull.

Nabraska, Dr. Suckley, Dr. Cooper, Dr. Hayden.

Spermophilus elegans.

Length of head and body about 1 inches ; tail with hairs less than three-
sevenths as long. Body moderately slender, but stouter than in S. richard-
sonii; head narrower and more tapering, though less so than in S. \3-lineatiis.
Ears rounded, distinct, a quarter of an inch in height. Feet moderately large,
with the claws elongated, slender and curved. Tail about one-fourth shorter
than in S. richardsonii, and twice as wide, much flattened ; the central hairs
above and below closely appressed, those on the sides widely distended. Color
above pale dusky-gray, with a slight brownish wash and indistinct dark-brown
mottlings along the middle of the back, without distinct spots. Under parts
grayish-white, tinged with pale yellowish-brown or pale brownish cream-color,
this deepest along the middle of the belly on the buttocks and outside of thighs,
and arms; the chin, throat and inside of thighs and arms nearly pure white.
Tail above of the color of the back, but more tinged with yellowish-brown, and
with a subterminal narrow border, and broad bar of black widely edged and
tipped with whitish; beneath clear yellowish-brown, the central hairs without
darkannulations. with an indistinct subterminal border and indistinct bar of
black, broadly edged by whitish.

This species is most nearly related to S. richardsonii.

Fort Bridger, Utah, C. Drexler.

Spermophilus armaths.

Length T to 8 inches, vertebrae of tail a little over 2 inches; tail with hairs
about two-fifths the length of head and body. Form stout, as much so as in
S. franklinii ; head broad, ears large and distinct as in S. franklinii, the auricle
one-third of an inch in height. Feet rather large, fore claws considerably
arched and very strong. Tail short, but full, as bushy as in S. franklinii,
though with shorter hairs. Hair of the back dense and soft. Color above,
including crown, finely-mixed dark-gray and black, with a slight wash of dark-
brown along the middle of the back; the colors uniformly and intimately
mixed, and without any tendency to form spots or lines. Ears, shoulders, out-
side of thighs, and the buttocks ochry-brown, in strong contrast with the
general color. Tail both above and below mixed gray and black, all the
hairs beings annulated, with a subterminal border and tip of black edged ex-
ternally with gray.

In its heavy body, strong claws, and rather bushy tail, this somewhat re-
sembles S. franklinii. The size, coloration, etc., at once distinguish it, how-
ever, from that species.

Fort Bridger, Utah, C. Drexler.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

Additions to the Catalogue of STARS which have changed their colors.*

BY JACOB ENNIS.

17. Spica. This star was described by Humboldt in 1850, as being" decidedly
white.'' Cosmos, vol. iii. p. 181, Donati also arranges Spica among the white
stars. It is now conspicuously blue, and has been observed of this color by
myself and several friends since early in March. Inadvertently, in my commu-
nication of March in these Proceedings, I mentioned this star as Beta Librse,
which is in the near vicinity, but without speaking of a change of color.

18. Altair. Humboldt, in 1850, classes this star along with three others
which he says " have a more or less decidedly yellow light." Donati also ar-
ranges it among the yellow stars. Altair is now, June, 1863, plainly blue.

19. Deneb, or Alpha Cygni. " Decidedly white," are the words employed
by Humboldt to register this star in 1850. At present it is decidedly blue, and
it has been of this color since early in May.

Vega. This star is placed in No. 9 of this Catalogue. Humboldt, in 1850,
described it as bluish ; Donati, in 1860, as white, on the authority of Schmidt.
During February and March of this year, I often compared Vega and Capella
together when they were at the same altitude in the Northern sky, and they
seemed of the same tint, " a delicate pale blue." An observer in this city, in
the middle of May, was very decided in saying to me that Vega was much
bluer than Capella. On a reobservation of Vega, and from my recollection
of Capella, I assented to this opinion freely. This star, I believed, had deepened
its blue. Immediately there recurred to my mind the sentence of Kearny,
about Capella, in a letter to Herschell, in 1859 : " By the way, the color of Ca-
pella seems less blue than it used to be." Thus both these stars had changed
their blue, though in opposite directions. On the 8th or 9th of June, I re-
quested a friend who is not at all a star observer, to tell me of what color he
regarded that star, pointing to Vega. After looking carefully a sufficient time
he said it was green. I again looked myself, and was surprised to see that it
appeared really green. Every night since then I have anxiously watched it3
appearance, and in very clear nights it seems green, but when the air is vapoury
or hazy, it seems blue. I have referred it to some half a dozen individuals,
and they, when the nights have been clear, have also pronounced it of a green
color. Last winter, in clear moonlight nights, I ofted remarked that the green
color of Sirius was obscured by the intermingling rays of the moon, reflected
from the atmosphere. Now also Vega scarcely appears green by moonlight.
There is reason to think that this change in the color of stars from blue to
green is not uncommon. Humboldt says, " when forced to compare together
the colors of double stars, as reported by several astronomers, it is particularly
striking to observe how frequently the companion of a red or orange-colored
star is reported by some observers as blue, and by others as green." Cosmos ;
vol. iii. p. 284, note.

Donati, in the memoir referred to in my communication of March, gives
Humboldt in Cosmos, and Schmidt in Ast. Nach., as the authorities for his
classification of the colors of the stars. Therefore I was misled in the dates
for the color of his stars, for they cannot be as late as that of his memoir.
Hence, also, the supposed discrepancy between him and Kearny disappears.
Moreover, whenever he departs from the earlier of his authorities, Humboldt
in 1850, I suppose it must be in favor of the latter, Schmidt. If this supposi-
tion be correct, then it would indicate that between the observations of Hum-
boldt, and those of Schmidt, several changes of color among the stars had oc-
curred. Humboldt gives Procyon as a yellow star, Donati as white. Humboldt

* See pages 26 and 96 of this volume.

1863.]

All these aloDg with Sirius and Pol-
lux were denominated fiery red by
the ancients.

160 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

speaks of Castor as greenish, Donati as yellow. Ihavenot access just now to the
volumes of the Ast. Nach. containing Schmidt's observations.

STARS OF THE FIRST MAGNITUDE.

Of the seventeen first magnitude stars, the changes of the colors when tabu-
lated, stand as follows ; the changes having been in the order they are here
placed, the last named being their present colors. The numerals refer to the
authorities below:

1. Visible in this latitude, the 40th degree, ivhose colors have changed.
Sirius: red,l white,4,6 violet-blue,? green.7,8

Capella : red,i, % 3 yellow, 4, 6 deep blue,& pale blue.5, 8
Vega : bluish,* white, 6 pale blue, 8 deep blue, 8 green.8
Procyon : yellow,* white, 6 blue.8
Altair : yellow,*, 6 blue.8
Rigel : white, 6 blue. 8
Spica : white, 4 , 6 blue. 8

2. Visible in this latitude whose colors have not been known to change.

Aldebaran : red.
Betelgeuze : red.
Antares : red.
Arcturus: orange yellow.

3. Invisible in this latitude whose colors have changed,

Alpha Crucis : growing red.9

Eta Argus : orange yellow,! 1 deep red.io

4. Invisible in this latitude.

Canopus. ?

Alpha Eridani. ?

Beta Centauri.?

Alpha Centauri. This is a double star, about the colors of the two com-
panions Sir John Herschell says, " Both of a light ruddy or orange color,
though that of the smaller is of a, somewhat more sombre and brownish cast.

Authorities. 1. The ancients; Seneca, Ptolemy, <fec. 2. El Fergani.
3. Riccioli. 4. Humboldt. 5. Kearny. 6. Donati, quoting Schmidt.
7. Wilcocks. 8. Ennis. 9. Berard. 10 Gilliss. 11. Mackay. Besides these
authorities for first magnitude stars, there are the elder Herschell and Struve
for double stars not yet added to this catalogue, the younger Herschell and
Abbott for the six stars in Kappa Crucis, Heis for Beta Ursse Minoris, and
Tycho Brahe for the star of 1575 ; for the green of Castor Mr. Humboldt
quotes Madler in 1849, and Miss Maria Michell describes the same star as yel-
low in 18G3 : making in all nineteen authorities, and of a character that cannot
be doubted.

Among the eleven stars of the first magnitude visible in this latitude, seven,
according to these evidences, have undergone changes of color, and some of
them more changes than one. Among the six stars of the first magnitude in
the southern hemisphere, not visible here, two have changed their colors, and
of the remainder I can say nothing. And nearly all these changes have been
sudden, transpiring in short periods. Moreover, none of the eleven fir3t mag-
nitude stars visible here are white, all are either red, yellow, green, or blue.
I look with a great deal of surprise on this tabular statement. Why has it
not been made long ago ? Probably, in great part, because changes in the
colors of stars could not be accounted for by any prevailing scientific theory.
It has been rationally assumed that the stars are similar in constitution to the
sun, and the sun has been encircled with a theory which affords not the least

[June,,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 161

clue to any changes of color. This theory is most singularly complicated and
unfortunate. It surrounds the sun, said to be dark, with an apparatus con-
sisting of five distinct atmospheric envelopes, all regularly arranged one above
the other : first, a transparent envelope touching the opaque body of the sun ;
secondly, a fiery luminous envelope; thirdly, another transparent envelope ;
fourthly, another fiery luminous envelope ; fifthly, a transparent envelope sur-
rounding all the others. Among such a number of imaginary things, there
seems to be no room to imagine how changes of color could occur. Hence
the mention of a change of color in a star has been regarded as anomalous, as
an inconvenient fact, having no relation to any popular theories, and no appro-
priate place in the ordinary systems. Hence observations on the colors, and
on the changes of colors, have not been stimulated, but rather repressed by this
complex theory of the sun.

Another cause for the delay in this department of Astronomy, is the difficulty
of deciding on the real colors of the stars. The reason why I did not myself
first notice the greenness of Vega, was because I had been accustomed to re-
gard it as blue. I relied unknowingly more on my belief than on my vision.
This is the same as when in twilight, or less often in broad day, we think we
see an object very distinctly, and on a more careful view it turns out to be
really something totally different in all its parts. We s'ee partly with our
judgment, and partly with our eyes, and it often happens that our judgments
warp and change the impressions on the eye. The discoverer'of the change of
Sirius from its former white, had been so long accustomed to regard that star
as of a purple or violet blue, that it was. some time after I had said it was
green, before he convinced himself of its green color. Then as we all had the
vague idea, though entirely baseless, that a great star millions of miles in cir-
cumference could not change so soon, he thought he must have been mistaken
about the violet color. And so;did I; but since my recent observations of
Vega, I do not think so. Sirius and Vega seem both alike to have changed
quite recently and suddenly from blue to green. Hundreds of observers
had seen Sirius through a telescope, and yet Clark, of Boston, was the
first to notice that it had a companion, although that companion had been
plainly enough in the field of view of all their telescopes. Since then,
Goldschmidt, of Paris, has announced, that with a far inferior instrument,
he has observed five more companions of Sirius, all shining in its near
vicinity. Previous observers did not see them, although they must have
received the impressions on their retinas. Direct attention was required to
those special objects. In a clear night we seem to see, by an optical illusion,
ten thousand stars. The whole heavens swarm with them, and all, on account
of their minuteness, appear to the naked eye to shine with a white light. The
milky way deepens this general impression of whiteness. Probably less than
fifty stars on any night, at once, are large enough to give the impression of
colors to the naked eye. Thus the great mass appearing white, we assume
that all are white, and by this means, the judgment being wrong, the colors
strike the retina, but are not noticed.

While the telescope is necessary to distinguish the colors of the smaller stars,
I have a suspicion that the naked eye is best for stars of the first magnitude,
and perhaps for the second. These can be seen sufficiently well by the un-
aided eye, and no delicate tints are absorbed or added, as may possibly be done
by the glasses and specula of instruments. The disturbing effects of the at-
mosphere, of moonlight, and of artificial lights, may be avoided by repeating
the observations at different times.

In connection with the fact that all the stars of the first magnitude visible in
this latitude, and at least 3 of the 6 not here visible, are colored, it may be
well to state my opinion, that colored stars of all magnitudes, are far more nu-
merous than they are generally supposed, even by Astronomers. Of 600 of the
brighter double stars in the great catalogue of Struve, published in 1837, more
1863.]

162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

than one half are reported as colored, either in one or in both the companions.
A catalogue of 36 stars are reported in the forthcoming number of the Ameri-
can Journal of Science and Art, for July, by Maria Mitchkll, and selected for
the measurements of distances and angles of position ; 30 of these are colored
in both the companions, 5 were observed in weather unfavorable for obser-
vations of color, and of the remaining one nothing is said. There is a rich
mine of information in observations on the colors and on the changes of colors
in the stars.

Descriptive Enumeration of a collection of FISHES from the Western Coast
of Central America, Presented to the Smithsonian Institution, by Capt.
John M. Dow.

BY THEODORE GILL.

Captain John M. Dow having recently forwarded a small collection of Fishes
and other animals to the Smithsonian Institution, attention was arrested by
the interesting nature of some of the species, and it has been deemed advis-
able to publish descriptions of them as well as all the other new species.
Only five had been previously described; twenty-two of them are new and
several represent new generic types. Many of the species are closely related
to West Indian species.

Family GERROIDJE Bleeker.
Genus DIAPTERUS Ranz., Gill.
Eucinostomus Baird and Girard.

Diapteeus Down Gill.

The greatest height is contained 3J times in the extreme length ; the head
A\ times ; the diameter of the eye 2| in the head ; the snout equals 4-5ths of
the eye. The profile is rectilinear and the interorbital space nearly flat, but con-
vex above the eyes, and nearly as wide as the eye. The maxillary groove is
linear and extends backwards to a vertical midways between the front of the
orbit and pupil, while the scales on each side extends to the vertical from the
front of the orbits. The exposed surface of the supramaxillary bones is at first
triangular and thence oblong, the whole 2 J times as long as wide.

The height of the constricted portion of the caudal peduncle equals two-
thirds of its length and the diameter of the eye. The lateral line is scarcely
bent behind. The second and third dorsal spines are slender, and nearly equal
half the height of the body beneath ; the last is little more than half as long as
the first branched ray. The third anal spine is as long as the snout and
longer, but more slender, than the second.

D. IX. 10. A. III. 7. C. 4. I. 8. 7. I. 3. P. 1. 14.
5

Scales 47
10

The color is silvery; the spinous dorsal blackish at margin; the axilla of
pectoral blackish.

Three specimens were obtained along the coast. I dedicate the species to
the excellent collector, Capt. Dow.

Family CHJETODONTOID^J (Cuv.)
Genus POMACANTHODES Gill.
Pomacanthodes zoNiPECTUs Gill. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pa., 1862, p. 244.
A single specimen in the collection, between three and four inches long, ex-

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

hibits a pattern of coloration analogous to that stage of the Chxtodon paru
called Pomacanihus quinquecinctus. The dorsal filament is rudimentary.

Family PERCOIDJE (Cut.)

Genus CENTROPOMUS Lac.

Centropomus armatus Gill.

The greatest height is contained 3 times in the length to the fork of the
caudal fin. The head enters 2y 2 3 times in the same, and twice in the length to
the vertical behind dorsal and anal fins. The distance from the subopercular
flap to the preoperculum equals that of the latter from the hinder nostril. The
diameter of the eye nearly equals a sixth of the head's length. The dorsal
spines are very robust, and the second rather exceeds half the height of the
body. The second anal spine is exceedingly developed, reaches to the vertical
from the base of the caudal fin, and equals the interval between the snout and
hinder preopercular spines. The first dorsal, pectoral and ventral fins when
depressed terminate at nearly the same vertical, and slightly in advance of
the aDUS.

. D. VIII. I. 10. A. III. 6. C. VI. 1. 8. 7. 1. IV. P. 1. 14. V. I. 5.
7

Scales 51
14

The color is yellowish-brown above, tinged with silvery beneath. The
dorsal fins are more or less blackish ; the soft rays yellowish. The other fins
are also yellowish ; the anal blackish between the second and third spines,
and with the second reddish. The lateral linei3 brownish.

A very distinct species. Compared with the species of Cuba and the "West
Indies, most nearly the C. ensiferus of Poey. The single specimen described is
about eleven inches long.

Genus EPINEPHELUS (Bloch) Gill.

Epinephelus analogus Gill.

The height is contained 3| times in the total length, of which the head forms
a third. The preoperculum is delicately pectinated behind, and towards the
angle armed with three stronger teeth. The diameter of the eye equals a sixth
of the head's length, and equals the interorbital space as well as the snout be-
hind the intermaxillars. The third, fourth and fifth spines are equal, and con-
tained twice in the head in front of the upper preopercular angle; the tenth is
contained 2 h times. The caudal fin enters 5J times in the length ; the height
of the dorsal 2| in the head ; the anal is deeper; its third spine is longest,
and enters 4J times in the head's length ; the pectoral is half as long as the
head ; the ventral shorter, but coterminal with it. There are about 96 rows
of scales inclining more or less forwards and downwards ; above the lateral
line in front are about fourteen longitudinal rows.

D. X. 17. A. III. 8. C. 5. 8. 7. 4. P. 1. 18. V. I. 5.

The color is purplish-gray, with numerous dark spots about as large as the
pupil; those of the pectoral and caudal fins are smaller and more crowded;
of the dorsal, anal and ventral, more like those of the body. The pectorals
have a narrow white margin.

One specimen, nearly fourteen inches long, is in the collection. #

Subfamily RHYPTICINJE Gill.

Of this subfamily, three genera are now known and are represented by nine
species.

1. Rhypticus saponaceus C. and V. iii. 63.

2. " arenatus C. and V. iii. 65, pi. xlv.

1863.]

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

3. Rhypticus subbifrenatus Gill, Proc. A. N. S. 1861, 53.

4. " xanti Gill, op. c, 1862, 250.

5. " maculatus Gill, op. c, 1862, 251.

6. Promicropterus maculatus __ R. maculatus Holb., S. C, 39, pi. vi. f. 2.

7. " nigripinnis = R. nigripinnis Gill, Proc A. N. S. 1861, 53.

8. " decoratus Gill, 1863.

9. Smecticus bicolor Val., Venus, Poissons, p. 307 (pi. ii. f. 2.)

Genus PROMICROPTERUS Gill.

This genus is distinguished from Rhypticus by the presence of only two
dorsal spines.

Promicropterus decoratus Gill.

The greatest height of the body is rather less than a quarter of the total
length; the head, inclusive of the membranous prolongation of the operculum,
forms a third of the length to the base of caudal, while the latter equals the
area of the head behind the eye. The diameter of the eye is contained bh
times in the head's length, and equals the snout. The interorbital region is
convex and equals half the eye's diameter. The height of the caudal peduncle
equals the interval between the chin (front of the lower jaw) and eye, and the
length that between preorbital and eye. The band of palatine teeth is quite
broad. The dorsal and anal fins extend backwards as far as the base of caudal ;
the pectoral equals the distance of the opercular spine from the eye, and is
twice as long as the ventral.

D. II. 26. A. 16.

The color is brownish, irregularly maculated with white spots about as large
as the pupil, and generally with a blackish centre; the spots are sometimes
confluent, and most numerous on the side of the body and the opercula.

This species is closely related to P. nigripinnis, but differs slightly in propor-
tions and color, and the greater width of the palatine bands of teeth.

A single specimen, eight inches long, is in the collection.

Family SCIJENOIDJE (Cuv.) Giinther.

Genus BAIRDIELLA Gill, 1861.
Bairdiella armata Gill.
The height equals a fourth of the total length, of which the head forms ft
fourth. The caudal fin equals the head behind the front margin of the eye.
The diameter of the eye enters 4^ times in the head's length, somewhat exceeds
the interorbital area, which is scarcely convex, and equals the snout. The fourth
dorsal spine is longest and nearly equals half the head's length ; all are stout
and robust. The second dorsal commences nearly above the 20th scale of
lateral line, or tip of pectoral. The second anal spine is very strong, longer
than the first ray and nearly equals the interval between the front of orbit and
opercular flap ; the soft fin behind is incurved. The pectoral equals the in-
terval between the middle of the pupil, and the opercular flap and the ventral,
that between the front of the pupil and the same.

D. X. 1. 23. A. II. 8. C. II. 1. 8. 7. 1. II. P. I. 1. 15. Y. I. 5.
7 4

Scales 51

10 4
The color is hoary above, silvery below ; the fins yellowish ; the vertical,
especially the first dorsal, clouded with darker.

One specimen, about eight inches long: notwithstanding the development of
the anal spine and form of the fin, it appears to be a true Bairdiella.

Genus OPHIOSCION Gill.
This genus is distinguished from Bairdiella, by the form of the head, which

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

is oblong, constricted at the nape, thick and tumid, and with a high projecting
tumid snout. The mouth is small and entirely inferior, the periphery semi-
oval, and the supramaxillary almost entirely concealed. The preoperculum is
armed with small spines radiating from the angle, and with none directed verti-
cally downwards.

From Rhinoscion, it is additionally distinguished by the large scales.

A more distinct idea of the physiognomy of the genus may be obtained, if it
is stated that I was immediately reminded on seeing it of the Siluroid genus
Bagrichthys of Bleeker.

Ophioscion typicus Gill,
The height equals a quarter of the total length. The head enters rather
more than 4 times in the same. The caudal equals the interval between the
posterior nostril and opercular flap (?) and is rhomboid. The snout equals the
diameter of the eye, and enters 4^ times in the head's length ; the interorbital
region is little convex, and is held 3h times in the same. Tne supramaxillary
bone scarcely extends to the vertical from the centre of the eye, and when re-
tracted, only the inferior projection of the angle is visible. The third dorsal
spine is the longest, and equals half the distance between the snout and the
middle of the base of the pectoral. The second anal spine is very robust, but
not longer than the third dorsal ; the margin of the fin behind is convex. The
pectoral fin equals the interval between the snout and the upper angle of the
preoperculum ; the ventral is somewhat longer, the outer branch of the first
ray being prolonged.

D. X. I. 23. A. II. 7. C. IV. 1. 8. 7. 1. III. P. I. 1. 14. V. I. 5.
5

Scales 49
10

The lateral line is subangulated at about the twentieth scale and above the
great anal spine.

The color is greenish-gray above, yellowish-silvery below. The fins are
yellowish ; the unpaired one more or less clouded with grayish.

One specimen, eight inches long, is in the collection.

Genus AMBLYSCION Gill.

This genus differs from Larimus by the nearly rectilinear profile, slightly
depressed between the eyes, the almost or quite vertical cleft of the mouth, and
the uniserial teeth of the jaws. The symphysis of the upper jaw is edentulous
and emarginated ; thelower jaw is deeper at the symphysis. The other external
characters are those of Larimus.

Amblyscion argenteus Gill.

The greatest height enters 3 times in the total length ; the head equal the
height. The caudal enters Q\ times in the same. The snout is rather less than the
eye ; the latter enters 5 times in the length of the head. The interorbital area
equals the eye's diameter. The height of the caudal peduncle is a half greater
than the eye. The pectoral fins extend to the vertical from the third articu-
lated ray of the second dorsal. The anal fin begins under the twentieth and
ends under the sixteenth rays of the second dorsal.

D. X. I. 29. A. II. 6. C. II. 1. 8. 7. 1. I. P. 1. 14. V. I. 5.

The color is silvery, hoary above.

One specimen, about thirteen inches long.

Family CARANGOIDJE.

Genus CARANX (Coram.) Gill
Gnathanodon Bleeker.
1863.]

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY Of

Caranx panamensis Gill.

The height scarcely exceeds a third of the total length. The head enters 4|
times in the same. The diameter of the eye, within the membrane, equals a
fifth of the head's length and half of the snout. The jaws are even ; the supra-
maxillar extends to the vertical from the front of the pupil. The second dorsal
spine is longest, and scarcely exceeds a third of the head's length. The pec-
toral is rather longer than the head, and extends to the vertical of the sixth or
seventh anal ray. The ventral enters 1\ times in the head.

D. VII. I. 19. A. II. I. 16. P. I. 1. 19. V.I. 5.

Plates 1. 1. 18.

The color is silvery, with six moderately broad brown bands, between which
intervene six narrower ones. The first passes over the eye. In the adult
they are obsolete. The fins are yellowish ; the pectoral with a black axillar
spot.

One specimen nearly ten inches long was sent ; another is in a former col-
lection of Capt. Dow. The species is extremely nearly allied to the C. speciosus
Lac, of the Eastern Seas.

Genus CARANGOIDES Bleeker.
Carangoides dorsalis Gill.

The body is angulated at the origin of the second dorsal and anal fins, where
the height equals a half of the length to the fork of the caudal. The eye's diameter
enters 3 times in the length of the head, and the snout 2| times. The supra-
maxillary reaches to the vertical from the front of the pupil. The height of
the suborbitar, above the middle of the cleft of the mouth, equals about a quar-
ter of the head's length. The first articulated rays of the second dorsal and
anal fins are exceedingly long, equalling the interval between the snout and the
root of the caudal. The pectoral fin reaches to the root of the second dorsal.
The ventral equals the snout.

D. VII. (?) I. 18. A. II. I. 15. P. I. 1. 16. V. I. 5.

Plates 44 p. m.

The color is silvery, steel-blue above. The fins are yellowish ; the dorsal
clouded with black between the last rays.

Two specimens.

Genus CARANGDS (Girard) Gill.
Caranx Bleeker.

Carangus marginatus Gill.

The height enters about 3 times in the length to the fork of the caudal, and 3
times in the total ; the head forms a fourth of the length. The lower jaw is
even with the profile. The supramaxillar terminates at the vertical from between
the pupil and hinder border of orbit. The eye has a thin membranous eyelid
behind, extending nearly to the pupil ; the diameter enters 3f times in the
head's length and equals the snout. The breast is scaly. The pectoral is
longer than the head. The ventral extends half way to the interval between
its base, and the first soft anal ray. The lateral line is bent under the seventh
ray of the second dorsal, and thence armed with moderate shields.

D. VIII. I. 19. A. II. I. 15. P. I. 1. 18. V. I. 5.

Plates 29.

The color above is greenish-yellow, and below silvery-yellow. There is a
black scapular spot, and the second dorsal and caudal are margined with
black. The other fins are yellowish.

One specimen, about ten inches long, was received.

Genus 0LIG0PLITE3 Gill.
Oligoplites inornatus Gill.
The height enters 4f times in the total length ; the length of the head 5f

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

times. The upper maxillary reaches nearly to the vertical from the hinder
margin of the orbit ; the intermaxillary enters 2J times in the head's length.
The snout is a little longer than the diameter of the eye ; the latter equals a
quarter of the head's length. The infraorbital bones do not extend to the
preoperculum ; the one above the maxillary bones is wider than the one above
itself and as wide as that behind the eye. The opercular apparatus is vertical
in front of the pectoral and for an equal space above. The preoperculum is
nearly vertical and its angle obliquely rounded. The width of the operculum
and suboperculum in front of the lower axilla of the pectoral equals the diam-
eter of the eye and the interval between suboperculum and axil. The pectoral
equals the interval between its axis and the hinder border of the pupil; the
ventral is rather shorter but its end almost or quite reaches to the anus.

D. V. I. 20. (=9 -J- 11.) A. II. I. 20. (= 12+ 8.) G. 5. 1. 8. 7. 1. 4 P. 2.
14. V. I. 5.

The color is uniform, tinged with blue above.

One adult specimen is in the collection. It is very closely related to the
0. occidentalism f Chorinemus occidentalis C. & V.) of the Caribbean Sea but the
intermaxillar is shorter, the suboperculum wider and more convex below, the
opercular apparatus more truncated behind, and the anus and anal fin placed
farther forwards.

The Western fishes referred to the genus Chorinemus by Cuvier and Valen-
ciennes do not appear to be congeneric with the Eastern and African species,
but rather constitute a peculiar genus distinguished by the fewer (4 5) dorsal
spine3. The names of Scomberoides Lac, Orcynus Raf., Chorinemus Cuv. and
Porthmeus C. et V., (young) have been applied primarily or wholly to the extra-
American species and cannot be retained for the American type. The Chori-
nemus occidentalis, C, guaribira C. et V., C. saliens C. et V. and C. palometa Cuv-
et Val., are the known species.

Family EXOCCETOIDJE Bon.

Genus EXOCCETUS Art.

ExocffiTUS Down Gill.

The greatest height is contained 5| times in the length to the fork of the
caudal, while the head forms little more than a fifth of the same length. The
width of the forehead equals of the head's length ; the diameter of the eye a
third. The scale in the middle of the forehead is transversely oblong and the
distance between its sides and the orbits about half as great as its width. The
four granulated areas in front are of small size ; the one behind larger and with
a smaller one on each adjoining lateral scale. The preoperculum is rectangu-
lar. The pectoral fin extends to the base of the caudal; the ventral fin is in-
serted nearly midways between the operculum and base of caudal and extends
about as far as the last anal ray bent backwards.

D. 12. A. 12. C. 4. 1. 6. 8. 1. 6.
9

Scales 50
2

The dorsal commences over the twenty-eighth scale from the scapular region
and ends over the thirty-ninth.

The pectoral fins are fuliginous, with light inferior border continued on
the lower rays. The ventrals are fuliginous, except on the base, inner ray
and distal margin. The caudal also fuliginous. The dorsal and anal are
colorless.

One specimen nearly thirteen inches long is in the collection.

Dedicated to the naturalist-collector, Captain Dow.

ExOCffiTUS ALBIDACTYLUS Gill.

The greatest height is contained nearly 6 times in the length to the fork of
1863.]

168 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

the caudal. The head enters 4J times in the length. The width of the fore-
head exceeds a third of the head's length, while the diameter of the eye is less
than a third. The scale in the centre of the forehead is nearly square and
nearly equal to the distance between its sides and the orbits. The four granu-
lated areas in front are of considerable extent and behind the area is trans-
verse and confluent. The preoperculum is slightly produced at its angle. The
peGtoral fin extends nearly to the base of the caudal; the ventral is inserted
midways between the operculum and the axilla of the anal fin, and extends to
about the middle of the base of the latter.

D. 14. A. 10. P. 16.
9 '

Scales 45
2

The dorsal commences over the twenty-fifih scale from the scapular region,
and ends over the thirty-eighth.

The color of the pectoral fins is deep blue, with the uppermost branch of each
ray white. The ventral is immaculate, except at the axil and a faint spot about
its centre. The caudal is deep blue. The dorsal is also blue between its fifth
or sixth and last rays ; the anal immaculate.

One specimen eleven inches long is in the collection.

Family MJJLLOIDJE.

Genus UPENEUS (Cuv.) Bleeker.

Upeneus grandisquamis Gill.

The greatest height is contained 4 times in the length to the end of the median
caudal rays, and 4h times in the total. The head equals the height, and is
itself longer than high ; the profile in front of the eyes rapidly declines down-
wards, and is nearly rectilinear. The diameter of the eye enters 3J times in
the head's length, and the height of the preorbitar 2| times. The supra-
maxillar ends at the vertical from the front of the eye. The teeth in front of
the upper jaw are biserml ; below uniserial. The first dorsal fin is highest at
the third spine, and there equals the head in front of the preopercular mar-
gin ; the .first is exceedingly short, and the second and fourth nearly equal and
little shorter than the third ; all the spines are very slender towards the ends.
The distance of the second from the first dorsal enters If times in the base of
the former and in that interval are three scales ; its length is less than that of
the first. The ventral equals the distance of the hinder margin of the orbit
from the snout.

The tubes of the lateral line have slender branches diverging from them,
generally directed obliquely upwards. The larger scales have six radiating
striae.

1 1

D. VIII. I. 7-. A. I. 5-- C. V. I. 7. 6. I. IV. P. I. 1. 14. V. I. 5.
1 1

Scales 29 (+ 2) ; transverse line \ 2 | 1 | 5.

The color is light greenish-brown above, with an indistinct silvery spot at
the centre of each scale. Below the lateral line, especially between it and the
anal fin, the color is rose. The dorsal fins covered with spots of the color of the
back. The others are immaculate.

Two specimens, the longest of which is seven inches and a half long, are in
the collection.

Family POLYNEMATOIDJE Bleeker.

Genus TRICHIDION (Klein).
Trichidion operculars Gill.
The greatest height equals a fourth of the length to the fork of the caudal

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 169

fin, and more than a fifth of the extreme, while the head enters 4 times in the
latter. The outline from the dorsal to the snout is nearly rectilinear and little
declined. The distance of the anal from the outer axil of the ventral equals
that of the posterior nostril from the margin of operculum. The first dorsal,
when bent backwards, rests on the fourth scale, in front of the second. The
second commences nearly above the twentieth scale of the lateral line.
The pectoral is as long as the head behind the pupil. There are eight
pectoral filaments, the longest of which extends rather beyond the front of the
second dorsal.

D. VIII. 1. 12. A. II. 13. P. I. 1. 13.

8
Scales 6970
14
The color is greenish-brown above and yellowish-green below. The oper-
culum is blackish. The fir3t dorsal and the pectorals, except below, are
also blackish, as is likewise the margin of the caudal. The anal is tinged
with orange.

A single specimen, eleven inches long, is in the collection.

Trichidion approximans Gill ex. L. and B.
One specimen.

Family MUGILOID^E.
Genns MUGIL (Linn).

From this genus, I would exclude the Mugil proboscidcus of Giinther and the
M. corsula of H. Buchanan. The former is the type of a genus which may be
called Chxnomugil, and distinguished by the longitudinal cleft of the mouth,
the narrow and pointed lower jaw and the thick and angular upper lip. Two
species are known to me. To the Mugil corsula can be given the new generic
designation of Rhinomugil corsula ; it is distinguished by the projecting rounded
snout and the lateral position of the nostrils.

MtJGIL GUENTHERII Gill.

The height enters 5 times in the total length ; the head 5 times ; the caudal
4, and its median rays 7. The interorbital space and snout are little convex
transversely ; the eye has a posterior membrane covering the iris and hind part
of pupil, and an anterior covering the iris; the diameter equals a fifth of the
head's length, and is less than the snout. The lips are rather thin. A deep
groove is in front of the vomer. The upper labial teeth are very conspicuous.
The snout, which is longer than the eye, does not project beyond the mouth.
The preorbital is narrowed and obliquely rounded behind, leaving a narrow
line of the maxillary exposed. The dorsal fins are nearly equal in height,
and contained twice in the head's length ; the second as long as high ;
the origin of the first is nearer the snout than the base of the caudal fin,
and above the twelfth scale; the second above the twenty-fourth scale of the
lateral line. The pectoral fin is contained l times in the length of the head
and extends to the eleventh scale of the lateral line. The tip of the ventral is
halfway between its base and the anus. The anal is longer and higher than
the second dorsal and longer than high; it commences in advance of the second
dorsal. All the fins are scaleless.

D. IV. 1. 8. A. III. 9.

Scales 1. 1. 38. Longitudinal rows 13.

The base of the pectoral is blackish. One specimen about ten inches long.
To Dr. Giinther we are indebted for the better elucidation of the numerous
species of Mugil.

1863.] 13

170 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

Family BATRACHOIDJE Sw.

Genus BATRACHOIDES Lac.

The family of Batrachoids is capable of the following division :

A. Dorsal spines three ; opercular spines two.

1. Body naked. Palatal teeth uniserial Batrachus.

2. Body naked. Palatal teeth villiform Halophryne*

3. Body scaly. Palatal teeth uniserial Batrachoides. f

B. Dorsal with two spines ; operculum with one.

1. Canine teeth none Thalassophryne.

2. Canine teeth on vomer Porichthys.

Batrachoides pacifici Gill.
Batrachus pacifici Giinther, iii. 173.

One specimen is in the collection, and differs from those described by
Giinther in the uniform coloration and the larger number of rays. (D. III. 27.
A. 23.)

Family GOBIOIDJE (Cuv.)

Genus DORMITATOR Gill.

DoRMITATOR MICROPHTHALMUS Gill.

The greatest height is contained 3| times in the total length and equals the
length of the head. The eye is small, the diameter equalling only a quarter
of the interorbital area, and little more than an eighth of the head's length.
The maxillary ceases in front of the vertical of the eye. There are three
preopercular pores. The caudal is little longer than the interval between the
front of the orbit and the opercular lobe. The dorsal bent backwards reaches
to the base of the caudal. The pectoral is little shorter than the caudal.
There are thirteen rows of scales between the origins of the second dorsal and
anal fins.

D. VII. I. 8. A. I. 9. P. 1. 15.

Scales of lateral line 33.

The color is blackish, with light spots at the junctions of the scales, especially
on the caudal portion. On the shoulder is a diffused black spot. A black
band extends from the eye to the angle of the mouth. The dorsal fins are
transversely spotted with darker, and the others clouded, the pectorals above
being clear.

A single specimen, nearly a foot long, is in the collection.

The Eleotris latifrons of Richardson, from the Pacific, is referred, after autopsy,
to Dormitator maculatas, (Eleotris macula (a Giinther ex Bloch) by Giinther,
which has only " nine or ten series of scales between the origin of the second
dorsal and the anal," the diameter of the eye " not quite one-third of the in-
terorbital space," and a less elevated body.

Genus LEPTARIUS Gill.

This new generic type is established for a representative of the Arii of
Bleeker, having six fleshy barbels, the band of teeth on the palate, behind the
maxillary band, quadripartite ; the head granulated and without lateral font-
anelles, the teeth of the dorsal spine before and behind directed downwards ;
with five branchiostegal rays, a slender body, and & very slender caudal peduncle,
the anal fin rather low and oblong, the thin, adipose fin extending behind the anal,
and the fins little developed

This genus is closely related to Hexanematichlhys (Bleeker), but is distin-
guished by the characters italicized in the foregoing diagnosis.

* Type, Halophryne Piemensis = Batrachoides Diemensis Les.
f liatrachuides turinamesis ex Block.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

Among the Arii, with six barbels, there are apparently, thirteen generic
types, Galeichthys Val., Hexanematichthys Bleeker, Leptarivs Gill, Guiritinga
Bleeker, Cephalocassis Bleeker, Hemiarius Bleeker, Ariopsis Gill, Notarius JGill,
(=Arius Bleeker, 1862, nee 1858), Netuma Bleeker, Ariodes M. T., Sciades M. T.,
Arms Val., Bleeker, 1859 (Pseudarius Bleeker, 1862,) and Genidens Cast.

Bleeker, in his first systematic revision of the Siluroids, restricted the name
Arius to the genus of which the Arius arius Val. is the type, and, although it
might have been advisable to have retained it for the first group, as be subse-
quently did, it must now be preserved with the limits assigned in 1859. His genus
Arius, of 1862, comprises two distinct types, one with the buckler oblong, re-
presented by the Arius grandicassis, which may be called Notarius, and the
other with the buckler transverse, already named Ariopsis.

Leptarius Down Gill.

Extreme length (5-f inches) 100

Body. Greatest height 10

Height at ventrals 8

Height of tail behind anal fin 5 -J

Least heightof tail 5

Length of tail 17

Head. Greatest length 19

Distance from snout to nape

Greatest width 13 1

Width of interorbital area 5

Length of snout 6

Length of maxillary barbels 30

Length of outer chin barbels 12

Length of inner chin barbels 10

Orbit. Diameter 31

Dorsal. Distance from snout 25*

LeDgth of spine 71

Greatest height 1~-\-x.

Length of base 7

Anal. Distant from snout 55

Length 13

Height at longest ray 71

Caudal. Length 13

Length of middle rays 6

Pectoral. Length ju

Length of spine 10

Ventral. Distance from snout 42

Length 7

Genus SCIADES Mull, and Troschel.
Sctades Troschelii Gill.
The greatest height is contained about 4| times in the length to the base of
the caudal fin, and 5J times in the total. The caudal peduncle, behind the
anal, equals the interval between the snout and the eye, and its least height
that between the centre of the anterior nostril and eye. The head in front and
on the sidt-s is smooth, and a smooth, oblong triangular area extends nearly to
the vertical from the upper angle of the preoperculum ; a triangular area on
each side is incurved externally to the narrow anterior extremity, and covered
with white pisiform granulations. The dorsal buckler is a pentagon, with a
semi-circular excavation behind and with its surface rugose. The head enters
three times in the length before the end of the anal fin and more than four
times in the total ; its width equals the interval between the snout and upper
angle of preoperculum, and the interocular area equals half the head's length.
1863.]

172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

The eye is elliptical, and its diameter is contained 6| times in the head's
length. The distance of the posterior nostril from it equals a diameter. The
maxillary barbels extend to about the middle of the pectoral ; the outer mental
to its base, and the inner mental are two-thirds as long as the outer.

There are three villiform patches on the palate which are almost contiguous,
and together describe arch in front ; the median patch is small, rather trans-
verse and widest towards the front ; the outer are oblong, subtriangular. The
band of the upper jaw is nearly uniform and quite wide ; the lower, interrupted
at the symphysis, is nearly half as wide as the upper, and is narrowed towards
its ends.

The dorsal spine enters 1 J times in the head's length, has in front, first, minute
teeth pointed downwards, and then a row of small pisiform tubercles ; teeth
pointed downwards on its hinder border. The first ray is little higher than
the spine. The anal commences at a distance from the snout 3f times as great
as that from the base of the caudal fin ; its length enters 6$ in the length, ex-
clusive of the caudal, and when bent back, it reaches to the supernumerary
caudal rays ; the greatest height nearly equals the length. The pectoral fins
extend rather beyond the base of the dorsal and exceed a fifth of the length,
exclusive of the caudal; the spine equals that of the dorsal. The ventrals are
inserted midways between the base of the pectoral spines and the axil of the
anal, and extend to the origin of the anal.

D. I. 7. A. 16. C. 11. I. 6. 7. I. 11.

The fins are almost blackish.

A single specimen is in the collection.

Genus AELURICHTHYS B. and G.
Pimelodus Bleeker, nee Cuv. et al ex Lac.

Aklurichthys panamensis Gill.

The greatest height iB contained 5 times in the length to the base of the
eaudal fin, and 6^ times in the total. The height of the caudal peduncle equals
half the interorbital area, and is half its length behind the anal fin. The
smooth head enters 4 times in the length to the middle of the central caudal
rays, and nearly 5 times in the total.

The width of the head enters 1 J times in its length, and the width of the
interorbital area If. The eye is elliptical ; its diameter equals a fourth of the
head's length, and the distance from the anterior nostril is equal to it. The
maxillary barbels extend backwards nearly to the anus, and the mental to the
bases of the pectoral fins.

The dorsal buckler is rather longer than wide, with its anterior margin con-
cealed and its lateral and posterior very conspicuous, rounded towards the
posterior angles and emarginated behind ; the sides slope and form a rectangle,
and the surface is filled with deep oblong pits.

The anal fin is situated midways between, or scarcely in advance of, the cen-
tral point between the bases of the pectoral and caudal fins ; it is oblong and
equals or nearly equals the width of the head. The pectoral filaments extend
about to the middle of the anal fin ; the ventrals are inserted midways between
the lower jaw and base of caudal, and extend backwards to the anus, entering
2| times in the head's length.

D. I. 7. A. 27. C. 13. 1. 7. 6. T. 12. P. I. 13. V. 6.

The color above is plumbeous ; the pectorals thickly dotted with black on
their inner faces ; and the anal less so.

One specimen eight inches long is in the collection.

Family LEP ID OSTEOID JE.

Genus ATRACTOSTEUS Girard ex Raf.
Atractosteus tropicus Gill.
The height is contained 8 J times in the extreme length, and i3 nearly a half

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

greater than the thickness. The head forms scarcely less than a fourth of the
same. The snout equals the distance of the margin of the fifth scale of the
lateral line from the front of the eye. The breadth of the head at the occiput
equals half the length of the snout; at the eyes, little more than a third and
behind the nostrils, it enters 5J times in the same. The diameter of the eye
equals a sixth of the snout's length. The operculum is nearly as high as long,
subangulated behind, convex below at the anterior third, and thence advanc-
ing upwards towards the posterior margin. The ventral fins are nearer the
snout than the margin of the caudal, the latter extending about a third of
its own length beyond.

D. (III.) 7. A. (III.) 8. C. (IX 2 ) 6+6. (IX 2 ) P. (I.) 13. V. (III.) 6.
8

Scales 52-j-(at ventral between median dorsal and abdominal rows.)

12

The scales are nearly smooth ; in front deeper than long and obliquely con-
vex below; behind oblong rhombic and with rectilinear margins. Forty-five
scales precede the dorsal fin; the ventrals are behind the sixteenth oblique
row ; the anal behind the thirty-fifth and ending with the forty-first. Seven
rows of scales intervene between the lateral line and ventral fins.

The color is glaucous above the lateral line and yellowish beneath. A spot
in front of the caudal above the lateral line ; others are on the forty-fifth and
forty-seventh rows of scales below the lateral line, and obscure ones on the
base of the caudal.

This species is, for American Zoologists and Palaeontologists, the most inter-
esting fish of Oapt. Dow's fine collection. It is by far the most southern conti-
nental representative of the family that has been yet made known, the " Lepisos-
tens robolo 1 ' of Lacepede, founded on the Esox chilensis of Molina, not belonging to
this family. The only other species hitherto discovered beyond the boundaries
of the United States or Northern Mexico is a Cuban species of the same genu3,
the Atractosteus tri3toechus,Esoz tristocchus of Schneider and Lepidosteus manjuari
of Poey. The present species is distinguished by the form of the operculum, its
proportions and the large size of the scales. A single specimen, nearly sixteen
inches long, was obtained by Capt. Dow.

Family TRYGONOIDJE.

Genus UROTRYGON Gill.

Urotrygon mundus Gill.

The disk is orbicular with a slight linguiform projection in front and with
the pectoral fins behind broadly rounded. The distance of the snout from the
hinder margin of the pectorals equals the width of the disk. The tail (behind
the anus) is rather longer than the body (in front). The spine is inserted be-
hind the middle of the tail, and is about as long as the distance between the
snout and the nostrils. The ventral fins extend outwards, the rectilinear an-
terior margin tending little backwards, and the external margins are on a line
with and complete the outline of the disk. The posterior margin in the male
is nearly rectilinear, while in the female it is slightly convex, especially to-
wards the inner angles. The upper velum is very sinuous and fimbriated. The
teeth are pointed and pyramidal. The spiracles are oval, interrupted at the
intero-anterior angle by the eyes, and the margins are entire and well defined.
The skin is beset with numerous small stelliform tubercles, larger on the
dorsal region. The color is a uniform dark-brown above.

Two small specimens, male and female, are in the collection.

The present species would, by many zoologists, be referred to the genus
Urolophus of Miiller and Henle, but it would appear that it and the U. torpedinus

1863.]

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

should be separated from that genus and referred to a distinct one, distin-
guished by the rounded and not angular outline, the longer tail and posterior
insertion of the spine, and especially the acute teeth.

Enumeration of the Fish described and figured by Farra, scientifically named

by Felipe Foey.

Antonio Parra was born in Portugal, and I believe resided in Havana for a
long time, where he was probably naturalized, for he dedicates his work to the
King of Spain, and sent the objects he described to the Museum of Natural
History of Madrid. He printed in this last city, in 1799, at the printing office
of the Viuda de Ibarra, a pamphlet in 8vo. entitled : Discursosobrelos medios de
connaturalizar y propagar en Espana los Cedros de la Habana y otros arboles,
asi de construction como de Nader as curiosas y frutales. At page 21 is " an account
of the different trees of the Island of Cuba, which contains 267 species and 20
Palms," and at page 30 a "notice of some kinds of hard wood which are in the
Island, their colors, the localities where they are found and their uses." The
author describes them in popular terms only.

The first important work of Parra is the one printed at Havana in 1787, at
the printing office of the Capitania General, in square 8vo., under the title Descrip-
tion de diferentes piezas de Historia Natural, las mas del ramo maritimo, representa-
das en setentay cinco laminas. This number of plates includes two of ornamental
stands and two of a negro suffering from a greatly developed hernia. In some
copies there is a second title, engraved, containing the words Peces y Crusta-
ceos de la Isla de Cuba.* It contains 40 plates of Fishes, representing 71 species, of
which 3 belong to Florida; there are 17 plates of Crustacea, the rest represent-
ing turtles, zoophytes and minerals.

The figures were probably drawn by the son of Antonio Parra; he also en-
graved them and colored some of the copies. The edition has long since been ex-
hausted. One copy is in the library of the Economic Society, another is owned
by M. Domingo de Arozarena, and M. Leonardo del Monte has the third. All
the objects figured, including the negro with the hernia, are deposited in the
Museum of Madrid, and have been of help in settling some serious doubts by
the assistance of the present director of the Museum, M. Mariano de la Paz
Graells.f

The work cites no authors, contains no classification, no scientific terms, and
the names are all popular ones. It is easily seen that Parra has studied no
books except the great book of nature; by his own natural gifts he has succeed-
ed in describing and figuring objects as correctly as his cotemporaries, and even
surpasses Bloch in the exactness of his figures. Cuvier says, "it is one of the
most useful works in the study of the fishes of the Gulf of Mexico, not only
on account of the text, but also on account of the very exact figures represent-
ing them."

Parra does not omit describing the teeth of the jaws, the asperities of the
scales, nor even the spinous rays of the dorsal fin and the furrow in which they
can be hidden. He dwells more especially on the number and the peculiari-
ties of the fins, and he cannot be reproached for omitting in his descriptions de-
tails that are shown in his figures. He observed, very properly, that the colors
are less important than the rest of the organism, for he only treats of them
last. To be sure he neglects the palatine teeth, the spines of the operculum,
the denticulation3 of the preoperculum, the exact number of the spinous and
soft rays, but this is not surprising in one who preceded Cuvier and Valenciennes,

*My copy has an engraved frontispiece representing two tritons raising a net full of fish near a
rook, with a label inscribed, Lahore, et Constantia. J. C. Brevoort.

t In the United States, copies are known to be in the libraries of the Boston Society Of Natural
History, in the late Dr. DeKay's, in the Astor Library and in my own, this last a colored one. J.C.B.

[J

une,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 175

and who probably was not acquainted with the works of Artedi, Linnaeus or
Gronovius.

He often gives the size of the fish, but he may be found fault with for having
sometimes given measurements of parts without that of the whole.

Whatever may be the merits and defects of Parra, it is not the less true that
his work has become indispensable, for Bloch has established several species
on the sole authority of his figures, and because Cuvier and Valenciennes have
often quoted him, as well as M. Hollard.

I propose to put scientific names to Parra's figures, with some necessary re-
marks, and shall use the labors of my predecessors while often correcting them.
The chief writers who have cited Parra, are Bloch, Cornide, Cuvier, Valen-
ciennes, Guichenot, Miiller and Henle, and Hollard.

Bloch has named almost all the figures of Parra in his posthumous work en-
titled Systema Ichthyologiie iconibus CX.. illustratum, published by Schneider in
1801. When the species appeared to be a new one he kept the vulgar name of the
author, even in doubtful cases. He was often mistaken, and was corrected by
Cuvier and Valenciennes, to whom he repeatedly serves as a guide.

Cornide, author of an Ensayo de una historia de los Peces y otras producciones
marinas de la costa de Galicia, 1788, names Parra's fish in a confidential letter
addressed to M. Casimiro Gomez Ortega, Director of the Botanical Garden in
Madrid; which letter is published in the first volume of his work, printed at
Paris in 1818, under the title of Coleccion de Papeles cientificos, historicos y politi-
cos sobre la isla de Cuba. Cornide was not very successful in his determina-
tions ; he constantly refers the American species to others he had observed in
Europe. He recognized but four Linnaean species, and these the most striking
ones, namely, a Fistularia, a Diodon, and two Squali. He did not even notice
the Balistes vetula, nor the Lophius vespertilio. He often gives only the genus,
and not always correctly, so far as to confound a Chaetodon with a Sparus
and a Serranus with a Labrus.

Cuvier, in his notes to the Regne Animal, second edition, torn. 2, 1817, has named
several of Parra's figures, and also in his Histoire ge'ne'rale el particular e des Pois-
so?!i,which began to appear in 1828, with the assistance of Valenciennes, and stop-
ped in 1849 with the 22d volume, at the end of the Abdominal Malacopterygians.
The opinion of these celebrated ichthyolgists is of the greatest weight, from
their known scientific attainments, and because they had at their disposal al-
most all the fish described in the work of Parra; some having been given by
myself, together with my own drawings ; the others by M. Desmarest, who re-
ceived them from M. Fournier.

M. Guichenot undertook the part relating to Fish in the Histoire politique,
physique et naturelle of M. Ramon de la Sagra. He has not omitted to quote
Parra's work, but he seems to have taken small pains while doing so, and to
have relied on Cuvier and Valenciennes, whose correct determinations and
whose errors he reproduces. In the families not treated of by these naturalists
he generally determines his species from Hollard.

M. Saco has corrected the nomenclature of Cornide, with the assistance of
M. Guichenot's work, and without studying Parra's work. This distinguished
author, having no knowledge of Ichthyology, and not being familiar with what
is known as Synonymy, has not made the best use of his model.

Parra is quoted in Miiller and Henle's work on Plagiostomes, in the Mono-
graph of the Gymnodonts of Hollard, in the Fishes of New York, by Dr. DeKay,
and by Dr. Bleeker in several of his articles.

As for myself, it will be seen on examination how much I have added to and
corrected all that has hitherto been done. The opinion of authors has not
been given without care. I have compared their descriptions with those of
Parra, and with actual specimens, having the advantage of working in Havana,
and of knowing the fish by their popular names. My authority is therefore of
some weight, even where my names are the same as those given by others ; in

1863.]

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

which case it may be looked upon as a confirmation rather than a repetition.
If I did not believe it to be so, I should not have taken the pains to write.

The reader must understand that my object is not to give a complete
synonymy of the fishes figured by Parra, but to name them in the best possible
manner, quoting authors who have quoted Parra, so that each may get his
due. Thus I shall quote Bloch, Cuvier, Valenciennes, and Hollard. As for
M. Guichenot, I shall often quote him, because he had Parra's work under
his eyes, and in some cases his opinion is well founded. If not quoted in all
cases, it is for reasons above given. It is useless to notice Cornide and M.
Saco.

In my nomenclature, I practise the aphorism which I thus enunciate :
nomen auctoris ad speciemperpetuam refertur nee ad variabile genus.

Nomenclature.

N, B. The first figure after the name refers to the page of Parra's work, the
second to the plate, and the third to the figure.

1. Pkscador. (1, 1.) Antennarius ocellatus Bl.

Named by Bloch 142, Lophius histrio L., var. ocellatus, upon the simple in-
spection of Parra's figure. By Val. 12, 419, Chironecies ocellatus. By Guich.
Chir. biocellatus, C. V., erroneously.

2. Serrana. (2, 2, sup.) Eques lanceolatus L.

Quoted by Cuvier, 5, 165, Eq. baltcatus, as a synonym of Chielodon lanceolatus,
L. Linnaeus has the priority. The vulgar name is now Vaqueta, which is,
however, but little used, and is also applied to the next species.

3. Serrana. (2, 2, inf.) Eques punctatus Bl.

Quoted by Bloch, 106, upon the inspection of Parra's figure. He confounds
it, like Parra, with the preceding species.

4. Perro Colorado. (3, 3, 1.) Cossyphus Bodianus Bl.

Quoted by Bloch, 329, Lutianus Perro, being the same which he had named
in his large work, tab. 255, Lufjanus Verres, and tab. 223, Bodianus Bodianus.
Quoted by Val., 13, 103.

5. Perro. (4, 3, 2.) Lachnolaimus caninus Cuv.
Quoted by Cuvier, Regne An. 257, Lachnolaimus.

6. Diablo. (5, 4.) Maltke vespertilio L.
Quoted by Val., 12, 440.

7. Guativere. (7, 5, 1.) Serranus Guativere Val.

Quoted by Bloch, 336, Bodianus Guativere, which he confounds with the next
species of Val., 2, 283.

8. Guativere. (8, 5, 2.) Serranus Outalibi Val.
Quoted by Val., 2, 381.

9. Chikivita. (9, 6, 1.) Chxtodon Paru Bl.

Bloch, 217, confounds it with the next species. Pomacanthus Paru Cuv., 7,
205. Following Mr. Gill, I suppress the genus Pomacanthus of Cuvier, and
adopt Sarothrodus Gill, instead of Chxtodon Cuv. The popular name is now
Chirivica.

10. Chirivita. (10,6, 2.) Chxtodon aureus Bl.
Pomacanthus aureus Cuv., 7, 202.

11. Isabelita. (11, 7, 1.) Eolacanthus ciliaris L.

Quoted by Bloch, 335, under the name of Chxtodon Parrx ; but it is the same
as the C. ciliaris L., to which Cuv. 7, 154, refers it.

12. Catalineta. (12, 7, 2,) Holacanthus tricolor Bl.
Chxtodon tricolor, Bl. 219 ; Cuv. 7, 162.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 177

13. Bajonado. (13, 8, 1). Pagellus Bajonado BL

Cited by BL, 284, Sparus Bajonado, doubtful species ; by Guich. P. Penna,
C.V., with doubt.

14. Caxis. (14, 8, 2.) Mesoprion caxis Bl.

Cited by Bl. 284, Sparus caxis, doubtful species. It is the Mesoprion griseus
Cut. 2, 469. The letter x being pronounced j in the old Spanish, it should
be written now Cajis, or rather Caj'i.

15. Cochino. (15, 9). Batistes vetula L.
Cited by Bl. 470; by Holl. and Guich.

16. Sobaco. (17, 10). Balisies macrops Poey.

Cited by Bl., 465, as a variety of Bal. maculatus L., and by Holl. under the
name of Batistes longissimus Holl. Mr. Guichenot, who has followed for the
Balistides the unpublished monograph of Holl., calls it also B. longissimus
without naming the author. It appears that he has forgotten to name Hol-
lard ; he refers, also, the species to Bl. Syst. 464, n. 2, which is the B. hispidus
L., probably by a misprint, instead of, n. 3, cited by Blkr., Batistes maculatus L.
See Poey, Mem. 2, 326.

17. Galafate. (18, 11, 1). Batistes piceus Poey, (1).

Cited B. ring em L. by Bl., 473, Holl., Guich. Blkr. The vulgar name Gala-
fate is a corruption of Calafate, which means Calfateur, (calker).

18. Cucoto. (19, 11, 2). Balistes cicalricosus Poey, (2).

Cited by BL, 475, B. Brasiliensis var. ; by Holl. and Guich., B. calolepis Holl.
Later Hollard referred it to his B. lineo-punctatus, which appears to be the
same as the B. curassavicus Gm. It is now written Cocuyo.

19. Catalufa. (20, 12, 1). Priacanthus catalufa Poey, (3.)

Cited by BL, 304, Anthias macrophthalmus, a species of the East Indies ; by
Cuv., 397, Priac. macrophthalmus, the male of which, says he, is the Pr. cepe-
dianus Desrn., in which he is mistaken.

20. Quiebra-acha. (21, 12, 2). Chorinemus quicbra Cuv.
Cited by Cuv. 8, 396 ; by BL, 25, Scomber aculealus var.

21. Matejuelo blanco. (22, 13, 1). Malacanthus Plumieri Bl.

Cited by Bl. Sparus oblongus, p. 283 ; but it is the same as his Coryphxna
Plumieri, p. 298; cited by Cuv., R. An. p. 264 ; by Val. 13, 319.

22. Matejuelo Colorado. (23, 13, 2). Holocentrum Matejuelo Bl.

Cited by BL, 206, Amphiprion Matejuelo, doubtful species; by Cuv., 3, 186,
Hot. longipinne, a species very, nearly allied, if it is not the same ; in any case
Bloch has the priority.

23. Morcielago. (25, 14). Dactylopterus volitans L.

Cited by Cuv., 4, 117. This vulgar name, so written, is a corruption of the
Spanish word Murcielago (Bat.)

24. Volador. (28, 15). Exocaztus mesogasler BL
Cited by Bl. 430; by Val. 19, 120.

25. Bonaci cardenal. (29, 16, 1). Serranus cardinalis Val.

Cited by Val. 2, 379. BL, 77, has confounded, under the name of Johnius
guttatus, this species with the following ; his name should not be preserved,
because it had been previously employed by Linna?us.

26. Bonaci arara. (30, 16, 2). Serranus Bonaci Poey.

Cited by Poey, Mem. 2, 129, 352, instead of Ser. Arara Val. 2, 377 ; Johnius
guttatus var.

27. Chapin?. (31, 17, 1). Ostracion, (4)

Cited by BL, 499, Ostr. bicaudalis L., as well as by Holl.

1863.]

ITS PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

28. Chapin J*. (31, 17, 2,). Ostracion, (4 a.)

Cited erroneously by Bl., 4D9, 583, Oslr. quadricornis L., as well as by Guich

29. Rascacio. (34, 18, 1). Scorptena Rascacio Poey.

BL, 192, refers it to Sc. Scrofa L. ; and Cuv. to Sc. Bufo, 4, 306. See Poey
Mem. 2, 169.

30. Lagarto. (36, 18, 2). Synodus.

Cited Saurus myops by Val., 22, 4S5 ; referred to the Salmo fattens L. by Bl.
404. It is to me a new or very doubtful species.

31. Tamboril. (37,19,). Tetrodon licvigatus L.

Cited by BL, 503, Telr. lagocephalus L. ; by Guich., Tetraodon Lisse, and in
the synonymy Tetr. licvigatus L.

32. Rabirrubia. (42, 20, 1). 3Iesoprion chrysurus BL

Cited by BL, 309, Anthias Rabirrubia ; but it is the same as his Sparus chry-
surus BL, Ichth. tab. 262. Cited by Cuv. 2, 459. It should be written in
Spanish Rabirubia.

33. Rabirrubia de lo alto. (43, 20, 2). Serranus creolus Val.

Cited by Val. 2, 265. Bl. makes a doubtful variety of the preceding species,
Syst. p. 309.

34. Rabirrubia genizara. (44, 21, 1). Clepticus genizarra Val.

Cited by Val., 13, 260. The word Genizaro, in the feminine genizara, means
Janissary. Has M. Val. correctly latinized it ?

35. Barbero. (45,21,2). Acanthurus phlebotomus C.V '.

Cited by C. V., 10, 176. Bl. refers it to his Ac. cceruleus, p. 214.

36. Lija trompa. (46, 22, 21, 1). Alutera picturala Poey (5).

Cited erroneously Monacanthus longirostris by HolL, as well as by Guich.

37. Lija barbuda. (48, 22, 2). Alutera Giintheriana Poey (6).

Cited with doubt by BL, 462, as Balistes monoceros L. Cited by Guich. Mo-
nacanthus anginosus HolL ; and by HolL Aluterus anginosus. It is by a mis-
print that Guich. has written Lija trompa.

38. Lija colorada. (49, 22,. 23). Monacanthus Parraianus Poey (7).
Cited Mon. macrocerus HolL by Guichenot.

39. Cherna. (50, 24, 1). Serranus striatus Bl.

Cited by BL, 310, with doubt, Anthias Cherna,hut it is the same as his Anth.
striatus. Cited by Cuv. R. An. 141, and by Val.^2, 288.

40. Jabonsillo. (51, 24, 2). Rhyptkus saponaceus Bl.

Cited by BL, 310, Anthias saponaceus. Cited by Cuv. 3, 60, Rypiicus.

41. Caballerote. (52, 25, 1). Mesoprion caballerote Bl. (8).

Cited by BL, 310, Anthias caballerote ? Cuv., 2, 465, Mesoprion cynodon Cuv.,
a distinct species.

42. Jocu. (53, 25, 2). Mesoprion Jocu Bl.

Cited by BL, 410, Anthias Jocu; by Cuv. 2, 466.

43. Guacamaya. (54, 26)". Scarus Guacamaia Cuv.

Cited by Cuv., R. An. 265. Val. describes under this name another species,
which I name in my Mem., 2, 393, Sc. Pleianus.

44. Loro. (57, 27, 1). Scarus cceruleus BL

Cited by BL, 288, Sc. Loro, which is the same as the following; by Val. 14
186.

45. Trompa. (57, 27, 2). Scarus cceruleus BL
Cited by Val. 14, 186; the preceding species.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

46. Vieja. (58, 28, 1). Scarus superbus Poey.

Cited erroneously by Bl., 289, Sc. vetula L., as well as by Cuv., R. An. 266,
and by Val., 14, 193. See Poey, Mem. 2, 218.

47. Vieja. (58, 28, 2). Scarus Abildg a ardii Bl.

Cited by Bl., 289, Sc. coccineus, doubtful species, but it is the same which
he names Sc. Abildgaardii in his Ichthyologie, pi. 259.

48. Vieja. (59, 28, 3). Scarus Chloris Bl.

Cited by BL, 289, doubtful species ; by Cuv. R. An. 266 ; by Val., 14, 203, Sc.

vivens.

49. Vieja. (59, 28, 4). Scarus flavescens Bl.

Cited by Bl., 290, doubtful species ; by Val., 14, 2S9, Callyodon flavescens.
It is not a Calliodon.

50. Erizo. (60, 29, 1). Diodon Atinga L.
Cited by Guich Diodon Hystrix L.

51. Guanabana. (62, 29, 3). Diodon.

Cited by Bl., 512, D. Hystrix L., variety; by Guich., D. orbicularis Bl.

52. Trompetero. (63, 30, 1). Solenostomus tabacarius L.

Cited by BL, 114, Fistularia tabacaria L., as well as by Guich.

53. Trompetero Colorado. (65, 30, 2). Aulostoma coloratum M. and Tr.
Cited by Guich. Aid. Chinense Lac. (Fistularia Chinensis L.)

54. Raro. (66, 30, 3). Murcena fasciata Thunb.

Cited by BL, 529, Gymnothorax fasciatus, which he refers to Mur. fasciata
Thunb.

55. Bagre. (68, 31, 1). Galeichthys marinus Mitch.

BL, 378, cites it, referring it to the Silurus Bagrus L. Cited by Val., 15,
33, Gal. Parro3. The species is from Florida, as Parra indicates.

56. Brotula. (70, 31, 2). Brotida barbata Bl.

Cited by BL, 152, Enchelyopus barbatus ; by Cuv. R. An. 335.

57. Cornuda. (71, 32). Sphyrna Zygcena L.

Cited by M. H. ; by Guich. Zyg. malleus Val. ; by Blkr. Zyg. malleus Risso.

58. Pez de espada. (75, 33). Pristis antiquorum Lath.

Cited by BL, 352, Pr. granulosa, on the simple inspection of Parra ; cited by
M. H. The popular name is Pez-Sierra. Its saw has 27 pairs of teeth, in
which respect it is rather related to the Pristis cuspidata Latham.

59. Galludo. (84, 34, 1). Acanthias.
Cited by Guich. Acanthias vulgaris Risso.

60. Gata. (86, 34, 2). Ginglymostoma cirratum Gm.

Cited by BL, 134, Squalus punctatus, which is the same ; by M. H. and Guich.

61. Macabi. (88, 35, 1). Conorhynchus macrophthalmus Lac.

Cited by Cuv., R. An. 325, under the genus Butirinus ; by Val., 19, 339,
Albula Parra. It is probable that the two species are identical.

62. Picuda. (90, 35, 2). Sphyrcena Picuda Poey. (9).

Cited by BL, 110, under the name of Sp. Picuda, which he gives as a va-
riety of Esox sphyrcena L. Cuv., 3, 340, refers it erroneously to the Sph. Be-
cuna Lac.

63. Cabrilla. (93, 36, 1). Se7-ranus lunulatus, BL

Cited by BL, 329, under the genus Lutianus ; by Val. 2, 379.

64. Pegador. (94, 36, 2). Echeneis Guaican Poey.

Cited by Guich. Ech. naucrates L. See Poey, Mem. 2, 248.
1863.]

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

65. Doxcella. (95, 37, 1). Julis paxatus Val.

Cited Julis crotaphus by Cuv., R. an. 258 ; Julis Principis by Val., 13, 402 :
Julis patatus Val., by Guichenot.

66. Innominado. (96, 37, 2). Ophisurus Havanensis Bl.
Cited by BL, 491, under the genus Murcena.

67. Rubio voladok. (98, 38). Prionotus punctatus Bl.

Bloch, 13, doubtfully refers it to the Trigla Carolinensis L. Cited by Cuv.
4, 93.

68. Guavina. (105, 39, 1). Pkilypnus dormitator Bl.

Cited erroneously by Val., 12, 223, under the name of Eleotris Guavina.

69. Esturion. (106, 39, 2). Acipenser.

This species is from Florida ; I leave its identification to the Ichthyologists
of the United States.

70. Chifis. (109, 40, 1). Lepidosteus osseus L.

Cited by Bl. in the genus Esox, p. 392 ; cited by Guich. Lep. gavialis Lac.
This species is from Florida.

71. Maxjuabi. (Ill, 40, 2). Lepidosteus tristachus BL

Cited by BL, 395. under the genus Esox ; by Guich. Lep. spatula Lac ; by
Poey, Mem., Lep. Manjuari.

Descriptions des POISSONS nouvelles ou pen connues.
PAR M. FELIPE POEY.

1. Balistes piceus Poey.

Longueur totale de l'individu decrit, 250 millimetres ; hauteur sur la pointe
pelvienue, 140. La tete depuis l'ouverture branchiale, est contenue 4 fois
daus la longueur du poisson, sans compter les pointes de la caudale. Le pro-
fil anterieur est courbe. L'oeil est haut, a un diametre du front. Le sillon
preorbitaire est du diametre de l'oeil, lequel est contenu 4 fois dans la distance
qui separe l'orbite de l'extremite du museau. L'ouverture des narines est pres
de l'oeil. La bouche est petite, et porte en haut et en bas de chaque cote" 4 dents
incisives, dont la le plus large, surtout a la machoire inferieure ou les dents
ont un talon en arriere ; on voit a la machoire superieure, en dedans, 3 dents
laterales. L'epine dorsale fait un peu plus que le quart de la hauteur du tronc ;
elle est forte, le sommet tronque et herisse d'e'pines, granuleuse sur le devant ;
le sillon de sa membrane a beaucoup d'etendue. La 2 dorsale est un peu
plus en avant que la moitie du corps ; l'anale est sous son 9 e rayon, et finit
au-dessous de la dorsale ou un peu plus en arriere : ces deux nageoires ont a-
peu-pres la meme hauteur, qui repond en avant a, la hauteur de l'epine dor-
sale; elles diminuent en arriere environ de moitie. La caudale est taillee
carrement, et porte aux deux extremites une pointe qui forme la moitie" de la
nageoire nue. La pectorale est arrondie, tres courte ; sa hauteur egale deux
fois sa longueur. Les deux premiers rayons des nageoires moyennes sont plus
courts, et ne paraissent pas branchus. D. 3, 34 ; A. 32 ; P. 17 ; C. 12. Les
squames forment des rhombes plus hauts que larges, et deviennent horizon-
tales a la region pelvienne : elles sont couvertes de nombreux petit grains;
mais le limbe restant nu, permet de compter nettement les series ; les granu-
lations des joues sont un peu plus relevees, et les squames conservent a-peu-
pres la meme forme, un peu plus petites sous les yeux, tres petites le long des
nageoires moyennes, ainsi que sur la base de la caudale et de la pectorale.
L'ecusson humeral se compose de trois grandes squames radices. La pointe
pelvienne est mediocre et apre ; les bords de la membrane abdominale qui

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 181

remoute vers l'anus, offre des rugosites bien prononcees. La partie poste-
rieure du tronc, au-dessus de l'anale est parcourue par sept ou neuf ligaes lon-
gitudinales, formees par des tubercules saillants, au milieu de chaque squame ;
le tubercule ant^rieur developpe en pointe epineuse tourn6e en avant. La
couleur est noire couime du poix; mais la base des nageoires moyennes porte
une bandelette d'un bleu clair, n'ayant pas deux millimetres de large. Quand
l'animal est vivant, la couleur generate est d'un bleu de Prusse fonce. Les
lignes dnudees de granulations, qui s^parent entre elles les squames de la
partie antrieure du tronc portent a Tangle obtus une tache plus fonce'e, qui
produit des traits longitudinaux, lesquels disparaissent presque entitlement
sur la peau dessechee. Vulgo Calafate, mal nomine" par d'autres Gala/ate.

La figure de Bloch, pi. 152, pr^sente sous le nom de Balistes ringens L.
l'epine dorsale d'un tiers plus longue, et pointue, tres dente"e sur son bord
anterieur ; la bande blanchatre de la base des nageoires moyennes est tres
large : il le fait venir de la Chine. Le Dr. Bleeker, Enumeratio Piscium, le dit
de Sumatra. M. Hollard, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 4e serie, tome i. p. 317, le doflne
comme appartenant a l'Arne'rique du Sud, a l'Oc6an Pacifique et aux Antilles ;
mais sa description ne peut pas etre rapportee a l'espece de la Havane. En
eftet, il dit que Ton remarque sur les joues, supe"rieurement, quatre rang^es hori-
zontales de squames subrectangulaires ; que les squames du tronc portent des
tubercules disposes en series antero-posterieures, avec tendance a un deve-
loppement predominant des tubercules de la se"rie mediane ; que la couleur
est uniformement fonc6e, avec des nuances plus obscures au dos. Ce caractere
des joues n'existe pas dans mon espece ; les tubercules n'existent que sur les
lignes assez courtes qui partent du tronc caudal ; il n'y a point de nuances
plus obscures sur le dos. Ces differences, jointes aux considerations que
fournit la loi de distribution geographique, portent a, admettre deux especes
voisines : celle des Ind. Orient, et celle des Antilles. Je regrette de n'avoir
par sous les yeux le Mus. Ad. Fr. de Linne, pour savoir laquelle de ces deux
especes a ete decrite par l'illustre auteur Suedois : si c'est l'espece actuelle, je
propose le nom actuel pour l'espece Indienne.

2. Balistes cicatricosus Poey.

J'ai decrit cette espece dans mes Memoires, tome 2, p. 327. J'ajoute ici
que lupine dorsale est e"pineuse a sa troncature.

Tout en rapportant le Cucuyo de Parra a son Balistes lineo-punctatus, M. Hol-
lard, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 4e serie, tome 4, p. 25, laisse entrevoir que ce pour-
rait etre le B. C'urassavicus Gm. ; nom sous lequel M. Kaup a reuni, dit-il,
quatre especes distinctes, savoir les Balistes gutturosus, calolepis, lineo-punctatus ,
et elongatus. Voila bien des doutes survenus depuis la publication de mes Me-
moires : je ne me trouve pas en tat de les r^soudre. Heureux ceux qui peu-
vent visiter les collections du Musee Britannique, de Paris, de Berlin ! lis
poursuivent la science sur une route aisee. L'espece de Gmelin a ete etablie
sur la description de Gronovius, Zooph. Balistes 196; dont les nombres sont
D. 2, 27 ; A. 26 (j'ai de ma part D. 2, 31 ; A. 28) ; deux on trois series d'ecailles
longitudinales sur la joue. Si les especes nominees ci-dessus sont distinctes,
a, laquelle faut-il rapporter le B. Curassavicus de Gmelin ? En attendant je
compare avec le B. lineo-punctatus de Hollard, loco citato, tome lw p. 65, (et
renferme entre parentheses les differences que presente mon B. cicatricosus.)
He de Bourbon.

Aux joues trois series disjointes de squames quadrilateres (deux) ; des
lignes noires longitudinales sur le tronc, degene>ant en arriere et sur le ventre
en series de taches punctiformes (des taches punctiformes sur tout le tronc,
entre les e"cailles, formant des points violets cercle"s de blanc) ; D. M. 28 ; A.
25 (D. M. 31; A. 28); aux joues se trouvent de bas en haut trois series en
gradation de longueur, dont la supe"rieure s'arrete a la region sous-pectorale
(cet espace est occupe" par un systeme irr^gulier de petites squames). II est

1863.]

182 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

parle de la zone en forme de croissant qui termine la caudale, mais non pas
de la bande* qui borde cette nageoire en dessus et en dessous ; ni du lisere
jaune des nageoires moyennes : l'individu bourre" de M. Hollard etait cepen-
dant en bon etat de conservation.

3. Priacanthus catalufa, Poey.

Le male dcrit est long de 360 mill. Sa hauteur est comprise 4 fois moins
un cinquieme dans la longueur totale. La tete egale cette hauteur, si Ton
mesure depuis l'extr6mite de la bouche entre-ouverte. L'oeil a les deux
cinquiemes de la distance qui s6pare l'opercule du bout sup6rieur du mu-
seau. Les narines sont pres de l'oeil, qui est assez haut ; l'ouverture pos-
terieure est allongee, oblique, etroite proportionnellement a, ce que Ton re-
marque dans d'autres especes, et elliptique ; l'anterieure tres petite, presque
contigue. L'intermaxillaire est 6troit et court ; le maxillaire large, atteig-
nant au compas le devant de la pupille : la machoire infe'rieure est plus
avancee que l'autre. Les dents sont en velours aux deux machoires, au
vomer et aux palatins. Le preopercule est finement dente ; il a son angle
termine en une pointe courte et oblique. L'opercule aune pointe plate qui
ne fait pas saillie. Un os de l'epaule se montre au-dessous de la ligne lat6-
rale, un autre au-dessus du trow branchial. Le ler sous-orbitaire est dentele\
Les ouies sont bien fendues. La dorsale commence au-dessus de l'os supe-
rieur de l'epaule ; elle s'eleve graduellement en arriere, et se termine par un
angle arrondi ; il en est de meme pour l'anale : le premier rayon de ces deux
nageoires, vus a la loupe, a quelques apret^s, qui ne sont pas dues aux Ecailles ;
les autres sont lisses. La caudale est un peu echancr6e, la pointe supe>ieure
tant soit peu plus longue que l'inferieure. La pectorale est mediocre. La
ventrale est logee dans une cavite-de l'abdomen; elle est plus avancee que la
pectorale : son rayon 6pineux est allonge, le 2e rayon mou est filamenteux,
le dernier adherent au tronc par une membrane ; la pointe de cette nageoire
atteint au 2e rayon de l'anale. D. 10, 14; A. 3, 15; P. 19 ; V. 1, 5 ; C. 16.
Les ecailles ne sont pas cilices ; mais elles out une certaine aprete" qui est
due a une relief de leur partie centrale : on en compte environ 95 sous la
ligne late"rale. Celle ci remonte en arc en sortant de l'epaule, et descend
ensuite insensiblement. Les ecailles sont plus petites sur le dos ; la tete en
porte de plus petites partout, excepte sur les levres ; il n'y en a pas aux nageo-
ires. La peau et les 6cailles du ventre en-dessous sont tres dures. La cou-
leur est d'un rouge uniforme ; les pectorales plus pales; extre'mite des ven-
trales bleuatre ; peu ou point de traits aux nageoires. Iris rouge, pupille peu
foncee. Les poissons de ce genre ont, suivant Cuvier, moins de 7 rayons aux
ou'ies; j'ai vu dans une espece voisine l'intestin a deux replis, la langue
apre, 12 ccecums, organes genitaux triangulares, vertebres 9 -f- 13. La base
du crane presente dans l'espece actuelle un caractere remarquable : c'est un
trou fort grand entre la grande aile et la base du sphe'no'ide poste"rieur ; ce
trou n'a pas de communication avec l'interieur du crane ; il ne se retrouve
pas dans les autres especes. Les plus grands individus sont d'un pied de
long.

La femelle differe du male en ce que son corps est un peu plus court ; ce
qui parait etre du a la moindre distance qu'il y a entre la base des ventrales
et l'anus ; et c'est ce qui fait q'ayant ces nageoires plus courtes et non pro-
longe"es en filament, elles atteignent au meme point.

L'espece la plus commune est sans doute VAnthias macroplithalmus de Bloch
pi. 319 (le male) ; qu'il dit etre du Japon ; et dans son ouvrage posthume, du
Tranquebar. Cuvier, considerant que l'auteur se trompe tres souvent sur
l'origine des poissons, le dit du Bresil, de la Martinique et de Cuba ; mais
rautorite* du Dr. Bleeker prouve assez qu'il est des Indes Orientales. Lace-

(* D'un brun rougeatre.)

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

pede en fait son Lutjan macrophthalme. J'ignore pourquoi Bleeker a mis ce
nom dans la synonymie de son Pr. Blochii, car Bloch a la priority. Le grand
nombre d'especes contenues dans le genre Priacanthe, me fait croire qu'en
bonne distribution ge'ographique, les individus de la Havane ne sont pas les
meines que ceux des Indes Orientales. Ou pourrait rueme croire que ceux
qui ont 6t6 dScrits par Cuvier sont differents ; car il de"crit le crane sans
accuser le trou de sa base ; sa hauteur est plus grande (le tiers de la lon-
gueur), l'ceil est plus grand (pres de la moitie de la tete) ; les rayons mous
de la dorsale et de l'anale sont apres, ce qui en meme temps permet de sup-
poser que le premier rayon epineux est lisse. II dit que, selon P16e, il arrive
au poids de 8 a 10 livres ; on n'en trouve jamais a la Havane du poids de
deux livres.

Nous avons a Cuba deux autres especes differentes : elles n'ont pas la base
du crane perctie, les Opines de la dorsale et de l'anale sont tres apres dans
les deux sexes, la hauteur est le tiers de la longueur totale, l'ouverture pos-
terieure des narines est plus courte, plus ouverte, plus verticale, la caudale
couple carre"inent, Tangle du preopercule plus long et dirige en arriere ;
D. 10, 13; A. 3, 14; les nageoires verticales marquees de bandes brunes.
Ces -deux especes different par les couleurs : Tune a le corps rouge, c'est le
Pr. hoops, Forst., Cepedianus, Desm., que Cuvier a pris pour le male du ma-
crophthalmus ; l'autre a le corps couvert de grandes taches arrondies, les
unes d'un rouge clair, les autres d'un brun rougeatre, c'est le Pr. cruentatus,
Lac. Le Catalufa de Parra, pi. 22, f. 1, represente une femelle, qui pent etre
rapporte"e au Pr. boops, et encore mieux a Tespece que je decris.

4. Chapin ; Parra. Tab. 17, fig. 1.

Cette espece ne saurait etre 1' 0. bicaudale, puisque la caudale est carree,
le tronc caudal porte une plaque anterieure sur son bord superieure, le corps
est d'une couleur uniforme, ainsi que la nageoire caudale. M. Graells
inherit que l'exemplaire depose au Museum de Madrid est d'une couleur jauna-
tre et sans taches ; 4 plaques caudales, dont une anterieure, une autre pos-
terieure et deux late"rales, separees, vers le milieu. Parra ne signale qu'une
seule plaque dans le texte et sur la figure. Est-ce que l'exemplaire de
Madrid ne serait pas l'original ? Je n'en ai pas encore trouve un semblable.

4 a. Chapin, Parra. Tab. 17, fig 2.
J'attends sur cette espece de nouveaux renseignements demandes a M.
Graells. Ce savant Directeur du Mus6e de Madrid m'a e"crit que l'exemplaire
depose" a les squames borders de noir. Ainsi Ton pourrait avec doute rap-
porter la figure de Parra a 1' 0. quadricornis, L. M. Graells ajoute qu'on y voit
de plus des lignes onduleuses brunes ; il ne dit pas ou ; et que les plaques
caudales sont contigues au tronc, ce qui indique peut-etre qu'elles font partie
du tronc ; car Parra dit qu'il n'y a pas de plaques.

5. Alutera picturata, Poey.

Individu de*crit, 650 mill. Corps tres prolong^ : sa hauteur, prise a la
region pelvienne, est contenue 3 fois et trois quarts dans la longueur totale ;
dont la tete, depuis le bout de la machoire inferieure jusqu' a Tangle inferi-
eure de l'ouverture branchiale, forme la 5e partie : la caudale en est le quart.
Le profil de la tete forme une courbe rentrante en haut et en bas ; ce qui
constitue un museau aigu, qui termine par un avaucement remarquable de
la machoire inferieure, comme un menton arrondi qui depasse de beaucoup les
dents. L'ouverture branchiale est oblique ; et vers le dessus de son angle
superieure s'eleve Toeil, qui est haut, s6pare six fois son diametre de l'extr^mite
de la machoire superieure. L'ouverture des narines est pres de l'ceil. L'os
pelvien cache" sous la peau, est courbe ; il ne presente vers la pointe aucune
saillie, ni aucune asperite" dans son eHendue ; le fanon abdominal remonte

1863.]

184 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

vers l'amis par une pente peu rapide et graduelle. La machoire supe"rieure
porte de chaque cote" trois dents incisives, qui augmentent en largeur de baut
en bas ; il y a en dedans deux dents plates laterales. La machoire inferi-
eure en a aussi trois, l'anterieure plus large, les deux premieres e"chancre"es.
Le rayon unique dont est formee la premiere dorsale, est situe" au-dessus des
deux tiers posterieur de l'orbite; il est grele, legerement tourne" en arriere ;
il a la moitie" de la hauteur du corps au-dessous de lui ; son aprete" est im-
perceptible, sa membrane et son sillon tres-courts. La 2e dorsale commence
a une distance egale a une fois et deux tiers cette longueur, et s'etend davan-
tage. L'anale est un peu plus longue et un peu plus en arriere ; voyez ci-dessous
pour la hauteur. La caudale est plus longue que haute, a bord posterieur
arrondi. La pectorale est courte et ronde. Les rayons mous excepte ceux
de la caudale, sont simples, plats, articules vers leur extr^mite" ; ceux des
nageoires moyennes ont leur base loge"e dans deux prolongements de la peau.
L'extremite de la caudale est plus longue et plus aigue dans le jeune age.
D. 1 -f- 45 ; A. 47 ; C. 12 ; P. 14 ou 15. La peau n'offre au toucher qu'un
velours tres-ras : vue a la loupe, ou y distingue de petits grains, qui a un
plus grand grossissement montrent une pointe Spineuse. II n'y a pas de
brosse caudale, pas meme dans le male. La couleur est d'un brun d'olive
mediocrement fonce". Les nageoires sont jaunatres, excepte la caudale qui
est bleuatre. Iris jaune. Les contours de la bouche sont roses. L'estomac
est continu avec l'intestin, la rate est arrondie. Vertebres 7 + 14. On
ecorche ce poisson pour le manger : sa chair est tres blanche et succulen te.

La figure de Parra (pi. 22, f. 1, Lija-trompa), que je rapporte a cette espece,
a induit en erreur M. Hollard, qui en a fait un Monacanthe. En effet, Parra
lui donne un developpement pelvien excessif. M. Graells m'a 6crit que cela
se voit ainsi sur l'original conserve" a, Madrid ; mais il est possible que cet
original mal bourre ait servi de modele au dessinateur. Ce qui le prouverait,
c'est que Parra lui-meme, en de"crivant le Monacanthe nomine" par lui Lija-
colorada, dit " que le ventre forme un angle saillant, en quoi il diffire de la
Lija-trompa." Parra ajoute que la caudale est beaucoup plus large que longue ;
c'est le seul caractere qui me d^route.

L'espece la plus voisine est le Balistes Izevis de Bloch, qu'il dit se trouver en
Europe, Asie et Amerique : ses couleurs ofFrent quelques differences. Quant
a la patrie, nous sommes maintenant certains que c'est un poisson de l'Archi-
pel Indien, d'apres le te"moignage de l'infatigable et savant ichthyologiste Dr.
P. Bleeker. M. Hollard le fait venir de l'Oc6anie, de Bahia et de la Caroline
du Sud. La description que M. Hollard fait de VAlutera lievis, dans les Ann.
des Sc. Nat., 4e se"rie, tome 4, p. 15, n'est pas d'accord avec la mienne : j'en
donne ici un extrait, et je renferme les differences entre parentheses. " Rayons
de l'anale 49 (47). La hauteur de l'epine dorsale d6passe un peu le quart de
la hauteur du corps (elle d^passe le tiers et meme les deux cinquiemes). La
dorsale molle et l'anale atteignent la meme hauteur que l'epine (la moitie ;
car elle n'est pas le quart de la hauteur du corps) : elles s'abaissent notable-
ment dans leur moitie posterieure (presque pas). Long. 470 mill, caudale
150, region cephalique 120 (long. 650, caud. 170, re"g. c6ph. 130 au moins ; ce
qui rend ces deux parties plus courtes)." La difference de la queue peut
dependre de l'age, comme l'indique un individu de ma collection long de 530
mill. ; mais il n'en est pas ainsi de la r6g. ceph. qui est de 98 mill, comprise
cinq fois et demie dans la longueur totale. Ignorant la patrie de l'individu
de"crit par M. Hollard, et ayant egard aux travaux ant^rieurs du Dr. Bleeker,
je laisse le nom de A. Isevis a l'espece de l'Archipel. Indien.

6. Aluteka Guntheriana, Poey.

Individu decrit, 510 mill. II se distingue au premier coup-d'ceil par une
protuberance, qui appartient plutot au gosier qu'au menton ; sa region pelvi-
enne forme une courbe qui fait suite regulierement a la peau de l'abdomen.

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

Le corps est tres comprime. La bouche est petite, le museau obtus. Sa hau-
teur est le tiers de la longueur totale. La tete, prise depuis Tangle interne
de Fouverture branchiale, y est comprise un peu plus de cinq fois. L'ceil est
separe" trois fois son diametre de la ligne mediane dorsale, et six fois de l'ex-
tremite du museau. La fente branchiale est tres oblique, et sa moitie" anteri-
eure devance l'orbite. Les narines ont deux ouvertures rapprochees, placets
l'une devant l'autre, assez pres de l'ceil. D'apres ce que mon dessin, de profil,
permet de croire, les dents seraient comme dans l'espece pre"cdente. Lupine
dorsale est grele, non dentee, terminant en pointe d61i6e, presque droite,
tournee en arriere ; son sillon est court ; sa hauteur fait les deux tiers de la
hauteur du corps au-dessous d'elle, c'est presque les deux tiers de la plus
grande hauteur du corps ; son point d'attache est au-dessus ou un peu en
avant du bord anterieur de l'ceil. La ligne du dos remonte un peu en ligne
droit, des ce point. La 2" dors, est aussi eloigne'e de l'epine, que celle-ci Test
du bout du museau. L'anale est presque aussi avance"e, et tant soit peu plus
e*tendue. Ces deux nageoires sont peu relevees sur le devant (une fois et trois
quarts le diametre de l'ceil), et de"croissent graduellement en arriere, ou elles
n'offrent que le tiers ou le quart de la hauteur anterieure. La pecto-
rale est arrondie. La caudale est au moins deux fois aussi haute que longue :
elle est coupee verticalement, de maniere a presenter son bord post^rieur
8inue", c'est-a-dire, convexe au milieu, et terminee en deux pointes courtes
qui avancent un peu moins que la convexite".* D. 1 -f- 48 ; A. 51 ; P. 14 ;
C. 12. Je n'ai pas la peau sous les yeux ; mais mon dessin repr^sente les
squames formers de plusieurs grains microscopiques, qui n'ont pas 6te" vus
presentiment a la loupe : ils sont doux au toucher. La couleur est plomb^e ;
mais le gosier et le dessous du ventre sont blanchatres. II y a sur la nuque
et le long du dos de petites taches brunes. Les flancs sont orn<Ss de traits
bien diff^rents, tantot circulaires, tantot allonges. Ces traits disparaissent
promptement ; c'est pourquoi Parra ne les a pas represented dans sa Lija~
barbuda, pi. 22, f. 1, qui est l'espece actuelle. L'ceil est dore, avec quelques
ondes obscures. Les nageoires sont orang^es, excepte la caudale, qui est
d'une couleur de plomb bien foncee.

Ce ne saurait 6tre VAluterus anginosus de M. Hollard, qui l'a vu en nom-
breux exemplaires au Muse"e de Paris, tous des Indes Orientales. Je ne le
trouve pas cite" dans V Enumeratio Piscium du Dr. Bleeker. Les individus
decrits par M. Hollard, Ann. des Sc. Nat., 4e s6rie, vol. 4, p. 11, ont l'epine
dorsale courte, et la caudale arrondie. D. 49 ; A. 53.

7. Monacanthus Pabraianus, Poey.

C'est le IAja-colorada, Parra, p. 49, tab. 23. II ne differe du M. stratus, Poey
(Mem., v. ii.p. 239) qu'en ce que : 1 il n'a que deux paires de grosses Opines
sur le tronc caudal ; 2 il n'a pas de brosse au-devant de la queue ; 3 il n'a pas
le dessin en forme de selle indique" par le nom de stratus. D. 13, A. 31. Ces diffe-
rences appartiendraient-elles au sexe feminin ? L'individu de ma collection a
de long. 330 mill. La couleur uniforme d'un brun jaunatre, sans taches blan-
chatres arrondies, le distingue du M. macrocerus, Holl., dont j'ai une femelle
de 360 mill.

8. Mksoprion cynodon, Cuv.

Cuvier, Histoire de Poissons, vol. 2, p. 465.

Vulg. Cubera.

J'ai cru longtemps que le poisson nommd a, la Havane Caballerote, re"pon-
dait au jeune age de celui qui est connu sous le nom de Cubera ; mais je me
suis d^trompe" en comparant deux individus du menie age, dont jevais donner
une description minutieuse. Je croyais 6galement que la figure produite par

* La nature des rayons est comme dans l'espece anterieure.

1863.] 14

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Parra sous le nom de Caballerote appartenait au Cubera, a, cause de son mu-
seau court et du maxillaire allonge" ; je l'ai meme ainsi t6moigne" dans le
Conspectus de mes M6moires. J'ai change" d'opinion ; 1 parce que j'ai su de
M. Graells que l'original depose au Muse"e de Madrid, n'a que 380 mill, de
long ; 2 parce que le nom de Caballerote, donne par Parra, doit etre pris en
consideration ; 3 parce qu'on doit croire que la figure de Parra est inexacte,
lorsqu'on voit la meme inexactitude reproduit sur la fig. du Mesoprion Jocu,
qui a le museau prolonge et le maxillaire court.

Individu d^crit, 350 mill. Le profil de la tete n'est pas aigu ; la ligne du
front est courbe. La hauteur est comprise 3 fois et 5-6 dans la longueur
totale ; la tete y est 3 fois et 1-5. L'ceil est haut, il fait le 16e de la longueur
totale ; il est contenu 5 fois et \ dans la tete ; et de son centre a l'extrernite
de l'opercule, il y a 3 fois son diametre. Les deux ouvertures de la narine
sont aussi rapprocke'es entre elles que l'ouverture poste"rieure l'est de l'orbite ;
l'ouverture anterieure plus petite que l'autre, est au tiers de la distance qui
separe l'oeil du bout du museau. Ces mesures changent avec l'age, en sui-
vant les changements de l'oeil. Le preopercule est sinueux, a. cause d'une
echancrure situee au-dessus de son angle, qui est obtus ; sa branche mon-
tante est tres finement dentelee, les denticulations de Tangle sont plus mar-
quees. La bouche est grande, car le maxillaire pris au compas et reporte"
sur l'ceil, atteint le milieu de la pupille ; et mesure sur le dessin, c'est a dire
avec la diminution qu'exige la perspective, il est contenu sept fois dans la
longueur du poisson. Les dents sont sur deux range"es : 1'externe de la
machoire sup^rieure composed de chaque cote de 12 dents aigues, 6carte"es, la
le mediocre, la 2 e grande et forte, comme une canine, les autres petites, d6-
croissant en longueur ; Tinterne forme une bande triangulaire en velours,
e"troite en arriere, et finissant au milieu de la machoire. Les dents externes
de la machoire infe"rieure commencent par une canine me"diocre,*vient apres
un espace libre pour loger la canine superieure, puis dix dents dont les cinq
premieres m^diocres, aigues, ecarte"es, les dernieres tres petites ; en dedans il
y a une bande etroite en velours, aussi courte que celle d'en haut. La l e
dorsale commence au-dessus de la pointe operculaire ; sa partie epineuse est
plus etendue que l'autre ; le 3e rayon est le plus haut, le ler n'a que la moitie
de cette hauteur, le 2e garde un terme moyen ; les autres de"croissent gra-
duellement jusqu'au dernier, qui est aussi long que le pre"ce"dent et se rappro-
che de la partie molle. Les rayons article's sont me'diocrement branches,
surtout a la dorsale. L'anale commence au-dessous du 3e rayon articule" de
la dorsale; ses rayons epineux sont d'une longueur et d'une force me"diocres :
ces deux nageoires sont m^diocrementhautes, et se terminent en angle arrondi,
la dorsale un peu plus en arriere. Les pectorales et les ventrales sont larges,
a pointe peu aigue ; les pectorales font la nioitie" de la longueur de la tete.
La caudale est taillee en croissant. D. 10, 14; A. 3, 8; P. 17 ; V. 1, 5. La
ligne lat^rale n'a pas de courbure bien notable ; elle est surmonte'e en avant
par l'os scapulaire, qui forme une e"caillure. Les ecailles sont aussi hautes que
longues, tres finement cilices et pcnctue"es ; leur e"ventail commence sur les
cotes et prend tout le bord radical, montrant environ 40 brins ou stries
courtes ; elles sont assez grandes, et quoique je ne les ai pas compters, je les
crois 6gales a celles de l'^spece qui suit, 45 sur une ligne longit., 14 entravers
au-dessous de la ligne latrale, 5 au-dessus. La tete n'a des e"cailles qu' a.
l'opercule, aux joues et sur une partie des tempes ; il n'y en a pas sur l'inter-
opercule, ni au limbe du preopercule ; mon dessin n'en pr6sente pas entre
les rayons mous des nageoires moyennes ; il serait possible qu'il n'y en eut
pas, d'autant plus que la partie du corps oil est attachee l'anale, ne pr^sente
aucune saillie ; ce que j'aurais de la peine a. expliquer par l'inexactitude du
dessinateur, car ce serait avoir une trop mauvaise opinion de moi-meme. II
estM'un brun un peu violet, avec des reflets dor6s sur une partie de l'e"caille ;
nageoires vineuses, iris brun. Le crane est comprime, la crete occipitale

[June,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

basse, l'occipito-parietale haute et rapprocke'e de la ligne moyenne ; sa base
est de 68 mill. Les vertebres sont 10 -f- 14, les six premieres abdominales sans
apophyses laterales, les quatre suivantes en portent de grandes formant l'an-
neau excepts sur l'ante"rieure. Intestin a, deux replis, foie court, ve"sicule du fiel
allonge"e, 5 ccecums dont deux plus longs, vessie a^rienne fibreuse, re"sistante.
Ce poisson a bon gout ; on en prend beaucoup a, Matauzas ; on en voit rare-
ment a la Havane, parce qu'on le croit malfaisant. II atteint le poids de 120
livres et davantage ; sa voracite" est tres grande. II apparait a Cienfuegos
abondamment en Juin, Juillet, et Aout quelques jours apres la nouvelle lune.
On a tort de croire (Voyez mes Mem., p. 388) qu'il a une grosse can'ine de
plus que le Caballerote : il ne faut pas se laisser tromper par les dents de re-
change. Schomburgh l'a trouve - a, la Barbade. L'espece decrite par Cuvier
a 9 rayons mous a, l'anale : elle est de St. Domingue, et il a cru la recon-
naitre dans le Caballerote de Parra.

9. Mesoprion Caballerote, Bloch.

Anthias Caballerote, Bl. Schn., p. 310.
Caballerote, Parra, tab. 25, f. 1.
Vulg. Caballerote.

Je vais suivre la description anterieure, et je n'exprimerai que les diffe-
rences ; les autres caracteres sont les memes. L'individu de"crit a egalement
350 mill. Le profil de la tete est aigu, la ligne du front presque droite. La
hauteur est comprise 3 fois f dans la longueur totale. L'ceil n'est pas aussi
haut que dans l'espece anterieure ; il est contenu 5 fois dans la tete, et de son
centre a la partie anterieure de la pupille, il y a 3 fois son diametre. Les deux
ouvertures de la narine sont plus rapprochees entre elles, que l'ouverture
post6rieure ne Test de l'orbite ; l'ouverture anterieure est au milieu de la dis-
tance qui separe l'ceil de la partie posterieure de l'os intermaxillaire abstrac-
tion faite de l'apophyse montante. Le maxillaire atteint au bord poste"rieur
de l'orbite, contenu 8 fois et demie dans la longueur du poisson. La ler dor-
sale commence un peu en arriere de la pointe operculaire ; son 4e rayon est
le plus grand ; le ler n ' e st que le quart, le 2e les deux tiers, le 3e les f (Je ne
les vois pas toujours ainsi dans tous mes dessins.) Les pectorales font les
3-5 de la tete. II y a quelques ecailles sur l'interoperculaire ; il y en a entre
les rayons mous de la dorsale et de l'anale, surtout a, l'anale qui est attachee
a une saillie arrondie du corps. La tete est rose, d'un brun rougeatre en
dessus ; le tronc est brunatre en dessus, rougeatre sur les flancs, ce qui est
du a la couleur centrale des ecailles ; le ventre est rose. La dorsale et la
caudale sont violace"es ; les rayons de la dorsale molle sont rougeatres ; les
autres nageoires tirent sur le rouge. L'ceil est d'un brun jaunatre. La base
du crane a 76 mill, de long, ce qui tient au prolongement de la partie preor-
bitaire ; les apophyses articulaires du frontal anterieur obeissent a cette
direction, et deviennent plus obliques. Je n'ai pas sous les yeux les verte-
bres mais je sais que les six premiers sont comme dans le M. cynodon.

Ce poisson est tres commun au poids d'une ou deux livres ; son plus
grand poid est de 8 livres. On voit sous le meme nom des varie"tes qui, mieux
etudiees formeraient peut-etre des especes distinctes : les unes ont une ligne
sous-orbitaire de points bleus, comme nos Mesoprions Jocu et Caji; d'autres
ont les series d'ecailles sinueuses au-dessus de la ligne lateralevers la queue ;
d'autres ont des bandes transverses, ce que je n'ai vu qu'une seule fois sur un
poisson vivant. Les Caji (Mes. griseus, flavcscens, lined) et le Jocu ont le
museau plus prolong^.

10. Sphyr^na Picuda, Poey.

J'enleve le nom sp6cifique a Bloch par les raisons suivantes ; 1 parce
que le nom n'est pas entierement de Bloch, puisque c'est le nom vulgaire
donne" par Parra ; 2 parce que Bloch n'en fait qu'une variete" de VEsox Sphy-
1863.]

188 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

rsena, L., et c'est moi qui reellement ai nomine" l'espece ; 3 parce qu'il n'est
pas permis de donner des noms propres aux varie"tes, et Ton ne doit pas en
sanctionner l'usage ; 4 parce que c'est moi qui ai fait reconnaitre cette
espece, en la comparant avec les Sph. Becuna, Barracuda, Guaguanche, Picu-
dilla, dans mes M6m. sur l'Hist. Nat. de Cuba, vol. 2. Bloch n'a rien ajoute
a Parra, dont il a copie* la figure.

$IayJ>. Mr. Lea read part of a letter from T. Rupert Jones, F. R. S.,
Prof, of Mineralogy and Geology in the Royal Military College at Sandhurst,
England, in which he informs Mr. Lea that he has been engaged many years in
the examination of fossil Estheriee, and was about to publish a monograph in
which he recognises the species described by Mr. Lea, as Posidonia ovata, from
Phoenixville, Pa., and those near Richmond, Va., in the " Estherian shales "
(Trias) of these localities, and states that " Estheria ovata, Lea, is as important
in the palaeontology of North America as E. minuta is in Europe," but that its
exact geological place is not defined without difficulty.

Prof. Jones also communicates to Mr. Lea, a very important observation in
recognizing Cypricardia Leidyi, Lea, published in our Proceedings in 1855.
Some specimens of this " enigmatical fossil " were found in the carboniferous
strata in England, 26 years ago, and it is also almost as rare there as it is here.
The specimen described by Mr. Lea was found by Dr. Leidy, and is the only
one which has been found in this great mass of red shale, (Formation No. xi.
of the Penn. Survey.) There was always a doubt in Mr. Lea's mind, whether
this species belonged to Cypricardia, but in the absence of observation as to
the teeth, it was impossible to decide with certainty. Professor Jones finds
two varieties of the same species in the Coal Measures near Manchester and in
Fifeshire, and considering that they do not belong to the genus Cypricardia,
proposes to form them into a new genus, and in his paper to be published by
the Palfeontological Society, he will give diagnoses and illustrations of the
American species and European varieties, under the name of Leaia Leidyi.
That from Lancashire he calls variety Williamsoniana, and that from Fifeshire,
as variety Salteriana.

July 7th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Twelve members present.

July \th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Eleven members present.

July 2\st.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Thirteen members present.

Mr. Kilvington presented to the notice of the Academy specimens
of Rhus Cestricus, Darl., a plant first detected by him.
The following papers were presented for publication :

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

Description of a new genus of Choerojulis from North Carolina. By
Theo. Gill.

On an unnamed generic type allied to Sebastes. By Theo. Gill.

Notes on the Picidae, with descriptions of new and little known
species. By John Cassin.

Description of a new species of Unio and a Monocondyloea from
Siam. By Isaac Lea.

July 2$th.

Mr. Cassin in the Chair.

Nine members present.

On report of the respective committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published:

Description of Eleven New Species of EXOTIC UNIONIDJE.
BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio demcatcs. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, inaequilaterali ; valvulis
6ubtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis et granulatis ; epidermide
straminea, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, compressis, crenulatis, in
utroque valvule* duplicibus ; lateralibus sublongis, lamellatis rectisque ; mar-
garita albida et iridescente.

Hab. River Orontes, Syria. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Bourguignatianus. Testa laevi, obliqua, inflata, inaequilaterali, ad
latere parum planulata ; valvulis percassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus
prominentibus, tumidis ; epidermide, straminea, eradiata ; dentibus cardinali-
bus magnis, erectis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus, subcompressis, corrugatis
crenulatisque ; lateralibus praelongis, crassis, corrugatis subcurvisque ; mar-
garita. alba et valde iridescente.

Hab. Tigris River at Mosul, Asia Minor. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio dignatus. Testa laevi, valde obliqua, inflata, ad apices turmida, valde
inaequilaterali, ad latere parum planulata ; valvulis percrassis, antice crassiori-
bus ; natibus prominentibus, tumidis, incurvis, terminalibus, ad apices parum
granulatis ; epidermide vel luteo vel luteo-fusca, micante, eradiata ; dentibus
cardinalibus erectis, compressis et crenulatis; lateralibus praelongis, lamellatis
subcurvisque ; margarita argentea et valde iridescente.

Hab. River Tigris at Bagdad. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio rasus. Testa laevi, lata, inflata, valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis crassis,
antice crassioribus; natibus prominentibus, ad apices parum undulatis ; epi-
dermide rasa, dilute straminea, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus compressis,
corrugatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus praelongis,
corrugatis subrectisque ; margarita, argentea et parum iridescente.

Hab. Assyria. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Syriacus. Testa sulcata, subelliptica, inflata, valde inaequilaterali ;
valvulis subtenuibus, antice incrassatis ; natibus prominentibus, tumidis ;
epidermide tenebroso-olivacea, eradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
acuminatis, subcompressis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus parvius-
culis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita albida et iridescente.

Hab. River Orontes, Syria. C. M. Wheatley.

1863.]

190 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Unio Damascensis. Testa laevi, quadrata, compressa, valde inaequilaterali ;
valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices
crebre et oblique undulatis ; epidermide luteo-viridi et obsolete radiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo-
duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita argentea. et
iridescente.

Hab. River Barado, Damascus, Asia Minor. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Orontesensis. Testa laevi, quadrata, inflata, valde inaequilaterali ; val-
vulis parum crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices cre-
bre et minute undulatis; epidermide rufo-fusca, obsolete radiata; dentibus
cardinalibus parviusculis, compressis, acuminatis, crenulatis, in utroque val-
vulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque; margarita vel albida
vel dilute purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hab. River Orontes, Syria. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Mosulensis. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali ; val-
vulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis, ad apices minute
undulatis; epidermide straminea, micante, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus
parviusculis, corrugatis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba, et iridescente.

Hab. River Tigris at Mosul. C. M. Wheatley.

Unio tripartitus. Testa sulcata, subelliptica, subinflata, subaequilaterali ;
valvulis crassis, antice crassioribus ; natibus prominentibus, solidis. parum
undulatis ; epidermide virido-lutea, obsolete radiata, micante ; dentibus
cardinalibus crassis, valde corrugatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali-
bus curvatis, percrassis, corrugatis et in valvulo sinistro tripartitibus ; margari-
ta dilute salmonia, et elegantissime iridescente.

Hab. Jillingee River, India. Dr. Burrough.

Monocondylcea compressa. Testa, laevi, transversa, valde inaequilaterali,
valde compressa, ad latere planulata, postice angulata,, antice rotundata, ; val-
vulis pertenuibus ; natibus vix prominentibus, ad apices undulatis ; .epider-
mide micante, olivacea, obsolete radiata; dente cardinali, in dextra, valvula,
solum et minimus; margarita albida et valde iridescente.

Hub. Siam, C. M. Wheatley.

Anodonta Dallasiana. Testa, laevi, subelliptica, subinflata, inaequilaterali,
postice obtuse angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis tenuibus, subdiaphinis ;
natibus subelevatis, ad apices granulati9 ; epidermide luteo-viridi et tene-
brosa, eradiata ; margarita caeruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hab. Winnepeg, at the mouth of the Saskatchewan River. R. Kennicott.

Description of a new species of TJNIO and a MONOCONDYLffiA.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Laosensis. Testa laevi, arcuata, in medio compressa, valde inaequi-
laterali, antice et postice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis,
subcompressis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel rufo-fusca, postice obsolete
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, lobatis; lateralibus longis, cor-
rugatis subrectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.

Hab. Laos Mountains, Cambodia, Siam. Monsieur Mouhot, per H. Cuming,
Esq.

Monocondylcea Mouhotii. Testa loevi, ovata, compressa, valde inaequilate-
rali, antice rotunda, postice, subbiangulata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus promi-
nulis ; epidermide luteo-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis,
lobatis ; margarita albida et valde iridescente.

Hab. Laos Mountains, Cambodia, Siam. Monsieur Mouhot, per H. Cuming,
Esq.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 191

Descriptions of twenty-four New Species of TJNIONIDJE of the United States.

BY ISAAC LEA.

Unio Raleighensis. Testa laevi, infiata, valde inoequilaterali, postice ob-
tuse biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; nati-
bus subprominentibus ; epidermide luteo-fusca vel-fusca, valde radiata ; dentibus
cardinalibus parviusculis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis,
lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita alba vel purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Neuse River, six miles east of Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons,
M. D.

Unio Charlottensis. Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, inaequilaterali, ad
latere parum planulata; valvulis subtenuibus, antice crassioribus ; natibus vix
prominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata; dentibus cardirialibus
parvissimis, compressis, valde obliquis ; lateralibus parviusculis, lamellatis et
acumiuatis ; margarita albida et iridescente.

Hal. Near Charlotte, Mecklenberg County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio Mecklenbergensis. Testa laevi, elliptica, subcompressa, inaequilaterali,
ad latere parum planulata, postice biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassis,
antice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, obsolete ra-
diata ; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus, striatis crenulatisque ; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis corrugatisque ; margarita albida vel purpurea et valde iri-
descente.

Hab. Near Charlotte, Mecklenberg County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio Gastonensis. Testa, laevi, subelliptica, valde inaequilaterali, ad latere
planulata, postice vix biangulata, antice rotunda ; valvulis crassiusculis, an-,
tice crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata ;
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, in valvulo sinistro tiipartitibus ; lateralibus
longis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita purpurescente et iridescente.

Hab. Mine Creek, Gaston County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley.

Unio Weidonensis. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, sublenticular!, postice
subbiangulata, antice rotunda ; valvulis subcrasssis, antice parum crassioribus ;
natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel virido-fusca, radi-
ata ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplici-
bus ; lateralibus, prselongis, lamellatis subcurvisque; margarita alba vel pur-
purea et iridescente.

Hab. Roanoke River, at Weldon, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio aberrans. Testa laevi, oblonga, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali, ad
latere planulata, postice obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis crassi-
usculis, antice crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide luteo-
fusca, valde radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ;
lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; magarita, caeruleo-alba, vel purpu-
rea et iridescente.

Hab. Neuse River, six miles east of Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons.
M. D.

Unio Chathamensis. Testa laevi, lato-elliptica, subcompressa. valde. inaequi-
laterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subtenuibus, an-
tice parum crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca vel
tenebrosa, viridi, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, crenulatis, in utroque
valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita alba
vel purpurea et valde iridescente.

Hab. Rocky River, Chatham County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.; and
James River, near Richmond, Major Le Conte.

Unio mediocris. Testa, laevi, lato-elliptica, subinflata, valde inEequilaterali'
1863.]

192 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

postice subbiangulata, antice rotundata ; valvnlis subtenuibus, antice parum
crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epiderraide luteo-fusca., valde radiata ; denti-
bus cardinalibus parvis, striatis, crenulatis ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis
subrectisque ; margarita, albida vel purpurea et valde iridescente.
Hab. Neuse River, Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio squalidus. Testa. lsevi, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali, postice subbi-
angulata, antice rotundata; valvulis subcrassis, antice parum crassioribus;
natibus prominentibus ; epidermide furva, squalida, imbricata, eradiata;
dentibus cardinalibus parvulis, striatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus; late-
ralibus sublongis, lamellatis subrectisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba vel purpu-
rea, et iridescente.

Har. Neuse River, near Raleigh; Roanoke, near Weldon; and Deep River,
N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio Livingstonensis. Testa, laevi, oblonga, subinflata, fere alata, valde in-
aequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice rotundata; valvulis subtenuibus;
natibus subprominentibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, eradiata vel obsolete
radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, lobatis ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis sub-
rectisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba. vel purpurea, vel salmonia et valde iride-
scente.

Hab. Livingston's Creek, Brunswick County, North Carolina, E. Emmons.
M. D.

Unio quadrilaterus. Testa laevi, oblonga, subinflata, ad latere planulata,
inaequilaterali, postice biangulata et truncata ; valvulis crassiusculis ;
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca,
eradiata vel obtuse radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, tuberculati3,
in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis subrectisque ;
magarita, albida vel purpurea vel salmonia et valde iridescente.

Hah. Abbeville District, South Carolina, Dr Barratt. Neuse River, Ra-
leigh and Catawba River, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley.

Unio lucidus. Testa laevi, elliptica, inflata, valde inaequilaterali, postice
subbiangulata, antice rotunda; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis; epi-
dermide rufofusca vel fusco-virente, radiata, ad latere micante ; dentibus car-
dinalibus parvis, obtuso-conicis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lat-
eralibus sublongis, lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba et valde
iridescente.

Hab. Livingston's Creek, Brunswick County, North Carolina, E. Emmons,
M. D.

Unio nasutidus. Testa laevi, valde transversa, compressa, ad latere planulata,
valde inaequilaterali, postice acute acuminata, antice oblique rotundata ; valvulis
subtenuibus ; natibus prominulis, fere terminalibus ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca,
radiata; deutibus cardinalibus parvissimis, acuminatis, in utroque valvulo
duplicibus; lateralibus praelongis, tenuibus rectisque ; margarita subsalmonia
et valde iridescente.

Hab. Livingston's Creek, Brunswick County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio indefinilus. Testa laevi, oblonga, inflata, ad latere planulata, valde
inaequilaterali, postice biangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis subcrassis, antice
parum crassioribus; natibus subprominentibus; epidermide fusco-nigricante ;
dentibus cardinalibus parviusculis, tuberculatis, striatis ; lateralibus longis,
lamellatis subcurvisque ; margarita alba, aliquantd purpurea et iridescente.

Hab. Long Creek, Mecklenberg County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley; and
Neuse River, near Raleigh, E. Emmons, M, D.

Unio cistell.eformis. Testa, laevi, oblonga, valde inflata, ad latere planu-
lata, inaequilaterali, postice obtuse biangulata, antice rotunda ; valvulis cras-
siusculis ; natibus prominulis; epidermide fusco-nigricante, eradiata; denti-

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 193

bus cardinalibus parvis, tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali-
bus sublongis, lainellatis subrectisque; margarita alba, et iridescente.
Ilab. Neuse River, near Raleigh, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio Waccamawensis. Testa laevi, triangulari, inflata, ad latere planulata;
valde inaequilaterali, postice subbiangulata, antice rotundata, ; valvulis tenuibus ;
natibus prominentibus ; epidermide fusco-virente vel olivacea, obsolete radiata ;
dentibus cardinalibu3 parvissimis, compressis, obliquis, in utroque valvulo du-
plicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba et iride-
scente.

Hab. Waccamaw Lake, North Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio pertencis. Testa laevi, obovata,, inflata, sublenticular!, inaequilaterali,
postice obtuse biangulari, antice rotundata ; valvulis perteuuibus, antice parum
crassioribus ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices rugoso-undulatis ; epider-
mide virente et radiis indutis ; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, compres-
sis, obliquis ; lateralibus acicularis rectisque; margarita caeruleo-alba. et valde
iridescente.

Hab. Neuse River, near Raleigh N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio perlucens. Testa laevi, elliptica, subinflata, valde inaequilaterali ; val-
vulis subtenuibus, antice parum crassioribus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide
luteo-virente, perlutescens et radiis indutis; dentibus cardinalibus parvis,
compressis, crenulatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus longis, lamel-
latis subrectisque; margarita. caeruleo-alba, et valde iridescente.

Hab. Six Runs, Sampson County, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio perlatds. Testa laevi, perlata, valde compressa,, ad latere planulata,
valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus, antice parum crassioribus; natibus
prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide fusco-virente, obsolete radiata;
dentibus cardinalibus pirvissimis, tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus;
lateralibus praelongis, acicularis rectisque ; margarita caeruleo-alba et valde iri-
descente.

Hab. Black Rock Landing, Cape Fear River, N. Carolina, E. Emmons,
M. D.

Unio viridulus. Testa laevi, transversa, subcompressa, ad latere planulata,
valde inaequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus, antice ad marginem parum crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide virente, obsolete radiata,
valde polita ; dentibus cardinalibus parvissimis, tuberculatis; lateralibus longis,
acicularis subrectisque; margarita, caeruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hub. Neuse River, near Rileigu, N. Carolina, E. Emmons, M. D.

Unio ablatus. Testa, laevi, oblonga,, subinflata, ad latere parum planulata,
inaequilaterali, postice biangulata; valvulis crassiusculis, antice crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis; epidermide tenebroso-castanea,, eradiata, polita ; dentibus,
cardinalibus parviusculis, tuberculatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; laterali-
bus, longi3, lamellatis rectisque ; margarita salmonia, aliquanto albida, et
valde iridescente.

Hab. Loug Creek, Gaston County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley ; N. Caroli-
na, J. G. Anthony.

Unio curatus. Testa. laevi, elliptica, subinflata, ad latere parum planulata,
inaequilaterali, postice biangulata,; valvulis subcrassis, antice crassioribus ; nati-
bus prominulis; epidermide crocea, eradiata, miscante ; dentibus cardinalibus
parviusculis, striatis, acuminatis, in utroque valvulo duplicibus ; lateralibus lon-
gis, lamellatis subrectisque; magarita salmonia et valde iridescente.

Hab. Sugar Creek, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley.

Anodonta dolearis. Testa, laevi, oblonga, valde inflata, subaequilaterali,
postice obtuse biangulata, antice oblique rotundata; valvulis crassis ; natibus
1863.]

194 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

promineniibus et valde inflatis; epidermideluteo-virente, valde radiata et ini-
cante ; margaritd dilute carneaet valde iridescente.

Hab. Stewart's Milldam, Union County, N. Carolina, C. M. Wheatley.

Axodonta Bealei. Testa laevi, ovato-oblonga, subinflatd. insequilaterali, pos-
tice subbiangulata, antice rotundata ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus subprominenti-
bus, ad apices undulatis; epidermide olivacea, polita, obsolete radiata ; marga-
rita caeruleo-alba et iridescente.

Hab. Leon Coimty, Texas, Lieut. Beale.

Notes on the PICID2E, with descriptions of new and little known species,

BY JOHN CASSIN.

1. PICIDiE.

Since the completion of M. Malherbe's great work on the Woodpeckers, " Mo-
nographic des Picide"es," the study of the birds of this family, so far as relates
to a very large majority of the species, is a matter of the utmost facility. In
the course of an examination of the species of this group in the Academy Mu-
seum, I have been constantly impressed with the extraordinary research ex-
hibited by M. Malherbe in this elaborate and complete Monograph. It must
be regarded as one of the most important and valuable contributions ever
made to Ornithological science, and is, assuredly, in comprehensive informa-
tion and accuracy of detail, rarely to be equalled in the present age or any
other. It is a model and paragon of Monographs, and a monument of pa-
tient research, accurate knowledge and sound judgment.

The collection of Woodpeckers, in the Academy Museum, at present embra-
ces about three-fourths of the species given by M. Malherbe, and I have iden-
tified all the specimens of every species in the collection except those described
as new in this paper. The careful and usually very accurate figures of
females and young birds given by him, have been of great service, and I have
never before, in the investigation of any group, been able to thoroughly work
up all specimens in however obscure or incomplete plumage. The following
statement shows the number of species in M. Malherbe's Monograph and the
number in the Academy Museum, under his generic designations :

Malh. Acad.

Genera. Mon. Mus.

Megapicus, Malh 14 13 (Wanting M. Sclateri, Malh.)

Dryopicus, Malh 11 11

' (Wanting P. mandarinus, Luciani, as-
similis, atratus, undosus, walensis,
syriacus, Wagleri, kamtschatkensis,
leucurus, Felieice, auritus, canicapil-
lus, meniscus, gymnophthalmus, kisuki,
pygnucus.)
Sphryapicus, Baird 3 3

Picoides, Lactplde 9 6 i (Wanting P. cayennensis, undulatus, un-

1 ( dosus.)

Micropicus, Malh 3 3

Dendropicus, Malh 10 8 (Wanting D. schoensis, Hemprichii.)

Phaiopicus, Malh 9 7 (Wanting P. sordidus, jugularis.)

{(Wanting C. Fraseri, multifasciatus,
ochraceus, flavicollis, semicinnamo-
meus, smaragdinicollis, pyrrhotis.)

Mesopicus, Malh 25 20 1 (Wanting M.jcenionotus murinus, nigri-

r ' I ceps, Airku, sanguinolentus.)

[July,

Picus, Linn 63 46

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 195

, . ,, ,, n .( (Wantms I. Do Lessertii, philippinarum,

Indopicus, Malh 7 4^ C arlotta.)

Bralimapicus, Malh 3 3

Chloropicoides, Malh... 6 5 (Wanting C. Grantia.)

Chloropicus, Malh 24 22 (Wanting C. karelini, leucolamus.)

,, ,, , 01 ( (Wanting C.maculosus, Caillaudi, capri-

Chrysopicus, Malh 25 21^ cor)1 ^% uceL)

, r , . ,, ,. no , A ((Wanting M. melanocephalus, Hermi-

Melainpicus, Malh 13 10 -^ nieri J aniho i ar y nx ^

Xenopicus, Baird 1 1

, r ,, , , , ( (Wanting Z. hipopilius, Gerinii, auro-

Zebrapicus,J/aM...~... 15 12^ ^^

Geopicus, Malh 12 12

( (Wanting P. ocellatus, Castelnauii, squa-
Picumnus, Temm 14 7 < mulatus, Lafresnayii, rufoventris, Buf-

(^ fonii, Verreauxia.)

Picumnoides, Malh 3 2 (P. lachrymosus, Malh. wanting.)

Yunx, Linn 5 4 ( Y. aquatorialis, Rupp. wanting.

295 233

This statement is, however, to be regarded as founded strictly on the views
of M. Malherbe, in a few particulars of which I have the misfortune to differ
from him. Making deductions for species given by him as valid, which are
very probably identical with others, (such as Picus Martina;, Aud., Phillipsii,
Aud. and some others) and additions for species recently described and not
included by M. Malherbe, aad also a few species given by him as synonyms,
but which appear to me to be properly regarded as distinct, I have deter-
mined 236 species of Woodpeckers in the Academy Museum.

2. Picas scalaris, Wagler.

Of the birds regarded as this species or varieties of it, or near allies, there
seem to me to be several species, quite distinct from each other and probably
inhabiting separate regions of North America.

1. Picus Nuttallii, Gambel.

Malh. Mon. pi. xxiv. figs. 5, 6, 7. Baird, B. of N. A. pi. xli. fig. 1.
Hob. California. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.

In this species there is in the adult male a wide frontal and coronal space
which is frequently clear black, but generally with the feathers having long
narrow spots of white at their tips. Immediately succeeding the scarlet of
the occiput is a narrow band of white and then a wide band of black. The
back is very distinctly banded with black and white the black bands being the
wider. The two black stripes from the base of the lower mandible and from
behind the eye unite and form a large black space on the side of the neck.

This is a readily defined and easily recognized species and the largest of this
group. It appears to be restricted to California.

2. Picus scalaeis, Wagler.

Malh. Mon. pi. xxvii. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Hab. Southern Mexico ? Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.
Plumage of the head above tipped with scarlet and with small medial or
subterminal spots of white. Back with the transverse bands of black and
white clearly defined but narrower and more numerous than in the preceding,
but with the black bands the wider. Smaller than the above and easily distin-
guished from that species.

3. Picus lucasaxus, Xantus.

Picus lucasanus, Xantus, Proc. Acad. Philada., 1859, pp. 298, 302, (not
figured).

1863.]

,' CE fR M- PARK,

196 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Hab. Lower California. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.

Much resembling P. scalaris, but with the bill and feet stouter and the bill
longer, white spots on the head larger and the black stripes on the back ra-
ther narrower.

Scarcely distinguishable from P. scalaris and hardly a species, but presents
differences which may be constant as stated above. This bird has only been
found in Lower California.

4. Picus Bairdii, Sclater.

Picus Bairdii, Sclater. Malh., Mon. i. p. 118.
Malh. Mon. pi. xxvii. figs. 7, 8. Baird, B. of N. A. pi. xli. fig. 2.
Hab. New Mexico, Northern Mexico. Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.
Generally similar to the last two species but with the white bands on the
bach wider than the black bands. Total length about 7 inches, wing 4^, tail 2J
inches.

All specimens from New Mexico and Northern Mexico appear to be this
species, and it is that which has heretofore been regarded by the ornitholo-
gists of this country as P. scalaris.

5. Picus Orizaba, nobis.

Picus scalaris, var. d'Orizaba, Malh. Mon. pi. xxvii. fig. 6.

Hab. Jalapa, Mexico, Eastern Mexico ? Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.
Similar to P. Bairdii but smaller, the brownish white stripe immediately
below the scarlet of the head, extending over the eye and wider behind the
eye than in P. Bairdii. White bands of the back wider than the black bands.
Total length 6h inches, wing 4, tail 2J inches.

Brought from Jalapa commonly, by M. D'Oca and seems to be the represen-
tative of this group in Eastern Mexico. There are synonyms usually referred
to P. scalaris which may be applicable to one or the other of these birds, but
I cannot identify them.

6. Picr/s vagatus, nobis.

Much smaller than either of the preceding, though belonging to the same
group and especially resembling the two last described above. Male. Head
above scarlet, all the feathers being black at base, with small white spots,
which are more numerous on the front and vertex, stripes from the base of
the lower mandible and behind the eye black, from the base of the upper man-
dible and another over and behind the eye sordid or brownish white. Back
and exposed surface of quills banded transversely with black and white, which
on the back are about equal in width. Wing coverts black, with circular and
oblong spots of white, upper tail coverts black. Under parts brownish white,
with circular and irregular spots of black more numerous on the breast and
sides and forming transverse bands on the flanks. Tail feathers black, two
outer feathers on each side with white bands. Quills brownish black, with
quadrangular or irregular spots of white on their outer webs, and large circu-
lar spots of white on their inner webs. Bill and feet dark, short feathers on
the nares fuliginous.

Total length about 5i inches, wing 3|, tail 2 inches.

Hab. Mexico ? Spec, in Mus. Acad. Philada.

Two specimens of this little species are in the Acad. Mus. from the Massena
collection, but are unfortunately without labels indicating locality. They are,
however, strictly of the same form and generic character as the birds above
mentioned, and are probably from Mexico or Central America. This species is
easily distinguished from all others of its intimate allies by its much smaller
size as above described. It is not larger than Picus minor, Linn.

3. Genus POLIPICUS, nobis.
Belonging to the group Gecinina, G. R. Gray, and allied to the genus Geci-

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19T

nus, Boie, especially to a subgroup of which Gecinus puniceus (Horsf.) is the
type. Small, bill nearly straight and rather wide at base, wing rather long,
first quill very short, fourth, fifth and sixth longest, tail rather long and wide,
feet short, outer hind toe longest, inner hind toe short.

The present species is unusually small for a bird of the group to which I
regard it as belonging.

4. Polipicus Elliotii, nobis.

Wing rather long, first quill spurious, fifth slightly longest, tail long and
wide. Female ? Head above black, entire upper parts of body and wings of yel-
lowish olive green with a golden tinge on the exposed surface of shorter quills
and with a reddish tinge on the upper tail coverts. Primaries brownish black,
slightly edged with green on their outer webs and having large spots of yel-
lowish white on their inner webs, shafts of quills on their under surface yel-
lowish white. Tail brownish black, outer feathers with dull brownish white
spots on their inner webs, under surface of tail tinged with pale greenish
yellow.

Superciliary line and cheeks dull bluff, throat and under parts of body
greenish or yellowish white, paler and nearly pure white on the throat and
darker on the breast, and the entire under parts with longitudinal stripes of
brownish black, very narrow on the throat and wider on the breast. Flanks
and under tail coverts with a few irregular bands, and sagittate spots of the
same brownish black. Bill light brownish, lower mandible and tip of upper
nearly white, feet probably light colored. Under wing coverts light yellowish
white, with black spots.
_ Total length, about 7 inches, wing 3^, tail 3 inches.

Hab. River Muni, Western Africa. One specimen in Acad. Mus. from Mr.
Duehaillu's collection.

This is a very curious little woodpecker, having the general form of and
even a larger tail than usual in Gecinus, and in its group is quite remarkable
for its small size. The present specimen is very probably a female, and I
regret that no other of the species is in the collection of Mr. Duchaillu, from
whom it was purchased.

This bird is named in honor of my friend, Mr. Daniel Giraud Elliot, of New
York, one of the most talented and enterprising of the young naturalists of
the United States, who, in his "Monograph of the Pittidce" has just com-
pleted one of the most important as well as beautiful contributions to orni-
thology ever made in this country.

6. Campethera vestita, nobis.

Allied to C. brachyrhyncha (Swains.) and C. nivosa (Swains.) and resembling
the former, but larger, with the tail clear black, and the entire upper plumage
darker golden green.

Female ? Head above brownish black, with numerous small spots of pale
brownish white, entire upper parts of body and wings golden green, quills
brownish black, with a few small spots of dull white on their outer webs.
Tail black, with the middle feathers slightly edged with green, under surface
with a greenish tinge, and with the shafts of the feathers yellow. Throat
light reddish brown, with numerous small spots of black, entire under parts of
body with transverse narrow bands of black and dull greenish yellow, paler on
the abdomen, and with a rufous tinge on the breast. Under wing coverts and
inner edges of quills pale buff or fawn color (without spots) the latter having
some irregular bands of the brownish black of the outer webs. Shafts of
quills on their under surface yellow. Bill and feet bluish black.

Total length about 7^ inches, wing 4, tail 2 inches.

Hab. St. Paul's River, Western Africa. One specimen in the Academy
Museum from Dr. Robert MacDowall's collection.

The description is that very probably of a female specimen, of which I have
1863.]

198 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

never seen a male, and which was received at the Academy in a very inte-
resting collection from Dr. MacDowall, in 1841. This bird seems to be most
nearly allied to C. brachijrhijncha (Swains.) also a West African species, of
which several specimens are in the Acad. Mus., from Mr. Duchaillu's collec-
tion, but it differs not only in having the upper plumage a darker and golden
green, and the tail clear lustrous black, but the under wing coverts are pale
buff or fawn color, without spots, instead of nearly white and spotted with
black, as in C. brachyrhyncha. It is also larger than that species.

In colors and general appearance this bird bears a greater resemblance to
the American woodpeckers, of the genus Chloronerpes, Swainson, especially to
C. rubiginosus, Swain., than any other African species with which I am ac-
quainted.

7. Chrysopicus Malherbei, nobis.

Resembling C. notatus (Licht.) and C. cethiopicus (Hemp, et Ehrenb.) but
much smaller than the former and otherwise different from both. Head above
from base of bill to occiput, scarlet, back and upper wing coverts and rump
yellowish green, lighter on the back, with numerous, nearly circular and ob-
long spots of greenish white, exposed surface of shorter quills yellowish olive
green, tipped with yellowish white, (but without transverse bands,) primaries
dark brown, with small spots of yellowish white on their outer webs, and with
large spots of the same color on their inner webs. Sides of head and neck
and entire under parts of body pale yellowish white, with nearly circular
and oblong spots of black, larger on the breast and sides, smaller on the mid-
dle of the abdomen and under tail coverts. Tail yellowish brown, with the
shafts and tips of the feathers yellow, obscure transverse bands of a darker
shade of brown on the outer feathers, under surface of tail greenish yellow.
Under wing coverts pale yellowish white, with a few spots of black. Bill and
feet dark plumbeous. Male ?

Total length about 6 inches, wing 3f , tail 21 inches.
Hab. Zanzibar. Spec, in Mus. Acad., Philada.

A single specimen of this species is from the Massena Collection, and is la-
belled, "Zanzibar" in the same hand-writing as some other specimens from
the same locality. In general appearance this bird resembles the much
larger C. notatus (Licht.) Malh. Mon., pi. 95, figs. 4, 5, 6. from which it differs,
not only greatly in size, but in the color of the upper parts of the body, and in
having the clearly-defined white circular spots of the back and coverts as de-
scribed above. From C. nubicus (Gm.) Malh. Mon., pi. 93, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
this bird differs also in size and in the colors of the upper parts. It appears
to be smaller also than C. cethiopicus (Hempr. & Ehrenb.) Malh. Mon., pi. 94,
figs. 1, 2, 3, Riipp., Syst. Ueb., pi. 36, but differs in the color and circular spots
of the upper parts, and has no transverse bands on the shorter quills nor tail
as represented in the figures of that species. In the present and only speci-
men, though the top of head and occiput are bright scarlet, there is no stripe
from the base of the under mandible or moustache of that color.

Although the specimen now described does bear a considerable resemblance
to Picus notatus, Licht., which is expressly stated by Messrs. Hemprich and
Ehrenberg, in their description of Picus cethiopicus, to be the case also in that
species (Symbolse Physic*, Aves, pt. 1,) it is clearly not the bird described
by them nor that figured by M. Ruppell, Syst. Uebers, pi. 36. P. cethiopicus
is regarded by M. Malherbe as identical with P. nubicus, Boddaert, very prob-
ably correctly, to which the present bird bears some resemblance also, but not
in so great a degree as to P. notatus.

This species I have taken the liberty of dedicating to the distinguished
author of the " Monographie des Picid^es."

8. Picps scintilliceps, Swinhoe.

Picus scintilliceps, Swinh., Sclater's Ibis, 1863, p. 96.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

A very fine male specimen of this species in the Acad. Mus. has been la-
belled in Europe, " Picus trisulensis, Licht.," in a hand-writing that I do not
recognize. It seems to be the largest of the Asiatic group, characterized by
the cinereous front and small lateral spots of scarlet, but ought to be very care-
fully compared with P. Mitchellii, Malh., and P. auritus, Eyton, especially as
it is brought forward by apparently a very youthful and inexperienced de-
scriber, whose early training in both natural and civil history seems to have
been unfinished.

9. Picus leccomelas, Boddaert.

Picus canadensis, Gmelin.

I am not prepared, at present, to regard this bird as identical with, or as
merely a larger race of Picus villosus, Linn., though given as such by Prof.
Baird in B. of N. Am. i. p. 84,* but am disposed to consider it a distinct species.
It is well figured in the folio edition of Audubon, (pi. 417, fig. 7), though the
bill is rather large, but the figure in his octavo edition is not recognizable.
Malherbe's figure (pi. 21, fig. 4) is too small, and the spots on the wings are
not sufficiently numerous. Picus Martina, Aud., and P. Phillipsii, And., are
young birds of this species.

Audubon says of this bird: " Its notes alone suffice to distinguish it from
every other species, being louder and much shriller than those of Picus vil-
losus," (Orn. Biog. v. p. 188). Nuttall adds, " it is also less active and petu-
lant," (Man. Orn. v. p. 684).

10. Picus Phillipsii, Audubon.

This supposed species was described from a single specimen which now
belongs to the collection of Professor Baird of the Smithsonian Institution.
Mr. Audubon says, in his description, "This species is about the same size
as P. canadensis, which it also resembles in color, but is distinguished by the
yellow patch on the head and its thicker aud more pointed bill." It is un-
doubtedly the young of P. canadensis, as stated by Prof. Baird in B. of N. Am.
i. p. 86, and I quite coincide with him that the original specimen (now in my
possession through his kindness) presents all the peculiarities of a young
bird. M. Malherbe's figure (pi. xxi. fig. 5) is copied from Audubon, on the
authority of whom only he gives this bird as a species.

11. Picus Martin je, Audubon.

This is also the young of Picus canadensis, and the original specimen is in
the collection of Professor Baird. It is labelled " Upper Canada," and is in
more advanced plumage than that of P. Phillipsii, alluded to in the preceding
article, but is the same species, in my opinion. Mr. Audubon says, in his
description, (Orn. Biog. v. p. 183), "This species is very nearly allied to
Picus villosus, and is very similar in its colors, but differs in having the man-
dibles pointed, in being larger, in having the top of the head red or yellowish
red, and in having its fourth toe longer than the third." This bird is also
given by M. Malherbe as a species, on the authority of Mr. Audubon.

12. Picus villosus, Linnaeus.

In M. Malherbe's figure of the male of this species (pi. xxi. fig. 1) the white
space on the back is too large and the black edgings of the feathers denote im-
maturity. In the adult bird the back is clear white, the central feathers having
no black edges, and very nearly as represented by Audubon, (pi. 416, fig. 1, 2).
For all that I can see, Picus Cuvieri, Malh. (pi. xxii. fig. 3) is the young fe-
male of this species, and Picus Auduboni, Trudeau, the young male.

* The proper reference to this very important work is, " Baird's Birds of North America." It
was mainly written and entirely arranged by Professor Baird, comparatively small parts only
having been contributed by Mr. 'Lawrence and myself, which are invariably designated as
such in the text. Those contributions are as separate and distinct, and represent our individual
views as exclusively as if they were in different books. Professor Baird is the author of the article
on the Picidie.

1863.]

200 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

The adult male of this species is characterized by a transverse stripe o
bright scarlet on the occiput, and so are all other species of typical Picas
found in North America, which occipital stripe is rigidly denned and restricted.

In younger stages of plumage all the species of this country present very
considerable variations in this particular, and generally have more or less
pale red, pale yellow, or yellowish red on the top of the head, sometimes ex-
tended, but more frequently quite limited. The presence of either of those
colors or shades of color in a specimen, is evidence of immature plumage.
Similar stages of immature plumage with the head red above, in Picus major
of Europe, are figured by Malherbe, pi. xvi. fig. 6, and by Naumann, B. of
Germany, pi. 134, fig. 3.

This bird very probably associates with Picus Harrisii in a region interme-
diate between the proper ranges of the two species, and produces hybrids,
which present difficulties to naturalists. This is undoubtedly the case with
Colaptes auratus and C. mexicanus, as stated by Prof. Baird, in B. of Am. i.
p. 122. The same considerations apply to the present species and P. Harrisii
and others.

13. Picus Cuvieri, Malh., Mon. i. p. 85.

As stated in the preceding article, this bird is, in my opinion, the young
female of P. villosus.

14. Pices Audubonii, Swainson.

Picus Audubonit, Swains., Faun. Bor. Am. Birds, p. 306, (1831).

Picus Auduboni, Trudeau, Jour. Academy, Philad. vii. p. 404, (1837),
Aud. B. of Am. pi. 417, Oct. ed. iv. pi. 265 ; Malh. Mon. pi. xxii. fig. 4.
The descriptions here cited seem, singularly enough, both to apply to the
same supposed species, though Dr. Trudeau evidently was not aware of the
description of Mr. Swainson. The two descriptions seem, in fact, to have
been made quite independently of each other, yet each author gave the same
name to the same bird, a coincidence certainly of rare occurrence. Both seem
to apply to males of Picus villosus, Mr. Swainson having described an adult
of unusually small size from the State of Georgia, and Dr. Trudeau, a young
male from Louisiana.

The fine blue color of Mr. Audubon's figures, above cited, is entirely erro-
neous and fanciful, but in his description the color is given fairly: "The
upper parts are black, the tufts covering the nostrils white." M. Malherbe's
figure is a correct representation. A specimen, probably the original of Dr.
Trudeau's description, is in the collection of Professor Baird of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

15. Picus Harrisii, Audubon.

This species resembles P. villosus, but in nearly all specimens is easily dis-
tinguished by the clear black and unspotted wing coverts and shorter quills.
In apparently adult specimens from northern localities especially, the under
parts are generally more or less tinged with dull brown, generally not so dark
as represented in Audubon's plate (pi. 417, fig 8, 9) and frequently very
light. Occasionally, and I suspect in the perfect spring plumage, the back
and under parts are pure white, as described and figured by Malherbe, (pi.
xx. fig. 1. 2). Dr. Gambel states that this is the case: "The young are
brownish beneath, as represented by Audubon, but the adult is pure white,"
(Jour. Acad. Philad. i. p. 55).

Specimens occasionally occur in which white spots are present on the shorter
quills and coverts, but generally small and not numerous. Young birds pre-
sent colors analogous to those of the young of P. villosus and P. canadensis.
Very fine specimens of adults and young of this species are in the Academy
Museum, from collections made in California by Mr. John G. Bell and Dr.
William Gambel.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 201

Young % . Crown red, many of the feathers having small spots of white,
occiput with a few scarlet feathers. Upper parts of body black, tinged with
brown, white spots on the primaries smaller than in adult. Back with a wide
longitudinal stripe of white, many of the feathers having black spots on their
edges. Upper tail coverts black. Under parts dull white.

Younger $. Crown coppery red, front black, with white spots. Wing
almost clear brownish black, a few small spots only on the external webs of
primaries. Under parts dull white. No red feathers on occiput.

Specimens occur occasionally which can be assigned to either this species
or P. villosus with equal propriety, and may be hybrids.

1 6. Picus Jaddinei, Malherbe.

This bird much resembles P. Harrisii, And., with which it is given as iden-
tical by Dr. Cabanis, in Journ. Orn. 1862, p. 175. There are in the Academy
Museum two specimens only, the better of which was brought by Mr. D'Oca
from Jalapa, Mexico, and both are the species described by M. Malherbe and
represented in his plate xxv. fig. 4, 5, though they appear to be in more ma-
ture plumage. The scarlet of the head is restricted to the occiput in both
specimens, and the two outer tail feathers are without black spots, though
the second feather has a black space at the base of the inner web. In young
birds it is unusual to find the clearly defined scarlet occiput, as in the present
specimens, for which reason, mainly, I dissent, though with some misgivings,
from Dr. Cabanis' conclusion. These specimens are much like the young of
Picus Harrisii, described above, except in the matter of the scarlet occiput.
They have the under parts of the body rather strongly tinged with ashy brown
for southern specimens of P. Harrisii, and very nearly as figured by M. Mal-
herbe, as above cited.

17. Picus pubescens, Linnaeus.

This little species, which is of common occurrence in North America, pre-
sents some variations in size, which fact I think has led to errors in descrip-
tions of supposed species. Both Picus meridionalis, Swains., and Picus medi-
anus, Swains., are very probably to be referred to this bird. Picus Lecontei,
Jones, is very probably an accidental variety, and so also possibly is Picus
leucurus, Prince Paul of Wurtemberg.

This bird probably associates with P. Gairdneri in an intermediate region,
and produces hybrids.

Is. Piers Lecontei, Jones.

Picus Lecontei, Jones, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iv. p. 489, (1847).

Ann. Lye. N. Y. pi. 17 ; Malh. Mon. pi. xl. fig. 7.

The original and only specimen known of this species is in the Academy
Museum, though it belongs to Dr. Jones of Georgia, who is its describer. This
specimen is rather smaller than usual in specimens of Picus pubescens, in
which respect, as suggested by Dr. Jones in his description, it is like P. me-
ridionalis, Swains., but otherwise and in all other respects it is nothing more
than Picus pubescens, with three toes instead of four !

This bird has attracted some attention from European Ornithologists. The
Prince Bjnaparte made it the type of his genus Tridactylia, and M. Malherbe
is disposed to regard it as a true species. At present my opinion is that it is
an accidental specimen only of Picus pubescens, which opinion is subject, of
course, to immediate correction on the production of other specimens, which,
as Dr. Jones says, very candidly and properly, " will be necessary to establish
the species perfectly."

19. Picus Gairdneri, Audubon.

Picus Gairdneri, Aud., Orn. Biog. v. p. 317.
Baird B. of N. A. pi. 85, fig. 2, 3.
In nearly all specimens of this little species the under p.irts are tinged with

1803.] if' 15

202 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF

brownish ashy instead of being pure white, as in P. pubescens, which it ranch
resembles. This color of the under parts varies in shade in different speci-
mens, as in Picus Harrisii, and is probably correctly stated by Prof. Baird to
be darker in the more northern specimens, though the supposition entertained
by him, that such is always the case in this species and in P. Harrisii, is not
without grave difficulties, especially in view of the migration southward of
northern specimens, which takes place to an extent sufficient to interfere
with such a theory, even in species stated to be "resident." I suspect that
the dark color of the under parts in these species is acquired much as stated
by Mr. Audubon to be the case in Picus pubescens : " I have observed," he
says, " that during their stay in the Floridas, Georgia and the Carolinas, their
breasts and bellies are so soiled by the carbonaceous matter adhering to the
trees in consequence of the burning of the grass at that season, that one might
be apt to take a specimen in that state as belonging to a difl'erent species."
(Orn. Biog. ii. p. 82).

Specimens occasionally have been brought in collections which seem to
combine the characters of this species and of .P. pubescens, and suggest a pre-
sumption of hybridity. Of this description apparently is Picus Turati, Mal-
herbe.

20. Pious Turati, Malherbe.

Picus Turati, Main., Mon. i. p. 125, pi. xxix. fig. 5, 6.
The figures of this bird in M. Malherbe's plate much resemble small speci-
mens of Picus pubescens except in the black stripes on the side of the head,
which are more like those in P. Gairdneri. It may be a distinct and valid
species, but I suspect that it is founded on intermediate specimens which are
probably hybrids of the two species. The localities given by M. Malherbe are
California and the Rocky Mountains.

21. Picus albolarvatus, Cassin.

At the time of the publication of Prof. Baird's great work, "The Birds of
North America," but few specimens of this species were known to be extant,
which fact fully warranted him in stating it to be " an exceedingly rare spe-
cies, not more than three or four skins being known to exist in collections."
Since that period, however, other specimens have been received from Capt.
John Feilner, U. S. Army, who obtained them in the vicinity of Fort Crook,
California, in which district it is apparently of frequent occurrence.

22. Picus Macei, Vieillot.

This species varies in size very considerably, but three specimens in the
Academy Museum are decidedly larger than all the others. Two of them were
received ia the fine Indian collection made by Capt. T. Boys, of the East In-
dian Company's service, and were labelled "P. nepalensis" in England.
These specimens may be the Dendrocopus pyricps, Hodgson, and are so much
larger than the usual specimens of P. Macei, that their specific distinction is
quite possible.

23. Picus puncticeps, D'Orbigny et Lafresnaye.

DOrb., Voy. Am. Mer. Ois. pi. 64, fig. 1.
With original specimens from M. D'Orbigny's collection before me, I am at
present disposed to regard this bird as distinct from P. lignarius, Molina, though
given as synonymous by M. Malherbe. M. D'Orbigny's figure, cited above,
represents the female, which is rather smaller than the male of the same
species in the Academy Museum, but both are so much smaller, lighter co-
lored, and different in some other particulars, that I cannot regard them as
identical with P. lignarius. The black stripes on the under parts in P. punc-
ticeps are narrower and less numerous than in P. lignarius. The figure in
M. D'Orbigny's plate faithfully represents the size and other characters of the
female, and the full figure given by M. Malherbe represents the male of P.

[July,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 203

Kgnarius with equal fidelity, but is rather small. In undoubted Chili speci-
mens in the Academy Museum, the longitudinal stripes on the under parts
are wider than as given by M. Malherbe, and confluent, forming apparently
continued bands in the adult bird.

24. Picus Ledouci, Malherbe.

Plcus minor var. algeriensis. Label in Academy Museum.
Of this species, or variety, there are four specimens in the Academy Mu-
seum all labelled "Algeria." Though not in adult plumage, they present
some points of difference from P. minor, and I suspect that the species is
about as valid as some of the near allies of P. major, medius, and others which
are held to be entirely respectable specifically.

25. Picus borealis, Vieillot.

The Woodpecker described and figured by Vieillot (Ois. d'Arn. Sept. 11,
p. 66, pi. 122,) is, in my opinion, a valid species, and quite as distinct from
P. querulus, Wilson, as Picas Harrisii is from P. villosus, and the differences
are as easily seen, with specimens of both under examination. In P. borealis
the transverse bands on the back and shorter quills are much more numer-
ous, especially on the latter, as so are also the spots on the outer webs of the
primaries. So far as I can judge from rather badly prepared specimens of P.
querulus, it has a wide transverse band of black on the neck behind, which is
but narrow in P. borealis. The two species are very nearly the same size.

Vieillot alone, so far as I know, figures this species ; and though his repre-
sentation is by no means satisfactory, yet it is recognizable as the northern
species. Wilson, Audubon, and Malherbe figure the bird of the Southern
States, which is P. querulus, Wilson. Specimens of the present bird from
Pennsylvania are in the Academy Museum.

26. Picus querulus, Wilson.

Described by Wilson from specimens obtained in jNorth Carolina : but his
figure (pi. 15, fig. 1,) is not satisfactory. This species is very handsomely
given in the plates of both Malherbe and Audubon, but the latter seems only
to have known this bird, like Wilson, as a southern species. As stated in
the preceding article, this bird is distinct from the similar bird of Pennsylva-
nia, and can readily be distinguished by the smaller number of the transverse
bands on the back and shorter quills, especially of the latter, and by the
much smaller number of spots on the wing coverts and outer webs of pri-
maries.

Specimens are in the Academy Museum from South Carolina and Georgia,
in both of which States it appears to be a common species.

27. Picoides dorsalis, Baird.

Baird, B. of N. Am. ii. pi. 85, fig. 1.

This bird is, I suspect, identical with P. americanus (Swainson). In the
European P. tridactylus, the whole space on the back presents precisely the same
styles of character in different specimens, as in both P. americanus and P.*
dorsalis, that is to say: in some specimens there is a plain wide longitudinal
band of white, as in P. dorsalis, and in others this band is crossed by trans-
verse bands of black, as in P. americanus. This difference is not held to be
sufficient to indicate specific distinction. Several specimens of each descrip-
tion are in the Academy Museum, undoubtedly the same species, and figures
of each are so given by Malherbe, Mon. pi. 38, and Nauinann, B. of Germ.,
pi. 137.

One specimen only of this bird is in the Acad. Mus., which was brought in
a collection from Pike's Peak, Kansas, and is the second specimen known,
In my opinion, this bird bears no intimate relation to P. crissoleucus, Brandt.,
which is also in the Acad. Mus. The latter is an ally of P. tridactylus, but
distinguished readily by the pure, nearly unspotted white of the under parts

1863.]

-04 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

and of the inferior wing coverts, and is very accurately represented by M.
Malherbe, (pi. 40).

28. Campephilus albirostris, (Vieillot.)

Amongst numerous specimens of this species in the Acad. Mus., there is
one which presents some differences in color, and may not be quite identical.
It is a female specimen, rather smaller than the females of C. albirostris, and
has the black of the breast more extended downwards ; the under tail coverts
are blacker, and the shafts of the tail feathers are clear lustrous black. This
specimen is labelled "Columbia," and was obtained in Europe for the
Academy by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson.

29. Campephilus trachelopyrus, (Malherbe.)

This species is singularly nearly related to C. rubricollis (Boddaert), but
does persistently retain one valid and reliable character. In C. rubricollis the
inner icebs of the longer primaries (only) are fine yellowish-brown or bay color,
while in C. trachelopyrus that color in the same feathers extends to the outer
web also. In the latter species there is, on this account, on the closed wing a
longitudinal band of that color, perhaps not sufficiently conspicuous in M.
Malherbe's figures of the male (pi. 8, fig. 2).

30. Sphyrapicus nuchalis, Baird.

Sphyrapicus nuchalis, Baird, Rept. Surv. and Exp. Pac. R. R.,ix., p. 103.
921, (1858.)

Baird. B. of N. A., pi. 35.

Although in his description here cited, Professor Baird relies mainly on the
fact that this species has a transverse stripe of red on the nape, I suspect
that character to be not the most reliable, though the species I regard as en-
tirely valid. One specimen in the Academy Museum, which was received in
the Massena collection in 1847, is, I think, clearly this species, though the
nape is merely dull white, as in S. varius. This bird is very handsomely
figured in Professor Baird's plate above cited, and the distinction between it
and S. varius can be seen with the utmost readiness.

31. Sphyrapicus thyeoideus, (Cassin.)

Picus thyroideus, Cass., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1851, p. 439.

Malh. Mon., pi, 38, fig. 1. Cass., B. of Cal. and Tex., pi. 43.

Formerly a very rare species, this bird has been found recently in more
considerable numbers at Fort Crook, Northern California, by that true lover
of Natural History and industrious collector, Capt. John Feilner, of the U. S.
Army. The figures above cited seem to be either females or young males.
The most mature of Capt. Feilner's specimens are probably adult males, and
only differ from the females in having a few red feathers on the throat, and
the rather deeper yellow of the abdomen.

32. Sphyrapicus Williamsonii, (Newberry.)

Picus Williamsonii, Newb., Rep. Pac. R. R. Surv. and Exp., vi. p. 89.

Malh. Mon., pi. 36, fig. 4. Baird, B. of N. A., pi. 34, fig. 1.

This very handsome bird, also, has been obtained by Capt. Feilner at the
locality mentioned in the preceding article, and it is probably of not uncom-
mon occurrence in North-Eastern California.

(To be continued.)

August 4th.
Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Sis members present.

[Aug.,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

August Wth.
Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Seven members present.

August IS th.

Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Eight members present.

The following paper was presented for publication :

" Description of a new generic type of Ophidioids. By Theo. Gill."

August 25th.

Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Seven members present.

On report of the respective committees, the following papers were
ordered to be published:

Description of a new species of CHCEROJULIS from North Carolina.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The discovery of a representative of the genus Chaerqfulis, so far north as
the coast of North Carolina, appears to be worthy of special notice. It is
therefore now described, and, as the genus is for the first time introduced into
the Fauna of the United States, a diagnosis of it is likewise given.

Genus CHCEROJULIS Gill.

Halichceres Riippell, Neue Wirbelthiere zu der Fauna von Abyssinien gehorig,

Fische, p. 14, 1835.
Halichceres Gunther, Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, vol. viii.

p. 386, 1861.
Halichceres Meeker, Proc. Zoological Society of London, 1861, p. 411.
Chcerojulis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1862,

p. 142.
Prochilus sp. Klein.
Labrus sp. auct. vet.
Julis sp. Cuv. et Val et al.

Chlorichthys, Ichthycallus and Halichceres, sp. Swainson.
Platyglossus sp. Gunther, (Cat. Fish, iv. 143.)

Body compressed, oblong, with the height generally equal to a fourth or
fifth of the length, rarely more.

Scales rather large, (1. 1. 26-30) little smaller on the front of the back, the
breast and base of caudal.

Lateral line deflected under the posterior third of the soft dorsal, and
generally branched on each scale.

Bead naked, compressed, conic in profile, with the preoperculum entire.
Mouth scarcely protractile, with the cleft moderate and little oblique.

Teeth in each jaw conspicuous ; in front two or four curved canines, and be-
hind, in the upper jaw, a canine tooth directed forwards on each side.

Dorsal fin continuous, with nine pungent spines, and eleven to fourteen

1863.]

206 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY 01

rays ; angulated or rarely obtuse behind. Anal with three graduated spines :
neither with a scaly basal sheath.

Caudal fin truncated or rounded behind and without produced angles.

Ventral fins beneath or nearly beneath the pectoral, and generally produced
at the outer ray.

The genus Chcerojulis is co-extensive with that for which Dr. Bleeker has re-
tained the name of Halichozres, adopted from Riippell, but as the latter name
had been previously applied byNilsson, under the very slightly modified form
of Halichecrus, but etymologically identical, to a valid genus of the mamma-
lian family Phocidse, another one is requisite, and that of Chcerojulis has there-
fore been proposed for the ichthyic genus.

Swainson's name Ichthyeallus cannot be used, for, although the first and
several other species were representatives of the present genus, - Ilalichores"
itself was adopted with the limits assigned to it by Riippell and said to have
the " general shape and structure of Ichthy callus, but there is a conspicuous
canine tooth, as large as those in front, at the hind part of the upper jaw on
each side, and which projects beyond the mouth." Swainson had never seen
any species referred to Ichthy callus, and consequently did not know that any
had hinder canine teeth, but distinguished his group from "Cblorichthys," which
had the " teeth as Labrus, the two most anterior incisors in each jaw longest"
by the smaller scales, " often concealed by the skin " (!) and the " caudal fin,
truncate or rounded." This diagnosis is more applicable to the species of
Coris than any other included under it, and Iehthycallus may therefore prim-
arily be referred as a synonym of that genus, as well as Swainson's Julis. It
may not be unnecessary to remark that Swainson did not intend the first
species enumerated to be considered the type, but generally placed the type at
or near the centre. The following enumeration will illustrate the character
of Ichthyeallus :

I. dimidiatus Spix, pi. 53. Chcerojulis internasalis ex C. et V.

I. chloropterus Block, pi. 288. Chcerojulis chloropterus.

I. trimaculatus Griff., pi. 45, f. 2. ?

I. deenssatus Bcnn., pi. 14. Hemitautoga centiquadrus Blhr.

I. auromaculatus lb., pi. 20. Coris cingulum Gthr.

I. semideeorata Less. Atl., pi. 35, f. 2. Chcerojulis chloropterus (bis).

1. Geoffroyii Frey. Atl., pi. 5(3, f. 3. Macropharyngodon Geoffroyii Blhr.

I. umbrostygma Riipp. Atl. ii. pi. 3, f. 2. Julis umbrostigma Riipp.

I. semipnnctatus lb., pi. 3, f. 3. Coris cingulum Gthr. (bis).

I. cyanocephalus lb., pi. 286. ?

I. Julis lb., pi. 287, f. 1. Coris Julis Gthr.

I. bivittatns lb., pi. 2S4, f. 1. Chcerojulis bivittatus.

I. macrolepidotus lb., f. 2. Novaculichthys macrolepidotu3 Blhr.

I. ornatus Linn. Tr., xii. pi. 27. (Latiloid.)

Chcerojulis grandisquamis Gill.

P?-The greatest height of the body scarcely exceeds a quarter of the total
length, and is about twice as high as the caudal peduncle, that of the latter
equalling an eighth. The head forms almost a fourth of the length, and its
height is less than a fifth. The eye has a diameter equal to a sixth of the head's
length, and the interorbital area equals a fifth. The outline from the dorsal
fin to the forehead is slightly convex, and thence rectilinear and declining at
an angle of 50 to the axis. The snout equals a third of the head's length.
The preoperculum is rectangular, with its angle rounded, the lower or free
half of its posterior margin vertical and the inferior horizontal. The suboper-
cular flap extends nearly to the vertical from the posterior margin of the third
scale of the lateral line, and is decurved above and obtusely angulated behind.
The interoperculum is broad, the upper margin being nearly parallel with
the upper. The upper jaw extends nearly to the vertical from the front of the

[Aug.,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA^ 207

orbit, and is continued about 3| times in the length of the head. The two
front teeth of the upper jaw are slightly divergent: the two median of the
lower convergent and smaller; the outer ones nearly equal and curved back-
wards and outwards; the hinder canines normally developed.

The dorsal fin increases backwards without interruption; the spinous por-
tion considerably, the soft little ; the last ray is contained 2 J times in the head's
length. The caudal is subtruncated, and its angles are rounded. The pec-
toral is contained 6f times in the length ; its upper angle is obtusely rounded,
the posterior margin slightly angulated between the sixth and seventh rays,
below which the rays rapidly diminish. The ventral fins are inserted beneath
the lower axillas of the pectorals and are of little equal or little greater length ;
the first ray is moderately produced at its inner branches.

The scales are delicately striated ; those on the breast are larger than those
behind the nape. The lateral line is deflected beneath the penultimate to the
last dorsal rays ; each scale has generally three radiating branches, thicker to-
wards the ends ; more seldom two or four.

D. IX. 11. A. III. 12. C. II. 1. 6. 5. 1. III. P. I. 1.11. V. I. 5.
2

Scales 20
10

The color in spirits is dark chestnut or brownish red. There appears to be
a slight indication of a temporal band. On the membrane behind the oper-
culum and below the axil of the branchial aperture, is a very dark vertical
spot bordered behind by steel blue. The dorsal is cloudy, but on the soft
portion has a clear band with a submarginal dark line. The anal has indica-
tion of three bands, the basal being separated from the median by an undu-
lated line and the marginal being clear. The caudal is marbled, and with a
marginal dark band widening towards the angles. The pectorals and ventrals
are clear and without axillar spots.

A single specimen of this species, six inches long, was obtained by Wm.
Alexander, U. S. A., at Beaufort, North Carolina, on July 11, 1800, and was
shortly afterwards forwarded to the Smithsonian collection (4318).

On an unnamed generic type allied to SE3ASTES.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In examining the various species of Fishes in the collection of the Smith-
sonian Institution that have been referred by their several describers to the
genus Sebastes, attention was arrested by the characters afforded by the Se-
bastes kuhlii of Lowe and Giinther, and the S. filifer of Valenciennes. These
forms represent a group that apparently well merits a special generic denomi-
nation which is therefore now conferred on it. The following synopsis will
serve to exhibit the most noticeable distinctions of the genera hitherto con-
founded under the name of Sebastes :

I. Dorsal spines XIV-j-I. (Vertebra? 12-j-19pm.) Sebastes.

II. Dorsal spines XL XII.+I. (Vertebra? 10-11+14.)

A. Palatine teeth developed.

o. Suborbital bone ecarinate.

Scales moderate. Lowerjaw little projecting Sebastichthys.

Scales minute. Lower jaw protruded , Sebastodes.

0. Suborbital carina serrated Sebastoplus.

B. Palacine teeth obsolete Sebastopsis.

The genus Sebastodes Gill, has been recently unduly extended by the assem-
blage under it of species more nearly allied to the type of Sebastichthys, and
quite dissimilar to that of Sebastodes.*

1863.]

* See Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sci., vul. ii.

208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Genus SEBASTOPLUS Gill.
Sebastes sp. Auct.

Body oblong, much compressed, and with the caudal peduncle rather low
or narrow.

Scales moderate (60-65), ctenoid, arranged in very obl'que rows, and with
no supernumerary ones. Lateral line simple, in scales like the others.

Head scaly, oblong, with the profile uniformly declining, pointed at the
snout, and with no coronal depression. Supraciliary and coronal crests con-
spicuous. Cheeks with a serrated horizontal carina continued from the pre-
orbital beneath the eye to the hinder margin of the preopercnlum above or on
a line with the superior spine. Preorbital with two recurved teeth below.

Preoperculum oblique behind, broadly rounded towards its angle, with a
muciferous channel, and armed along its margin with four spines decreasing
downwards.

Operculum with two spines, continued forwards as converging keels, the
lower more prominent.

Filaments and barbels obsolete.

Mouth narrow, but rather large, the supramaxil'ars extending behind the
anterior half of the eye, and truncated. Jaws nearly even ; the upper not pro-
tractile and separated at the symphysis ; the lower low in front, received with-
in the upper and with a tubercle below its symphysis.

Teeth villiform on the jaws, vomer and palatine bones ; a wide naked in-
terval at the symphysis of the upper jaw is toothless.

Dorsal fin with its spinous part convex above, depressed towards its soft por-
tion, and with twelve (XI.-f-I.) spines, the penultimate of which is smaller than
the last. Anal fin short and deep and with its second spine longest. Caudal
subtruncated.

Pectoral fins with rather slender and generally entire articulated rays.
Ventral inserted nearly below the pectoral and angulated externally.

Type. Sebastoplns kuhlii.

Syn. Sebastes kuhlii Lowe = Scorprena kuhlii Bawd.

The genus is most nearly allied to Sebastodes and Sebastichthys, but is readily
distinguished by the serrated infraorbital crest, the form of the lower jaw and
the unarmed interval at the symphysis of the upper, as well as by the arma-
ture of the preoperculum and the simplicity of the pectoral rays.

Besides the type, the Sebastes filifer of Valenciennes is the onl\- species
which is known to me to be certainly referrible to the genus. The lattt-r
species appears to be very closely related to S. Kuhlii, and it is not perhaps
impossible that it may even be the same, although Valenciennes expressly says,
that the "scales have smooth borders."* It is very difficult to believe that
there should be such a difference between two so evidently nearly related
species, although Johnson, in his remarks on Setarches Giintherii,] admits the
species without hesitation, and refers to the cycloid scales; but he had pro-
bably never seen the species.

Sebastoplus Kuhlii Gill.

Scorpaena kuhlii Bowd., Exc. in Mad., p. 123.

Sebastes kuhlii Lowe, Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. ii. p. 176 ; Fishes of Madeira, p. 115,
Giinther, Acanth. Fishes, ii. p. 102.

Sebastoplus filifer Gi'tl.

Sebastes filifer. Val., Webb, et Berthelot, Hist. Nat. des lies Canaries, Ichthy-
ologie.
The figure (1) named Sebastes kuhlii on the plate illustrating also the S.

* Les eeailles a bord lisse snnt de moyenne grandeur.
f Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc, 1862.

[Aug.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209

filifer has been referred to under tbe name of Scorpsena scrqf 'a in the text, where
it is said that the name of Seb. kuhlii was on the former given " par erreur."
The figure in question, however, reminds one rather of the Sebastes dactyloptera
(S. imperialis C. etV.,) rather than either of the two cited, and exhibits none of
the distinctive generic characters mentioned in the diagnosis of Scorpxna given
by Valenciennes, neither the ci corpus lobulis cutaneis jimbriatum," nor the
" geniK el maxillse nudsa alepidotx."

Description of a new generic type of OPHIDIOIDS
BY THEODORE GILL.

Tn introducing a hitherto unknown type of Ophidiinae to the notice of natur-
alist-*, it becomes requisite to give a description of the genus Ophidion which
shall contrast with that of the new type.

The so-called "barbels" of the Ophidioids are not the homologues of the
barbels of the Mulloids and the Polymyxioids, although so similar in external,
appearance, but as their connection and articulation indicate, modified ventral
fins recognized as such by Poey, and, although under erroneous impressions,
by Philippi.

Genus OPHIDION Artedi.
Synonymy.

Ophidion Artedi, Genera Piscium, p. 25.

Ophidium Linnssui, Systema Naturae, vol. i. p. 431.

Ophidium Ci/vier, Regne Animal, ed. 2, tome ii. p. 359.

Ophidion Girard, Report on the Survey and Explorations, &c, for a Pacific

Railroad Route, vol. x. Fishes, p. 138.
Ophidium Gii'ither, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv.
p. 376, 1862.

Body much compressed, moderately elongated, with the height nearly uni-
form as far as anus and thence decreasing backwards to the end, which is more
or less obtusely angulated.

Anus in the second-third of the total length.

Scales small conspicuous, oblong, not imbricated, but obliquely arranged in
opposite directions.

Lateral line concurrent with and near the back, not continued to caudal
fin.

Head n iked, much compressed, oblong-ovoid laterally, with the profile de-
scending in a nearly straight line to the snout ; snout rather low and abruptly
decurved or subtruncated. Eye inodsrate, with the pupils comparatively well
developed. Opercula unarmed.

Nostrils simple ; the first near the front of the snout ; the posterior a short
distance in front of the eye.

Mouth narrow, with the cleft oblique, and rather large, the supramaxillars
extending under the whole or nearly the entire eye ; they are rather broad
and only retractile near the upper margin under the suborbital chain.

Teeth on the jaws villiform with an outer row of immoveable and blunt
ones. Vomer prominent, and, as well as the palatine bones, armed with blunt
teeth.

Branchial apertures very ample, arched above b\ r the membrane which is
attached above the axilla of the pectoral fins.

Branchiostegal rays seven.

Dorsal fin commencing more or less behind the vertical from the base of the
pectoral fins, low and with the rays simply articulated, blending behind, as
well as the anal, with the caudal, which is very short and terminates in an ob-
tuse point.

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely rounded behind.

1863.]

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ventral fins bifid and articulated, moderately developed and nearly or quite
as long as the head.

Pyloric appendages none.

Type. Ophidium barbatum Linn.

Genus LEPTOPHIDIUM Gill.

Body much elongated, moderately compressed, and with the back and abdo-
minal regions arched, more compressed and slowly decreasing in height back-
wards to an abruptly-rounded point.

Anus towards the end of the first third of the length.

Scales regularly imbricated in quincunx, oval, with the nucleus in front of
the centre, and with strias radiating backwards.

Lateral line concurrent with and near the back for about half the length,
obsolescent behind.

Head with imbricated scales extending to forehead, opercula and cheeks,
moderately compressed, oblong-ovate in profile, with the snout high, project-
ing forwards, and obtusely rounded, armed above with a short, nearly con-
cealed spine, directed forwards and somewhat downwards. Cheeks somewhat
inflated. Eyes large, subcircular, with comparatively small pupils. Nostrils
double; the anterior aperture a short tube directed forwards and next to the
groove separating the preorbital from the nostril region ; the posterior a longi-
tudinal fissure in front of the eyes below the preorbital groove, Opercula un-
armed.

Mouth broader, with the cleft little oblique and moderate ; the supermaxillar
bones are slender, terminate under the hinder part of the eye, and are almost
wholly retractile under the suborbitals.

Teeth of the jaws villiform, immersed in a mucous membrane, separated by
an interval from the longer ones in the outer row, which are pointed and
moveable.

Vomer not prominent, armed, as well as the palatine bones, with teeth.

Branchial aperture ample, arched above by the membrane, which is at-
tached in front of the axil of the pectoral fin.

Branchiostegal rays seven, the internal two small.

Dorsal fin commencing less than a head's distance from the nape, rather low
and with its rays simply articulated, blending behind, like the anal, with the
caudal fin, whose rays are lon-er than those of the dorsal and anal, and whose
margin is produced.

Pectoral fins small or moderate, obliquely rounded behind.

Ventral fins bifid and articulated, and much abbreviated.

This genus is exceedingly distinct from Ophidium, having very few characters
iu common, except such as would be found in the genera of the same subfamily.
Its form at oace distinguishes it, \ii comparatively low and moderately com-
pressed body and the smaller head contrasting strongly with the much com-
pressed body and head of the true Ophidia ; the imbricated scales and pe-
culiar dentition observed on closer examination corroborate the generic dis-
tinction indicated by the difference of form.

It is probable that the Ophidium brevibarbe, briefly indicated by Cuvier and
Kaup, belongs to this genus ; by Cuvier, it was simply alluded to in afoot-note
of the Regne Animal, while by Kaup a short diagnosis was given in the " Cat-
alogue of the Apodal Fish." As the notice of the species by Kaup, like most of
the diagnoses by that gentleman, is only sufficient to distinguish it from
species known to him, no clear idea can be obtained regarding its affimities.
But, as it is said to have " on the point of the snout a short decurved spine,"
"scaly occiput and gill-plate, and long, tapering pointed caudal fin," while
"the remaining species are destitute of the rostral spine, and have fewer or no
s'cales on the occiput and gill-covers, they are also shorter," it is likely that
a species somewhat related to the Leptophidium was iu view. Before the

[Aug.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA 211

species can, however, be considered congeneric with the latter, the character
of the " strong teeth " must be better known.

Leptophidium phofundorum Gill.

The greatest height equals about a tenth of the extreme length, and is de-
veloped at the pectoral region ; it thence almost uniformly decreases to the
end, and at the anus equals an eleventh of the same; the thickness behind the
pectoral fins equals seven-tenths of the height, and almost uniformly decreases
to the end like the height. The anus is at the end of the first third of the length.
The head forms rather less than a sixth of the length, and is transversely
convex above and moderately inflated on the sides ; the greatest width equals
half its length. The eye is rather longer than the snout, subcircular, and its
diameter slightly exceeds two-sevenths of the head's length ; its pupil is small,
the diameter equalling only a third of that of the eye. The width of the inter-
ocular region rather exceeds two-ninths of the head's length. The supra-
maxillary ends behind under the hinder margin of the pupil.

The dorsal fins commence nearly over the middle of the pectoral fin, and
with the second fifth of the length and is moderately high ; the anal com-
mences immediately behind the anus, and is about as high as the dorsal ; the
caudal rays of the fin are the longest. The pectoral fin little exceeds half the
head's length, and the longest branch of the ventral is less than a third of the
head's length, and three-fifths greater than the shorter.

The color is a light rufous ; the vertical fins margined with black.
The following table shows the relative proportions :
Extreme length, (7 in.) 100 ; Length to end of middle caudal rays.
Body. Greatest height 10; greatest width 7; height at anus 9; width
at anus 7; height between anus and caudal 6J.

Head. Greatest length 16 ; distance from snout to nape 11 ; greatest
width 8; width of interocular area 3; height of preorbital li ; length of
snout 4 ; length of supramaxillary 6.

Eye. diameter 4J; diameter of pupil U.

Dorsal (spinous). Distance from snout 21 ; height over anus 4; height near
caudal 5.

Anal. Distance from snout 33 ; height at middle 4| ; height near caudal 4.
Caudal. Length of middle rays 5J ; length of external rays.
Pectoral. Length 8J.

Ventral. Length of longer branch 5 ; length of inner branch 3.
A single specimen of this species, seven inches in length, was obtained by
Commodore Rodgers, from the sounding line, at a depth of thirty fathoms
in the Gulf stream, off the coast of Florida. It is in very fine condition.

The species is distinguished from the brevibarbe, if that fish indeed belongs
to this genus, at least by the more anterior anus, the smaller mouth and the
more posterior origin of the dorsal fin.

Sept. 1st.
Mr. Cassin in the Chair.

Seventeen members present.

Mr. Kilvington exhibited a specimen of Arctic soil, brought home
by Dr. Hayes in a box with Arctic plants. After repeated trial, Mr.
K. had failed to induce anything to grow in the soil.

The following papers were presented for publication :

" Synopsis of the subfamilies and genera of Beryeoids j" " Synopsis

1863.]

212

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

of the North American Gadoids ;" Description of the genera of Gadoid
and Brotuloid Fishes ;" " Synopsis of the Lycodoidae ;" and " Synopsis
of the Lepturoids," etc. By Theodore Gill.

" On Strepoinatidae, etc." By S. S. Haldenian.

Sept. 8 th.

Dr. McEuen in the Chair.

Sixteen members present.

Prof. Porter made the following communication :

During the month of August of the present year I devoted a day to the col-
lection of fresh-water shells from the Juniata River, near Alexandria, Hun-
tingdon County, Penna., and whilst engaged in the search, observed large
numbers of Unio complanatus, Say, which had left the channel of the stream
and crawled to its very margin, into little shallow pools, where the water was
quiet and warm. They lay with the hinge down and the edge up, the valves
slightly apart. This struck me as singular, and I touched several of them with
my cane, when the valves were forcibly closed, and a greenish slime ejected
upward for a, considerable distance. The slime did not dissolve, but floated
on the surface. I afterward noticed pools that were covered with it, no doubt
from voluntary emissions. This mucus-like substance was probably the
semen of the male. I had no microscope with me of sufficient power to re-
veal the presence of spermatozoa, and have since regretted that I did not
bring some of the material home for examination. Some of the individuals
observed may have been females, in a similar position, in order to receive im-
pregnation.

The following were presented for publication :

" Notes on the Labroids of Western North America," and " Synop-
sis of the Pomacentroids," etj. By Theo. Gill.

Sept. lbth.
Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Fourteen members present.

Dr. Leidy exhibited a female Phalangopsis, which he had found in
an active condition rolled in a leaf of a spice bush, Benzoin odoriferum,
in the manner of the lepidopterous leaf rollers, for which he happened
to be seeking at the time. This habit was new to him, nor had he
observed any previous account of it. The insect he had always found
beneath stones and logs. The edges of the cone enclosing the insect
adhered apparently by a mucoid cement, and had every appearance of
having been made by the Phalangopsis, which hopped away after it
was released.

Sept. 22d.
Dr. Bridges, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Fifteen members present.

[Sept.

NATUaAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

213

The following were presented for publication :

" Descriptions of the G-obioid Genera of Western North America/'
' Note on the Genera Hemirainphinai," and " On the Genus Perioph-
thalmus." By Theo. Gill.

" Description of a collection of Jasper Lance-heads, found near
Trenton, N. J." By Charles C. Abbott.

" Descriptions of new and little known species of Picidaj, etc." By
John Cassin.

Sept. 2dlh.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Eighteen members present.

On report of the Committee, Mr. Cassin's paper, read Sept. 22d,
was ordered to be published in the Journal.

On leave granted, Dr. Bridges presented a paper entitled " Supple-
ment to descriptions of soft parts and embryonic forms of Unionidaj."
By Isaae Lea. Which, on report of a Committee, was ordered to be
published in the Journal.

On report of the respective committees, the following were ordered
to be published :

Synopsis of the POMACENTEUIDS of the Western Coast of North and Cen-
tral America.

BY THEODORE GILL.

As some of the species of the family of Pomacentroids inhabiting the Pa-
cific waters of our continent have been involved in confusion, and very diverse
species united, the present article is submitted in rectification of such errors,
and of others formerly committed by the author.

The family of Pomacentroids is accepted with the types referred to it by
Dr. Giinther ; that gentleman has, however, lately established a genus called
Melambaphes* for a species supposed to be the Giypliisodon nigroris of Cuvier
which he is uncertain whether to refer to the present family or the " group
Cantharina" of the Sparoids. His description does not enable us to positive-
ly decide, as he does not describe the course of the lateral line, which would
have probably enabled one to refer it to its proper family, the lateral line
being interrupted in the Pomacentroids, and continuous in the Sparoids and
l'imelepteroids. As the new genus is, however, characterized by its " small
ciliated scales " (L. lat. 100), the presence in each jaw of " a series of trench-
ant, tricuspid teeth, and with a broad band of villiform teeth behind," and of
" fourteen or thirteen spines in the dorsal fin, and three in the anal fin''
there can be little doubt that it belongs to Gunther's " group Cantharina."

The following artificial table will assist in the determination of the genera.
Lqridozygus, Parma and Acanthochromis are genera unknown to me through
autopsy:

* Melambaptaes Gthr., An. and Mas;. Nat. Hist., ser.3, -vol. xi. p. 115. Dr. Gunther is perhaps mis-
taken in referring this species to the Glyphidodon nigroris, C. et V. ; those naturalists were too keen
and profound to have placed a species of MelambapAes in Glyphidodon afieran examination which
induced their surprise iu discovering three anal spines, notwithstanding the resemblance to the
Glyphidodon rahti and bengalensis. It is possible that the third spine was an ossified ray. The
Mdambaphes of Gunther having been then named from a misconception, it is better that it should
obtain a new name that shall not perpetuate the error : it may therefore be called M. Guentheri.

1363.]

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

I. Scales large or moderate (24 40) ; opercular bones scaly

and not striated Pomacentrin.e.

A. Dorsal spines 12 14.

B. Scales in less than 30 oblique rows.
C. Teeth compressed, uniserial.

* Teeth fixed, entire.

1. Preoperculum serrated in adult Pomacentrus.

2. Preoperculum entire ; scales in about 14 longi-

tudinal roAvs Pomataprion.

3. Preoperculum entire. Scales in about 20

longitudinal rows Hypsypops.

** Teeth fixed, more or less notched in middle.

1. Snout acute. Preorbital low. Teeth emar-

ginate... Glyphidodon.

2. Snout blunt and high. Preorbital high.

Teeth deeply notched Euschistodus.

*** Teeth immovable, tricuspid Dischistodus.*

**** Teeth in the upper jaw moveable Microspathodon.

CC. Teeth conical, in more than one row.

* Preoperculum entire , Chromis.

** Preoperculum serrated Dascyllus.

BB. Scales in 35 40 oblique rows.

Preoperculum serrated Lepidozygus.

Preoperculum entire Parma.

A A. Dorsal spines about 17 Acanthochromuf

I. Scales small (45 -TO). Operculum and suboperculum

radiatedly striated Amphiprionin^e.

* Operculum and suboperculum spinous Amphiprion.

** Operculum and suboperculum serrated. Pre-
orbital with a long spine Premnas.

Subfamily FOMACENTRINuE Gill.

Genus POMACENTRUS Gill.

This genus includes only two Californian species, the P. quadrigulla and P.
Bairdii, formerly referred to it, belonging to another. The two species rnay
be briefly distinguished as follows :

Synopsis.

I. Lower limb of the preoperculum scaly ; height nearly
equal to one-third of total length. Head above (in
youth), with a blue line on each side continued uninter-
ruptedly backwards to each side of the dorsal ridge ;
another parallel line is continued backwards from the
upper angle of the eye. Back of caudal peduncle with
ocellus.
a. Color similar above and below, in youth diffused blue
on the centres of the scales, and with a dorsal ocellus.
In the adult uniform purplish brown, and with no

dorsal ocellus P. rectiframum.

(i. Color above brownish, with blue on the centres of the
scales ; below the lateral line and on tail brownish
yellow ; and in front of latter, dottedTv'ith blue on each
scale. Dorsal ocellus very distinct in adult as well as
young P. flavilatus.

* Type. Pomacentrus fasciatus C. et V.
f Type. Dascyllus polyacauthus Blkr.

Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

215

POMACENTRUS RECTIFRjENUM Gill.

Pouiacentrus rectifrsenum Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,

1862, p. 148.
Pomacentrus rectifrsenum Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British

Museum, vol. iv. p. 26.
Pomacentrus rectifrasnum Gill, in Giinther's op. cit., vol iv. p. 27.
Pomacentrus analigutta Gill, in Giinther's dp. cit., vol. iv. p. 27.

This species undergoes great change with age, and on two suites of speci-
mens two nominal species were formerly based, the author having been de-
ceived by the comparatively long retention of the colors of the young in
several individuals, and the early assumption of the adult state by others.

The color in extreme youth, as represented in a specimen eight Hues long,
is reddish-brown, with blue lines obliquely crossing each scale, and forming
as many subvertical, scarcely interrupted blue lines crossing the body as
there arc rows of scales. On the back and lower part of the anterior soft dorsal
is a large ocellus, and behind the fin is a smaller one. The head above has two
very distinct blue lines continued from the snout over each eye, where they.
are most distant, and again approximating and continued, one on each side
of the base of the dorsal fin, but under the fin rather broken into a linear row
of spots ; another line crosses the eye-ball above, and behind the upper angle
of the orbit is a line which is continued to the row of scales above the lateral
line ; a bar crosses the preorbital ; a line runs along the suborbital chain ;
another line extends backwards from the corner of the mouth, and under the
suborbital one ; and a blue line colors the upper lip. Ou each of the opercu-
lar scales is a bluish blotch. The dorsal and anal fins are spotted with blue,
a spot existing on each scale, and a blue bar crosses the base of the last
anal rays. The caudal is brownish, as are also the pectorals. The ventrals
dark, and the spine outside bluish, like the front of the anal.

These colors are retained until the fish has attained a length of more than
two inches, the chief change being effected by the slightly greater isolation of
the spots on the rows above the lateral line, so as to break their continuity as
lines ; and especially in the fading away of the blue ring and ocellus of the
dorsal, which has then become very faint, and is the first to disappear. Fi-
nally, in the very aged specimens, more than three inches long, the color of
the body and scaly portion of the fins has become almost a uniform brownish-
chesnut ; and very indistinct traces of the lines on the upper surface and
sides of the head are perceptible. The naked portions of the dorsal and anal,
as well as the ventral fins, are very dark, and the pectorals yellowish,
The profile is also apparently steeper and more convex ; and the body more
obese.

In studying the development of this species, I have had before me not less
than thirty-two individuals, exhibiting every gradation, from the specimen eight
lines long to one nearly three inches and a half long, having discovered
since my former studies several important specimens in a collection made at
Panama by Oapt. Dow. My opportunities for knowing the changes of this
species, as well as the West Indian ones, have, therefore, been much greater
than Dr. Giinther's.

Pomacentrus flavilatus Gill.
Pomacentrus flavilatus GUI, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,

1862, p. 148. Gill, in Giinther's Catalogue of the Fishes in the British

Museum, vol. iv. p. 27.
Pomacentrus rectifrasnum pt Giinther, (excl. desc.)

This species, so far as known, undergoes little change during its progress
to adult age.

The color above the lateral line, and on the scaly portion of the dorsal fin
before the middle of its soft part, is dark-brown, with blue on the centre of

1863.]

21G PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

each scale ; while a large ocellus, very dark-blue, margined with light, adorns
the back and the dorsal fin between the last spine and the sixth ray; and a
small ocellus is on the back of the tail, behind the dorsal fin. Below the
lateral line and behind the dorsal ocellus, the color is brownish-yellow,
darker in front along the margins of the scales, and with an
indistinct bluish dot in the centre of each scale, except on the caudal
peduuele, where they are absent. The head above has two blue lines ; one on
each side, continued from the snout backwards on the nape ; another line is
continued from the upper angle of the orbit to the row of scales above the
lateral line. A bar crosses the preorbital, and a line interrupted passes along
the suborbital chain ; a bar is behind the ends of the maxillary. The scales
on the cheeks and opercula are dotted with blue. The dorsal fin, behind its
produced rays, as well as the anal, caudal, pectoral and ventral fins, are yel-
lowish ; the former faintly marked with blue on its scales, and margined in
front with dusky ; the ventrals are likewise margined on their outer edges
with dusky.

Genus POMATAPRION Gill.
This genus is very closely related to Hypsypops and Pomacentrus, but is dis-
tinguished from the former by the much higher and more covered scales, ar-
rayed in about fourteen longitudinal rows ; the prolongation of the lobes of
the caudal fin, and the scaly snout. From Pomacentrus it differs in the entire
preoperculum in the extremely old as in the young, and the higher preorbital
region. From Euschistodm it is distinguished by the entire teeth ; from Gly-
phidodon by the entire teeth, elevated preorbital region, form of the head, &c. ;
and from Parma by the size of the scales.

There are two Galifornian species of this genus, which may be distinguished
as follows :

1. Lower limb of the preoperculum naked ; height of body con-
tained about 2times in the total length. Ucud above in youth,
with two blue lines, one on each side, decurrent over or be-
hind the eye, and two bine spots or lines on nape. Back of
tail behind dorsal with a dark spot bordered in front by
blue.
*. Body uniformly colored, with two whitish blue spots above

lateral line below fourth and last dorsal spines P. dorsalis.

p. Body below and tail yellowish, without distinct blue spots.

Occiput with two parallel blue lines in youth P. Bairdii.

POMATAPRION DORSALIS Gill.

Hypsvpops dorsalis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.. 1862,

" p.~147 (old).
Pomacentrus quadrigutta GUI, op. cit., 1862, p. 149 (young). Gill, in Giin-
ther's Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 27.
Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 27.
Glyphidodon dorsalis Gunther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 50.

In the young, the color of the body is a purplish-brown, varied with blue
on the centre of each scale, the blue diminishing on the scales of the tail
towards the fin. On each side there is a blue spot on the first scale above
the lateral line, on the scale above the seventh of the lateral line and below
the fourth dorsal spine, and another on the one above the fifteenth scale and
below the eleventh or twelfth spine ; on the tail, behind the dorsal fin, there
is a transverse dark band, bordered in front by blue. The head above has
two blue lines, one on each side, running from, and decurved over, the eye
behind the orbit. The forehead is indistinctly marked with blue in the centre
of each scale ; and on the nape there are two oblong blue spots, one on each
side. A continuous blue line is continued from the side of the snout along
the suborbital chain, and unites with the line decurrent behind the orbit.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

Behind the end of the supramaxillary, there is a vertical blue bar. The scales
of the cheeks and opercula are spotted with blue in the centre. Lips immacu-
late brown. The dorsal fin on its scaly portion is similar to the back ; the
anal has a blue spot at the base of its last rays, and its front, like the outer
edge of the ventral fin, is blue. The pectoral inside has also a blue line across
the base of the upper rays.

As the fish advances in age, the blue on the centres of the scales fades, and.
finally, the color of the whole body, as well as the scaly portions of the fins,
become a purplish-brown ; but the spots on the scales above the first, seventh
and fifteenth (sixteenth) scales of the lateral line remain, as does also the one
bordered before by blue in the rear of the dorsal fin. The coloration on the
head simply becomes fainter, and the lines narrower and somewhat inter-
rupted. The fins are uniform and spotless, except the pectoral, which retains
the transverse bar which was assumed in its youth.

This species, in its young state, was formerly described as a Pomacentrus,
the preoperculum having a scolloped appearance, produced by the muciferous
ducts and their mouths, and thus simulating the serrature of young Pomaeen-
tri, misleading Dr. Giinther as well as myself, especially as it had the color-
ation and form of a Pomacentrus. The border in the old is not so much ex-
posed, and is perfectly entire, while the preorbital has gained in elevation at
the expense of the eye. The uniform color of the body is also in strong con-
trast to the variegated sides and fins of the young.

The smallest specimen obtained by Mr. Xantus is nearly an inch and a half
long ; and nine were obtained varying from that length to little more than
two inches, none offering any essential difference. A single adult, distorted.
and presenting a peculiar appearance, having a length of little more than four
inches, was also collected.

POMATAPRION BAIRDII Gill.

Pomacentrus Bairdii Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862,

p. 149. Gill in Giiniher's Catalogue of the Fishes, &c, vol. iv. p. 27.
Pomacentrus rectifrsenum pt. Giinther, (excl. desc.)

The color in extreme youth, as represented by a specimen ten lines long, is
greenish-yellow, modified by blue above on the middle of each scale, the
margins alone being brownish ; below a line drawn from the axil of the pec-
toral to that of the dorsal fin, the blue has disappeared, and the brownish-
yellow is conspicuous, sprinkled over with a few faint, darker dots, which
themselves become obsolete on the abdomen and caudal peduncle ; immedi-
ately behind the dorsal fin there is a dark spot, margined in front by blue.
The head above has two blue lines continued from snout and decurved over
the eye-ball and behind the orbit ; on the forehead there is a transverse blue
bar, and on the nape two nearly parallel longitudinal blue lines. An oblique
blue bar crosses the preorbital ; a series of blue dots on the suborbital chain
is continued to meet the deflected line behind the eye, and there is a blue bar
behind the end of the maxillary. The lips and opercula are brown. The
dorsal fin, on its scaly portion, including all the spinous portion, except a
marginal band, and the lower half of the soft, is blue, the scales scarcely
being margined by brown ; the other fins are colorless, except the margin of
the anal, which is dark.

The species, with advancing age, loses the intensity of the blue above, but
that color spreads downwards faintly, and is perceptible on all the scales ex-
cept those of the abdomen and hinder portions of the caudal peduncle. The
blue on the upper surface of the head and the preorbital finally becomes ob-
literated, but the series on the infraorbital chain and the bar behind the
maxillary remains, while the opercula assume blue dots. The fins also, es-
pecially the ventral and anal, have become dusky.
I have seen nine specimens of the Pomataprion Bairdii, from Cape St. Lucas

1863.] 16

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

and Panama, varying from ten lines to two inches and a half in length, and
have been thus enabled to study the development of the coloration, which is
quite peculiar in the gradual spreading of the blue, while it becomes fainter
at the same time with age. The species is closely allied to the P. quadrigutta,
having nearly the same height, the naked lower limb of the preoperculum,
and the pattern of the upper surface of the head. It has high preorbital bones ,
and a wide convex forehead.

The specimen mentioned under this name in Dr. Giinther's Catalogue, can
scarcely belong to it, as that author would otherwise not have confounded it
with the P. rectifr&num, which belongs to a different genus. The name under
which the P. Bairdii was sent has doubtless by some accident been shifted to
the young of P. reclifrienum, and the specimen of the former lost.

Genus HYPSYPOPS Gill.
Synonymy.
Hypsypops Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1861, p. 165.
Hypsypops Gill, op. cit., 1862, p. 147.
Glyphisodon sp. Girard.
Parma sp. Giinlher.

Body oblong-oval, with the dorsal and inferior outlines correspondent,
rapidly contracted under the soft dorsal and anal fins, constricted behind
those fins, and with the caudal peduncle short and high.

Scales little or no higher than long, subpentagonal, with a muricated bor-
der behind ; arranged in less than thirty oblique rows, and about twenty
longitudinal ones. Smaller ones extend far on the vertical fins. Lateral line
tubular, terminated under the posterior portion of the dorsal fin.

Head rather higher than long, constricted at the nape, with the forehead
prominent, in front of which the profile is steep, but depressed, and the
snout protuberant and jaws rounded. Infraorbital chain in front elevated,
higher than the diameter of the eye, subangulated at the corner of the mouth,
and thence trending very obliquely upwards and backwards, under and be-
hind the eye. Eyes rather small. Preoperculum unarmed ; operculum with
a bony projection behind. Cheeks with rather small scales ; operculum and
suboperculum with large ones. Preorbital, and region in front of forehead,
naked.

Mouth small, with its periphery semioval, and the supramaxillaries ceasing
in front of the eyes ; little retractile under preorbital ; surmounted by a strong
ridge. Lips rather thick, continuous at angle with each other j lower free all
around.

Teeth fixed, uniserial, contiguous, narrow, blunt and entire ; in a short,
semioval row, and behind deflected outwards and downwards on the upper
jaw ; In the lower, in an oblong, semioval row.

Branchiostegal rays five.

Dorsal fin with twelve subequal spines, and the soft portion produced in
front of the middle and emarginated behind.

Anal fin armed with two stout spines, and with a soft portion like the dorsal.

Caudal fin notched, with the lobes rounded.

D. XII. 16. A. II. 15. C P. V. 1. 5.
5

Scales 28
14

Hypsypops rubicdndus Gill.

Synonymy.
Glyphisodon rubicundus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,
Vol. vii. p. 148, 1854. Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad
Route, &c, vol. x. Fishes, p. 161, pi. xxiv. Girard, op. cit., vol. x.
Whipple's Report, Zoology, p. 51.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 219

Hypsypops rubicundus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,

vol. xiii. p. 165, 1861.
Parma rubicunda Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,

vol. iv. p. 58.
This species, which has only twenty-eight transverse rows of scales, has
been referred by Dr. Giinther to his genus Parma, characterized by having
the scales " in more than thirty transverse series," thus distinguished from
Glyphidodon, which has the " scales in 30 or less transverse series." It is ;
however, due to Dr. Giinther, to add that he was logically correct from the
data in text in making such an approximation, the species having been truth-
fully affirmed by Dr. Girard to have twenty longitudinal rows ; but no men-
tion was made of the number of transverse ones. The species is, however,
distinguished by the comparative longitudinal extension of the scales, which
is accompanied by a less number compared with the longitudinal rows than
might have been expected. On the other hand, Dr. Giinther was logically in
error in giving the new name Parma to his genus, as he supposed the type
and only species which originally served for Hypsypops was a true representa-
tive of the former genus ; and the latter name in such a case would, of
course, have had to be retained. The characters on which Hypsypops was
founded were certainly quite different from those serving for Parma; which
were the most valuable is not for the reviewer to decide. As the two types,
however, belong to different genera, Parma should be retained for the species
having its characters.

The figure accompanying Girard's description is incorrect as to the form
of the dorsal and anal fins and the size of the opercular scales. The fins are
acutely produced in advance of the middle, and emarginated behind, while
the scales of the operculum are rather smaller than those of the sides. The
number of transverse rows of scales is correctly given.

Genus EUSCHISTODUS Gill.

This genus, as already remarked, has the physiognomy much like that of
Hypsypops and Pomataprion, but is distinguished from them by the deeply
grooved and notched teeth, and is, perhaps, really more nearly allied to
Glyphidodon. Two species are found along the Western Coast of America, and
a third species, closely related to one of the former, is found on the opposite
side of the continent.

Edschistodus concolor Gill.

Euschistodus concolor Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila..

1862, p. 145.
Glyphidodon concolor Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Muse-
um, vol. iv. p. 37.
This species, which is very distinctly banded in youth, loses its bands in
old age, and becomes of a uniform chocolate or purplish-brown, with a
brown breast and abdomen.

A species very nearly related to E. concolor, having almost exactly the same

4
proportions, number of rays (D. XIII. 12. A. II. 10. P. 18.), scales, (26 ),

9
&c, is found on the eastern coast of the isthmus, one specimen from As-
pinwall having been sent to the Smithsonian Institution by the Rev. Mr.
Rowell. The color is purplish-brown, dotted with green on the centre of each
scale, and with the throat and abdomen covered with a lake-colored coat.
The teeth are smaller, there being twenty-one or -two on each side of the up-
per jaw, seven of which are in the deflected portion behind; and in the lower
jaw there are about twenty-five on each side. The anal fin has its produced
portion rounded, rather than angular, as in E. concolor : and in the specimen

1863.]

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

collected, the lower lobe of the caudal fin is subtruncated behind, but perhaps
is abnormally so. To this species are possibly referrible the specimens from the
island of Cordova, enumerated under the head of E. coneolor by Gunther. The
Aspinwall type may be named Euschistodus analogus.

Euschistodus declivifrons Gill.

Euschistodus declivifrons Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,
1862, p. 37.

Glyphidodon declivifrons Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu-
seum, vol. iv. p. 38.
This species extends from Cape St. Lucas to Panama, where a fine adult

specimen was obtained by Capt. Dow.

Genus GLYPHIDODON Lac.
Glyphidodon Troschelii Gill.
Glyphidodon Troschelii Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,
1862, p. 150. Gilnther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,
vol. iv. p 36.
Hab. Cape St. Lucas.

Genus CHROMIS Cuvier.
Heliases Cuv. et Val.
Furcaria Poey.
Heliastes Lowe, Gunther.

The genus Chromis was especially established upon the Spams ckromis of
Linna;us,by Cuvier, in the year 1815, in the " M^moires du Museum d'Histoire
Naturelle ;" and therefore the name must be retained for that type, while the
bold of the Nile must assume the name Tilapia, as M. Auguste Dumeril and
the author have shown.

I am not yet able to perceive any generic distinction between Chromis and
Furcaria, although Prof. Poey was quite correct in his statement that the
latter has sometimes seven branchiostegal rays, as he has forwarded to me a
preparation of the F. puncta, exhibiting that number. I have myself dissected
out a membrane with six rays.

Chromis atrilobatus Gill.
Synonymy.

Chromis atrilobata Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862,
p. 149.

Heliastes marginatus pt. Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu-
seum, vol. iv. p. 64.

The color is dark-green, tinged with olive above, and lighter below, while
there is a very distinct sulphur spot behind the dorsal fin. The head above
is very dark, light-green on the sides, silvery on the preorbital region. The
soft portion of the dorsal fin is blackish, except the hinder portion (four or
five rays), which is yellowish. The anal fin is greenish, dotted with black,
and with the spines green. The caudal fin is greenish yellow, dotted with
black, with a black band along each lobe, and with the margins above and
below bordered with greenish. The pectoral and ventral fins are greenish ;
the former black at the base.

The snout is rather shorter than the eye. The teeth of the outer row are
enlarged, and behind them is a narrow band of scattered ones.

There are four longitudinal rows of scales between the median dorsal row
and the lateral line.

This species is apparently as closely related to the Chromis puncta ex Poey
as to the Brazilian C. marginata, or Heliastes marginata of Castelnau, with
which it has been, on too slight grounds, identified by Dr. Gunther, and in

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 221

spite of the difference in the number of the scales, especially those between
the back and lateral line * The colors of the two species are also different,
the present having a very distinct sulphur-yellow spot immediately behind
the dorsal fin, and extending obliquely forwards and downwards, as in C.
puncta. This character was inadvertently omitted in the original description.

Notes on the LABROIDS of the Western Coast of North America.
BY THEODORE GILL.

Within the short time that has elapsed since the publication of the descrip-
tions of the Labroids of Lower California, two most important works relating
wholly or in part to the Labroid alliance have been given to the world. Dr.
Bleeker, after having published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society
of London,! an( i f those of the Royal Academy of Amsterdam,! an analytical
conspectus of the family of Labroids, in his great work on the Fishes of the
Indo-Molluccan Archipelago, has with great precision described and figured
the numerous species of those seas. Dr. Giinther has also issued the fourth
volume of his Catalogue in which he has introduced some slight modifications
in the generic arrangement formerly proposed by him, and has given diagnoses
of all the determinable species.

The family of Labroids as understood by the writer has the limits assigned
to it by Bleeker, the families Scaroids and Siphonognathoids being apparently
valid. Giinther has embraced the three under one family, and has even re-
ferred the genus Siphonognathus to a "group," including in addition Odax,
Coridodax and Olistherops, considering the genera Odax and Siphonognathus
" as closely and naturally allied as Sus and Babirussa." Siphonognathus, how-
ever, disagrees with Giinther's diagnosis of the Labridse in having no " ventral
fins thoracic, with one spine and five soft rays," and instead of the " bran-
chiostegals five or six," only four. As I both believe that a genus should have
the chief characters of the family in which it is introduced views shared with
most naturalists and believe that those characters in which Siphonognathus
differs from the Labroids are important in this group of families, especially
when joined to such a modification of form as it presents, I eliminate from the
Labroids that genus formerly recognized as the type of a peculiar family by
myself and shortly afterwards by Bleeker. If two such dissimilar groups have
any analogies, I should say that Siphonognathus and Odax bear the same rela-
tion to each other as Sus and Hippopotamus types of distinct families.

The generic distinctions of Dr. Bleeker seem to be in almost all cases happy,
and the subfamilies Cheiliniformes, Pseudolabriformes Pseudodaciformes,
(= Pscudocina Gthr.) Chelioniformes, Labriformes, (= Labrina Gthr.) Odaci-
formes and Clepticiformes appear to be natural, although concerning the fir3t
and fifth there may be some uncertainty. The other subfamilies Novaculae-
formes, Labrichthyiformes and Cossyphiformes appear to require revision.

Dr. Giinther has enunciated for the first time a most interesting and import-
ant generalization for the Labroids which may also be extended to other
families. " In those genera which are composed entirely or for the greater
part of tropical species, the vertebral column is composed of twenty-four or
nearly twenty-four vertebrae, whilst those which are chiefly confined to the
temperate seas of the northern and southern hemisphere have that number in-

* It is possible that the number of transverse rows of scales, and the longitudinal rows below
the lateral line, given in my former description, may be too high, and is at least doubtful, the
scales having been mostly rubbed off, and only ascertainable through the scars left by them.

t Op. cit,, 1862, pp. 408118.

% Verslagen en Mededeelingen der Koninklijke Akademie von Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, vol,
xiii. pp. 94109.

1863.]

222 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

creased in the abdominal and caudal portions." This generalization as ap-
plicable to the representatives of Acanthopterygian families generally, can be
considered in connection with the predominance of the true Malacoptery-
gian fishes in northern waters fishes in which the increase in the number of
vertebra? is a normal feature.

In the following list, no revised deceptions of the species are offered, as all
have been since admitted. The object is chiefly to sustain the generic nomen-
clature formerly proposed. From this must be excepted the genera Oxychei-
linus and Crassilabrits Swainson, which were based on false characters, the
figures of the types having been defective. It is possible that those types are
generically distinct, but their true characters require to be yet given. The
name Malacocentrus must be also suppressed, Dr. Bleeker having slightly pre-
viously given to the same genus the name Novaculichthys. The distribution of
the genera among subfamilies is admitted with much hesitation.

Subfamily CHCEROPINJE (Gthr.)

Genus HARPE (Lacepede) Gill.

This genus was originally founded by Lace"pede for the reception of the
species since generally known as the Cossyphus bodianus C. V. ; it was charac-
terized by the dentition, allusion being made to the presence of the enlarged
teeth at the front of the jaws as well as behind, and the intervening small
teeth erroneously described as compressed and triangular, and by the falci-
form production of the dorsal, anal and ventral fins, as well as the extension of
the outer rays of the caudal. To it was also erroneously attributed a com-
pressed and triangular barbel on each side near the commissure of the lips, a
mistake probably due to some defect in the drawing which afforded Lacepede
his knowledge of the genus. It was only known through a design of the na-
turalist Plumier. As the genus and species are recognizable from the descrip-
tion of Lacepede, the name should have been retained for that group of which
his species is the type, even if Cuviers subsequent name Cossyphus had not
been pre-occupied.

The genus Cossyphus as finally limited by Bleeker and Giinther is scarcely
natural as such, five according to the author's views being embraced in it. Giin-
ther, in his revised list, has admitted seventeen species, besides two as doubt-
ful ; these may be distributed among the genera, indicated in the analytical
table given below.

The genus Harpe contains five known species, H. rufus (= Cossyphus bodi-
anus C. V.); H. pulchellus (C. p. Poey) ; E. eclancheri (G. ex Vol.) and the two
species of Lower California.

I. Posterior canine tooth developed. Scales 1. 1. 30 34

(-3G).
a. Dorsal and anal fins never produced into falciform
lobes (old world).

1. Limbs of preoperculum scaly ; head oblong,

snout produced in front Lepidaplois.*

2. Limbs of preoperculum scaly ; head high, snout

decurved from forehead, and rather ab-
breviated Euhypsocara.f

3. Limbs of preoperculum naked ; snout convex.... Gymnopropoma.J
(3. Dorsal and anal fins produced into very long falci-
form lobes in adult, (new world) Harpe.

II. Posterior canine teeth obsolete. Scales of lateral line

about 39 Achoerodus.$

* Type. Cossyphus axillaris C. Y. f Cossyphus anthioides Gthr,

I Cossyphus I'ihmulatus C. V. Cossyphus Gouldii Rich.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 228

Hakpe diplot^ixia Gill.
Harpe diplotaenia Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 140.
Cossyphus diplotaenia Gthr., Cat. iv. 110.
Bab. Cape St. Lucas.

Harpe pectoralis Gill.
Harpe pectoralis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila,, 1863, p. 141.
Cossyphus pectoralis Gthr., Cat. iv. p. 110.
Hab. Cape St. Lucas.

Subfamily JULIDINJE (Gthr.)*

Genus JULIS (Cuv.) Giinther.

JOLIS LUCASANA Gill.

Julis lucasana Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 142.
" " Giinther, Cat. iv. p. 184.

Hab. Cape St. Lucas.

Genus CHCEROJULIS Gill.

* Chcerojulis semicinctus Gill.
Synonymy.
Julis semicinctus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, pt. ii.

p. 32.
Choerojulis sp. ? Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philada., 1862.
Platyglossus semicinctus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British
Museum, vol. iv. p. 161.
Sab. Lower California.

In implying that it was possible that Dr. Ayres might have committed an
error in giving the number of dorsal spines of. this species, I have done him
injustice, since he assures me that he has found that number ; although the
dentition has not been noticed as to the presence of the angular tooth of the
upper jaw, it is doubtless present, and the species probably belong to Chozro-
julis. The species is unknown to me through specimens.

Subfamily XYRICETEYINJE Gill.
This subfamily should, perhaps, be limited so as to retain only those types
which have the lateral line interrupted. It would then embrace the following
genera :

I. Scales rather large, thirty or less along lateral line.

A. Head with the upper edge trenchant.

0. Dorsal spine nine, the first two remote from the others,

on or close behind the occiput and forming a more
or less distinct portion.

1. Cheeks with small scales Novacula.

2. Cheeks nakedf Iniistius.

(i. Dorsal spines nine, all connected in a fin whose

origin is nearly above the bases of the pectorals.

Cheek naked Xyrichthys.

B. Head above blunt.

1. Dorsal spines connected Novaculichthys.

2. First two dorsal spines more or less detached Dimalacocentrus.

II. Scales small (lateral line with about 80). Head blunt

on its upper edge Cymolutes.

* The Julis modestus Grd. of Upper California is the type of a new genus, which may be named
Oxyjulis. Girard was correct in giving nine dorsal spines ; in the one formerly noticed by me and
which I caused to be figured, there were, however, only eight.

f Occasionally there are a few scales around the orbit.

1863.]

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

The limits of those genera, it may not be unnecessary to remark, were in-
tended to include the same species referred to Bleeker's genera, founded on
the same types. Xirichthys embracing X. novacula, Cuv., X. argentimaculata
Steind., {Nov.) Javanica Blkr., X. cyanifrons C.V., X. martinicensis C.V., X.
uniocellata C. V., X. lineata C. V. and X. mundiceps GiU. Iniistius includes only
the /. pavo, 1. (Nov.) tetrazona ex Blkr., /. mundicorpus Gill, /. (Xir.) dea ex T. S.
and /. (Nov.) aneitensis ex Gthr. To Novacula are referrible the N. pentadactyla,
N.panctulata, N. Tivistii, N. melanopus and N. spilonotus, and probably N. bima-
culata ex Riipp. The genus Iniistius would not include the Novaeulichthys
callosoma of Bleeker, but at the same time I would not have included it in
Novaeulichthys as it differs not only in the notch between its two produced an-
terior rays and the third, but also in the still more anterior insertion of the
ventral fins ; it may be called Dimalacocentrus callosoma.

Genus XYRICHTHYS Cuvier, 1815.

Novacula Bleeker, 1862, (nee C. V.) Cuv. R. A. ii. p. 265, 1817.

The genus " Xyrichthys " was especially established upon the Coryphsena
novacula of Linnaeus, by Cuvier, in his Memoir on the Fishes of the Mediter-
anean.* The name must consequently be retained for the genus of which that
is the type.

Xyrichthys mundiceps Gill.

Xirichthys mundiceps Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 143.
Novacula mundiceps Gunther, Oat. iv. p. 172.
Hab. Cape St. Lucas,

Genus INIISTIUS Gill.

Xirichthys Bleeker (nee Cuv. 1815.)

The genus was first recognized by Dr. Bleeker, as now limited, slightly before
it was named by the present author, but that gentleman has given to it a name
which was originally applied to an allied genus for which it should apparently
be retained.

Iniistius mundicorpus Gill.
Iniistius mundicorpus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 145.
Novacula mundicorpus Gthr., Cat. iv. p. 176.

Hab. Cape St. Lucas.

Synopsis of the family of LEPTUROIDS, and Description of a remarkable new

generic type.

BY THEODORE GILL.

My valued correspondent, M. Felipe Poey, of the University of Havana, in
a recent transmission of specimens of natural history to the Smithsonian In-
stitution, forwarded a most interesting fish belonging to the family of Leptu-
roids, and evidently most closely related to the genus Lepidopus. That gen-
tleman, in a previous letter, had drawn my attention to it, and desired me to
describe it. This request, so much in accordance with my own inclinations,
is now responded to, and, at the same time, in order to illustrate its affinities
and differential characters, the diagnoses of the previously known genera of
Lepturirxe and Lppidopodints are submitted.

Family LEPTUROIDS Gill.

Synonymy.
Trichiurini Rajinesque, Indice d'lttiologia Siciliana, p. 37, 1810.

* Memoires du Mus. d'Hist. Nat., i. pp. 324, 329, 1815.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 225

Teniosonies Blainville, Journal de Physique, t. lxxxiii. p. 25, 1816.
Trichiuridae Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii.

p. 342.
Lepturoidse Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North Ame-
rica, &c, p. 35.
Peropteres pt. Dam.

Elongated riband-shaped fishes, with the tail very slender, either filiform
and Unless, or with a forked caudal ; a naked skin ; rnaxillars not protractile,
more or less coalescent and hiding mostly under the suborbital bones, the
post-anal region with numerous, almost concealed spines, and the ventral fins
obsolete or represented by scale-like spines behind the pectoral region.

The Lepturinse and Lepidopodinse have the most anterior spines simple, but
becoming gradually grooved on their posterior edges, and soon the spines
themselves are split to their bases.

The following genera belong to this family :

Conspectus

I. Dorsal fin undivided.

A. Tail filiform and finless Lepturin.3e.

a. Lateral line near the abdomen Lepturus.

P. Lateral line median Eupleurogrammus.

B. Tail with a normally developed and forked fin Lepidopodin.2E.

a. Profile rectilinear and forehead depressed Lepidopus.

p. Profile high, trenchant and boldly declining Evoxymetopon.

II. Dorsal fin double Aphanopodinje.

Teeth of the palate wanting Aphanopus.

Aphanopus Lowe is only known to me through the descriptions of Lowe and
Giinther, which leave considerable to be desired. I am, therefore, precluded
from giving a detailed diagnosis. It is to be hoped that some of the Madeiran
ichthyologists will more fully illustrate that singular type.

Subfamily LEPTURINSE Gill.

Synonymy.

Trichiuria Rufinesque, Analyse de la Nature, &c, 1815.

Trichiurini Bonaparte, Systema Vertebratorum, 1S31.

Trichiurinse Scvainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles,
vol. ii. p. 254, 1839.

Lepturinse Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North Ame-
rica, p. 35, 1860.

Genus LEPTURUS Artedi.

Synonymy.
Lepturus Artedi, Descriptiones Specierum Piscium, p. Ill, 1738.
Enchelyopus Klein, Historise Piscium Naturalis promovendse Missus quartus,

p. 51, 1744.
Gymnogaster Gronovius, Museum Ichthyologicum, i. p. 17, 1754.
Trichiurus Lituueus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, vol. i. p. 429.
Trichiurus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p.

346, 1860.
Enchelyopus Bleeker.

Body naked, very long and thin, rather rapidly decreasing in its posterior
half and terminating in the slender, compressed, finless caudal filament.

Lateral line simple, strongly decurved behind the pectoral fin and continued
near the line of the abdomen to its extremity.

Head much compressed, oblong, conic, with the profile straight or incurved
and the snout terminating acutely and more or less gibbous near its end.
Forehead with an elongated linear depression, bounded on each side by a

1803.]

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ridge of the frontal bone. Eyes moderate, nearly in the middle of the head.
Operculum oblong, striated and fringed behind, extending above the bases of
the pectoral fins. Nostrils vertical, in front of eyes.

Mouth rather large, the supramaxillars extending partially under the eyes ;
intermaxillars and supramaxillars united ; supramaxillars convex above at
the middle, behind with a projection downwards truncated in front. Lower
jaw narrow and produced at its chin.

Teeth, one or two on each side of the intermaxillars elongated and barbed ;
behind smaller, compressed and triangular ; smaller in the lower jaw and
minute on the palatine bones.

Dorsal fin continuous from the nape and nearly above the preoperculum to
the filamentous tail, nearly uniform or higher towards the middle. Anal
spines very minute.

Ventral fins entirely absent.

D. CXIL CXL.

Vertebra; 39 | 112 pm.

Ca;ca pylorica 24 pm.

This genus is represented in all the tropical seas, except perhaps the African
ones, and some of its members wander into the temperate ones, species occur-
ing along the Eastern American coast, as well as the Japanese and Chinese
seas. The following five species are well determined :

1. Lepturus argexteus =Trichiurus lepturus C. et V. viii. p. 237.
Western Atlantic.

2. Lepturus japonicus = Trichiurus japonicus Blkr.
Japan.

3. Lepturus savala = Trichurus savala C. et V. viii. p. 251, pi. 224.
East Indian and Chinese seas.

4. Lepturus hau.mela = Trichiurus haumela C. et V. viii. p. 249.
East Indian seas.

5. Lepturus lajor = Trichiurus lajor Blkr.
Manado.

Genus EUPLEUROGRAMMUS Gill.

Synonymy.

Eupleurogrammus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1S62.
Trichiurus sp. Gray, Giinther.

Body naked, very long and thin, rather rapidly decreasing at its posterior
half and terminating in the slender, compressed, finless caudal filament.

Lateral line simple, scarcely decurved, and continued along the middle of
the side to its termination.

Head much compressed, oblong conic, with the profile nearly straight, the
forehead transversely convex, the snout acute and scarcely gibbous near
its end. Eyes rather large, situated nearly in the middle of the head. Oper-
culum oblong and fringed behind, extending above the base of the pectoral
fins. Nostrils vertical, in front of the eyes.

Mouth as in Lepturus.

Teeth as in Lejiturus.

Dorsal fin continuous from the nape nearly above the preoperculum to the
extremity of the tail, where the spines are very minute. Anal spines very
minute.

Pectoral fins longest at the upper rays, obliquely subtruncated below.

Ventral fins replaced by a pair of minute scale-like spines.

D. CL. pm.

Type. Eupleurogrammus muticus Gill ex Gray.

This genus differs from Lepturus chiefly by the course of the lateral line
along the middle of the body, the feature indicated by the generic name, and

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 227

also by the presence of scale-like spines in place of the ventrals. It thus shows
a tendency towards Lepidopus, and perhaps further by a more perfect develop-
ment of the tail than occurs in Lepturus.

According to Giinther, the Trichiurus muticus and T. intermedins of Gray
are not specifically distinct, and, if this opinion is correct, the typical species
of the genus is the only one known. Both forms inhabit the East Indian and
Chinese seas.

Subfamily LEPIDOPODINjE Gill.

Genus LEPIDOPUS Gouan.

Synonymy.

Lepidopus Gouan, Historia Piscium, p. 185, 1770.

Vandellius Shaw, General Zoology, vol. iv. p. 199, 1803.

Scarcina Rqfinesc/ue, Caratteri di alcuni Nuovi Generi, &c, della Sicilia, p. 20,

1810.
Zipotheca Montagu, Memoirs of the Wernerian Society, vol. i. p. 81, (1809),

1811.
Lepidopus Cuv., Giinther, et al.

Body naked, very long and thin, gradually decreasing backwards till within
a short distance of its extremity, when it rapidly tapers into a slender com-
pressed caudal peduncle, on which is set a small, but completely developed,
caudal fin. Anus subcentral.

Lateral line simple, little decurved from the scapular region and continued
along the middle of the side to its end.

Head much compressed, oblong, conic, with the profile nearly straight or
constricted behind the forehead, and with the snout gibbous near its end ;
forehead narrow, with an elongated triangular depression between two frontal
ridges. Eyes moderate, situated nearly in the middle of the head. Opercu-
lum oblong, not extending as far back as the bases of pectoral fins, fimbriated
on its margin. Nostrils oblique, in front of the eyes.

Mouth moderate, the supramaxillars extending to about the vertical from
the front of the eye ; intermaxillars and supramaxillars free, the former
highest near the middle and arched above, again widened towards the ends,
with a terminal expansion downwards truncated in front. Lower jaw narrowed
to its extremity and bluntly produced at the chin.

Teeth, two or three long, simple, (or barbed ?), compressed ones on each
side of the intermaxillars in front,* and behind a row of small ones. Lower
jaw with a similar row ; palatine teeth minute.

Dorsal fin commencing above or behind the preoperculum, nearly uniformly
high and continuous almost to the caudal fin. Anal spines numerous and
minute ; behind enlarged and connected by a membrane to form a fin.

Caudal fin small but normally developed, deeply forked, and with subacute
lobes.

Pectoral fins inserted almost horizontally, with the lower rays longest, and
above emarginated.

Ventral fins represented by scale-like spines inserted behind the pectoral fins.

D. C CV. A. XX XXV.

Vertebras 41 | 71 pm.

Caeca pylorica 23 pm.

Type. Lepidopus caudatus White ex Euphrasen.

Only one species of this appears to be known. It has been only found in
the Mediterranean Sea and the eastern parts of the Atlantic Ocean.

Genus EVOXYMETOPON Poey.
Body naked, very long and thin, very gradually decreasing backwards till
within a short distance of the extremity, when it more rapidly tapers into a

* I see none with barbed points, like those represented by Cuvier, in the specimen before me.

1863.]

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

slender compressed caudal peduncle, on which is inserted a completely de-
veloped caudal fin. Anus submedian.

Lateral line simple, scarcely decurved from the scapular region, and con-
tinuous along the middle of the side to its end.

Head much compressed, oblong, with the profile regularly decurved from
the nape or supraocular region to the snout, the occiput and forehead being
trenchant and elevated. Eyes moderate or rather large, subcircular, and
situated chiefly in the anterior half of the head. Operculum oblong, trape-
zoidal, not extending backwards as far as the pectoral fins, radiatedly striated
on the surface, and giving a fringed margin to the bone above its angle. Nos-
tril subcircular, in front of the eye.

Mouth moderate, the supramaxillars extending only to about the vertical
of the front of the eye ; intermaxillars and supramaxillars free, the latter
highest towards the middle, where they are arched above, thence constricted
and little widened towards the ends, with a terminal extension downwards
abruptly truncated in front. Lower jaw deeply narrowed towards the sym-
physis, where it is moderately deep, and with the chin obtusely angulated.

Teeth two or three strong, simple, compressed, recurved ones on each of
the intermaxillars in front, and behind a row of small ones. Lower jaw with
a row of nearly similar but straighter teeth. The palatines have a minute
row, and, finally, the tongue is armed also with minute ones on the lateral
margins.

Dorsal fin commencing nearly over the eye, slowly decreasing in a continu-
ous line towards the caudal fin. Anal spines numerous, preceded by a dagger-
shaped spine behind the anus ; the spines mostly minute, free, posteriorly en-
larged, connected by the membrane and forming a fin.

Caudal fin small, but normally developed, deeply forked and with subacute
lobes.

Pectoral fins inserted almost horizontally, with the lowest rays longest and
the border of the fins above them emarginated.

Ventral fins represented by short broad scales behind the pectoral region.

This genus is at once distinguished from Lepidopus by the form of the head,
the origin of the dorsal fin, and the obtusely angular chin and the consequent
ascent of the jaw forwards to the symphysis above. It is at present only cer-
tainly known as a West Indian type, but it is probable that a representative
of it has wandered to the British shores, and been noticed under the name of
Trichiurus lepturus.

EVOXYMETOPOX T.ENIATUS Poey.

The greatest height equals about a twelfth of the extreme length, while the
head forms about an eighth of the same. The head is oblong, trenchant
above, elevated above the eyes for a space considerably greater than the di-
ameter of the eye, and decurved very obliquely downwards to the snout.
The diameter of the orbit enters about six times in the head's length. The
first ten dorsal spines are undivided ; the rest split.

B. 7. D. 87. A. 19. C. 17. P. 12.

The color is silvery, with about six narrow reddish bands most distinct
behind, the first on the ridge of the back and the fifth along the lateral line.

One specimen, nearly five feet long, was procured by Prof. Poey, and has
been kindly presented to the Smithsonian Institution. Is not this at least
closely related to the fish found on the beach of the ' ' Moray Frith, near the
fishing village of Port Gordon, " about three miles east from the mouth of the
river Spey, "on the 12th of November, 1S12,"' and noticed by Mr. James
Hoy ?* The specimen was referred by Hoy to the Trichiurus lepturus, but it

*For a notice of this fish, see the Transactions of the Linnean S. >ciety of Scotland, vol.xi. p. 210,
and Yarrell's History of British Fishes, ed. 2, vol. i. p. 2uG.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

evidently did not belong to that species, as the body gradually diminished for
the latter half " to the tail, which ended in a blunt point ;" the "dorsal fin
extended from the head to the tail ;" "both sides of the fish were white, with
four longitudinal bars of a darker color ; the one immediately below the dorsal
fin was about two inches broad, each of the other three about three-fourths of
an inch. The side line straight along the middle." "Its head had been
broken off and quite gone."

In all the points thus enumerated, the Scotch fish decidedly differs from the
species of the genus Lepturus, and it is equally distinguished from the Lepi-
doj>iis caudatus by its bars of color, the latter, like Lepturus, having uniform
silvery sides. It is true that Hoy denies ventral and anal fins, but it must be
remembered that he was not a scientific ichthyologist ; the ventral scales, as
well as the anal fin, had also, perhaps, been lost, or, preoccupied with the
idea that his fish was the Lepturus ; Hoy did not carefully look for them. But
whether this hypothesis is right or wrong, it is evident that Hoy had neither a
Lepturus nor Lepidopus before him, and another large species of the sea remains
to be confirmed by British naturalists as a visitant to their waters. The third
edition of Yarrell s work is unknown to me, but its rediscovery can scarcely
be signalized in it, since no mention is made of it in the subsequent work of
Gunther.

The following table indicates the relative proportions of the Evoxymetopon
tceniatus.

Extreme length 100.

Body Greatest height 8 ; Height at anus 6\ ; height of tail between anus
and caudal fin 5 ; least height of tail J.

Head Greatest length 12 ; distance from snout to nape 7 ; length of snout
A\ ; length of operculum 4^ ; length of lower jaw 5.

Orbit Diameter 2 ; distance from profile 21.

Dorsal Height at first spine 3 ; height at second spine 3| ; height at ray
above anus If ; height at ray between anus and caudal 1.

Caudal Length of external rays 3|.

Pectoral Distance from snout at upper axilla 14 ; length 6$.

Ventral Distance from snout 17^ ; length 2|.

Synopsis of the North American GADOID FISHES.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In this paper I have corrected some errors that were copied in the " Cata-
logue of the Fishes of North America," and an endeavor has been made to
distribute the species, approximately at least, among their natural groups and
genera. The whole family yet requires a careful revision, and the chief points
to be cleared are rather referred to and indicated than elucidated. May those
who are more fortunately situated carefully elaborate the subject !
I. Caudal fin distinct. Lateral line continuous.

A. Anterior dorsal fin developed as a true and separate fin.
B. Ventral fins normally developed, with (3 ) five to
seven rays.

1. Posterior dorsal, as well as anal, sinuated or

emarginated behind middle. Vertebra? with their
neural spines developed, and wedged one into

the other. Frontal bones double Mekluciiw^:.

* Teeth of inner row elongated, moveable Merlucius.

2. Posterior dorsal and anal fins double. Vertebra?

with moderate neural spines Gadinje.

o. Lower jaw longer. Barbel absent or rudimen-
tary

* Teeth of upper jaw of equal size Pollachius.

1863.]

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

** Teeth of upper jaw enlarged in the outer row. Boreogadus.
/?. Lower jaw shorter, received within the upper.
* Head oblong conic and pointed ; the snout at
least twice as long as the eye. Chin barbel
well developed,
f Anterior dorsal little elevated. Mouth mode-
rate, maxillary extending at least as far

as front of orbit Gadus.

ft Anterior dorsal elevated at angle. Mouth
small, the maxillary not extending as far

as orbit Melanogrammus.

** Head abbreviated ; the snout blunt and little

or no longer than the eye Brachygadus.

3. Posterior dorsal and anal tins entire and even Lotin-e.

* Anterior dorsal fin anterior, little behind the
pectorals. Mandible and vomer with enlarged

teeth Molva.

BB. Ventral fins simple at their base, thence divided. Phyoin;e.
* First dorsal fin produced at third ray. Caudal

fin convex behind Phycis.

** First dorsal fin rounded and not elevated.

Caudal emarginated Urophycis.

AA. Anterior dorsal fin composed of small fringes pre-
ceded by a slender ray Ciliatin^.

* Head depressed behind.

a. Snout without cirrus Onos.

/?. Snout with cirrus Rhinonemus.

** Head compressed Ciliata.

AAA. Dorsal fin single and extending on back Brosmin^.

*Chin with a single barbel Brosmius.

Subfamily MERLUCIIN.E Gill.

Genus MERLUCIUS Raf.
Onus Raf., 1810.
Stomodon Mitchill, 1814.
Hydronus Mindling, 1S32.
Merlus Gay.
Homalopomus Girard.
Epicopus Giinther.

In North American waters are perhaps found two species of this genus occu-
pying different areas : one, identified with the European species, inhabiting the
seas of Greenland, and the Merlucius bilinearis occurring in more Southern
latitudes.

Merlucids vulgaris Fleming.
Gadus merluccius Linn.
Merluccius borealis Swainson.

Hah. Greenland.

I retain the name of Fleming for this species since there appears to be some
doubt whether the one of the Mediterranean Sea and neighboring ocean is not
different. I have never seen the Greenland species, and therefore am in no
position to either confirm or contest its identification, which, however, is vouch-
ed for by the able Reinhardt.

Merlucius bilinearis Gill.
Stomodon bilinearis Mitchill, Rep., p. 7, 1814.
Gadus merlucius Mit.
Gadus albidus Mit., Journ. Acad. N. S. Pa., i. p. 409.

[Sept-

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

Merlucius vulgaris Storer, Rep., p. 132.

Merlucius albidus Dekay, Rep., p. 280, pi. 46, f. 148.

Merlucius bilinearis Gill, Cat.

Hah. Eastern coast from Virginia northwards.

This species appears to differ from the European hake by the more numer-
ous rays of the first dorsal, the more depressed second dorsal and anal, and in
its proportions. The number of rays given to the European species by some
of the best zoologists is exhibited in comparison with that presented by the
American species.

M. vulgaris.

D. 9 10 | 39 40 A. 3739 Linnceus.

D. 9 | 40 A. 39 Pennant.

D. 10 11 | 3739 A. 3738 Sundevall.

D. 10 | 39 A. 37 Parnell.

D. 9-10 | 39^0 A. 3940 Kroyer.

D. 10 | A. 3940 Nilsson.

D. 10 | 3637 A. 3940 Giinther.

M. bilinearis.

D. 12 | 39 A. 39 Mitch. Rep.

D. 12 | 38 A. 41 " Trans. N. Y.

D. 12 | 3841 A. 40 Storer R. & Syn.

D. 11 | 39 A. 40 Dekay.

D. 13 | 41 A. 40 Storer Mem. Ac. vi.

D. 12 | 39 (d. 19) A. 39 Gill.

D. 13 j 38 (d. 17) A. 39 Gill.

D. 12 | 41 (d. 20) A. 41 Gill.

From the above enumeration, it is evident that the difference in the num-
ber of the rays of the first dorsal does not come within the limits of specific
variation. The depression of the second dorsal occurs at the seventeenth to
twentieth rays. The number of rays of the first dorsal has been verified in
eight other individuals.

Subfamily GADINsE (Bon.) Gill.

Genus POLLACHIUS (Nilsson.)

This genus does not appear to include more than one American species,
which one has been considered to be identical with the European Pollachius
carbonarius by those who have compared the two. The Merlangus poutassoti
of Risso, referred to this genus by Nilsson and Bonaparte, is quite distinct from it
and the type of one which, having received no special name, may now be desig-
nated Micromesistius ; it is distinguished by its dentition, the very short abdo-
men, very long first anal and short second dorsal, which is widely separated
from the first and third.

Pollachius cakbonarids Bon.

Synonymy of American fish.
Gadus purpureus Mitch.

Gadus (Merlangus) carbonarius Rich., F. B. A., iii. p. 247.
Merlangus carbonarius Storer, Rep., 129.

" purpureus Storer, Rep., 130.

Pollachius carbonarius Gill, Cat., p. 48.
Merlangus purpureus Gill, Cat., p. 48.
Gadus virens Giinther, iv. 339.

Doubtful synonyviy.
Merlangus leptocephalus Dekay, Rep., p. 288, pi. 45, f. 146, (rectius 147 f)
1863.]

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

I am acquainted with only one American species of this genus ; it is un-
doubtedly the same described and figured by Storer in his History of the Pishes
of Massachusetts, and the same as that which has been referred to the Gadus
virens, or Pollachius carbonarius, by Dr. GUnther. As that gentleman has
identified it with the European species after an actual comparison of speci-
mens from Boston and Europe, and, as Dr. Reinhardt has enumerated the Euro-
pean species among the Greenland Fishes, I am forced to follow them in faith
until I shall be able to examine myself the fishes of the several countries.

I am, however, disposed to believe that the New England and New York type
is a distinct species ; in that case, it must receive the name Pollachius purpu-
reus ; the minute barbel is very often present.

Dr. Storer, in 1839, believed that he could recognize two species of Merlan-
gus of the 31. carbonarius type, one of which was called by the last name
and the other designated as 31. jmrpareus, Mitchill. In his descriptions he
has given each a special set of characters, some of which are not mentioned
in the description of the allied species, but, as his notices are not comparative,
it cannot be assumed that the characters attributed to one are wanting in the
other when not mentioned. But even after the eliminations required by such
considerations, some points of his descriptions may be contrasted, and if im-
plicitly relied in, would result in the admission of two species. Of 31. carbo-
narius, he describes the "length of the head compared to that of the body,
exclusive of the tail, as 1 to 2\ depth of the body over the base of the
pectorals rather less than the length of the head," while to 31. pur-
pureus is only attributed "a depth of the body across from the anus
exclusive of the dorsal fin, as 1 to 4;" "length of the head about
equal to the greatest depth of body;" the first dorsal fin of 31. carbonarius
is " longer than high ;" in M. purpureas, a "third longer than high."

With regard to the proportions of the head and body of 31. carbonarius,
there can be no question that there has been error, for a length equal to two
and a quarter times that of the head would nearly extend to the middle of
the first anal, proportions which the 31. carbonarius of Europe certainly does
not exhibit, and which, as subsequent evidence demonstrates, the 31. carbona-
rius of Storer equally fails to show. The length of the first dorsal is excep-
tionally if ever a third longer than high. The other variations between 31.
carbonarius and 31. purpureas are very slight, and no true specific characters
are brought forward ; and, as Storer has only admitted a single species in his
last work on the Fishes of Massachusetts, there can " be little question that
there is no specific difference between the two."

Dekay, subsequently, in his "Zoology of New York" admitted three
species, the M. carbonarius and 31. purpureas, as well as a new spe-
cies, which he called 31. leptoaphalus, di tinguished by having the
" lower jaw shortest,' 1 and of which he further says, " the upper jaw
receives the under jaw within it, although, when extended, the latter appears
somewhat the longest;'' "the first dorsal pointed." His descriptions are,
as usual, loose and vague, but, w th the exception of the portions quoted
above, contain nothing which would decidedly be opposed to their reference to
the 31. carbonarius, and if it is assumed, as from analogy would almost be justi-
fied, that the 31. leptocephalus was founded on a specimen in which the lower
jaw had been retracted by dislocation, they may with little hesitation be re-
ferred to one species.

In my Catalogue of the Fishes of the Coast, failing to exercise sufficient
criticism, I have admitted the three species of Dekay and Storer's Synopsis,
retaining the 31. purpureas and leptocephalus in 31erlangus, the latter being
expressly said to have the lower jaw shortest, and Dekay's figure of 31. pur-
pureus representing the lower jaw still shorter,* (although opposed to his de-

* Have not Dekay'e figures of M. purpureus and M. leptocephalus been reversed ?

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

scription), while with Bonaparte the genus Pollachius has been accepted for M.
carbonar iu's. I shall not attempt any justification of this error, as it un-
doubtedly is, for I myself entertain no doubt that all of the preceding names
are referrible to one and the same species. Evidently the M. leptocephalus
has no affinity to the true Merlangi.

In a moderately large specimen, the height is contained about 5 times in the
extreme length, and 4| times to the point of the caudal peduncle ; the head
4 times in the former, and 4 times in the latter. The first dorsal is about as
high or higher than long and about two-thirds shorter than the second. The
rays are indicated in the following formula :

D. (12) 13 | 1821 | 1921. A. (21) 2427 1 18-20.

Genus BOREOGADTJS GKinther.

BOREOGADUS POLARIS Gill.

Gadus ffiglifinus Fab., Fauna Groenl., p. 142.

Merlangus polaris Sabine, App. Parry's Voyages, p. ccxi. 1824.

Gadus Fabricii Rich., F. B. A., p. 245 ; Gthr., iv. p. 336.

Gadus polaris Rich., F. B. A., p. 247.

Gadus agilis Reinh., Vid. Selks. Afh., vii. g. 126.

Pollachius polaris Gill, Cat., p. 48.

Hab. Greenland and Polar seas.

Dr. Giinther has placed this species in a section of his genus Gadus named
Boreogadus, and characterized by having the lower jaw longest ; teeth in the
outer series of the upper jaw stronger than the others. To it were referred
the Gadus fabricii of Richardson (B. polaris), G. Esmarkii Nilsson, the Mer-
langus productus of Ayres, which belongs to the subfamily of Merluciinse, and
has not the characters of the section ; and, lastly, the Gadus poutassou of Risso
which is the type of the genus Brachymesistius. The Merlangus polaris, how-
ever, is the type of a genus distinct from Pollachius and departs from that
genus in its larger mouth, enlarged teeth of the outer row in the upper jaw,
the extension forwards of the branchial aperture above, obsolescence of
the lateral line behind and form of the pectoral fins. The single spe-
cimen which I have seen has also the caudal fin unequally lobed, the
upper lobe narrowed and rounded behind, the lower triangular and angu-
lar ; it is possible, however, that the peculiarity may not be normal, as no
mention has been made of it by others.

Genus GADUS (Artedi) Bon.
Morrhua Cuv.

This genus, as now restricted, excludes the common Haddock and the
Gadus minutus of Linnaeus, the former of which is taken as the type of the
genus Melanogrammus and the latter as that of the genus Brachygadus. The
American species of Gadus have been involved in considerable confusion.
There are two very distinct species found along the Eastern coast northwards to
Hudson's Bay. One of these is at least nearly allied to the common cod of
Europe, and has been known among modern American naturalists under the
name of Morrhua americana ; the second is the "torn cod " or " frost fish " of
the people, and is quite distinct from any European species.

In addition to these, two other species have been attributed to America,
both being inhabitants of the Greenland seas ; one has been identified with
the European cod, and the other has been named Gadus ojac and ovak by
Richardson and Reinhardt, while by Giinther it has been considered as a
variety of the common cod.

Finally, Giinther, on the authority of Mitchill, identifying the Gadus mor-
rhua of that author with its Linnaean homonym, while referring the same
author's G. callarias to the synonymy of G. tomcodus, has stated the true
G. morrhua to be found southwards to New York.

1863.] 17

234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Having never seen any of the Greenland Gadi, I am unprepared to form
an opinion of their distinction from each other or from the common cod of the
more Southern American coast. I am, however, disposed to believe that Rein-
hardt has been able to fiud good characters for his G. ovale, while the cod of
New England, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Hudson's Bay appears to differ
slightly from that of Europe by the proportions of the fins.

The specific differences betweeu three of the species herein provisionally
admitted remain to be confirmed.

Gadus morrhua Linn.
Gadus callarias Linn. (Young.)
Gadu3 callarias var. a. Fabr.
Morrhua vulgaris Flem.
Morrhua callarias Cuv.
Gadus morchua Reinhardt.
Hab. Greenland fide Reinhardt.

Gadus ojac Richardson.
Gadus barbatus Fabricius (nee. Linn.)
Gadus ovak Reinhardt.
Morrhua ojac Storer.
Hab. Greenland.

Gadus arenosus Mitchill.

Gadus morrhua Mitchill, Am. Med. and Phil. Reg., vol. iv. 1814, p. 620.
Gadus callarias Mitchill, op. cit., pp. 620, 621,

b. Gadus arenosus " " ''

c. Gadus rupestris " " "
Morrhua aruericana Storer, Rep., p. 120.
Gadus americanus Gill, Cat., p. 48.
Gadus morrhua pt. Giinther, iv. p. 328.

The anus is under the first rays of the second dorsal fin, and is little nearer
the snout than the point of the caudal peduncle. The first anal fin is quite or
nearly half as long again as the first dorsal, about as long as the second, and
about a fifth or fourth longer than the second anal. The supramaxillar ceases
nearly at the vertical of the front of the pupil. The posterior nostril has an
elevated margin. There are numerous minute pores on the head, on each
side, six above the supramaxillar bones, the first linear and very near the
margin of the snout, and four or five below and behind the eye ; six or seven
on each branch of the lower jaw, five along the margin of the preoperculum,
five in the oculo-scapular groove, including the one above the angle of the
branchial aperture, one between the anterior nostril and snout, one obliquely
above the posterior nostril, and two on the nape above the second and third of
the oculo-scapular groove. The caudal fin is slightly emarginated behind.

The proportion of the fins to each other are as follows, the fractions indica-
ting the number of hundredths of the total length ; the proportions of the
same fins in Gadus morrhua, the first dorsal considered as the unit, are taken
from Giinther, and copied on the second line :

st. D.

2 D.

3 D.

1 A.

2 A.

112

1618

1314

1618

1113

1

1.3

1.1

1.2

10.9.

The radial formula is as follows :

D. 1315 | 1922 | 1922. A. 1922 | 1719.

The structure of the rays, is indicated in the following formula, where the
first and last numbers of each fin refer to the simple articulated rays and the
others to the branched or bifurcated :

D. 2. 7. 4 | 2. 12. 3 | 2. 14. 3. A. 2. 14. 3 | 2, 14. 1.

[Sept,

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 235

The rays of the specimens, whose measurements are given, are herewith
indicated.

N.Foundland D. 13 22 22 A. 22 20

Labrador 13 18 19 19 19

Hudson's Bay 13 17 19 19 17

The more detailed measurements of these specimens are given in the follow-
ing table, and are taken from specimens of equal size, scarcely more than a
foot long. The first one was obtained by the author at Newfoundland ; the
second at Labrador, by Dr. Elliott Coues, and exhibits the monstrosity of two
barbels, one behind the other ; the third was obtained at Hudson's Bay by
Mr. Drexler, and has unusually long pectoral and ventral fins. Notwithstand-
ing these deviations of the last two, on account of which they were selected,
they nearly agree in most of the measurements.

Extreme length (=100) 12 12} 12}

Body Greatest height.. , 18 18 15?

Height of tail behind second dorsal fin 12 10 9

Least height of tail 5 4V 4

Length of tail ? 12 11

Head Greatest length 26 26} 26

Greatest width 12 ll| 11}

Width of interocular area 6} 6 6}

Height at nape 15 15 14

Length of snout 8} 9} 9

Length of operculum 5 5 5}

Length of supramaxillar 9} 10.} 11|

Orbit Diameter 5} 5} 5}

Dorsal (First) Distance from snout 29 30 31

Length of base 1L} 11 12

Greatest height. .. 12 13} 14}

(Second) Length of base 18 16} 16

Greatest height 10 10 1L}

(Third) Length of base 14 13 13

Greatest height 9 10 10}

Anal (First) Distance from snout 45} 47}- 47

Length of base 18 15} 17}

Height at longest ray 11} 12} 11

Caudal Length of middle rays 7 7 8

" " external rays 11 11 12

Pectoral Length 13 13} 16}

Ventral Length 12 12 15}

Gadus tomcodus Walbaum.

Gadus tom-cod Wallbaum, Artedi, p. 133, 1792.

Gadus pruinosus Mitchill, Rep.

Gadus tomcodus Mitchill, Am. Med. and Phil. Reg., iv. 1814, pp. 621, 622.

(6.) G. t. fuscus " " " "

(c.) G. t. luteus " " " "

(d.)G.t. luteo-pallidus " " " "

(e.) G. t. mixtus " " " "

Gadus pruinosus " " " "

Gadus polymorphus " " " "

Morrhua (tomcodus) Cuv., R. A.

Morrhua tomcodus Storer, Rep.

Morrhua prninosa Dekay.

The anus is under the last rays of the first dorsal fin and is nearly midway
between the snout and the axil of the anal fin. The first anal is about twice
as long as the first dorsal, about a third longer than the second, and nearly or

1863.]

236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

quite twice as long as the second anal. The supramaxillary bone ceases at a
vertical drawn nearly midways between the front of the eye and pupil. The
pores of the head are obsolete. The caudal fin is convex behind.

Hab. New York to Newfoundland.

The preceding diagnosis at once distinguishes the "torn-cod" or ''frost
fish " of the Americans from the common cod, and, although the distinctive
characters may not have been very well indicated in the diagnoses or descrip-
tions of American naturalists, there has been no confusion between them and
there has never been difficulty in practically distinguishing them. Eu-
ropean naturalists have been less fortunate : Dr. Kaup placing the name of the
tom-cod among the synonyms of Gadus morrhua and also including under
the latter the Morrhua americana, while Dr. GUnther, although well distin-
guishing the Gadus tomcodus, has been unhappy in the distribution of the
synonymy. The Gadus callarias of Mitchill is the same as his Gadus mor-
rhua and both are identical with Morrhua americana of Storer and Dekay ; the
former and latter names must therefore be withdrawn from the synonymy of
G. tomcodus, to which they have been referred by Gunther, and with the G.
callarias must be placed at least provisionally as the synonyms of a close
analogue of the European cod. The figure of Dekay might have informed
naturalists that the M. americana was not the same as the "tom-cod." A
good figure of the American cod is also given by Dr. Storer in his " History of
the Fishes of Massachusetts " in the "Memoirs of the American Academy,"
(2d ser.) vol. vi. (p. 343) pi. xxvii. fig. 4.

Genus BRACHYGADUS Gill.

Brachygadus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Pa., 1S62.
Type. Gadus minutus L.

BRACEnfGADlXS MINUTUS Gill.

Gadus minutus Linn.

? Morrhua minuta Storer, Reports on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of

Mass., p. 127, 1839.
" Morrhua minuta Del-ay, Zoology of New York, Fishes, p. 277 (fig. 141 altered
from 'Yarrell), 1842.

This species, or even an allied one, has not yet been permanently established
as even a visitant of the North American waters. Dr. Storer, in his Report,
mentions a single specimen " which was taken in Boston harbor ; it has been
preserved several years in spirits in the Boston Society of Natural History,"
and ' its colors have undoubtedly somewhat changed." The specimen was
" eight inches in length ; length of the head two inches ; depth of the body
across the base of the pectorals rather less than the length of the head ;' '
" snout obtuse ;" "a cirrhus one- fourth of an inch long is suspended from
the chin ;" eye half an inch in diameter, being equal to one-fourth the length
of the head; "the pectorals are an inch long." D. 121917. P. 17. V. 6.
A. 2217. C. 20.

Such is the only notice of the existence of the Brachygadus minutus on our
coast. The description is scarcely reconcilable with the European species ;
and almost the only character which would indicate that it might not be the
young of Gadus anericanus is the "snout obtuse," but when the " Morrhua
tomcodus " is said to have the " snout blunt," it may be asked, what is meant
by that term ? and if there is any difference between the two ?

Dekay also inserted the "Morrhua minuta" among the fishes of New York,
compiling his description from Yarrell and Storer, giving the radial formula of
the latter and copying, with alterations, the figure of Yarrell. He finally
stated :

"This is a rare species on our coast. I only know it through the descrip-
tion of Dr. Storer, although I think I saw it some years since in the market.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 237

At that time, I supposed it might be the M. pruinosa, var. fusca, of Dr. Mit-
chill, but I have now little doubt but that it was the species just described."

Dr. Storer, in his " Synopsis," gave a diagnosis attributing a " depth one-
fifth of the length ; first dorsal entirely before the first anal ;" copying the
radial formula of Jenyns, Yarrell and himself, giving only ''Massachusetts "
as its habitat, but admitting Dekay's notice in his synonymy.

In his " History of the Fishes of Massachusetts," he takes no notice what-
ever of the species, and does not quote his notice among the svnonyms of
" Morrliua americana " or " M. pruinosa."

Finally, in consideration of the uncertainty at least in which the existence
of this species as an American fish is concerned, it must be eliminated from the
Fauna of the coast until definitely established, and the name of Storer will
probably be placed in the synonymy of Gadus americanus.

Genus MELANOGRAMMUS Gill.

Melanogrammus Gill, Proc. Ac. N. S. Phila., 1862.

The genus Melanogrammus is sufficiently distinguished from Gadus by its
smaller mouth, the produced first dorsal fin, black lateral line and the devel-
opment of the humerus.

Nilsson* and Bonapartef have expressly appropriated the Artedian name
Gadus for the G. morrh.ua and its allies, most judiciously treating the Cuvieran
genus Morrliua as its synonym, since, as its name indicates, the latter was
intended to embrace the common cod as its type ; the G. ceglijimis at the
same time was removed from the genus and referred to the genus Merlangus,
which was differently limited and otherwise defined than by Cuvier. Finally, per-
ceiving that it was not a true Merlangus, and agreeing with Nilsson, Kroyer and
Bonaparte in its separation from Gadus, I have,in an article published in the Pro-
ceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences, for June, 1862, distinguished it
under the generic name Melanogrammus, which must be, of course, retained by
those who consider the genus a valid one.

Melanogrammus .sglifinus Gill.

Gadus seglifinus Mitchill.
Morrhua seglifinus Storer.

Hab. Eastern coast from New York northwards.

I have been unable to compare this American fish with the European species,
and before considering the identification definite, a careful comparison is neces-
sary, espeeially since it has not been found in Greenland.

Subfamily PHYCINjE (Sw.) Gill.

Genus PHYCIS Raf.

There are specimens of two very distinct species of the restricted genus
Phycis in the collection of the Smithsonian Institution, and to those two I am
inclined to refer all the names given by authors to the American specimens.
Concerning the nomenclature of the two, there is as usual some confusion.
This I shall endeavor at least in part to dissipate.

Phycis chuss Gill.

Blennius (chuss in New York) Schozpf, Ges. Nat. F. zu Berlin, viii. p. 143,

1788.
Blennius chuss Walbaum, p. 186, 1792.
Enchelyopus americanus Schn., Bl., p. 53.
Gadus longipes Mitch, op., cit., iv.
Phycis (americanus) Cuv., R. A. ,1817, ii. 217.

* JYilsson, Prodromus Ichthyologiae Pcandmavicae, 1832, pp. 39, 41.
t Bonaparte, Catalogo Metodico del Pesci Europei, 1846, p. 45.

1863.]

238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Phycis americanus Dekay, Rep., 291, f. 159.
Phycis americanus pt. Storer, Sys., 221.
Phycis tinea Kaup, Arc. f. Nat., 1858, i. 89.
Phycis filamentosus Storer.

The height at the anus enters about 6| times in the extreme length and 6
times exclusive of the caudal fin ; the head more than 5 times in the former
or 4| in the latter. The supramaxillar bones end under the posterior margin
of the pupils. The snout is longer than the eye and forms a quarter of the
head's length. The width of the interorbital space exceeds the vertical diame-
er of the orbit.

The vent is nearly under the tenth ray of the second dorsal, generally inter-
mediate between the snout and about the end of the fourth or fifth of the anal
fin. The elongated third dorsal ray is generally shorter than the head. The pec-
toral enters about 1^ times in the head's length. The ventral is more than a
half larger than the head and extends behind the vent.

The scales are very distinct, in about 110 oblique rows from the scapular
region to the end of the caudal peduncle, and in nine rows between the first
dorsal and the lateral line.

D. 9 | 57. A. 50.

The color of the body and fins is yellowish-brown, thickly punctulated with
darker. The anal has its rays tipped with white, by which a whitish linear
margin is produced. The roof of the mouth and most of the tongue is dark
purple.

The first notice of this species appears to have been given in Schcepf's Descrip-
tions of some North American Fishes, published in 1788. He there describes
a fish under the generic name of Blennius, which, according to him, was call-
ed " chuss " at New York. The color was reddish-brown on the head and
back, white beneath ; in a specimen eighteen inches, the shorter branch of the
ventral ray was 2^, and the other 5 inches long ; the first dorsal had nine rays,
of which the first (truly third) was filiform and four inches long ; the second
dorsal had 60 rays, and the anal 53 ; the scales were deciduous.

This decription was paraphrased from the German, except in the important
notice of the proportions of the ventral fins, by Walbaum in his edition of
Artedi, and he was the first to confer a specific name Blennius chuss on it.

Mitchill, in 1814, under the name of Gadus longpipes, gave a recognizable
description of it based on a specimen having the " length about twenty inch-
es ; depth three and a half: the first (third) ray of the first dorsal almost six
inches long. ' Allusion was made to the "sides of the tongue and inside of
the throat smutty or dotted with black." " The ventral fins (were) six inches
long, bifid, tapering and reddish."

Storer, in his, " Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts," has confounded this
species with another, for which he has retained the name of P. americanus.
In his " Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, " he has repeated his error,
citing the description and figure given by Dekay of the present ; but his de-
scription in the latter work was so vague that I, was not aware of it till the
publication of his History.

Finally, in his "History of the Fishes of Massachusetts," Storer has de-
scribed and figured the present species under the new name of Phycis filmen-
tosus, while the P. americanus proves to be quite different from that on which
the latter name was originally conferred.

Phycis tenuis Dekay.

i*hyeis furcatus Storer, Boston Journ. N. H., i. 418 (excl. syn.)
Phycis americanus Storer, Rep., p. 138 (excl. syn.)

Doubtful synonymy.
(radus tenuis Mitch.
Phycis tenuis Storer, Syn., 222.
Phycis Dekayi Kaup, Archiv. f. Nat., 1858, i. p. 89.

[Sept,

D. 10

9
10

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 239

The height at the anus enters nearly six times in the extreme length, and
five times to the rudimentary caudal rays ; the head ahout 4h 4| in the for-
mer, and 4 4J without the caudal. The supramaxillar bones end under the
posterior margin of orbit. The snout is longer -than the eye, and forms a
fourth of the "head's length. The width of the interorbital space equals the
vertical diameter of the eye. The snout is narrower and more pointed than in
P. chuss.

The anus is under the ninth to the eleventh rays of the second dorsal fin,
and is nearly intermediate between the snout and constricted portion of
caudal peduncle. The elongated third dorsal spine about equals the dis-
tance from the snout to the upper angle of preoperculum. The pectoral enters
about If times in the head's length. The ventral little exceeds the head, and
rarely extends to the vent.

The scales are small ; there are 135 to 140 oblique rows extending from the
scapular region to the end of the caudal peduncle ; there are twelve rows be-
tween the origin of the firit dorsal and the lateral line, and ten between its
end and the line.

54 A. 46.

57 A. 47.

_ 58 A. 50.

The color is brownish, lighter and suffused with yellowish below the lateral
line, and with the belly almost yellow. The fins are very dark. The interior
of the mouth is simply sparingly punctulated with blackish.

The name of Phycis tenuis is connected with this species, as the latter agrees
with its description in having "brown back and sides," the fins "dark
brown, save the ventral, " the rays approximately. "D. 11. 54. A. 44.." But
it is necessary to recall that the Gadus tenuis is said to have the "throat in-
ternally streaked with red and purple. Vent nearer the head." The latter, how-
ever, as will be seen from other descriptions by Mitchill, has been used at ran-
dom, and, with the not unusual vagueness of Dr. Mitchill, in an absolute and not
relative sense ; as to the other character, I have not noticed it in any speci-
men of P. chuss, and it is quite possible that the dark purple dots of the
present species may assume a " streaked " arrangement on the reddish ground
of the throat. The color and radial formula militate against the idea of its
identity with the Gadus longpipes (= Phycis chuss), immediately afterwads de.
scribed by Mitchill, and we may also take into consideration, but without
assigning to it undue value, the improbability of the description under two
names at the same time of so characteristic a species as the P. chuss. For
the present, therefore, I venture to present the species in question under the
name of Mitchill. It is true that the identification is not positive, but not less
uncertainty would prevail in connection with the name of P. Dekayi hereafter
noticed.

In the "Report on^the Fishes of Massachusetts," Dr. Storer has given a
description of the species under the name of Phycis americanus ; in his Synop-
sis, a vague notice under the same name, nearly applicable to each, but with
the synonymy of the true P. americanus ; and, finally, in his " History of the
Fishes of Massachusetts," he has again described and well figured the same
species under the same name, giving a new one to the true P. americanus which
had been then recently discovered on that coast.

In the " Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte " for 1858, Dr. Kaup has briefly noticed
a species from North America, similar to the " P. tinea " (P. chuss), but with
a longer snout, higher body, and considerably smaller scales, D. 10. 54. A. 47 ;
this portion of the description, so far as it goes, is applicable to the present spe-
cies, and was, doubtless, based on representatives of it. He places the species,
however, in a section distinguished by having the ventral fins, nearly or quite
twice as long as the head, and, if this statement is literally applied, Kaup's

1863.]

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

species can scarcely be the same as the one in question, but it is probable that

we should take his diagnosis with some latitude.
A reference to the species recently described by Dr. Giinther from two

specimens in the British Museum, under the name Phycis rostratus, may be

here appropriate. The habitat of the species is unknown; it was suggested
that the specimens ought, perhaps, to be referred to P. americanus, (= P. chuss),

" but that species appears to have considerably longer ventral fins." "P.
Dekayi, briefly noticed by Kaup, is stated to have the body more elevated than
P. americanus ; and the ventrals, nearly or quite twice as long as the head."*
The lateral line of P. rostratus, has about 150 scales, and there are "ten
series of scales between the anterior dorsal and the lateral line ;" "the ven-
tral extends the origin of the anal," but yet is " not much longer than the
head." The specimens are eight inches long, or about the same size as those
of P. tenuis, here described. From this notice, P. rostratus appears to differ
from either of the two here enumerated. It remains, however, to ascertain
whether it is an American fish, and then whether it is not MitchilPs Gadus
tenuis.

Genus UROPHYCIS Gill.

Urophycis REGIUS Gill.

Blennius Schcepf, Ges. N. F., viii. pt. 2, p. 142.

Biennius regius Walbaum, Art., p. 186, 1792.
Enchelyopus regalis BL Schn., p. 53, 1891.
Gadus blennoides Mitch., Med. and P. Reg., iv . p. 1814.
Gadus punctatus Mitch., op. cit., iv.

Phycis punctatus Delay, N. Y. F., p. 292, pi. 46, f. 149, 1842.
Phycis regalis Kaup, Arch. f. Nat., 1858, i. p. 89.
Hab. New York.

Subfamily LOTINuE Gill.

Genus MOLVA (Flem.) Nilsson.
Molva vulgaris Fleming.
Gadus molva Fabr., Faun. Groenl., p. 148.
Lota moPa Storer, Syn.
Hab. Greenland.

Greenland representatives of this genus have been identified by European
naturalists with their Molva vulgaris. I am not acquainted with the Amer-
<an type, except through such sources.

Subfamily CILLIATINuE Gill.
Genus ONOS Risso.
Les Musteles Cuv., R. A., 1817, ii. 215.
Onos Risso, Eur. Merid., iii. 214, 1827.
Mustela Stark, Ed. 1, p. 425, 1828.
Gadus Fleming.

Bonaparte quotes the Gaidropsarus mustellaris, of Rafinesque, among the
Synonyms of his Motella mediterranea, which is the M. tricirrata of authors.
Rafinesque gave the following diagnosis of the genus and species in the "In-
dice d Ittiologia Siciliana :"

"Genere Gaidropsarus. Pivdi un raggio all' ale giugulari, due ale dorsali,
la seconda delle quali e reuniata coll' ala caudale, e con l'anale " Gaidropsarus
mustellaris. Quattro barbette, due alia mascella superiore, e due all' inferiore,
ale giugulari con due raggi inuguali. Sinonimia, Mustella Rondelet, lib. 9, cap.
16, fig."

* The statement of the length of the ventrals is In the diagnosis of a section (a) of the
genus.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

As the Motella tricirrala has five-rayed ventral fins, the second dorsal not
united with the caudal and anal, and only one barbel to the lower jaw, and
thus has only one character of least importance mentioned by Rafinesque, I
am not prepared to accept his name for the genus, although he quotes the
figure of Rondelet. The French name of Cuvier cannot be retained, and
Risso's comes next in order.

Two species are found in North America which represent European ones,
and are very closely related to their respective analogues.

Onos Reinhaedii Gill.
Motella mustela Reinhardt, Kong. Dansk. Vid. Selks. Nat. og Math., vol. vii.

pp. 115, 128.
Motella Reinhardi Kroyer.
Hab. Greenland.

Closely related to the 0. mustela of Europe, and agreeing in having five
barbels, one to each nostril and one at the chin.

Onos ensis Gill.

Motella ensis Reinh., op. cit., vol. vii. pp.115, 128.
Hab. Greenland.

Very closely allied to the M. tricirrata Nils., and like it provided with three
barbels, one at each anterior nostril and one at the chin.

Genus RHINONEMUS Gill.
Rhinoxemus caudacuta Gill.

Motella caudacuta Storer, Proc. Boston, vol. 1848, p. 5 ; Mem. Am. Ac.
Motella cimbria? Bell, Canadian Nat. and Geol., vol. iv. p. 209, 1859.

Hab. Massachusetts to Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Very closely related to the Mitella cimbria of Europe, but has " the poste-
rior margin of the second dorsal and anal fins, as well as the edge of the
caudal fin, of a dark slate color," and D. 53. A. 48.

Genus CILIATA Couch.
Couchia Thompson.

ClLIATA ARGENTATA Gill.

Motella argentata Reinhardt.
Couchia argentata Giinther, ii. 363.

Hab. Greenland, (Reinhardt ;) and Nahant, Mass., (Dr. J. H. Slack.)

Subfamily BROSMINJE Gill.

Genus BROSMIUS Cuv.
The American species of this genus are involved in some uncertainty.
Although attributed to Greenland, it is at least nearly certain that the
European Brosmius brosme is not found in our southern waters, but it is not,
perhaps, quite clear what name the American analogue shall bear. Lesueur
has described and figured a species from Marblehead, to which he gives, both
in his description and figures, a protuberant lower jaw and a double barbel ;
it has been named Brosmius flavesny, and is stated to be salted like the
common cod, much esteemed as food, and to be rare on the banks of New-
foundland. No specimens with the characters noticed have since been ob-
tained, and, if only the double barbel had existed, it might not have been
impossible that Lesueur had obtained a single specimen of the common cusk,
which exhibited such abnormal characters, the duplication of the barbel
having been noticed in a specimen of the Gadus arenosus already referred to.
Such, however, appears to be highly improbable, for it is not simply a double
barbel which characterizes it, but at least, in addition thereto, a longer lower jaw

1862.]

242 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

and a more advanced dorsal fin. These will all have to be reconciled or ex -
plained away, before Lesueur's name can be adopted for the common cusk.

By Dr. Storer, the Lesueurian name was first unequivocally appropriated
for the common Brosmius, and this was done without any notice of the dis-
crepancies between the characters mentioned by Lesueur and those exhibited
by his specimens. Yet the latter were described, and one figured by Storer,
with " a single barbel, " " the upper jaw slightly longer than the lower," and
the dorsal commencing "cna line above the anterior half of the poctorals."
Until it is demonstrated, or rendered nearly certain, that no species exhibit-
ing the characters in a normal condition mentioned by Lesueur exists on
our coast, it is not allowable to so apply his name, and, consequently, a new
one is required for the Brosmius flavescens of Storer.

Brosmius brosme White.

Gadus brosme Fab., quasi Mull.
Brosmius vulgaris Reivh., quasi Cuv.
Brosmius brosme pt. Gill, Cat.

Hab. Greenland.

I only know this species as a Greenland fish through the works of Fabricius
and Reinhardt.

Brosmius americanus Gill.

Brosmius vulgaris Storer, Rep., 136.
Brosmius vulgaris ? Delay, p. 289, (not fig.)
Brosmius flavescens. Storer, Syn., 221.
Brosmius brosme pt. Gill, Cat., 49.

Hab. New England coast northwards to Newfoundland.

Brosmius flavescens Les.
Le Brosme jaune Les., Mem. Mus., v. p. 158, pi. 16, (mid. fig.) 1819.
Brosmius flavesny " " " " " "

Brosmius flavescens Gunther, iv. 369.

Hab . Massachusetts and banks of Newfoundland.

Deecriptions of the Genera of GADOID and BROTULOID FISHES of Western

North America.

BY THEODORE GILL.

The object of the present article is more especially to give the characters of
the genus Gadus as recently restricted, to develope the characteristics and
unravel the synonymy of the genus Merlucius, concerning which, and par-
ticularly the Californian representatives, considerable confusion exists, and to
elucidate the genus Brosmophycis.

I am disposed to believe that Gunther is correct in separating from the
family of Gadoids the group of genera which he has called Brotulina, but it
is more than questionable whether he is right in referring to, and combining
in, the same family his groups Ophiidina, Fierasferina, Ammodytina and Con-
grogadina. It is quite true that Dr. Gunther has been unable to find any one
character to separate his families Gadidse and Ophidiidse, and that he has
entirely based them on the different combinations of characters, but it is at
the same time probable that they will be eventually found to be distinguish-
able by true family characters, based on anatomical differences, such as the
form of the cranium, maxillary bones, intestinal canal, &c. The distinctive
characters which Gunther has employed for his families are the following :

Gadid^ with " ventral fins composed of several rays, or, if they are re-
duced to a filament, the dorsal is divided into two. Either the caudal free

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

from the dorsal and anal, or, if the vertical fins are united with the dorsal,
with a separate anterior portion. Rays of the second dorsal well developed."

Ophidiid^; with " ventral fins rudimentary (reduced to a filament), or ab-
sent, jugular.* No separate anterior dorsal. Caudal generally united with
dorsal and anal."

From the Gadoids I am disposed to separate the genera Raniceps of Cuvier
and Bregmaceros of Thompson, the former of which has been already con-
sidered by Dr. Parnellf as the type of an independent family, and to similar
rank, the latter is probably likewise entitled.

The only diagnosis, then, which I am at present prepared to give, is the
following. I trust soon to be able to examine the skeletons of most of the
types, when more definite characters can doubtless be given. Only part of
the synonymy of the family is given.

Family GADOIDS (Cuv.)

Synonymy.

Gadini Rnfinesque, Indice d'lttiologia Siciliana, 1810.

Gadinia Rajinesque, Analyse de la Nature, 1815.

Metrosomes Blainville, Journal de Physique, t. 83, p. 255, 1816.

Gadoides Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 2, tome 2, p. 330, 1829.

Gadites McMurtrie, Animal Kingdom Transl., vol. ii. p. 243, 1831.

Gadoidese Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, vol. iii. p. 241, 1836.

Gadidse Bonaparte, Systema Vertebratorum, p. 52, 1840.

Gadidse Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p.

326, 1862.
Blennidia and Gadinia pt. Raf.

Elongated fishes behind more or less compressed and conoidal, tapering
into the caudal fin, the peduncle convex at its end ; anus in advance of the
middle of the body ; the scales cycloid, smooth and small; very wide bran-
chial apertures, extending far forwards ; rays of all the fins articulated or
branched, extending along most of the back and forming one, two, or three
fins ; anal single or double, vertical fins rarely united, and the ventral fins
more or less in advance of the pectoral, normally attached to the pubic
bones, narrow, and with three to seven branched rays ; rarely represented by
articulated bifid filaments. Pyloric caeca generally numerous.

The Californian representatives of the family belong to two distinct sub-
families and genera, which may be distinguished as follows :
I. Ventral fins well developed, with five to seven rays. Py-
loric caeca numerous,
a. Dorsal fins two ; the posterior sinuated, or emargi-
nated behind the middle ; anal similar to the
second dorsal. Skull with the great frontal bone
double, concave towards the middle and between
the ridges on each bone diverging from the cor-
responding branches of the fork of the occipital

crest Mekluciin^.

Merlucius.
/?. Dorsal fins three ; anal two. Skull with the great
frontal bone single, and with the occipital crest
more or less continued forwards, and single or

entire Gadini.

Gadus.

1863.]

" Except in Brotulophis." Giinther.
Magazine of Zoology and Botany, vol. i. 1837.

244 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Subfamily MERLUCIINiE (Sw.) Gill.

Synonymy.
Merluccia Rqfinesque, Analyse de la Nature, 1815.
Merluccinse Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles,

vol. ii. p. 300, 1839.
Gadini pt. Bon.
Gadinae pt.

The present subfamily has only its type in common with those of Rafines-
que and Swainson, the former having included in his Merluccia the genera
Gadus, Merluccius, Trisopterus, R., Strinsia, R. and Brosme, while Swainson
referred to his Merluccinse the genera Merluccius, Lota and Motella.

Only one genus is yet positively known. Uraleptus and Physiculus appear,
however to be nearly related.

MERLUCIUS Raf.

Synonymy.
Meluccius Rqfinesque, Caratteri di Alcuni nuovi generi e nuovi specie di Ani-

mali e Pianti della Sicilia, 1810.
Onus Rqfinesque, Indice d'lttiologia Siciliana, p. 12, 1810.
Merlangus Rqfinesque, op. cit., p. 67, 1810.

Stomodon Mitchill, Report in part on the Fishes of New York, p. 7, 1814.
Hydronus Mindling, Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte der Fische, p. 83, 1832.
Homalopomus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol. viii.

p. 132.
Homalopomus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c,

vol. x. p. 144, Fishes.
Merlus Guichenot, Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile, Zooloqia, t. ii. p. 328,

1848.
Epicopus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c, vol. ii. p.

248, 1860.
Gadus sp. Linn., &c.
Merlangus sp. Ayres.
Gadus (Boreogadus) sp. Giinther.

Body elongated and slender, fusiform, highest under the first dorsal fin,
tapering into the caudal peduncle, which is slender and compressed ; back
transversely arched ; abdomen not tumid.

Scales small, perlaceous, regularly imbricated.

Lateral line slightly declining from the scapular region, and thence rec-
tilinear, in a groove covered by a membranous linear band.

Head oblong conical in profile, above very gradually narrowed towards the
front, rectilinear, flattened at the nape, with a well-defined, oblong triangu-
lar excavation at the forehead, bounded by the ridges on the separated fron-
tal bones, which converge backwards into the low occipital crest ; snout not
extending as far forwards as the maxillars. Eyes rather large, chiefly in the
anterior half of the head. Opercula distinct ; preoperculum with a channel
behind its crest or inner margin, and with short, radiating bars crossing it.

Mouth with its cleft moderately oblique and deep, the supramaxillars ex-
tending entirely or under the greater portion of the eyes ; their ends are
obliquely extended backwards and downwards in a curve from the lower
angles ; intermaxillars elongated and extending nearly as far back as the supra-
maxillars.

Lower jaw with no barbel, rounded in front, more or less projecting beyond
the upper.

Teeth nearly biserial in the upper as well as lower jaw ; the teeth of
the inner row moveable, longest, slender, bent or curved inwards, crystalline

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

and rather abruptly pointed at the tips. Vomer with teeth like those of the
jaws.

Branchiostegal rays seven.

Dorsal fins two, separated by a decided interval ; the first behind the vertical
of the pectoral fins, pointed in front, triangular, and with nine to fifteen rays ;
second divided into two portions by a deep sinus behind its middle, and with
its posterior part highest.

Anal opposite and similar to the second dorsal.

Caudal fin emarginated, with numerous supplementary rays above and be-
low the peduncle.

Pectoral fins slender, rather long and obliquely rounded behind.

Ventral fins inferior, little distant (about the width of their bases) and
moderately in advance of the pectorals, rather long, and with seven rays, of
which the fourth to sixth are longest.

D. (9) 1015 | 3645. A. 3551. P. 14. V. 7.

The skull greatly differs from that of Gadus, as is indicated by the frontal
depression seen through the skin. The great single frontal bone of the cods
is in the Merlucius represented by two ; each is traversed by a crest, which
extends towards the front of the orbit, and which is continued from the cor-
responding branch of the fork of the supraoccipital crest ; between the fron-
tal crests thus placed, there exists a great depression of a triangular form,
whose length is nearly twice as great as its anterior width ; the sides of this
depression are steep and even scooped out.

This genus is one of the most trenchant and strongly-marked among fishes,
and contains among its representatives some of the most common and widely-
distributed species, all the seas of the Northern hemisphere being provided
with them. Those species at the same time are themselves objects of con-
siderable economical importance, and are also famed for the ravages which
they commit on the other inhabitants of the sea. Yet this genus, so cha-
racteristic and so peculiar, and concerning which less confusion might be
supposed to exist than almost any other, has been singularly misunderstood
and received, through the misapprehensions of authors, a number of names
which require to be ranked among its synonyms.

Rafinesque first proposed to take the Linnjean specific name of its type as
the generic designation, but soon afterwards, with accustomed fickleness, sub-
stituted the name of Onus, and, finally, discovering that such after all was
not the true name, corrected it to Merlangus ;* all this was the fruit of the
year 1810 !

In the " Report, in part, on the Fishes of New York," Dr. Mitchill gave a
description of a" hard-featured fish bought in the New York market, November
4, 1813," conferring on it the new generic as well as specific name of Stomo-
don bilinearis. This is quite a recognizable notice of the common hake of
New York and the Eastern coast of the United States ; Mitchill has, however,
erroneously assigned only four ventral rays ; he has hazarded no conjectures
as to its affinities. In his subsequent memoirs no allusion is made to this
name, but the species reappears in the "Memoir on the Fishes of New
York," under the name of Gadus merluccius, and again in the " Journal of
the Academy of Natural Sciences" as the new species Gadus albidus*

For some time after, the genus remained in this condition, no one having
erred very widely concerning its affinities, and only one author having referred
to a new species. Bat in 1855, Dr. Ayres, in California, described a species
of that coast as a Merlangus, and Dr. Girard in the East as a supposed
new generic type of Trachinoids from the same waters, under the name of
Homalopomus Troicbridgii ; the latter gentleman afterwards discovered that

* " In vece di Onus, ep. 30 [ Onus riali = Gadus mtrluccius, L.l leggete Merlangus."

1863.]

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the species of Ayres and his own were at least " very closely allied," and evi-
dently belonged " to the same genus, whether Merlangus, Merlucius, or Homa-
lopomus: ,, he stated that "the natural affinities of the genus Homalopomus
are intermediate between Merlangus and Merlucius, the dorsal and anal fins
being constructed upon the pattern observed in Merlangus, whilst the ventral
fins are identical in structure with those of Merlucius.'''' Had he " not framed
the genus under misapprehended affinities" he " would have placed the spe-
cies in the genus Merlangus or Merlucius, it was immaterial where, and await
further examination upon the Fishes of the North Pacific Ocean."

The reviewer* has referred the type of Girard positively to the genus Mer-
lucius, believing that it was not "immaterial" in what one it should be
placed, and, after the requisite comparisons, thinking that a great difference
existed, in the " pattern of the dorsal and anal fins" between the Homalo-
pomus and Merlangus, while there was none between the former and Mer-
lucius.

In the second volume of the "Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes
in the Collection of the British Museum." Dr. Giinther has proposed a
genus of the group Trachinina of the family Trachinidae, for a fish in " bad
state," identified by him with the Merlus Gayi of Gruichenot. The new genus
was designated Epicopus, and to it were attributed ' ' two dorsals, the first
with nine or eleven feeble spines ; ventrals jugular, with one spine and six
soft rays ;" "jaws, vomer and palatine bones with strong cardiform teeth ;"
" branchiostegal rays six." Dr. Giinther does not at all object to the figure
of "Merlus Gayi,'" as he generally does, in referring to a poor figure; and, as
that figure represents a fish with an undivided second dorsal and anal fins
scarcely decreasing backwards, almost produced behind, with well-branched
rays, three slender anal spines, and the caudal peduncle little produced into
the fin, it would have been naturally supposed that those characters existed
in the specimen examined by Giinther ; that gentleman does not allude to any
peculiarity of the upper surface of the head. He, finally, referring to Guiche-
not's reference of this species to Merlucius, remarked that he had, " however,
convinced (himself) that the first dorsal is composed of rays which are
neither articulated nor branched." At the same time, Giinther, in a note to
the Trachinina, indicated his belief in the pertinence of Homalopomus to the
Trachinina. Influenced by the positive statements of Giinther, the reviewer,
in a " Synopsis of the Notothenioids, " and an analysis of Giinther 's family
of Trachinidse, referred Epicopus to the family of Latiloidse, a detachment
from the Trachinidse. \

But, in the fourth volume of the Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Mu-
seum, Dr. Giinther announced that his Epicopus Gayi proved to be the "young"
of Merluccius vulgaris in "a very bad state of preservation, and without any
indication of the locality in which it has been procured. The simple struc-
ture of the rays of the first dorsal appears to be peculiar to the young state. J
The roughness on the palatine bones were caused by calcareous deposits (the
specimen was preserved in chloride of zinc), but there are no true teeth. "
The Merlus Gayi is then admitted as a species of Merluccius. To the same
genus is also referred in a foot-note, as a doubtful species, Gadus fimbria of

* Gill, in " American Journal of Science and Arts," ser. 2, vol. xxx. p. 279, 1860 ; and in " Proc.
Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1861, p. 614.

f In the paper cited, there is the reference (*) to a foot-note after Latiloidae, hut the note itself
was accidentally omitted. In this note, it was remarked that there were provisionally referred
to the Latiloidas the genera Latilus, finguipes, (Latilinas,) Malacanthus, (Malacanthini,) Perco-
phis, Aphritis, (Aphritinae ) and Epicopus, hut that each group probably represented a distinct
family; and reference was made to the equivocal character of the ventral fins of Epicopus, and
the very doubtful relations of the genus.

| In the smallest specimen of Merlucius bilinearis examined, (about six inches long,) the rays
of the first dorsal and the first ventral ray were found to be at least as much bifurcated and at?
decidedly articulated as in the adult.

Giinther, op. cit., iv. p. 346.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

247

Pallas, a fish of the Northwestern coast of America. This species, however,
as is at once evident from the description, has no relation with Merluccius
more than a large proportion of other fishes, and evidently belongs to the
genus Anoplopoma of Ayres ; it is a true Acanthopterygian, apparently the
type of a peculiar family allied to the Chiroids. In this reference, Glinther
lias committed the same error as Girard. On the other hand, Giinther has
referred to the genus Gadus and his subgenus Boreogadas, the Merlangus
productus of Ayres or Homalopomus Trowbridgii of Girard, which is without
the slightest doubt a genuine Merluccius, very closely allied to the Eastern
species, as the figure of Girard and the reference to its true genus by the re-
viewer might have satisfied him.*

The genus Merlucius contains at least five species if the Merlus Gayi truly
belongs to it. These species are distributed in the following manner :

Merlucius vulgaris Fleming.
Coasts of Europe and the Polar Seas.

Merlucius bilinearis Gill ex Mit.
Coasts of Eastern North America from Virginia northwards.

Meklucius productus Gill ex Ayres.
California.

Merlucius aegentatus (Faber) Gthr.
Iceland.

Merlucius Gayi Gthr. ex Gay.
Chili.

If the execrable figure given in Gay's great work on Chili were at all reli-
able, it would indicate that the Merlus Gayi could scarcely be a true Merlu-
cius, but since Guichenot says that that species resembles the European type
as to the prolonged, little-compressed body, scales, opercula, form of the fins
and other characters, it must be at least provisionally retained here. No one
would suppose from the figure alone that a Merlucius was intended, as the
likeness is only a strong analogical one, such as may exist between members
of entirely distinct groups.

Merlucius productus Gill.

Synonymy.

Merlangus productus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences,

vol. i. p. 64, 1855.
Homalopomus Trowbridgii Girard, Proceed. Academy of Natural Sciences of

Phila., vol. viii. p. 132, 1856.
Homalopomus Trowbridgii Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad

Route, &c, vol vi. Abbot's Report, Zoology, p. 23.
Homalopomus Trowbridgii Girard, op. cit., vol. x. Fishes, p. 144, pi. xla,

figs. 1 4.
Merlucius sp. Gill, American Journal of Science and Arts, ser. 2, vol. xxx.

p. 279 ; Proc. Academy of Nat. Sci. of Phila., 1861, p. 514.
Gadus productus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,

vol. iv. p. 338, 1862.

* Guentlier has also retained, in a foot-note, as a doubtful species of Merluccius, the M. ambigum
of Lowe, (Proc. Zool. Soc, 1840, p. 37), a most ambiguous species, certainly, as to its systematic
position. The only knowledge of the fish is confined to the facts of the " production into a fila-
ment of th<- sicoud ray of the ventral fins and grooved nape," wherefore supposed to resemble
Moklla, but wanting "the beards and having no trace of any fin within the nuchal groove."
" The upper jaw closes over the under." This notice enables us to decide that it decidedly does
not apply to a Mcrhtcius, but does not distinguish it from the Uraleptus maraldi.

1863.]

248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Subfamily GADINJE (Bon.) Gill.

Synonymy,

Gadini Bonaparte, Saggio di una Distrubuzione Metodico degli Aniniali Verte-

brati, 1831.
Gadinse Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol.

ii. pp. 188, 299, 1839.
Gadini Bonaparte, Systema Vertebratorum, p. 52, 1S40.
Gadinae Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1858 b. i. p. 86.
Gadiformes Bleeker, Enumerato specierum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago

Indico Observatorum, p. 26, 1859.
Gadinse Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast, &c, 1860.

I. Vomerine teeth obsolete.

1. Barbel none Gadiculus.

2. Barbel present {Gadus blennoidcs Pallas) Leptogadus.

II. Vomerine teeth developed.

A. Lower jaw longest and projecting beyond the upper,
a. Vent nearly below the interspace between the
first and second dorsals.

1. Teeth of the upper jaw not or scarcely en-

larged in the outer row Pollachius.

2. Teeth of the upper jaw enlarged in the external

row Boreogadus.

/?. Vent situated at or before the vertical of the ori-
gin of the first dorsal ; first anal fin very long ;

second dorsal small Micromesistius.

B." Lower jaw shorter than, and generally received
within, the upper.

a. Barbel of chin obsolete Merlangus.

/?. Barbel more or less developed and pendant from
chin.
* Mouth enlarged, the supramaxillars extending
more or less under the eyes,
f Snout longer than the eye.

1. Teeth of the outer row of upper jaw and

inner of lower scarcely enlarged. Vomer

with no elongated teeth Gadus.

2. Teeth of the outer row of upper jaw and

inner of lower on sides elongated and
slender, the first of the upper largest.
Vomer with its posterior teeth consider-
ably elongated Odontogadus.*

ff Snout shorter than eye. Abdomen abbrevi-
ated Brachygadus.

** Mouth rather small, the supramaxillars not

extending as far as the eyes Melanogrammus.

Genus GADUS Artedi.

Synonymy.
Gadus Artedi, Genera Piscium, p. 18, 1738.

Odontogadus Gill, a. genus established on the Gadus tuxinus of Nordmann. The teeth of
the lower jaw are nearly biserial. The skull is much like that of Gadus, but the great frontal
is wider in front, and the base of the cranium more flattened and bulging outwards, &c. Five
upecimens of this rare species, obtained by the Hon. Geo. P. Marsh at Constantinople, are m the
Smithsonian Institution. Thev evidently belong to the species named Gadus euxinus by Gun-
tlier, on whose identification with Nordmaun's species I rely, being unacquainted with the memoir
of the latter author. The species, although covered by the technical character of Morrhua of
Cuvier, is apparently at least as nearly allied to Merlangus (vulgaris).

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249

Callarias Klein, Historic Pisciuni Naturalis promovendse Missus quintus et

ultimus, p. 5, 1749.
Morrhua Cuvier, Regne Animal.
Gadus Nilsson,'Prodromxxs Icbthyologia? Scandinavicse, pp. 39, 41, 1832. Adopt

Bon.

r . f Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol.

Tilesia J "' PP' 188 > 299 ' 300 ' 1839 '

Gadus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1S62.

Gadus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. pp.
326, 327, 1862.

Morrhua Putnam, Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology of Cam-
bridge, 1863.

Body elongated, subfusiform in profile, but highest under the first dorsal
fin, tapering into the moderately slender caudal peduncle, which is com-
pressed ; back compressed and oblique, and abdomen prominent and rather
tumid beneath the first dorsal.

Scales minute and regularly imbricated.

Lateral line slightly convex from the scapular region to the middle of the
body, and thence rectilinear, in a groove covered by a membranous linear
band.

Head scaly, oblong conical in profile, above gradually narrowed towards
the front, transversely arched at the nape, nearly flat at the forehead, and
with the snout protuberant and longer than the eye. Eyes moderate, mostly
or entirely in the anterior half of the head. Opercula almost concealed by
the skin ; operculum acute at the angle. Nostrils in front of eye ; the an-
terior with a posterior flap ; the posterior patulous or subtubular.

Mouth with the cleft moderately oblique and rather deep ; the supramax-
illars extending at least under the anterior half of the eyes, their ends pro-
duced downwards and truncated behind ; intermaxillars ceasing far in front
of the ends of the supramaxillars. Lower jaw received within the upper,
broadly rounded in front.

Lower jaw with a moderate barbel persistent on the bone.

Teeth pauciserial in each jaw ; those of the outer row in the upper, and of
the inner in the lower, enlarged.

Branchiostegal rays seven.

Dorsal fins three, separated by decided interspaces, invested in a naked
skin ; the first shortest, more or less behind the vertical of the pectoral fins,
rounded or angular in front, and rapidly declining in a more or less convex
line decurved backwards ; second oblong and longest.

Anal fins two, opposed to the second and third dorsals and nearly equal in
size and form.

Caudal fin moderate, subtruncated, concave or convex, with numerous
supplementary rays above and below.

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely rounded behind.

Ventral fins inferior, moderately approximated, inserted moderately in ad-
vance of the pectorals, narrow and provided with seven rays, the second of
which is more or less prolonged.

D. 1214 | 1621 | 1722. A. 1826 | 1724.

Artedi, in his " Genera Piscium," establishing this genus in the manner of
the moderns, gave the following diagnosis :

" Membrana branchiostega utrinque septem ossicula subteretia continet.
" Dorsum jam tripterygium, jam dipterygium.
" Caput plerumque cathetoplateum, interdum plagioplateum."
To the genus were referred the following species :
1. Merlangus vulgaris Flem.

1863.] 18

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

2. Pollachius carbonarius Bon.

3. " typus Bon.

4. Gadus morrhua L.

5. Melanogrammus seglifmus Gill.

6. Brachygadus luscus Gill.

7. " minutus Gill.

8. Merlucius vulgaris Flem.

9. Molva vulgaris Flem.

10. Lota vulgaris Cuv.

11. Onos mustela Gill.

Klein, in his fifth and last "Missus," (1749,) substituted the name Calla-
rias, and restricted the genus to species with three dorsal fins, the head tro-
'hiform, the tail coniform and girdled by the caudal.

The species were distributed among two sections.

Callakias, barbatus, cirro unico, pendulo e men to.

1. Gadus morrhua L.

2. Melanogrammus seglifinus Gill.

3. Brachygadus luscus Gill.
4.*Gadus morrhua L.

5 * "

it

6.* "

i <

7.* "

(<

8." "

" ?

9. "

" ?

10. Brachyg

adus minutus Gill

Callakias, imberbis.

1. Pollachius typus Bon.

2. " carbonarius Bon.
3.*Merlangus vulgaris Cuv.

4. Trachurops macarellus Gill ex C. et V.f

This genus is surprisingly natural and well defined, compared with most
of Klein's genera, and is co-equal with Giinther's Gadus or Cuvier's Morrhua
and Merlangus combined. The name cannot, however, be retained, as it is
a synonym of Gadus.

Cuvier accepted the name Gadus in nearly its Artedian sense, distributed
the species among smaller groups, called by him subgenera, and did not ap-
ply the name itself to one of them, but conferring an independent one on
each called one of his subgenera Morrhua, characterizing it by the three
dorsals, two anals and a barbel at the chin. To it were referred the species
of Gadus, Brachygadus and Melanogrammus.

Nilsson, in his " Prodromus Ichthyologiae Scandinavicse, " (1832,) modified
the subgenus Morrhua, including under it only Gadus and Brachygadus,
while Melanogrammus formed part of his Merlangus. He gave the following
diagnosis :

" Corpus forma elegantiore ; pinnis dorsi tribus ; ani duabus & cirro men-
tali ; rostro extra maxillas procedente ; corpore maculis variegato ; cauda
subsequali."

Bonaparte has adopted Nilsson's arrangement.

Swainson, in 1839, proposed for the Cuvieran Morrhua? three genera,
Gadus, really equivalent to Morrhua ; Cephus for the Gadus macrocephalus of
Tilesius and Tilesia for the Gadus gracilis of the same author. These genera
are due to mistaken ideas, and the distinctions signalized do not exist.

The reviewer has lately limited the genus as here adopted.

Finally, Mr. Putnam, some time afterwards, being apparently unacquainted
with the different applications of the name by Nilsson, Bonaparte and the

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 251

reviewer, restricted the name Gadas to the genus named Melanogrammus
and retained Cuvier's Morrhua for the present genus.

The genus Gadus as here denned does not embrace a number of species re-
ferred to it by previous authors, for from it, by the terms of the description,
are excluded the Gadus aegliftnus of Linnaeus, or the common baddock, which
now is the type of the genus Melanogrammus ; the Gadus minutus and G.
luscus of Linnaeus belonging to Brackygadus.

The species, or at least the nominal specie3, of authors which appear to be
really congeneric and members of the same genus Gadus are the follow-
ing. Those whose claims to specific rank are most doubtful and require to
be confirmed, are indicated by an asterisk placed after their respective names.

1.

Anus under the anterior portion of the second dorsal fin.

Gadus morrhua Linn.
Northern European and Polar Seas.

Gadus arenosus Mitchill.*
Coast of Middle and Eastern United States northwards to Hudson's Bay.

Gadus ojac Richardson.*
Greenland.

Gadus navaga Koelrenter.
Coasts of Northern Russia.

Gadus gracilis Tilesius. (*)
Kamtschatka.

Gadus macrocephalus Tilesius.
Kamtschatka. *

11.
Anus under the hinder portion of first dorsal.

Gadus tojicodus Walbaum.
Middle and Eastern States northwards to Newfoundland.

Gadus proximus Girard.

California and Oregon.

It is very doubtful, from the slight description, whether the Gadus pyg-
mozus of Pallas belongs to this genus : it is said to have five (?) branchi-
ostegal rays, the lateral line obsolescent behind, and the following number of
fin rays: D. 16 | 16 | 19. A. 18 | 15. C. 28, very much crowded. P. 17.
V. 6. The specimen described, about seven inches long, was obtained by
Dr. Merk at Cape Elias in Russian America. It is asked by Pallas whether
it may not be the Gadus minutus of Linnaeus ? Such cannot be the case.

Gadus gracilis Tilesius.

Synonymy.
Gadus wachna Pallas, Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, vol. iii. p. 182, 1831.
Gadus gracilis Tilesius, in Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, vol. iii. p. 182, 1831.
" " " Memoires de l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St,

Petersbourg, tome ii. p. 354, tab. 18. (1808) 1810.
Tilesia gracilis Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles,
vol. ii. p. 300, 1839.
Hab. Kamtschatka and Kurile Islands (and Oregon ?)

(*) The position of the anus in this species is doubtful, but it probably belongs to this section.

1863.]

252 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Gadus proximus Girard.
Synonymy.

Gadus proximus Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol.

vii. p. 141, 1854.
Gadus proximus Girard, op. cit., vol. vii. p. 151.
Morrhua californica Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences,

vol. i. p. 9, 1854.
Morrhua proxima Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c,

vol. vi. Abbot's Report, Zoology, p. 22.
Moarhua proxima Girard, op. cit., vol. x. Fishes, p. 142, pi. xl.a, figs. 5 8.
Morrhua proxima Girard, op. cit., vol. x. Whipple's Report, Zoology, p. 50.
" " " op. cit., vol. x. Williamson's Report, Zoology, p. 86.

Gadus proximus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862.
" californicus Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,

vol. iv. p. 332.
Hah. California and Oregon.

Family BROTULOIDJE Blkr.

Synonymy.

Brotuloidei Bleeher, Enumeratio specierum Piscium hucusque in Archipelago

Indico Observatorum, &c, p. xxv. 1859.
Ophidiidse (Brotulina) Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,

vol. v. pp. 370, 371, 1862.
Gadidse pt. auct.

Elongated fishes, compressed and regularly tapering behind, with tail
generally more or less subtruncated, with the anus subm^ian ; scales either
absent or cycloid and minute, imbedded in a lax skin, which more or less
envelopes the fins ; very large branchial apertures ; vertical fins united, or
contiguous, the dorsal commencing not far from the nape, the caudal narrow
or pointed, the ventral fins replaced by simple or bifid filaments attached to
the humeral arch and more or less in advance of the pectoral. Pyloric caeca
few (1 or 2), rarely obsolete or in increased number (12).

The supramaxillars are generally enlarged behind and produced towards
their upper angle.

The genera referred to the group Brotulina by Gunther may be provisionally
retained in this family and distributed in the following manner. The sub-
families, perhaps, do not follow in natural order.
I. Ventral fins inserted considerably in advance of the pec-
toral fins.
I. Body scaly, moderately long.
A. Pyloric cseca none, one or two.
t. Lateral line continuous.

1. Snout and lower jaw with barbels. Caeca 1 or 2. Brotclinje.

* Ventral filaments bifid Brotula.

** Ventral filaments entire Nematobrotula.*

2. Head without barbels. Caeca 2 Brosmophtcin.s.

* Head naked Brosmophycis.

** Head scaly Dinematichthys.

3. Head without barbels. Caeca none Lucifugje.

* Palatine bones without teeth Lucifuga.

** Palatine bones with teeth Stygicola.t

/?. Lateral line interrupted or double Bythitinje.

* Type. Brotula ensiformis Gunther.
f Lucifuga dtntatus Poey.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

* Lateral line interrupted. Vomerine and palatine

teeth Bythites.

** Lateral line double behind. Vomerine teeth... Pteridium.
AA. Pyloric caeca in moderate number (about 12). Ven-
tral fins inserted under or nearly under eyes Sirembin^.

* Preoperculum unarmed Sirembo.

** Preoperculum with three spines Hoplobrotula.*

?I6. Body naked, very long and compressed. Vertical

fins confluent Xiphasiinje.

Xiphasia.
?II. Ventral fins under the pectoral." Vertical fins confluent,

(Kaup) BROTtTLOPHis^;.

Brotulophis.

BROSMOPHYCINjE Gill.

Synonymy.
Brosmophyeinse Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862.

Brotuloids with a moderately elongated, scaly body, a more or less distinct
caudal fin, two closely-approximated ventral filaments, a continuous lateral
line, no barbels and (typically) two pyloric caeca.

The typical genera are Brosmophycis, represented in the Californian waters,
and Dinematichthys of Bleeker, whose single species is found in the seas of the
East Indian Archipelago. The Lucifugae are, however, very closely related to
those genera, and the difference in the posterior parts is rather one of degree
than kind : they perhaps form a group of the subfamily.

Genus BROSMOPHYCIS Gill.f

Synonymy.

Brosmophycis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil., 1861, p. 168.

Halias Ayres, Proc. Californian Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. ii. p. 52,

1861.
Brosmius sp. Ayres, 1854.
Dinematichthys sp. Giinther, 1862.

Body moderately elongated, thick and with the abdomen more or less di-
lated, in front of the anus and behind compressed, and uniformly tapering to
its truncated end. Anus rather behind the middle, with a scarcely raised
margin and unarmed ; second aperture behind and also little raised.

Scales minute, scarcely imbricated and imbedded in the skin, which is lax,
and invests the dorsal and anal fins.

Lateral line inconspicuous, slightly convex above the abdomen and rec-
tilinear behind.

Head naked, moderate, oblong conical in profile, moderately compressed
and above nearly uniformly wide, with the snout longer than the eye, blunt
and subtruncated, with deep pits in and near the margin of the skin above
the maxillars. Eyes moderate, covered by the skin, situated nearly in the
middle of the anterior half of the head. Nostrils nearly equidistant from
the snout and eyes. Opercula covered by the skin ; the operculum with a
spine at its angle, terminating a bar on its inner surface, near the upper mar-
gin. Chin with two deep pits, one on each side.

* Type. Brotula armaia T. Schlegel.

f A second species of this genus was discovered at Cape Ft. Lucas by Mr. Xantus. Its height is
scarcely less than a sixth of the length. The head enters 4% times in the total; the jaw equals
half of the head's length ; the snout equals nearly a fifth of the same. The dorsal fin commences
with the second fourth of the length; the anal commences a third nearer the snout than the oppo-
site end: the pectoral equals about half the length of the head; and the ventral filament is only
about a fifth shorter than the head. The color is reddish-brown. The species may be named B.
ventralis.

1863.]

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Branchiostegal rays six.

Mouth with its cleft scarcely oblique, quite deep, the supramaxillars ex-
tending behind the eyes, expanded towards their ends, especially at the upper
angle. Teeth small, stout and rather blunt, in a band on each jaw, inter-
rupted at the symphysis and narrowed on the sides behind. Vomer and front
of palatines with similar teeth.

Dorsal fin rather low, and nearly even, with its origin behind the vertical
of the peetorals, and almost connected to the base of the caudal behind.

Anal fin much shorter, but similar in form to the dorsal, and partly con-
nected behind to the caudal.

Pectoral fins moderate, obliquely and convex nearer the lower rays, in an
adipose skin.

Ventral filaments inserted under the preoperculum, compressed, closely
annular, but not articulated like the rays of Phycis, &c.

The branchial arches have transverse scabrous ridges on each side of their
concave surfaces, except the middle portion of the first below the bend, where
the ridges of the outer side are replaced on the margin by about three pro-
duced, scabrous, subcylindrical processes. The cleft behind the fourth arch
is moderate. There are no pseudo-branchise.

The stomach is large and sacciform, and, at the pyloric extremity, there are
two short cseca, one on each side.

This genus is most nearly allied to Dinematichthys of Bleeker, but distin-
guished by the scaleless head, dentition and the absence of claspers to the
anal papilla, &c.

Brosmophycis marginatus Gill. -

Synonymy.

Brosmius marginatus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences,

vol. i. p. 13, 1854.
Brosmius marginatus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route,

&c, vol. x. Fishes, p. 141.
Brosmophycis marginatus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.;

vol. xiii. p. 168, 1861.
Halias marginatus Ayres, Proc. California Academy of Natural Sciences, part

2, p. 52, 1861.
Brosmophycis marginatus Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,

1862, p. 280.
Dinematichthys marginatus Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British
Museum, vol. iv. p. 375.
Hab. California.

Synopsis of the Family of LYC0D0ID.E.
BY THEODORE GILL.

In the present article, it is desired to draw the attention of American marine
zoologists to the species of this family, to call forth the search for any species of
two of the genera hitherto only known from Greenland, or high northern seas ;
and also to embody the views regarding the affinities of the several genera,
which have been widely scattered in the different ichthyological systems, and
yet which appear to be connected by the closest ties.

Only the different species of Enchelyopus and Gymnelis are known to the
author ; acquaintance with Lycodes being confined to the descriptions and ex-
cellent figures of Reinhardt, Kroyer and Richardson.

Family LYCODOID^E (Giinther).
Synonymy.
Zoarchidse Swainson, Natural History and Classification of Fishes, Amphibians
and Reptiles, vol. ii. pp. 184, 283, 1839.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255

Lycodidse Gilnther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv.

pp. 317, 319, 1862.
Gadida? and Ophidini pt. Reinhardt.
Blennioidei and Ophidoidei pt. Bleeher.
Blennioidse pt. Gill, Kroyer.
Lycodidse and Blenniidse Gilnther.

Teleocephali with an elongated subanguilliform body, with the soft-rayed
dorsal and anal fins confluent with the pointed caudal, invested like the body
in a loose skin ; the anus submedian or anterior, and with a raised margin ;
branchial apertures more or less restricted to the sides ; minute jugular or
obsolete ventral fins, and typically two rudimentary pyloric cseca.

This diagnosis is believed to embody the peculiar external characters which
mark the group as a family, and all the types here included in it are evident-
ly closely related. Reinhardt, who first made known two of the genera, Ly-
codes and Gymnelis, widely scattered them, referring the former to the
Grobiidae next to " Zoarceeus,''' 1 between which and Anarrhicas it was said to
be intermediate, while Gymnelis was placed in the family Ophidiini. Rich-
ardson, with his usual cautiousness in differing from others, followed Rein-
hardt, but expressed his opinion concerning the close affinity between Lycodes
and Gymnelis. Kroyer approximated the three genera, referring them to the
Blenniidse next to Clinns.

Swainson, in 1839, proposed a family " Zoarchidre " for fishes of the first
order Acanthopteryges, having the body "anguilliform ; dorsal, caudal and
anal fins united ; the rays soft." To the family so vaguely defined were referred
the genera Zoarccs and Anarrhicas. Zoarces has essentially the characters
mentioned ; but, as Anarhicas cannot be truly said to be either " anguilliform,"
or have the "dorsal, caudal and anal fins united," or "the rays soft," if
by the latter term is meant articulated or branched, it is not quite evident
why the genus should have been placed in the family.

Giinther has referred Zoarces to the Blenniidse, although it has neither the
spinous portion as much developed as the soft, or the whole fin composed of
spines, nor is it destitute of pyloric appendages,* as required by his diagnosis
of the family. On the other hand, the same gentleman has proposed a family
Lycodidse for Lycodes (including Lycodes, Phycocates and Ilyocoztes), Gym-
nelis and a new genus founded on a poor description of a species, called Ophi-
drum P arrii by Ross. The family thus composed is said to bear " a strong
resemblance to some of the Blennoid fishes, yet several of them show pyloric
appendages ; they have neither spines in the fins, nor a prominent anal pa-
pilla." In all such differential characters, Zoarcesj agrees with the trut-
Lycodidse. But, while Zoarces is approximated to Lycodes and Gymnelis, it
appears to be somewhat doubtful whether Ily0ca2t.es and Phycoccetes of Jenyns.
as well as Giinther's Uronectes, belong to the same family with them, not-
withstanding the reference of the first two genera to the genus Lycodes itself.

The reviewer has heretofore suggested that " Zoarces and Lycodes form a
peculiar family,":): but had previously, in the " Catalogue of the Fishes of the
Eastern Coast," followed Reinhardt and Richardson in retaining them in the
family of Blennioids. Gymnelis, which should have been approximated to
them, was inadvertently omitted.

The following synopsis shows the distinctive characters of the several group?
and genera :

* Gunther, it is true, also refuses pyloric appendages in the diagnosis of Zoarces itself; but on
examination of the European as well as American species, I find two developed, as in Lycodes
and Gymnelis, in which he admits their presence.

t Tae posterior short spines or atrophied rays of the dorsal fin are not truly analogous to the
spines of the dorsal fin, as is evident from their position.

% Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1802, p. 501.

1863.]

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

I. Ventral fins present in a rudimentary condition ; pectoral with

the axilla much nearer the back than the breast.
a. Dorsal fin interrupted behind, and with its rays replaced by

short spines Zoakceinje.

Zoarces.

($. Dorsal fin continuous Lycodin-2E.

Lycodes.

II. Ventral fins obsolete ; pectoral with its axil nearer the breast

than the back Gymnelinjb

Gymnelis.

Subfamily ZOARCEINZE Gill.

Synonymy.

Zoarceinse Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast of North

America, &c, p. 45, 1860.
Anarrhicinae pt. Bon.
Anarrhicbadinse pt. Bon.
Anarrhichfeformes pt. Blkr.

Genus ENCHELYOPUS Gronovius.

Synonymy.

Enchelyopus Klein, Historic Piscium Naturalis promovendse Missus quartus,

p. 51, 1744.
Enchelyopus Gronovius, Zoophylacise Gronoviani fasciculus primus, p. 77,

1763.
Les Zoarcus Cuvier, Regne Animal, ed. 2, tome ii. p. 240, 1829.
Zoarcus McMurtrie, The Animal Kingdom of Cuvier, vol. ii. p. 176, 1831.
Zoarcseus Epstrom.
Zoarceus Bernhardt, Wiegmann's Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte, 1837, b. i.

p. 235.
Zoarchus Swainson, Natural History of Fishes, Amphibians and Reptiles, vol.

ii. p. 283, 1839.
Blennius sp. Linn, et Linnseani.

Body elongated, subcylindrical anteriorly, compressed towards the tail,
into which it gradually tapers. Anus in the second third of the length, with
a moderately elevated periphery.

Scales minute, imbedded in the skin.

Head oblong, moderate and decurved in front to the snout. Eyes mode-
rate, entirely in the anterior half of the head. Nostrils simple.

Mouth with the cleft little oblique and more or less deep ; the supraniaxil-
lars extending mostly under or behind the eyes. Jaws nearly even.

Teeth subcylindrical and conic, pauciserial on the jaws. Palate smooth.

Branchial apertures rather large, oblique and extending forwards and
downwards ; separated by an isthmus little wider than the distance between
the ventrals.

Branchiostegal rays six.

Dorsal fin commencing nearly above the pectoral fins, interrupted near its
end for a short interval, where the rays are atrophied and replaced by very
short, pungent spines ; the short portion behind, as well as the anal, confluent
with the caudal.

Pectoral fins moderate, inserted moderately high on the humeral arch,
rounded behind.

Ventral fins moderately approximated, in advance of the pectorals, provided
with three or four branched rays.

The type of this genus was placed among the Bfennii by Artedi and Lin-
naeus, and the naturalists of the true Linnsean school, as late as the early

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 257

years of the present century, although it was considered as the type of a pe-
culiar genus by Gronovius as early as the year 1763. That erudite and
sagacious ichthyologist accepted for it a name given by Klein to a heterogenous
group, of which the species in question was one. It is therefore expedient to
examine the group of Klein, more especially 'as his name has been employed
for widely distinct genera.

It was in his fourth "Missus," and in the year 1744, that Klein intro-
duced into the literature of the science the name Enchelyopus. He bestowed
this name (s^xst/a^v) on fishes which he supposed to be analagous to, or
"collateral" with, the true eels, but distinguished by their open or ample
branchial apertures. To them were likewise attributed oblong, smooth oper-
cula, of the consistency of more or less tough parchment, and readily com-
pressible, and more or less elongated and cylindrical bodies. The species
were distributed among two divisions, those with an elongated dorsal, and
those with a short one. The character of the genus Enchelyopus may be best
learned by a knowledge of its contents. Those indicated iy an asterisk (*)
after the number of the species, are figured in Klein's work.

I. Enchelyopfjs pinna dorsali longa.
l.*Lepturus argenteus Gill ex Shaw.

2. Lepturus haumela Gill ex Forsk.

3. Lepturus.

4. Ophidion barbatum L.

5. Ammodytes tobianus L-
6.*Hyperoplus lanceolatus Gill ex Les.

7. Trachypterus iris C. et V.

8. Trachypterus taenia.

9. Trachypterus taenia BL, Schn.
10. Cepola rubescens L.
ll.*Enchelyopus viviparus Gronov.
12.*Lota vulgaris Cuv.

13. " "

14. Molva vulgaris Flem.

15. Mastacembelus.

16. Rhynchobdella aculeata Gthr. ex Block.

17. Geinpylus serpens Cuv.

II. Enchelyopus pinna dorsali brevi.

1. Misgurnus fossilis Lac.
2.* " * "

3.*Nemachilus barbatula Blkr.
4. Cobitis taenia L.
5.*Gobio fiuviatilis Aq.

It is not necessary to remind the ichthyologist who analyzes this genus of
Klein, that it would be almost impossible to combine together as many spe-
cies which should offer more numerous points of difference than the fishes
thus associated. Representatives of eleven families,* most of which have little
affinity to each, are thrown together in one heterogenous mass ; nor is the
group confined even within the limits of the vague diagnosis, for, although
none of its members have the branchial aperture as restricted as the eels, still
there is quite a wide difference in their extent between some of the species,
such as the Cobitoidae contrasted with the Lepturoids. Although it may not
be allowable to criticize the fathers of science as if they had enjoyed the bene-
fits of that knowledge which is the slow result of a century of labor, it will

* Lepturoidae (1, 2, 3.) Ophidioida; (4.) Arurnodytoidse (5, 6.) Trachypteroidie (7,8,9.) Ccjioloidse
(10.) Lycodoidse (11.) Gadoidas (12, 13, 14.) Mastacerubeloidao (15, 16.) Scombroids (17\ Cobitoida?
I II. 1, 2, 3, 4). Cyprinoidffi (5).

1863.]

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

not be denied that Cuvier and Valenciennes were right in utterly denying to
Klein the genius of a naturalist. Happy had it been for Icthyology more
happy still for Conchology, had he never lived !

The name of Klein was revived in 1763 by Gronovius, and by him applied
to a restricted group, composed of the twelfth species of Klein, and one which
was for the first time made known. He restricted the genus with much pre-
cision, but did not include the posterior depression of the dorsal fin among
the generic characters, mentioning that peculiarity of his first species as one
of the specific distinctions. His second and only other species had an entire
dorsal fin, the branchial apertures very ample, the ventral fins two-rayed,
teeth equal, acute, remote, biserial at the front of the lower jaw, elsewhere
uniserial (" solitarii"), D. 80. A. 60. P. 16. V.2; it was said to inhabit the
American sea. This is probably a Brotuloid related to Brotula, and has not
been re-discovered.

As Klein specified no type for his genus Enchelyopus, and as his diagnosis
agrees as well with Zoarces as any other type noticed or figured, and, finally,
as he did not, more than the other zoologists of his time, regard the first spe-
cies enumerated under his genera as types, Gronovius was justified in retain-
ing Enchelyopus for the genus in question, since its first species was included
by Klein in his own. The name of Klein and Gronovius must therefore, I
think, be retained in place of Zoarces.

Klein's name was afterwards used by Schneider or Bloch and others, for
different dismemberments of his genus ; but, as all had been anticipated by
Gronovius in its application, it cannot affect the question ; and the objection
made by Valenciennes to its employment for the genus called by him, after
Cuvier, Zoarces, is therefore illogical.

Cuvier, in the second edition of his Regne Animal, first established with
exactness and characterized by the depression of the dorsal fin, the genus in
question, and gave to it in its French form, (Les Zoarces,) the name which it
has since, with more or less modification, borue. But, as the genus had al-
ready received a name, that of the great naturalist cannot be retained.

The choice assortment of modifications of the word Zoarces is doubtless due
to the detestable plan adopted by Cuvier, in common with the other French
zoologists of former years and still continued by a few, of giving only the
French form of the name, instead of that belonging to the language of science.
Naturalists will be precluded from adopting many genera first indicated by
Cuvier on account of the preference thus evinced for giving them in the
vernacular, for it is not the business of the savant to translate the popular,
or even the pseudo-popular name which the author of any country chooses to
employ, into its scientific equivalent. In the present case, however, the true
form of the name happens to be the same as the French, as its etymology,
(jj*pn;,) indicates, and is preferable to those terminating in -us.

The genus Enchelyopus, as here adopted, has the same limits as the Cuvier-
an Zoarces, but it is probable that two distinct genera are confounded under
it, the American species being distinguished from the European by the larger
head, much larger mouth, greater extent of the spinous portion of the dorsal
fin, and the much larger number of caudal vertebrse. The name Macrozoarces,
here used in a subgeneric sense, will doubtless have to be elevated to a gene-
ric one, and the American species named M. labrosus.

Subgenus MACROZOARCES Gill.

^Enchelyopus anguillaris Gill.

Synonymy.

Blennius anguillaris Peck, Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and

Sciences, vol. ii, pt. 2, p. 48, fig. 3.
Blennius labrosus Mitchell, Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical
Society of New York, vol. i. p. 375, pi. 1, fig. 7.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 259

Blennius ciliatus Mitchell, op. cit., p. 374, pi. 1, fig. 6.

Zoarces labrosus Cuvier, Regne Animal, t. ii.

Zoarces labrosus Cuv. et VaL, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, t. xi. p. 466,

pi. 342.
Zoarces fimbriatus Cuv. et VaL, op. cit., t. xi. p. 468.

Zoarces anguillaris Storer, Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts, p. 66, 1839.
Zoarces anguillaris Delay, Natural History of New York ; Fishes, p. 155, pi.

16, fig. 45.
Zoarces fimbriatus Dekay, op. cit., p. 156, pi. 16, fig. 44.
Zoarces anguillaris Storer, Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, p. 123 ; ib.

in Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. ii. p.

375, 1846.
Zoarces fimbriatus Storer, op. cit., p. 123.

Zoarces labrosus Cuv., Regne Animal, (ed. ill,) Poissons, pi. 79, fig. 1.
Zoarces anguillaris Storer, Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and

Sciences, vol. ii.
Zoarces anguillaris Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of North America, p. 45, 1860.
Zoarces ciliatus Gill, op. cit.
Zoarces anguillaris Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum,

vol. iv. p. 296.

Hah. New York and New England coast.

The ''Zoarces anguillaris,'" when allowed to remain some time in weak
liquor, apparently represents the state called " Z. fimbriatus.' 1 '' Such change
was apparent after a few weeks in a large specimen, received through the
kindness of Mr. J. C. Brevoort, of Brooklyn.

Subfamily LYCODINjE Gill.

Genus LYCODES Reinhardt.

Synonymy.

Lycodes Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Naturviden-

skabelige og Mathematiske Afhandlingar, deel vii. p. 153, 1838.
Lvcodes G anther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p.

319, 1862.
Blennius sp. Sabine,
Zoarces sp. Richardson.

Body elongated, subcylindrical anteriorly, compressed towards the tail and
gradually tapering. Anus subcentral, with a tumid border and a small pa-
pilla behind.

Scales minute or obsolete.

Head oblong, moderate, decurved in front to the snout. Eyes moderate,
mostly or entirely in the anterior half of the head. Nostrils near the snout
and above the maxillars ; the anterior simple ; the posterior tubular.

Mouth with the cleft scarcely oblique, little extending backwards, the su-
pramaxillars ceasing under or before the front of the orbits. Lower jaw
shorter and received within the upper. Lips large ; the upper loose and
continuous ; the lower lobular or slightly pendant on each side.

Teeth in the jaws, vomer and palatine bones conical, mostly uniserial on
the sides of the jaws and the palatines.

Branchial apertures rather large, almost vertical, in front of the bases of
the pectoral fins and further, extending slightly above and below.

Branchiostegal rays five or six.

Dorsal fin commencing behind the bases of the pectorals, and, like the anal,
continuous with the caudal uninterruptedly.

Pectoral Ads moderate, obliquely rounded, behind, inserted moderately high.

Ventral fins minute, with three or four rays.

1863.]

/

260 PROCEEDINGS OE THE ACADEMY OF

Synopsis.

A. Pectoral fins with 18 22 rays.

I. Body wholly scaly.

a.. Vertical fins scaly. Brownish yellow, with six
slightly oblique, blackish bands as wide as the in-
tervals behind the head, tending downwards and
forwards. Head dark. D. 116117. A. 9195.
P. 20. V. 4 L. vahlii.

0. Vertical fins naked. Brownish yellow, with anasto-

mosing lines forming' five reticulated bands behind
the head. Head reticulated with similar lines. D.
9395. A. 75. P. 20. V. 4 L. reticulatus.

II. Body only partly scaly.

1. Body scaly in front, naked behind ; fins naked. Yel-

lowish, with eight brown bands, broader than their
interspaces, behind the head. Head banded above,
and with two round yellow spots on the crown. D.
80. A. 65. P. 19. V. 3 L. perspicillum.

2. Body naked in front, scaly behind ; fins naked.

Color uniform. D. 91. A. 71. P. 2122. V. (3?) L. seminudus.

3. Body naked anteriorly ; scaly on the posterior part

of the dorsal fin, not or scarcely on the anal.
Brown, with transverse yellow bands across the
back, but small and indistinct. D. 87. A. 68.
P. 19. V. 3 L. nebulosus.

III. Body and fins wholly naked. Brownish black, with
five narrow white bars across the back behind the
head ; the posterior largest, and spreading down-
wards. Abdomen and head, below white. D. 90.

A. 70. P. 18. V. 3 , L. mucosus.

B. Pectoral fins "having fifteen rays," with the length "ex-

ceeding twice its breadth," without any scales. Yel-
lowish, "with eleven large saddle-shape markings
across the back, the middle of these markings being
much lighter than their edges ; the whole back and the
sides marbled L. polaris.

Lycodes Vahlii Reinhardt.
Synonymy.
Lycodes Vahlii Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Natur-
videnskabelige og Mathematiske Afhandlingar, deel vii. p. 153, tab. 5,
1838. Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern Coast, &c, p. 46,
1860. Gunther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol.
iv. p. 319, 1862.
Eab. Greenland.

Lycodes reticulatus Reinhardt.

Synonymy.
Lycodes reticulatus Reinhardt, op. cit., deel vii. p. 167, tab. vi. Gill, op. cit.,
p. 46. Gunther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 320.
Hab. Greenland.

Lycodes perspicillum Kroyer.
Synonymy.
Lycodes perspicillum Kroyer, Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Viden-
skabernes Selskabs, &c, 1844, p. 140. Kroyer, Voyage en Scan-
dinavie, en Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Faroe, &c, sur la corvette

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 261

"La Recherche," Poissoyis, tab. vii. Gill, op. cit., p. 46. Giinther, o^.
cit., vol. iv. p. 320.
Hab. Greenland.

Lycodes seminudus Reinhardt.
Synonymy.
Lycodes seminudus Reinhardt, op. cit., deel vii. p. 223. Gill, Cat,, p. 46.
Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 320.
Hab. Greenland.

Lycodes nebulosus Kroyer.
Synonymy.
Lycodes nebulosus Kroyer, Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnska-
bernes Selskabs, &c, 1844, p. 140. Gill, Cat., p. 46. Kroyer, Natur-
historisk Tidsskrift stiftet af Henrik Kroyer, udgivet af Prof. J. C.
Scbiodte, naepes iii. hafte ii. p. 293, 1862.
Hah. Greenland.

Lycodes mucosus Richardson.
Synonomy. *
Lycodes mucosus Richardson, Last of the Arctic Voyages, p. 362, pi. 26, 1855.
Gill, Cat., p. 46. Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 320.
Hab. Northumberland Sound.

Lycodes polaeis Richardson.
Synonomy,
Biennius polaris Sabine, in Parry's Journal of a Voyage for tbe Discovery of
a Northwest Passage, &c, performed in 1819-20, &c, Supplement to
Appendix, p. ccxii.
Zoarces polaris Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, Fishes, p. 94.
Lycodes polaris Richardson, Last of the Arctic Voyages, p. 362. Gill, Cat., p.
46. Giinther, op. cit., vol. iv. p. 321.

Subfamily GYMNELINuE Gill.

Genus GYMNELIS Reinhardt.

Synonomy.

Gymnelis Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Nat. og
Math. Afhandlingar, deel vii. p. 130, 1838. Seq. Richardson, Kaup,
Gill, Kroyer, Giinther.
Cepolophis Kaup, Wiegmann's Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte, 1856, band i. p.

96, 1856.
Gymnelis Giinther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv.

p. 323, 1862.
Ophidium sp. Fabricius.

Body naked, elongated and slender, compressed, especially behind the ab-
domen, and with the anus situated little behind the anterior third of the
length, and with a moderate papilla.

Head, oblong, rather small (one-sixth or seventh of total length), and de-
clivous in front to the snout. Eyes moderate, entirely in the anterior half
of the head. Nostrils single.

Mouth with the cleft moderately oblique and quite deep, the supramaxillars
generally extending wholly under or behind the eyes. Jaws equal in front ;
lower oblong and rounded in front.

Teeth small and acute, pluriserial at the front of jaws, uniserial on the
sides, as well as on the vomer and palatine bones.

Branchial apertures rather small, scarcely extending in front of the upper
portion of the bases of the pectoral fins.

1863.]

262 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

Branchiostegal rays six.

Dorsal and anal fins confluent with, the caudal, and uninterrupted.

Pectoral fins fan-shaped, rather small, and inserted rather low.

Ventral fins obsolete.

The Ophidium imberbe of Linn., as understood by recent authors, and the
0. stigma of Lay and Bennett, do not belong to this genus. The latter is dis-
tinguished by its scaly body.

Gymnelis viridis Reinhardt.
Synonomy .

Ophidium viride Fabricus, Fauna Groenlandica, p. 141. Block, Schneid., p.
486. Ross, Reinhardt.

Ophidium unernak Lacepi.de, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, tome ii. p. 286.

Gymnelis viridis Reinhardt, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Nat.
og Mat. Afhandlingar, deel vii. Kroyer, Voyage en Scandinavie, en
Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Faroe, &c, sur la corvette "La Re-
cherche," Poissons, tab. 15. Richardson, Last of the Arctic Voyages,
p. 371, pi. 30. Kroyer, Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift Stiftet af Henrik
Kroyer, udgivet af Prof. J. C. Schiodte, naepes iii. hafte 2, 1862. (Jiin-
ther, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, vol. iv. p. 323.

Cepolophis viridis Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte.
Hab. Greenland.

Descriptions of the GOBIOID genera of the Western coast of Temperate North

America.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In the present article, detailed descriptions are submitted of three genera
represented on the coasts of the Pacific United States. Although more than
usually detailed, it is believed that no characters except such as are strictly
generic are included ; the brief references made to other genera will assist in
obtaining an idea of the character of variation in the family. After having
seen as numerous species as any of my predecessors, I am convinced that many
natural genera are included under the name Gobius. A number of these have
already been name!, but others yet remain without designation.

The subfamily Gobiinas is the only one so far known to be represented in the
Californian and Oregon waters. Further south, the subfamilies Eleotrina?,^Si-
cydiinav* and Amblyopinae occur.

Genus CORYPHOPTERUS Gill.

Synonymy.
Gobius sp. auct.

Body robust, considerably compressed, especially towards the back and cau-
dal fin, with the anus considerably in advance of the middle ; caudal peduncle
oblong, high, and not contracted.

Scales regularly imbricated, large, more or less hexagonal, with the posterior
margin pectinated, the nucleus at or near the posterior angle, and with striae
radiating thence towards the anterior margin ; the scales cease near the nape.

Head scaleless, oblong, above nearly square and transversely arched behind
the eyes ; the sides compressed downwards ; cheek scarcely tumid ; snout
oblique ; eyes rather large, longitudinally elliptical, oblique, very closely ap-
proximated, and situated chiefly or wholly in the anterior half of the head ;

* The Sicydiinae are represented by four genera, Sicydium, (old world), Sicyopterus (new
world), Sicyupus (without labial teeth, &c, and embracing Sicydium zosterophorum, Blkr., and
S. bait nense Blkr.), and Sicyogoster Gill, (neo BarneTille = Gobicsoz.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

opercula unarmed ; operculum well developed, as long as or longer than the
interval between it and the eye.

Mouth with the cleft oblique, longitudinal, the periphery of each jaw semi-
elliptical, the supramaxillars under or nearly under the pupil ; lower jaw
slightly projecting beyond the upper; intermaxillars slightly protractile
downwards, with the posterior processes moderate, and the lateral branches
thick and attenuated towards their ends, but with a thin crest above ; supra-
raaxillars longer than the intermaxillars, behind the apophysis slightly twisted,
nearly rectilinear, compressed and slightly expanded downwards behind, and
produced towards the inferior angle.

Tongue rather thin, oblong, truncated in front, and free.

Teeth elongate, curved, acutely conic, pluriserial in front, continued to the
angles of the mouth ; enlarged and distant in front, in a row along the margin
of each jaw ; again increasing and bent backwards in the posterior row.

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, above bounded by a membrane
attached in front of the axil of the pectoral; below continued forwards in a
short slit between the fourth branchiostegal ray and breast.
Branchiostegal rays five.

Dorsal fins distinct ; the first with six spines, all flexible, the third generally
longest, the sixth remote; second oblong, generally increasing backwards, and
with most of its rays having an anterior simple and a posterior forked branch ;
the last ray free.

Anal opposite and similar to the dorsal, nearly coterminal with it.
Caudal fin well developed, rounded behind.

Pectoral fins rounded behind, at the base subvertical and not continued to
the plane of the breast, with its rays well defined, and, except one or two upper
and lower ones, branched.

Ventral fins inserted below the base of the pectoral, very obliquely infurdi-
fuliform, the inner rays longest and well connected ; the interspinous membrane
low.

Type, Coryphopterus glaucofrjenum.

This genus is most nearly related among those hitherto named to Ctenogobius
Gill, but is distinguished from that type by the short, robust body, the less ab-
ruptly decurved snout, the dentition and want of bent canines in the lower jaw
in the male,* and the structure of the dorsal and anal fins.f The genus proba-
bly includes several species referred to Gobius, such as the Mediterranean G.
Lesueurii Risso.J

Coryphopterus glaucofr^n dm Gill.

The height of the body is contained about five times in the total length ; the
head about 4^, and the caudal nearly the same. The head is not far from
twice as long as high ; the diameter of the eye enters nearly 3 times in the
head's length, and is larger than the snout. The pectoral equals about a fourth ,
and the ventral about a fifth, of the total length ; the dorsal and anal fins in-
crease in height backwards, where they about equal the height of the body.
* D. VI. 10. A. I. 9. P. 18.

There were apparently twenty-five vertical rows of scales, and seven longitu-
dinal ones, between the dorsal and anal fins.

The body is tawny, with a faint blue spot in the centre of each scale, and with

* The presence of canine teeth in Clenogobius is asexual character; but in the new genus, these
teeth are probably absent in both sexes.

f Cte.nogobiusfasciatus has six dorsal spines, although, by a typographical error, " V'has been
assigned to it in the original description.

| In addition to Gobius, C'oryphogobius, Aphya, and Brachyochirus, there are several other genera
of European Gobies. G. minutus is the type of one (Pomatoschistus), distinguished by the small
scales, extension of branchial aperture above, (a character hitherto unnoticed,) Ac. G. quadrvmar
culatus, of another (Delientosteus.) allied to C'oryphogobius, but distinguished by the structure of the
dorsal and anal fins and the triangular shape of tlae lower pharyngeal bones. Both have several
species.

1863.]

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

six spots formed by aggregations of dark dots on the ridge of the back, between
the second dorsal spine and the axil of the soft dorsal fin; the first spot below
the interval between the second and third spines ; the second below that, be-
tween the fifth and sixth ; the third between the dorsals ; the fourth below the
fourth ray; the fifth below the seventh, and the sixth below or behind the
tenth or last. Another row of similar but fainter spots runs from the scapular
region, and a third row along the middle of the sides on every third or fourth
scale, while at the base of the caudal there is a spot above and another below
the middle. The humeral region is bluish. The head is tawny, with three
dark spots between the forehead and dorsal ; a larger above the operculum,
surmounted above by a blue dot ; three blue dots below the oculo-scapular
groove, the first two nearest and behind the eye, the third on the operculum.
A straight blue line crosses the cheek above and slightly upwards, and is con-
tinued, after interruption, on the operculum ; above and below it are dark dots,
especially closely aggregated below, behind the angle of the mouth. The dor-
sal fins have a few faint blue spots.

A single specimen of this species, one inch and seven-tenths long, was ob-
tained by Dr. Kennedy, the naturalist of the northwest Boundary Commission,
in Washington Territory.

Genus EUCYCLOGOBIUS Gill.

Synonymy.
Eucyclogobius Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p. 279.
Gobius (Gd.) sp. Girard.
Lepidogobius sp. Gill.
Cyclogobius sp. Steindachner.
Gobius (L.) sp. Gilnther.

Body robust, subfusiform, compressed towards the caudal fin, with the anus
scarcely in advance of the middle ; behind very slowly decreasing in height
towards the caudal peduncle, which is oblong, and not, or scarcely, contracted
at its middle.

Scales regularly imbricated, small, cycloid, ovoid, with the nucleus behind
the centre, with numerous radiating stripe diverging towards the front and
sides, and with concentric striae or wrinkles behind. The scales advance for-
wards nearly or quite as far as the nape.

Head scaleless, oblong, conoid, subquadrangular behind, and nearly as wide
as high, above transversely convex in front of the nape and on the sides.
Opercula compressed ; cheeks scarcely tumid ; snout oblique; eyes moderate,
longitudinal elliptical, nearly lateral, rather distant from each other, and situ-
ated nearly in the middle of the anterior half of the head. Opercula unarmed ;
operculum well developed, nearly as long as the interval between it and the

eye.

Mouth with the cleft oblique, longitudinal, the periphery of each jaw ovoid,
the supramaxillars extending beneath the eye. Lower jaw nearly even with
or scarcely projecting beyond the upper. Intermaxillars slightly protractile
downwards, with the posterior processes short and wide, and with the lateral
branches thick and attenuated towards the ends, but with a thin crest above
(behind), along the posterior half. Supramaxillars nearly twice as long
as the intermaxillars, with a compound apophysis in front, thence nearly
reetilinear, but twisted, narrow, and only slightly dilated below towards the
ends.

Tongue thick, emarginated in front, and free.

Teeth curved conic, pluriserial ; those of the outer row of the upper jaw
enlarged.

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, bounded above by a membrane
attached in front of the axil of the pectoral fin ; below continued forwards in
a slit between the fourth ray and the breast.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES Of PHILADELPHIA. 265

Branchiostegal rays five.

Anal papilla moderate, oblong, and compressed.

Dorsal fins entirely separated ; the anterior considerably behind the pecto-
ral region, convex, and with seven or eight spines. The second oblong
(I. 12); with its rays mostly simply bifurcated, and with the last free behind.

Anal fin shorter than the second dorsal, but even with it behind, and with
its structure similar.

Caudal fin well developed, convex behind, and with numerous supplement-
ary rays above and below its peduncle.

Pectoral fins wide, produced and rounded behind, with the base nearly
vertical, but slightly concave, not extending below to the plane of the breast.
The upper rays, like the others, are well defined and branched.

Ventral fins inserted below the bases of the pectoral, simply infundibuli-
form, with the inner rays longest and connected, and with the interspinoun
membrane low.

The genus Eucyclogobius is very distinct from Lepidogobius, differing espe-
cially in the robust, subfusiform body, the size and position of the eyes, wider
forehead, shape of jaws, and especially the position of the ventral fins. Only
one 3pecies is yet known.

EocYCLOGOEins Nkwberrii Gill.
Synonymy.

Oooius Newberrii Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., vol.

viii. p. 128, 1856. Girard, Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. vi.

p. 539. PL xxv, figs. 5 8, 1857. Girard, Explorations and Surveys for

a Railroad Route, vol. x. Fishes, p. 128.
Lepidogobius (Newberrii) Gill, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of

New York, vol. vii. p. 14, 1858.
Gobius Newberrii Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, Ac.,

vol. iii. p. 77, 1861.
KucyclogobiuB (Newberrii) Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila..

1862, p. 279.
Kucyclogobius Newberrii Gill, op. cit., 1862, p. 330.

Genus LEPIDOGOBIUS Gill.
Synonymy.

Lepidogobius Gill, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York,

vol. viii. p. 14, 1859.

Cyclogobius Stemdachner, Beitriige zur Kentniss der Gobioideu in Sitzungsbe-

richte der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Math. Nat.

Classe., Band xlii. p. 284, 1861.

Lepidogobins Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p. 330.

Gobius Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, &c, to the

Pacific Ocean, vol. x.. Fishes, p. 127.
Gobius sp. Gilnther.

Body elongated, slender, compressed, with the anus in advance of the mid-
dle of the total length ; behind very slowly decreasing in height towards the
(vandal peduncle, which is elongated, but scarcely narrowed at the middle.

Scales regularly imbricated, small, cycloid, ovoid, subtruncated in front.
with the nucleus in the anterior half, and with numerous radiating striae di-
verging towards the front and with concentric striae behind ; scales ad-
vancing forward above as far as the eyes, and on the sides to the suborbital
region.

Head elongated, conoid, subquadrangular behind, and there about equally
high and wide ; above transversely convex, with the nape undefined, the scales
advancing to the eyes ; the opercula sub vertical ; cheeks not tumid, scaly

1868.] 10

266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

like the preoperculum and operculum ; snout oblique. Eyes large, longitudi-
nal elliptical, oblique, and closely approximated, situated chiefly or entirely
in the anterior half of the head. Opercula unarmed ; operculum well de-
veloped, as long as or longer than the region between it and the eye.

Mouth with the cleft oblique, longitudinal, the periphery of each jaw ovoid,
the supramaxillars ending beneath the pupils. Lower jaw even or slightly
projecting beyond the upper. Intermaxillars slightly protractile downwards,
with the posterior processes short and wide, rounded at their ends; with the
lateral branches thick and attenuated towards the ends, but with a thin
crescentiform crest above, along the posterior half. Supramaxillars neariy
twice as long as the intermaxillars, with a compound apophysis in front;
thence nearly rectilinear, compressed, highest at the middle, again slightly en-
larged and convex at the ends.

Tongue thick, emarginated in front, and tree.

Teeth conic, curved, pluriserial ; those of the upper jaw enlarged in the
outer row. Palate smooth ; vomer projecting.

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, bounded above by a membrane
attached near the axil of the pectoral fin ; below, continued forwards in a
short slit between the fourth ray and the breast.

Branchiostegal rays five.

Anal papilla small.

Dorsal fins considerably separated ; the first considerably behind the ven-
trals, oblong, convex at the middle, and with seven slender spines, between
the last of which and the penultimate a wider interval exists. Second dorsal
rather long (I. 19 pm.), with most of its rays with the anterior branch single
and the posterior bifurcated. Last ray free behind.

Anal fin shorter than the dorsal (I. 16 pm.), but coterminal behind with it.
and of similar structure.

Caudal fin well developed, convex behind, and with numerous supplement-
ary rays above and below its peduncle.

Pectoral wide, produced and rounded behind, with the base little oblique,
but extending nearly to the plane of the chest, with its superior as well as the
other rays well defined and branched.

Ventral fins considerably behind the pectoral, very obliquely infundibuli-
form, the inner rays longest and well connected ; the interspinous membrane
low.

The genus Lepidogobius is readily distinguished by its elongated body, small
cycloid scales, form of head, development of the fins, and especially by the
posterior insertion of the ventral fins. A single species has been discovered ;
the Gobius Neivberrii, formerly referred to it wnen known only through the de-
scription of Girard and the comparison instituted between it and L. gracilis,
belonging to a distinct genus. The type of Lepidogobius has been placed by Dr.
Giinther in a section of Gobius characterized by having " the anterior dorsal
with seven to nine spines." In this section, besides Lepidogobius, species ot
the genera Eucyclogobius, Acantho gobius, (nearly allied to Au-aous, but having
an increased number of spines and a scaly head), Chselurichthys R., and two
Japanese genera have been placed. One of the latter genera, typified by
Gobius virgo T.S., is distinguished by the long dorsal and anal fins (VIII. I.
25 27. A.I. 26.), very small scales, and the form of the head ; it may be
called Pterogobius. Another resembles Gobionellus Gd., but is distinguished
by the increased dorsal and anal fins (D. VIII. IX. 20. A. 17.), &c. It is
represented by Gobius hasta, which may be called Synechogobius hasta.

Lepidogobius gracilis Gill.
Synonymy.

Gobius gracilis Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.. vol. vii.
p. 134, 1854.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

Not Gobius gracilis Jenyns.
Gobius lepidus Girard, Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route, Arc,
vol. vi., Abbot's Report, Zoology, p. 21 (figured). Girard, op. cit., vol.
x., Fishes, p. 127, pi. xxva, figs. 5-6. Girard, op. cit., vol. x. William-
son's Report, Zoology, p. 86.
Lepidogobius gracilis Gill, Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New

York, vol, vii. p. 14, 1859.
Gobius lepidus Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c.,vol.

iii. p. 78, 1861.
Lepidogobius gracilis Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila.,
1862, p. 330.
D. VII. I. 19. A. I. 16. P. 24. V. I. 5+5. I.

The color is tawny or reddish-brown, (thickly dotted with blackish-purpk
when viewed under the magnifier) ; the snout, interorbital region and lips,
purplish ; the branchiostegal membrane dark purple. The fins are also pur-
ple, and thickly dotted with darker, especially between the rays.

On the G0BI0IDS of the Eastern Coast of the United States.

BY THEODORE GILL.

Subfamily GOBIINJE (Bon.) Gill.

Genus GOBIUS Artedi.

Synonymy.

Gobius Artedi, Genera Piscium.

Gobius Cuvier, Regne Animal ed, tome ii.

Gobius Cuv. et Vol. Hist., Nat. des Poissons, tome xii. p. 1.

Gobius Giinther, Cat. Acanthop. Fishes, vol. iii. p. 3.

Body moderately elongated, subcylindrical anteriorly, slowly declining and
compressed towards the caudal fin, with the anus little in advance of the mid-
dle of the total length, and with the caudal peduncle oblong and not or scarcely
contracted at its middle.

Scales moderate, (in 35 55 transverse rows), more or less hexagonal, gen-
erally higher than long, pectinated behind, with the nucleus at or next to
the posterior angle, and with radiating striae diverging from it towards the
anterior border ; scales generally advancing forwards on the crown.

Head oblong, depressed, wider than high, slowly declining to the snout,
and with the snout itself, in front, boldly decurved ; above conical, rather
rapidly narrowed to the snout, whose periphery is convex. Cheeks behind
more or less tumid. Eyes moderate, longitudinal elliptical, oblique and look-
ing upwards, closely approximated and situated almost, or wholly, in the ante-
rior half of the head. Opercula unarmed. Operculum moderate, shorter than
or equal to the internal between it and the eyes.

Mouth with the cleft longitudinal, ovoid^the supramaxillars under the pupils.
Lower jaw even with, or rather shorter than the upper. Intermaxillars little
protractile obliquely forwards, with the posterior processes short, the lateral
branches thick, little attenuated backwards and above, with a thin elevated
crest, generally truncated in front and decurved behind. Supramaxillars
longer than the intermaxillars, slightly twisted, towards the ends compressed
and decurved, and with a narrow expansion downwards.

Tongue moderate, rather thin, truncated and free in front.

Teeth fixed, acutely conic and curved, pluriserial, enlarged in the outer row.
Palate smooth.

Branchial apertures lateral, vertical, bounded above by a membrane
attached in front of the upper pectoral rays, below continued in a short elit
between the fourth branchiostegal ray and breast ; isthmus very wide.

1863.]

26? PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Branchiostegal rays five ; the fifth very thin and concealed in the mem-
brane.

Dorsal fins distinct; the first scarcely oblong, with six spines, the last of
which is remote; the second rather long, (I. 916), with the soft rays
generally having an anterior simple and posterior forked branch ; last ray

tree.

Anal fin shorter than the second dorsal. (I, 814), and ending under its

last rays.

Caudal fin broad, rounded behind.

Pectoral fins well developed, produced and rounded behind, with the upper
rays short, deeply branched and filamentous or silk-like; the rest well defined and
normally branched.

Ventral fins inserted below the bases of the pectoral, obliquely infnndifu-
Hform, with the inner rays largest and well connected; the interspinous mem-
brane low.

Type. Gobius niger L.

The genus Gobius, restricted as it has now been, still contains a num-
ber of species, two of which, are English the G. niger L., and G. paga-
ndlus, L. upon which the generic characters have been especially verified,
they being the types of the genus. A considerable difference exists in the
development of the dorsal and anal fins, in different species of the genus.

Gobius caroliniensis Gill.

The height equals about a fifth of the total length ; the caudal peduncle
( from the vertical of the anal and dorsal fin to its end) forms about a sixth of the
came, and its height equals a ninth. The head enters 4, 1-5 times in the
length ; its width six times ; the diameter of the eye equals a quarter of the
head's length and the length of the snout. The caudal fin forms about a
Jifth of the total length : the pectoral nearly equals the caudal.
1 1

D. VI. I. 8 A. L. 1 P. 18
1 1

There are about thirty-eight transverse rows of scales and fourteen longi-
tudinal ones between the front of the second dorsal and origin of anal fin.

The color is blackish-brown, indistinctly bordered with darker, and with a
darker spot at the base of the caudal fin. There are a few lighter spots on
the operculum. The fins are purplish.

A single specimen has been sent from Charleston, South Carolina, to the
Smithsonian Institution. The species is most closely allied to G. soporator,
but differs in some of the proportions, especially the narrower caudal pedun-
cle, and in the number of scales.

Genus GOBIOSOMA Girard.

Synonymy.

Gobiosoma Girard, Proc. Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia, 1858.

p. 169.
Gobiosoma Giinther, Catalogue of the Acanthopterygian Fishes, &c.vol. iii.p.

85, 1861.
Gobius sp. Lac, Mitch., Cuv. et Vol. &c.

Body scaleless, oblong, slowly declining and compressed towards the cau-
dal fin, anus in advance of the middle, the peduncle oblong and not or scarcely
contracted, with the back and abdomen trasversely rounded, and the sides
nb vertical.

Head oblong, depressed, much wider than high, declining slowly to the
eyes and thence boldly decurved to the edge of the rather high subtrancated
nnout; above snbcordate, in front of the nape, (and preopercle), diminishing

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 26

in width to the snoot, whose periphery is convex. Cheeks in front oi preo-
perculum tumid.

Eyes rather small, longitudinal, oblique, distant from each other and situated
nearer the middle of the anterior half of the head. Opercular unarmed ; the
preoperculum hidden in a fleshy mass ; the operculum higher than long.

Mouth scarcely longer than wide, and with the cleft scarcely oblique, the
supramaxillars passing under most of the eye. Lower jaw rather shorter
than the upper, intermaxillars little protractile downwards, with the posterior
processes short and the lateral branches thick, little attenuated backwards, and
without crests. Supramaxillars longer than the intermaxillars, slightly twisted
and curved, compressed behind and surmounted by a longitudinal keel below
which the expansion takes place, and at whose end the bone is convex.

Tongue moderate, oblong, truncated and free in front.

Teeth fixed, slender, curved and acute, pauciserial, enlarged in the outer
row. Palate smooth.

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, bounded above by a membrane
attached in front of the upper pectoral rays, slightly curved forwards below ;
isthmus very wide.

Branchiostegal rays five.

Dorsal fins distinct; the anterior oblong, normally with seven slender spines,
the last two remote from each other and the preceding. Second dorsal ob-
long, (I. 10 12), with its rays generally having an anterior simple and pos-
terior forked branch ; the last ray free.

Anal fin oblong, (I. 10 12), smaller than the second dorsal and extending
less backwards, but of similar structure.

Caudal fin convex behind.

Pectoral fins well developed, convex behind, with the rays distinct and
almost all branched.

Ventral fins inserted below the bases of pectoral, rather small and obliquely
infundifuliform, the inner rays longest and well connected, the interspimoup
membrane low.

The genus Gobiosorna \b apparently peculiar to North America, and is rep-
resented on both the Eastern and Western coasts. The foreign species re-
ferred to it belong to several genera, the Gobius macrognalhus Blkr. of Japan,
differing in the form of the head, &c, may be named Gymnogobius ; the G. ophi-
ocephalus Jenyns, in form and development of fins, Ophiogobiw ; the
G. Nilssonii D. & K., distinguished by the biradiate first dorsal, may take the
name Orystallogobius, and G. stuvitzii D. & K., Boreogobius.

Gobjosoma albpidotum (Girard,)

Gobius alepidotus, Lac.

Gobius viridipallidus, Mitch.

Gobius Boscii, Guv. et Val.

Gobius alepidotus = Gobiosorna sp. Girard.

Gobiosorna alepidotum, Giinther

D. VII.

Hab. New York to South Carolina.

Subfamily ELEOTR1NAZ (Bon) GUI.
Genus DORMITATOR Gill.

Synonymy.

Dormitator Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eaatero coast of North Ame-
rica, &c, p. 44 (named only.)
Dormitator Gill, Proc. Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila., 1862, p.. 240.
Bleotris Sp. auct.
Prochilus Cuvier, Regne Animal ed. i. tome ii. p. 2JH

1863]

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Body moderately elongated, subfusiform, compressed, especially behind the
anus, which is situated a little in advance of the middle of the length ; caudal
peduncle oblong and contracted towards the middle, but slightly narrowed
towards the caudal fin.

Scales regularly imbricated, moderate in size, hexagonal, but apparently
rather pentagonal, generally higher than long, with the posterior margin pec-
tinated, the nucleus at or next to the posterior angle, from which striae radi-
ate towards the anterior border ; the scales advance on the head.

Head scaly, the scales advancing forwards above to the snout, and covering
the cheeks and opercula, cycloid and smaller above and on the cheeks ; the
head is rather small, considerably compressed and much higher than wide,
nearly uniform in width, declining downwards to the snout ; the latter is
convex, and its periphery arched ; the whole upper surface is convex and
fleshy; the cheeks scarcely tumid. Eyes rather small, subcircular, entirely
lateral, widely separated, and situated in the anterior half of the head.
Opercula unarmed ; operculum fully developed, its length being nearly twice
as great as the interval between it and the eye.

Mouth with the cleft oblique, transverse, the periphery of each jaw semicircu-
lar, the supramaxillars ceasing nearly under the front of the orbit. Lower jaw
nearly even with the upper. Intermaxillars, little protractile downwards,with the
posterior processes short and wide, (connected), and the lateral branches thick
and attenuated backwards, but near the ends with a thin, convex expansion
above the posterior half. Supramaxillars longer than the intermaxillars, nar-
row, twisted, little curved, and behind compressed, and with a slight expan-
sion downwards.

Tongue fleshy, moderate, subtruncated in front and free at its tip.

Teeth slender, conic, in a narrow band in each jaw, moveable in the external
row in the lower. Palate smooth.

Branchial apertures lateral, nearly vertical, continued above in a short slit
of the oculo-scapular groove, below curved slightly forwards between the
membrane and throat; isthmus moderate.

Branchiostegal rays five.

Anal papilla long and compressed.

Dorsal fins two, the first generally with seven (6-8) spines, the anterior
nearly uniform ; the second, short and high, (I. 8 9) ; the rays generally, with
the anterior branch simple and the posterior forked ; the last ray free be-
hind.

Anal fin nearly opposite and similar to dorsal.

Caudal fin large, convex behind.

Pectoral fins well developed, equally convex behind, with the rays well de-
veloped, and only one or two upper and lower ones simple.

Ventral fins inserted below the base of the pectoral, closely approximated
but entirely free ; each with five rays, the fourth of which is longest.

This genus is well distinguished by the combination of characters above
given, especially the large scales, compressed and nearly uniformly wide de-
clivous head, and the extension forwards of the bra-nchial apertures above.

The genus Eleotris, from which the present is detached, as understood by
Cuvier and his followers, appears to be rather entitled to the rank of a sub-
family than to that of a genus. Valencinnes has distinguished the genus
Philypnus. Bleeker recognizing the difference of many of the types referred
to it, even after such restriction, has proposed to separate from it Culius, Butis,
Valenciennea (== Eleotriodes) and Belobranchus ; Poey has founded ErotelU and
the Writer has established the genera Bostrichthys aud Dormitator. After all
these dismemberments, there still remain, as types of distinct genera, the
Eleotris ophiocephalui C. et. V. (genus Ophiocara); E. Mogurnda Rich. (g. Mogubn-
da) ; E.gobioides (g. Gobiomorphus) ; G.cyprinoides (g. Hypseleotris) ; E.mae-
crodon Blkr. (g. Odonteleotris) ; E. ttrigata 0. et V. (g. Callbleotris) and E. mi

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

srolepis, Blkr. (g, Ptereleotris), and perhaps still others. These various genera
are distinguished by^he form of the body, length of the fins, the form of the
caudal, that of the head, the dentition, extent of branchial apertures, num-
ber, &c, of branchiostegal rays and size of scales.

DORMITATOR LINEATUS Gill.

Dormitator somnulentus Gill, Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern coast of
North America, p. 44.

Not Dormitator somnulentus Gill, ex. Gd.

The height enters about 4^ times in the total length ; the head about 4
times; the diameter of the eye about equals the snout and two-ninths of the
head's length. The caudal forms a fourth of the length; the pectoral equals
a fifth ; the ventral does not extend to the anus, and is rather shorter than the,
pectoral.

D. VII. I. 10. A. I. 10. P. 14.

There were, apparently, thirty-one or two oblique rows of scales, and nine
longitndinal ones between the origin of the second dorsal and the anal.

The color is brownish-yellow, thickly punctulated with darker, with a dark
line running along the middle of each row of scales, and with a dark vertical
blotch on the scapular region. The head had, apparently, two dark longitu-
dinal bands. The dorsal and anal fins have two rows of darker spots on the
basal half, and a fainter one beyond ; they are also like the other fins, punc-
tulated with minute darker dots.

A single specimen, about three inches long, is in the collection of the Smith-
sonian Institution, and was sent from Savannah, Georgia. It was referred to
as Dormitator somnulentus in the " Catalogue of the Fishes of the Eastern
coast," but it differs from that species in color, as well as slightly in pro-
portions.

On the genus PERIOPHTHALMu'S of Schneider.

BY THEODORE GILL.

In examining the different species of the genera Periophthalmus and Boleoph-
thalmus, attention was arrested by the very trenchant differences existing
between the Periophthalmus Kozlreuteri and P. Schlosseri, which indicated gene-
ric distinction. It is therefore proposed to restrict the name Periophthalmus
to the species having the characters indicated in the following diagnosis,
while for the P. Kcelreuteri the generic name Euchoristopus may be employed.
The Periophthalminse may be distributed as follows :

I. Teeth of jaws vertical, D. (IV XV.) I. 1112. A. I.

1012.

v. Scales on head and body well developed and conspicu-
ous. Second dorsal and anal fins nearly equal.
Ventral fins in adult nearly infundibuliform Periophthalmus.

0. Scales on body and head minute. Anal fin contract-
ed. Ventral fins always distinct Euchoristopus.

II. Teeth of the lower jaw horizontal. D. V. I. 24 27. A.

L. 2325.

*. Scales small but conspicuous Boleophthalmus.

0. Scales very minute, inconspicuous or obsolete in front.

(Bol. aucupatorius Rich.) Boleops.

Genus PEPJOPHTHALMUS (Bl., Schneid.)

Body much compressed, with the back rectilinear, gradually declining to
the caudal fin, to which the rectilinear inferior outline converges still more
slowly. Anus submedian.

1863.]

tit PROCEEDINGS OF THK. ACADEMY OF

Scales minute, cycloid, regularly imbricated. *

Head little longer than high, ascending from the nape to the interorbital
region, in front of which the profile is very steep ; below plane. Eyes prom-
inent, separated by a narrow furrow. Border of skin above mouth with a
triangular flap on each side of the middle. Scales minute, like those of the
body.

Mouth moderate, with the periphery semioval, the supramaxillars termi-
nating under the pupils. Lower jaw most advanced. Upper lip very wide,
especially at the sides ; lower free only near the angles of the mouth.

Teeth erect in both jaws, uniserial, acutely conic ; above a large median
one in front, and one on each side, between which and the former small teeth
like those of the sides intervene ; in the lower jaw two large teeth in front,
separated by a wide, smooth interval, and on the sides a row of small ones.

Branchial apertures small, in front of the lower half of the arm.

Branchiostegal rays five.

Dorsal fins separated by a short interval ; the spinous above the pectoral
tin, higher than long, with ten to fifteen slender, divergent spines : the second
oblong, and with about twelve rays.

Anal fin short and low, under the middle of the second dorsal, with ten or
eleven rays.

Caudal fin behind convex at the upper half, at the lower half very rapidly-
curved forwards.

Pectoral fins inserted on large free arms narrowed towards their bases,
the fin nearly or quite scaleless, with the upper rays rapidly increasing in
a curved line to the eighth, and the lower gradually shortened, their end*
defining a moderate curve.

Ventral fins thoracic, under the bases of the arms, separated by a narrow,
triangular area, which ends between their inner rays in a point ; each has a
spine and five rays increasing toward the inner, their ends describing a
curve.

Type Periophthalmus Kcelreuteri BL, Schn.

Distinguished for the size of the scales, form of the head, dentition, size of
branchial apertures, form of anal fin, free arms, and persistent, separation of
the ventral fins.

Note o tiie genera of HEMLRHAMPHIlsr^:.
BY THEODORE GILL.

Valenciennes, in the nineteenth volume of the " Histoire Naturelle des Pois-
sons," has especially alluded in many cases to the dentition of the various
ipeciea of the genus Hemirhamphus, describing the teeth as " very short, blunt
and conic, or rather granulated," (//. Brownii C. et V. lix., p. 16,) finer in some,
coarser in others ; in the observations on the genus, the following characters
are given : " Les deux machoires sont garnies d'une bande 6troite de petites
dents courts, grenues et gales," (C. et V. xix., p. 2.)" II faut aussi remarquer
que les dents restent toujours petites et egales, tandis qu'elles s'allongent,
comine ou le sait, dans les orpines." Trusting in the correctness of Valen-
ciennes, I formerly proposed a new generic designation for a species of the
tribe, with tricuspid teeth, found at the island of Barbados. As subsequent
examination of numerous specimens from the West Indies and elsewhere has,
however, failed to discover a dentition among the typical Hemirhamphi like
that described by Valenciennes, I am compelled to believe that he is in some
cases, if not in all, incorrect; after the arrival at this conclusion, it is easy
to believe that the Hyporhamphus tricuspidatus may perhaps be identical with
the Hemirhamphus Richardi of Valenciennes, the teeth of which are, however,
described as being finer and in a wider band than in any other. Again, aB the

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273

H. Richardi is probably very nearly allied to, and perhaps even identical with
the jEsox brasiliensis L., the type of the genus Hemirhamphus of Cuvier, the
name Hyporhamphus should probably be suppressed. If this identification
then is correct, a new name should be conferred on the species with conic
teeth. This question, as well as that of the proper name of the genus, will
be hereafter discussed.

The genus Hemirhamphus of Cuvier is not a homogeneous one, but em-
braces at least four distinct generic types distinguished as follows :

A. Body with the back and abdomen parallel; lower jaw very long, uni-

form and depressed.

I. Caudal fin forked, and with the lower lobe longest.

1. Teeth tricuspid above and below; bill moderate ;

dorsal and anal pluriradiate ; pectorals moder-
ate ; ventrals moderate Hemirhamphus.

2. Teeth conic above, tricuspid below; bill very

slender ; dorsal and anal pluriradiate ; pectorals

very long ; ventrals small Euleptorhamphus.

II. Caudal fin convex behind. Anal fin of male with

some thickened rays Zenarchopterus.

B. Body subfusiform ; lower jaw acutely cuspidute Oxyporhamphus.

The type of Hemirhamphus Cuv. is Esox brasiliensis Linn.; of Euleptorhamphus
Gill (I860,) E. Brevoortii; of Zenarchopterus, Hemirhamjihus dispar C. et V. (xix.
p. 58, pi. 558) and of Oxyporhamphus, Hemirhamphus cuspidatus (C. et V. xix., p.
56, pi. 55*7.) The last is only known to me through the description and figure
given by Valenciennes.

On STREPOMATID.E as a name for a family of fluviatile Mollusca, usually con-
founded with Melania.

BY S. S. HALDEMAN.

In the American Journal of Science, vol. 41, 1841, in my monograph of Lep-
toxis, 1845, and in the Iconographic Encyc, I pointed out the necessity of dis-
tributing the heterogeneous Melaniae of Lamarck into two separate families,
according as the margin of the mantle is festooned, as in the species of the Pa-
cific Islands, or simple, as in the North American species. Knowing the two
forms to be distinct, I proposed, in accordance with the position assigned by La-
marck to his family M61aniens, to restrict the name Melania to the American
group; but as the oriental species were best known in Europe when the genus
was instituted in 1801, and as Deshayes (following Bruguiere, Fe"russac 180*7, and
Rang, Mag. de Conch., pi. 12,) described the animal of Melania, or Pirena, as
having a festooned mantle, (in his edition of Lamarck 8,427; 1838,) followed
by others, as H. and A. Adams, who give " mantle margin fringed " as a charac-
ter, European naturalists were averse to giving up the name for the oriental
group ; and as it is a matter of little scientific importance, if the families are
properly recognised, I now reluctantly yield it to the oriental form, and conse-
quently withdraw the American species from it.

In thus giving up the name of Melania as applicable to American species, it
must not be forgotten that Lamarck's family of Melaniens includes the three
genera Melania, Melanopsis, and Pirena, and that from its position in his sys-
tem, and the structure of the European Melanopsides, he would not have in-
cluded the species (like the oriental Melania amarula, or the African Pirena
aurita,) with a festooned mantle, which have gradually become the representa
tives of" Melania," from the accidental circumstance that the mollusc was 6rst
described from them. The fact that Lamarck commences his series with the

1863.] 20

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

large oriental species, is of little value, as he commences the genus Planorbis
with cornuarietis, a discoid Ampullaria.

Conchologists of good repute, as H.-A. Adams, Rrot, Carpenter, Deshayes,
Gould, and Lea, continue to place the two groups under the same family name
of Melanidae (d'Orbigny) or its equivalent, which is much like uniting Patella,
Loltia, and Ancylus, because they have analogous shells. The uncertain posi-
tion which these groups hold is apparent in the paper of Mr. Gill, in the Proceed.
Acad. Nat. Sci. for Feb., 1863. He there includes the Melaniidae in his " Synop-
sis of the families of Pectinibranchiates represented in the fresh-water streams of
North America," although he admits (note under Amnicolidae) that they " have
not a fringed mantle, and consequently belong to a different group " from the
"true Melanians." How then can they be Melaniidae? Of this group he
forms " a peculiar ss^family, Ceraphasiinse." Prom his heterogeneous Mela-
niidae he rejects certain forms, including Melanopsis and Pirena (probably P.
atra (Linn.) and P.fluminea (Gmel.,) lo form a family Melanopidee (and also a
subfamily Melanopinae,) to which his Cera(Ceri- ?)phasiinae should belong, as
Melanopsis seems to have a simple mantle ; apparently leaving Pirena aurita
in his North American Melaniidae. Mr. Carpenter (Smithsonian Report for
I860,) not only unites the oriental and North American species, but he assigns
a fringed mantle to the latter.

In the Iconographic Encyc, I placed Melaniidae (the American form) at the
head of the Ctenobranchia, followed by Cerithiidae (including the oriental Me-
laniae,) Vermetidae, Trochidae, &c. Melania proper, with a festooned mantle,
seems to form a subfamily Melanianae of the family Cerithiidae, and the follow-
ing species are examples :

M. celebensis Quoy, Astrolabe, p. 152, pi. 56, f. 28.
M. costata Quoy, " p. 155, " f. 36.

M. cybele Gould, Am. Ex. Exp., p. 132, fig. 1546.

Virginia is given as the locality of M. fuscala Born, (Helix) Desh. Lam.
8,436, which is probably an error. Of Lamarck's sixteen recent species, M.
(Pleur.) carinifera is the only one from North America, and Say's M. {Pleur.)
depygis is the only one among the twenty added by Deshayes.

Rafinesque proposed three genera of this fluviatile family, Strepbma, Pleu-
rocera and Leptoxis. The last was subsequently described as Anculosa Say,
the first as Ceriphasia Swainson, (adopted by H.-A. Adams,) and Trypanosoma
Lea, leaving Pleurocera for the varied forms constituting the remainder. But
from this remainder I separated Lithasia for shells like Mel. nupera; and Angi-
trema for the form including Mel. armigera, which leaves Pleurocera about
equivalent to Goniobasis Lea, and to several of the genera proposed by H.-A.
Adams, as Melasma, Elirnia, Juga. Thus Juga includes {Pleur.) Virginica Say,
(inadvertently placed under Ceriphasia also,) whilst Rafinesque's Pleurocera
turricula is a slender shell, like {PL) acuta Lea, or exilis Hald.

I now propose that Strepbma and Pleurocera shall replace their synonyms,
the former as a genus, the latter as a subgenus in the family Strepomatidte.
The groups of Messrs. H.-A. Adams often indicate merely sections ; and sec-
tional names given as generic are scientifically erroneous, because they erect
certain species iato genera and subgenera only when they belong to extensive
groups, requiring numerous specific names, whilst the same amount of charac-
ter goes for nothing in groups which have but few species.

All the species of Strepomatidae which I have examined living (including lo)
have the mantle simple and the opercle subspiral. This is the case with Stre-
poma canaliculata (Say,) the type of the first division of " Melania " in Dr. Brot's
admirable Catalogue. . . . des M61aniens, Geneve, 1862. In some species of
Leptoxis the adult opercle seems to have a different structure, but this arises
from erosion of the earlier subspiral portion, as may be ascertained by compa-
ring the different ages.

[Sept.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 275

Oct. Qth.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.
Twenty-two members present.

Oct. 13 th.

Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty-six members present.

Mr. Aubrey H. Smith stated that recently, in company with Dr.
Leidy and Mr. Charles E. Smith, he had found in a grove, in New Jersey,
about four miles out on the Camden and Atlantic Railroad, a well
grown, and perfect specimen of Quercus heterophylla. He also re-
marked that previously, in company with Dr. G-eorge Smith, he had
noticed a tree of the same kind, though not quite so well marked, in
Tinicum, Delaware Co., Pa.

Mr. Durand made a communication, which was ordered to be pub-
lished, as follows :

When false views pertaining to one ot the branches of the natural sciences
are spread before the public, either in good faith or with a view to speculation,
I consider it to be the duty of an institution like ours to interfere, and bring
the weight of its influence to counteract the diffusion of an error.

A printed circular has been issued, emanating from a chartered company,
entitled " American Tea Company," and purporting to be an announcement
that the Chinese Tea-plant, or, a variety of it, has been found growing indigenous
in the mountainous districts of Pennsylvania.

In this circular, which appears to be the programme of the originators of
the American Tea Company, these gentlemen declare that, " upon a thorough
investigation of the subject, they could not withhold their entire conviction
that this discovery of the Tea-plant, growing indigenously upon our own soil,
hardy, vigorous, and with a leaf of superior excellence, was not only a fact,
but look upon it a3 one of the most surprising bestowments ever vouchsafed
by Almighty God to the people of the United States !"

This solemn assertion is countenanced by the following declaration of a
gentleman who, for about six years, held the responsible position of superin-
tendent and chief manager of the lands, in India, of the Assam Tea Company
of London and Calcutta. The following are his words :

" Having been engaged, for several years, in the culture and manufacture of
tea, in the Valley of Assam, situated to the west of the province of Yunnau,
one of the principal tea-growing districts of China, I wrote an article on the
subject, which was published in the Agricultural Report of the U. S. Patent
Office for the year 1860. Since that time, several enterprising gentlemen, dis-
covering that the Tea-plant was indigenous to this country and growing in
wild profusion in the mountainous regions of Pennsylvania, called my attention
to the subject. At first I had some doubts as to the fact of its existence in this
climate ; but having been shown an excellent engraving of the plant and some
specimens of the dried leaves, I became convinced of its truth, and, on pro-
ceeding to the locality indicated, I found that my hopes and expectations were
more than realized. The existence of the Tea-plant in Pennsylvania is a fact ! It
grows indigenously, in the greatest luxuriance and abundance, in the places
that I have visited, limited, however, to those localities which afford the pe-
culiar soil indispensable to it, as it is the case in China, Assam and Japan "

1863.]

276 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

(The plate accompanying the circular is inscribed, " The Tea- plant of North
America Chinese Chah, Assamese Phalop Thea viridis, Linn.")

There is no equivocation whatever in the preceding paragraphs, nor in the
inscription of the plate ! The originators of the American Tea Company pro-
claim to the people of the United States "that they have discovered the Chi-
nese Tea-plant, Thea viridis, growing indigenous, in the greatest luxuriance
and abundance, in the mountainous districts of Pennsylvania."

This is a gross error, which, as a botanist and one acquainted with the
mountainous districts of Pennsylvania, I now desire to correct. That the true
Tea-plant, Thea viridis, or any of its varieties, have ever been detected growing in~
digenously in the mountains of Pennsylvania, I deny most emphatically ! and
I challenge the gentlemen of the American Tea Company to prove the fact
which they announce as one of the most surprising bestowments ever vouch-
safed by Almighty God to the people of the United States.

Could it be possible that a plant so well known under cultivation in our
hot-houses should have escaped the sagacity and experience of such active
and eminent botanists as Michaux, Pursh, Muhlenberg, Schweinitz, Nuttall,
Pickering, Porter, and a host of excellent Pennsylvania botanists, who have
explored every nook and corner of our mountain forests, without ever finding
a single plant of the Thea viridis, which the originators of the American Tea
Company boldly assert to have found growing indigenous, hardy, vigorous and
abundant, almost at our doors ?

By this emphatic declaration of mine, I have no intention to impeach the
good faith of these gentlemen ; they have been mistaken, no doubt, and my
object, as a botanist, is to correct a misrepresentation which might lead credu-
lous persons into serious miscalculations. No botanist will ever look at the
figures of the plate accompanying the circular, or take the trouble to steep in
boiling water and unfold the leaves of the American tea, without easily recog-
nizing those of a small shrub, Ceanothus Americanus, very common in our
woods, and popularly known by the name of Jersey tea, under which it was
used during the Revolutionary War, not as genuine Chinese tea, however, but as
a substitute for it, when the latter could not be easily procured.

Had the figures of the plate of the American Tea Company been provided
with flowers and fruit, as they ought to have been, in order to characterize the
plant, the gross error of these gentlemen would have been more glaring. In-
stead of the large, solitary, or geminate flowers of the Chinese tea- plant, they
would have exhibited cymose fascicles of numerous very small flowers, sup-
ported on a common peduncle much longer than the leaves.

I now submit to your inspection dry and green specimens of different forms
of Thea viridis, with figures of the same plant, that they may be compared with
specimens of Ceanothus Americanus, the plant which I have every reason to
consider as that which is represented in the plate of the American Tea Com-
pany. I wil! also show you leaves and fragments of leaves of both Chinese
and American teas, that have been steeped in boiling water, and afterwards
unfolded and pasted separately upon paper. You will here easily distinguish
the peculiar and invariable characters of the leaves of each of these plants, so
different from each other.

The Chinese plant, as well as its varieties, is a shrub from three to six feet
high, and sometimes higher, which belongs to the Camellia family. It is dis-
tinguished by large polyandrous flowers, solitary or geminate in the axils of
the leaves ; sepals from five to six ; petals five, six, and rarely as many as nine,
slightly united at the base; stamens numerous and monadelphous ; three
united styles ; capsule three-celled. The leaves axe persistent, oval or narrow-
lanceolate, feather-veined, strongly serrate, and attenuated at the base.

The Jersey-Tea plant is an undershrub of the order Rhamnacese, scarcely more
than two feet high, with very small perigynous flowers in cymose fascicles ;
sepals and petals five-parted; stamens five; one style and a three-lobed dry

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 277

drupe. The leaves are ovate or oblong-ovate, broad and rounded at the base, some-
times almost subcordate, finely serrate, and three-ribbed.

Extracts from the essay on Tea Culture, by the author of the fifth para-
graph above, have been introduced into the circular of the American Tea
Company ; the first of which is worded in the following manner :

"The Tea-plant is thus described by botanists :

" Thea viridis, Linn., Camellia t heifer a, Griff., Chinese Chah, Assamese
Fhalop.

" The ordinary height of the cultivated plant is from three to six feet."

This concise and very curious botanical description was, it appears, just
enough for the present purpose. Had the more detailed account of the plant,
given three years ago in the essay on Tea-culture, been reproduced in full,
m-re information would perhaps have been given than was intended.

The second extract runs thus : " Botanically considered, the Tea-plant is a
single species ; the Green and the Black, with all the diversities of each,
being mere varieties produced by a difference in culture, qualities of the soil,
age of crops, &c." Evidently this extract is the corollary of one of the para-
graphs of the circular, in which the same author insinuates that, " although
the character of the American Tea-plant differs somewhat from the Chinese
variety, it is not greater than might be expected from the difference of climate
and soil of the two countries."

I will inform the gentleman that difference of climate and soil, and even
difference of hemisphere, (although occasionally producing slight changes,)
will never transform a plant of the Camellia tribe into one of the Buckthorn
family. Referring to the leaf alone, " which," he says, " is the important part,
and almost identical with some of the varieties from which the best Assam tea
is made," I will add that, far from being almost identical, they are very differ-
ent ; the leaf of our Ceanothus being deciduous, of a thin texture, more or less
pubescent, strongly three-nerved, and rounded at the base ; whilst in all the va-
rieties of Thea viridis the leaf is thick, coriaceous, persistent, quite glabrous, with
a single feather- veined rib, and attenuated at the base. I must confess that the
remark of an almost identity of the leaves of our plant with those of the Chi-
nese Tea-plant, had induced me for a moment to suspect that the species Cea-
nothus Asiaticus, a plant indigenous to south-eastern Asia, and very similar to
our Ceanothus, was also used in Assam as an auxiliary, if not a substitute, to
Thea viridis.

I have now done with the subject. My purpose was merely to discuss the
botanical value of the assertion of the originators of the American Tea Com-
pany, viz. : that the tea which they intend to offer to the public, was derived
from the " true Chinese Tea-plant, growing indigenously, luxuriantly, and
abundantly in our mountains," invisible, so far, to our numerous and active
botanists. I trust that I have convinced you of the fallacy of this assertion.

I leave it now to the chemist to test the identity of chemical composition of
this American tea with the Chinese Chah, and ascertain whether the former
contains tannin, gluten, and thein, three of the principles which characterize
Thea viridis.

Oct. 20th.
Mr. Vaux, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Twenty members present.

The following were presented for publication :

" Description of a new species of Pleurocera," " Description of two
new Mexican Land Shells/' and " Description of a new Teredo.'' By
George W. Tryon, Jr.

1863.]

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

Oct. 27th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Thirty-two members present.

On report of the respective Committees, the following were or-
dered to be published :

Description of a Collection of JASPER "LANCE-HEADS" fonnd near Trenton,
New Jersey ; and Remarks on the Locality, with reference to Indian Anti-
quities.

BY CHARLES C. ABBOTT.

During the summer of 1861, a farmer, while engaged in plowing an arti-
ficially drained piece of meadow, near Trenton, New Jersey, discovered a
large collection of jasper "lance-heads," buried at a distance of about fifteen
inches below the surface of the ground. The author visited the spot shortly
afterwards, and has lately secured the collection ; a portion of which is now
in the possession of the Academy.

The collection numbers about one hundred and fifty specimens ; they having
been all carefully gathered when exhumed. They are of such shape as ren-
ders the term " lance-head " probably most appropriate, each having a well-
defined point, sharpened edges, and straight, blunt base. They measure
from five and a half to seven inches in length, from two and a half to three
inches in width, and from one-third to three-fourths of an inch in thickness.

Some six or eight of the specimens have the maximum length and mini-
mum width, and two or three are obtusely pointed at either end ; otherwise,
any one specimen is a fair representative of the whole number. The material
from which these " lance-heads" were manufactured, is a dark yellow jasper,
more or less veined, and occasionally enclosing a ribbon of shot-like,
glassy particles. A mass of this mineral was found not far distant from
the spot where the "lance-heads" were discovered, and from it, evidently,
they had been made, as the characteristics of the specimens were well marked
in the unused mass.

The collection, when discovered, was arranged in a series of circles, the
specimens being placed upright on their bases ; and each circle was closely
fitted within the other. Two-thirds of the collection was so arranged, while
the remaining third, lying on their sides, walled them around so closely,
that had they been upon the surface, they would have maintained their po-
sition. No jasper is found in the locality, otherwise than as small, irregu-
larly shaped fragments, and as small-arrow heads of various outlines.

The neighborhood of Trenton, or that portion of it extending from the
southernmost limit of the city to Bordentown, bounded on the west by the
river Delaware, and east by the Trenton and Crosswicks Turnpike, is here
treated of. This includes a meadow,bluff and upland, six miles in length,by from
two to four in width ; and in any section whatsoever of the locality is to be found,
more or less abundantly, Indian antiquities. These, for the most part, con-
sist of arrow-heads of yellow, green, black and olive colored jasper, also of
white quartz. These arrow-heads are of various shapes, and average an
inch and a half in length. Stone axes of two patterns are abundant; one
having a well defined edge and back, with a deeply worn notch on each side,
for fastening a handle thereto ; the other having an as equally well marked
edge, but with the back tapering to a point. These latter are generally
made of serpentine. Pipes of three varietes are occasionally found ; one be-
ing a cylindrical bowl of two inches in length, with a pedestal, giving it the
appearance of a wine-glass : another having a globular bowl, well hollowed

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

out, and a stem of an inch in length curving upward from the bottom,
being similar in shape to most of the briar-root pipes of the present
day ; the third variety is a flattened tube of an inch and a half in width by
three inches in length, with a bowl of an inch in diameter upon one end. Of
this latter variety but two specimens have been found, so far as the author
can ascertain. They were both well covered with deeply engraved de-
signs, the principal one of which was evidently intended for the rising
or setting sun. Fragments of pottery are also numerous, but not as pro-
miscuously scattered in the locality as are the other articles mentioned.
They are generally from two to four inches square, and always marked more
or less with lines, dots, circles, &c, but never appear to have any particular
design.

The bluff fronting the Delaware, and varying from thirty to seventy feet
in height, contains, throughout the greater portion of its extent, human
skeletons in a moderate state of preservation. They are all buried in
a recumbent position, with their feet pointing to the east invariably. The-
majority of them are encased in clay coffins, which latter have so far proved
too fragile to bear exhuming entire.

No skeletons have yet been discovered with these, that have been buried in a sitting
posture, but below the southern limit of the locality treated of in this paper
(Bordentown) the skeletons exhumed are found in such a position.*

These clay coffins, as the fragments of pottery to be found, are always co-
vered with fantastical markings, evidently intending to portray, in the cof-
fins, however, some object or objects ; but specimens have not yet been pro-
cured of sufficient size to determine the exact character of the figuring. This
pottery is generally a third of an inch in thickness.

The following interesting account was communicated to me by Mr. T. A.
Conrad of Trenton member of the Academy :

" In 1829, while taking earth from the bluffy bank of Watson's creek, a small
stream about a mile distant from the locale of the "lance-heads," afire-place
or oven was discovered. The spot was walled about with large stones, all
well blackened by fire, and the enclosure was covered with well preserved
wood ashes. Fragments of pottery were also scattered about the enclo-
sure, and pieces of larger size were inside, indicating the breakage there of a
vessel. The "fire-place" or oven was about seven feet below the top of the
creek bank, about two feet above high-water mark, and three below the level of
the surrounding meadow."

The meadow surrounding the place is usually inundated once yearly, but
at present the deposition is not appreciable ; although Mr. Conrad states
that the whole meadows were formed by such depositions.

These are the points of interest connected with the locality, and with the
discovery of the collection of "lance-heads," which latter appears to be an
unique phase in the discovery of Indian antiquities in this neighborhood.
Many vague rumors prevail in the locality of the discovery now and then,
and formerly, of copper bracelets, strings of sea-shells on copper-wire, &c,
but no such specimens have been seen, as yet, by the author.

Description of a New Species of PLEUROCERA.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON. JR.

Pleurocera plicatum, Tryon, t. 2, f. 6.

Description. Shell ovate-conical, spire attenuate, the upper whorls closely
plicate, the lower ones smooth or obsoletely concentrically striate. Whorls

* Catalogue of Crania in Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, by J. Aitken Meigs, M. D. Manta Indian
crania.

1863.]

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OE

but slightly convex, sutures well impressed. Color light greeu, with usually a
lighter baud below the sutures, and ornamented with narrow or broad brown
bands. Aperture canaliculately produced ; outer lip thin ; columella twisted.

Dimensions. L. -7, diam. -35 inch.

Hab. Nashville, Tenn.

Remarks. I owe to Dr, Gould the opportunity of describing this beautiful
little species. It differs from P. grossum, Anth., in being more slender,
different in color, and in having bauds. The aperture is not nearly so large,
proportionally, and the plicse are finer.

Description of a new species of TEREDO, from New Bedford, Mass.
BY GEORGE "W. TRYON, JR.

Teredo Thomsonii, Tryon, t. 2, f. 3, 4, 5.

Description. Valves convex, longer than wide ; the body rather stout.
Anterior auricle moderate, obliquely sub-triangular ; the posterior auricle
small, not very wide, short, somewhat reflected outwards. The dorsal margin
does not rise above the beak, and the basal margin does not extend so far
down the body, (which it joins almost at right angles,) as the anterior area.

The transverse sculpture of the anterior area is sharply sculptured, and
becoming much more crowded towards its basal margin. The body, which is
surmounted by a narrow beak, and terminates below rather obtusely, has
the usual depressed narrow radiating area much more depressed than in the
other species, only obsoletely sculptured, and defined anteriorly by a quite
prominent rib.

The separation of the posterior auricle is determined by a rather strong
sulcation. Internally, the shell is glossy and rather smooth ; the posterior
auricle overhangs, with a sharp, nearly straight projection. Immediately
above this it is concave, then convex ; and is marked by semicircular strong
growth lines. Beak with an oblique tubercle. Body with a well developed
depression corresponding to the radiating area outside. The usual internal
rib is scarcely developed, but the posterior tubercle is very prominent.
Apophysis thin, blade-shaped, a little wider at its termination, situated
obliquely to the direction of the body, with one edge turned slightly towards
it. Pallets obliquely, or sometimes regularly, obovate. The style is short and
directed backwards. The margins of the blade are convex, sometimes
regularly rounded, and sometimes heart-shaped at the end. From tbe style
an elevated ridge extends around a portion of each side of the blade, and is
smooth, while the centre, extending to the end, is lunately striate. _ The style
extends in the form of a lamina through the centre of the other side of the
blade. Tube notconcamerated, rather thick, and frequently much twisted.

Hab. Marine Railway and Cedar Buoys, Harbor of New Bedford, Mass.
J. H. Thomson.

Station. Three or four feet below low water mark.

Observation. This new species of Teredo differs from all the others in the
very small proportionate size of the posterior auricle, and its not extending
basally as low down as the anterior area, in the depressed obsoletely sculp-
tured radiating area of the body, and the corresponding internal depression
and in many other minor respects. The pallets are not uulike those of T.
dilatala, Stimpson, but the shell differs very much.

I am much indebted to my valued correspondent, John H. Thomson, Esq., of
New Bedford, for over a hundred specimens of this species, and take great
pleasure in dedicating it to him as a slight recognition of the services which
he has rendered to most of the Conchologists of the United States.

In a recent letter, referring to this species, he writes, " I am sorry to say

[Oct.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

that their name is legion, even the Cedar buoys in the Harbor only last one
season.

Teredo navalis, Linn. Accompanying the above were a few valves and
tubes of this species.

Xylotrya fimbriata, Jeffreys. I also found among the New Bedford Teredx,
two pallets, apparently belonging to this species.

Xylotrya selacea,Tryon. Mr. Gabb writes to me that this Californian species,
which I supposed was quite rare, when I described it, is committing great
ravages in the harbor of San Francisco, and is unfortunately very numerous
in individuals.

Descriptions of two new species of Mexican Land Shells.
BY GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.

Helix Remondi, Tryon, t. 2, f. 1.

Description. Shell narrowly umbilicated, thin, turbinately globose. Epi-
dermis very thin, light corneus, with a single narrow chestnut band encir-
cling the periphery and visible just above the sutures of the spire. Substance of
shell thin and appearing smooth to the naked eye, but under a lens minutely
punctate. Whorls four, slightly convex, the last rounded, scarcely descending.
Base of the shell convex, but with a narrow angle around the umbilicus.
Aperture rotundately semi-lunar ; lip slightly expanded and reflected ; the
margins not approaching on the columella, which is entirely free from
callus.

Dimensions. Diam. maj. 17. min, 15, alt. 12 mill.

Habitat. Cinaloa, near Mazatlan. Auguste Reniond.

Observations. This pretty species resembles, in some respects, H. Trypan-
omphala Pfr. from "Sierra Maestra, Mexico," but evidently differs somewhat in
form, and particularly in that of the lip.

I name it after our Corresponding Member, M. Auguste Remond, of the
C.ilfornia Survey, who collected it and kindly sent it to me for description.
The two specimens before me are almost precisely alike in form and size.

Helix ventrosula, Pfr. Near Mazatlan ; M. Remoud. Not previously reported
from the West Coast of Mexico.

Glandina turris, Pfr. Near Mazatlan, M. Remond.

Cyclotus Cooperi, Tryon, t. 2, f. 2.

Description. Shell widely umbilicate, globosely turbinate, rather thick,
covered with a corneous epidermis, unmarked except by crowded and rather
deeply cut growth lines. Spire conoidal, more or less depressed. Whorls
41 to 5, convex. Lip simple, straight, acute; the junction of the margins
scarcely angulated, and merely touching the body of the shell above.
Aperture white and shining within. Operculum ?

Dimensions. Diam. maj. 16, min. 14, alt. 12 mill. Long, apert. 7 mill.

Habitat. Cinaloa, near Mazatlan. Auguste Remond.

Observations. This species is not unlike C. translucidum, Sby., in form,
but has a wider umbilicus, is much thicker in texture, and the growth lines
are strongly impressed.

Named after Dr. J. G. Cooper, Zoologist of the California State Geological
Survey.

Nov. 3d.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.
Twenty-four members present.

Dr. Leidy exhibited specimens of Nostoc pruneiforme, brought by
Mr. Scattergood from a fresh-water lake, in Maine.
1863.]

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Mr. Abbott exhibited a number of jasper lance beads, similar to those re-
cently described by him in a paper presented to the Academy. The additional
specimens were obtained, together with a stone axe, from an Indian grave, in
the vicinity of Trenton, N. J.

Mr. Abbott further remarked, that he had recently witnessed extraordinary
numbers of Belone truncata in the Delaware and Raritan Canal. He also
stated that he had noticed that the flesh of the Lepidosteus appeared to pos-
sess poisonous properties.

Nov. 10th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty seven members present.

The following were presented for publication and referred to Com-
mittees :

" Notes on the Birds of Jamaica. By W. T. March, with remarks
by S. F. Baird." Pt. ii.

" Addition to the Catalogue of Stars which have changed their
colors." By Jacob Ennis.

u The Causes of the changes which have occurred among the Stars."
By Jacob Ennis.

Nov. 17th.
The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-three members present.

The following were presented for publication and referred to Com-
mittees :

" Synopsis of the Species of Strepomatidse. Pt. i." By Geo. W.
Tryon, Jr.

" Notes on some species of Rapacious Birds," and " Notes on the
Picidse, continued." By John Cassin.

" Notes on the species of Sebastes," &c, " Description of the genus
Oxyjulis," " Description of the genus Stereolepis," and " Note on
some recent additions to the Ichthyological Fauna of Massachusetts."
By Theo. Grill.

Dr. Leconte called attention to specimens of fresh-water shrimps,
from the Mississippi, opposite Vicksburg, presented by him this evening.

The Committee on Proceedings, laid on the table the published num-
ber for August and September.

Nov. 24th.

The President, Mr. Lea, in the Chair.

Twenty-four members present.

On report of the respective Committees, the following were ordered
to be published in the Proceedings :

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283

(Communicated by the Smithsonian Institution.)

Notes on the BIRDS of Jamaica.

BY W. T. MARCH.

With remarks,

BY 8. F. BAIRD.

(Continued from page 154.)

II.

CUCULIDjE.

85. Saurothera vetula. We have met with several nests of the Old Man
Bird in this district in the season of 1862, hut all with young birds. According
to a note I made of a nest taken in 1848, "The old man bird builds a loose
nest of sticks in low bushes, though sometimes more elevated, and lays 34
eggs, light green, clouded partially with a thinly dispersed chalky substance,
measuring 1 T 7 g by a little more than 1 inch," and I find the accuracy of
this note confirmed by eggs collected this season, 1863.

86. Piaya pluvialis. The nest of the Rainbird is sometimes found in the
lowlands, but more frequently in the hills, it is a rough deep cup made of
dried sticks loosely put together, and lined with leaves, &c, and generally
contains 3 4 white eggs, oval or oblong oval rounded at both ends, variable
in size, measuring 1| to 1 by 1^.

Mr. Gosse's informant must have been mistaken in the eggs he described
as belonging to Saurothera.

PSITTACIDjE.

I have had no opportunity of seeing a perfect specimen of any of the Macaws
said to have been found on the Island. On one of my professional visits to
Montego Bay, in 1834, I saw in the possession of a settler from the Mountains
of St. James, near Accompong, the head, wings, and tail of a Macaw, which
he said he had shot near Maroon Town. I did not at the time take sufficient
interest in this branch of Natural History to note the particulars, but I have
a perfect recollection that the head and neck were a bright green with red in
the forehead and chin, the tail blue and red, and the wing blue and green.
About two years after, Mr. Richard Elmas Breary, then residing in the Moun-
tains of St. James, assured me that he had on one occasion, whilst traversing
the Mountain road from St. James to St. Elizabeth, seen three blue and yel-
low Macaws flying high overhead from one ridge to another. Whether the
Macaws be permanent residents, or only occasional visitors, I have not heard of
any being seen since 1849. Sir Hans Sloane, in his History of Jamaica, pub-
lished in 1725, mentioned a blue and yellow parrot. The next notice of the
Macaw as found in the Island is by Patrick Brown. In his History of Jamaica,
page 472, he states that he has seen one or two in the woods of St. Ann's, and
he calls them the blue Macaw of Edwards, evidently the same species as that
mentioned by Sloane ; they both refer to a 2d species as introduced. The
next is recorded by Robinson, (1765,) and was said to have been shot by Mr.
Odell, ten miles east of Lucea, in Hanover ; this is supposed by Mr. Grosse to
be either A. tricolor, or an undescribed species. Mr. Hill speaks of others
found in the Mountain district, between St. Ann's and Trelawny, which an-
swer the description of A. militaris ; and the Rev. Mr. Coward's birds seen in
flight in 1842, in St. Elizabeth, were blue and yellow. All the species of the
smaller Psittacidse of the Island breed in decayed hollows in the trunks of
old trees, generally high up, laying three or four eggs on a slight bedding of
trash feathers, and debris of rotten wood ; several pairs of the yellow bill have
been known to build in one cavity when the space was sufficiently commo-

1863.]

284 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF

dious ; tliey sometimes make their nests in those tangled masses of trailing
plants found enveloping the lofty trees in the dense highland forests. I, once
in the parish of St. John, saw a nest of the black bill taken from such a mass
of Bignonia echinata, which had formed a natural bridge over a chasm between
two precipitous rocks. The perroquets sometimes select the abandoned nests
of the Duck and Termites. This appears, however, to be an exception to the
general habit, and only when the nest embraces the trunk or a large branch
of the tree. I have unfortunately mislaid my notes of the eggs of the Parrots
and Woodpeckers, and have had no opportunity of procuring any for
several years. During the breeding season, from March until August, the
Parrots mostly retire to the deep woods on the highest mountain ridges, occa-
sionally, however, returning to the lower ranges of hills and valleys, when,
tempted by the berries or fruit of some forest tree, then in bearing, or by
young maize or ripe bananas on the grounds, or corn fields of the mountain
settler ; but in these raids they never remain very long at one time, some-
times descending in the morning and returning to the higher hills in the even-
ing, at other times remaining for a few days only.
The small species are

82. Chrysotis collaria, L. (Psittacus leucocephalus, Gosse.) The yellow-
billed parrot is more generally distributed in lower ranges than the others ;
the iris is usually hazel, but in some is greyish yellow. I have often met
with mature individuals of this species in summer livery, spotted all over, the
upper plumage with blue and yellow spangles. We have a caged bird which
puts on this change every summer.

81. Chrysotis agilis. (Psittacus agilis, Gosse.) I have never seen more than
a few stragglers of this species in the lower hills. It appears to be almost re-
stricted to the 'higher ranges.

197. Conurus nanus. ( C.Jlaviv enter, Gosse.) From specimens I have at dif-
ferent times collected, these appear to be distinct species.

PICIDJE.

83. Picus VARUTS. I have never met this species of Woodpecker, unless
one I saw in possession of Mr. Hill, a few years back, belonged to it. Mr. Hill
obtained in from Manchester. It was grayish white marked with reddish
brown spots.

82. Centdrus radiolatus, Wagler. This is a very common species, found
at all times in every part of the Island, from the sea coast to the highest moun-
tain ridges.

TROCHlLIDsE.

23. Lampornis mango, L. The " Doctor bird" is very common in the low-
lands, as well as in the mountains. Their breeding season seems to extend
from February to July ; the nest is a neat cup, generally with a flat bottom
worked on the branch, but it is sometimes in a fork with a conical bottom,
varying in size, the largest about 2 inches across, and a little more than 1
inch in depth on the outside, and f of an inch within. In the lowlands it is
constructed of down of Eriodendron and some species of Asclepiasj in the
mountains, of these and of Ochroma lagopus and Tillandsia. It is always
stuccoed on the outside with a whitish lichen. The eggs are oblong, rounded
at both ends, pure white, and measure 11-1 6ths by 7-16ths. The nest is easily
detected, as the bird always hovers round the intruder on his approaching it,
as if inclined to attack him.

24. Aithurds polytmus. {Trochilus polytmus, Gosse.) This species is not
uncommon in the lowlands from April till September, but is met with on
the hills at all times. It is found abundant in the vicinity of the groves of

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

Jambosa vulgaris, (Rose Apple). The wall of the nest is rather thicker than
that of the preceding, and is generally made altogether of down, covered,
some thickly, others sparely, on the outside with spider 'swebs, lichen or moss ;
the eggs are pellucid white, and like the thin-shelled eggs of small birds, have
a tawny stripe before they are blown ; they are oblong, rounded at both ends,
and measure 9-16ths by 6-16ths. The long feathers of the tail vary from 8 to 11
inches.

191. Aithurus fuliginosus, Hill.* I have met with this second species of
long-tailed Humming bird only in St. Ann's. The male is smoky -black, with
the long tail feathers, the female brown, and without the tail feathers. I
have mislaid my note of the dimensions, but the male is smaller than the A.
polytmus.

25. Mellisuga humilis. f The length of this bird varies from 2\ to 2
inches. It appears to breed at all seasons, as I have found nests in every
month of the year. The nest is made sometimes wholly of down, at other
times thinly covered on the outside with lichen, moss, or spider's webs ; it is
generally about an inch high and the same in diameter ; the cup barely h an
inch within, some being much smaller ; the eggs are oblong, rounded at both
ends, pellucid white, tawny before they are blown, and measure 15-32ds by
ll-32ds.

79. Mellisuga minima. This diminutive species of Honey Sucker, though
not uncommon in the mountains, is rarely met with in the lowlands. About
the Penns in the neighborhood of the Moneague they are abundant, building
generally in the low shrubs about Walton and other pastures in the Moneague
district. The nest is built of down and spider's webs, and the largest I have
met with was only | of an inch in height, and less than an inch in depth
within the cup. The eggs are pellucid white, oblong, rounded at both ends,
and are only 5-16ths by 3-16ths. The dimensions of this diminutive bird are,
length 1 jg, expanse 2 T 5 g, flexure y|.

78. There is another species of small humming bird, rather larger than M.
humilis, with the plumage of a bright metallic or bronzed green. The nest and
eggs are a little larger than those of M. humilis.

192. Trochilus maria, Hill.f I have never met with this species, which is
very rare, only three specimens having been recorded, according to my infor-
mation.

I have been told of another distinct humming bird found on the Dry Harbor
Mountains, but have never seen it.

CAPRIMULGID^E.

10. Chordeiles popetue. The large night or Mosquito Hawk retains here
all the habits, attributed to it on the Continent. This species I have only met
with from April to October, but the Chordeiles minor is a permanent resident as
I have obtained specimens in nearly every month during the year. They are
rather a twilight than a night bird, lying during the day on the ground or
ledges of rocks, or on lateral branches of trees ; taking wing only in heavy
cloudy weather, or immediately after rain, in the dusk of the evening, at
early dawn, or on bright moonlight nights. The eggs are deposited on any
slight elevation, in the open pasture or savanna, free from any shade ; they
are often found on a spot where bush has been burnt off, and in the moun-

* I do not know where this species is described ; it may be the T. stellatus of Gosse referred to by
Mr. Gould, (B.) ' J

t Mr. Gould considers this as identical with M. minima, (B.)
X This species is considered by Mr. Gould to be identical with Aithurus polytmus.
{j This species is not distinguished from the next by Gosse. (B.)

1863.]

286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP

tains on the ledges of rocks. The male does not appear to take any part in
the work of incubation, as I have never seen more than one bird near a nest-
ing place, and I am sure I have seen the nuptial contact performed on the
wing. Two eggs are generally laid, yet seldom more than one is found at any
spot. If the nest be disturbed, the bird will remove the egg in its mouth to
another spot at a distance ; this I have seen done several times on the Salina,
at Great Salt Pond. The eggs are oblong oval, resembling dark colored
pebbles, varying in size. I have noted several varying from 1 by |, to 1 yg
by one inch ; they are grey stone color, dashed all over with Vandyke brown
and grey slaty marbling, but they differ a great deal in the shades of color.

214. Chokdeiles minor. (C. virginianus, Gosse.) Wherever the C. popetue
is found, there the small Piramidig will be seen in company. Their habits
and nidification are alike, the only differences I have observed being in the
size of the bird, the length of the wing, and the eggs ; these latter vary in
form and coloring as much as those of the large night hawk ; they measure
1 3-16ths by a trifle over of an inch, some rather more or less ; they are some-
times grayish or bluish white, clouded all over or on the smaller half only
with bistre-brown and slaty marbling. The egg mentioned by Mr. Gosse,
(p. 40), probably belonged to this species. The dimensions of the bird are,
length 8 8J- inches ; expanse 19 19$ inches ; flexure 6| inches.

190. Siphonornis americanus, Sclater. (Proc. Zool. Soc, 1861, 77.) The
first I saw of this bird was a specimen from near Linstead, St. Thomas in the
vale. It was one of a pair that were lying lengthwise on a lateral branch
of a dead tree, crouched closely to the branch. One was shot, and the other
flew into a thick foliaged Mango tree close by, where it concealed itself so
effectually that it could not be detected though a strict search was made for
it. I am informed they are often met with in the Saint Catharine Hills.

11. Nyctibius jamaicensis. The common Potoo is widely distributed
throughout the Island, in the plains as well as in the highlands. It is said
to lay on the ground two eggs, larger, but very like those of the Clwrdeiles. I
have never met with either nest or eggs.

12. Nyctibius pallidus. The white-headed Potoo is a mountain bird, and
more rare than the preceding.

189. Nyctibius .The tawny brown Potoo is of frequent occur-

rence in the cool glades and gullies of the lower hills ; it is rather smaller

than the common Potoo , possibly immature individuals of that

species. The plumage is grayish white marked with reddish brown. I have
never seen it far from the foot of the hills. It is sometimes found on the banks
of the Rio Cobre, above Spanish Town.

The two American Antrostomi are said to be found in the Island, but I have
never seen or heard a specimen of either.

CYPSELIDJB.

13. Ch.etura collaris. (Acanthylis collaris, Gosse.) This species is abund-
ant in some parts of the island, but they are seldom seen, except in overcast,
cloudy weather, or immediately before or after rain, towards evening ; when
they leave their cavernous retreats, in the rocky ranges of hills in which they
are domiciled, to feed on the insects brought out by the damp atmosphere.
The localities in which I have often seen these martins are in the neighbor-
hood of the Ferry and Healthshire in St. Catharine, and on the line between
St. Ann's and St. Mary's and St. Thomas' in the Vale, and there they are
seen, on a fine evening after the rain, with some other species of Hirundines,
skimming over the adjacent plains and fields, attracted by the myriads of in-
sects ; they are either wholly or in part resident during the entire year, and

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

breed in the fissures of the rocks, in places in which, though I have often
seen them enter, I was unable to follow from their narrowness. The eggs are
pure white.

14. Tachoknis phojnicobia. We have here, with the Palm Swift, an in-
stance of a total change from natural habits induced by adventitious circum-
stances. Previous to 1854, the habitat of the Palm Swift was altogether
confined to the palm-trees, in this district (St. Catharine), and to the cocoa-
nut palms near the coast at Wreck Bay, Healthshire, Port Henderson and
Dawkins Pen, at Passage Fort. In that year a colony of them established
themselves on two cocoanut palms in Spanish Town, one near the centre of
the town, the other at the northeast corner, and there they remained until,
in 1857, the palm at the northeast was taken down and the other divested of
the lower fronds, and the Swifts turned adrift. They were then for the first
time observed flitting about the lower pinzzas of the House of Assembly, the
upper part of this building having been previously occupied by the H.fulva.
In a short time these prior occupants were driven out, and a considerable
colony of Palm Swifts now occupy the lower colonade in front of the ground-
story used as public oflices, where they build on the tops of the end walls,
or at the angles formed by the beams and joists. None resort to the upper
piazza ; but they pertinaciously drive away the H. fulva on every attempt
they make to effect a lodgment. Small colonies of the Palm Swifts last
year (1862) again returned to the palm in the centre of the town, but
the large colony still retained its position in the buildings. The nests are here
built in clusters, without the elaboration found on those in the palm spathes.
Each nest contains two or three long-oval, pellucid white eggs 10-16ths to
12-1 6ths by 7-16ths. Before the eggs are blown, the yolk gives them a pale
amber tint. Two small colonies of the H.fulva have this year (1863) effected
a lodgment in the upper piazza of the buildings, but they have an unquiet
time of it, the Palm Swifts keeping up a continuous warfare with them.

15. Cypselus niger. This, like the preceding species, is rarely seen, ex-
cept in early dawn, or in dull, cloudy weather, or after rain in the afternoon.
I have sometimes procured specimens from Healthshire and the St. Catharine
Hills. The only place of their actual resort I know, is a cave on the lower
St. Catharine's Hills, near the Ferry, where they dwell in the narrow, deep
galleries and fissures of the limestone rocks.

TYRANNIDJE.

48. Tyrannus griseus. (J". Dominicensis, Gosse.) The number of Petch-
aries departing from, or remaining in, the island seems to depend in a great
measure on the supply of insect-food consequent on a dry or wet summer.
There is some confusion in Mr. Gosse's first quotation from Mr. Hill's notes,
the emigration of the Petchary occurring in October, and the immigration
in early spring. The word migratory in the first paragraph of the quotation
evidently refers to those birds forming the band of migrants preparing to de-
part from, and not to their actual departure from or return to, the island.
The facts as I have observed them are, that during the last few days in Au-
gust or the first in September, the Petcharies quit their usual haunts and
resort to the pastures, savannahs and adjacent hills and valleys along the
coast, both on the north and south sides of the island. During the day they
keep to the woodlands, but an hour or two before sunset they congregate on
the tall trees around the ponds about the pastures and savannahs, and in the
vicinity of river-courses and mangrove swamps, wherever their insect-food is
most abundant, to take their evening meal before roosting for the night ; and
there, perched several in rows on the most elevated, dry branches, they dart
about uttering their peculiar cry and capturing insects, always returning to
their perch to devour their prey. In a few days they become exceedingly fat,

1863.]

288 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP

and are then shot in great numbers for the table. Early in October, gene-
rally within the first three or four days, they depart, taking a southwesterly
direction, leaving, however, many of their numbers, no doubt composed of
the permanent residents or the late nestlings ; and many more, meeting with a
plentiful supply of their favorite food in some localities, are tempted to re-
main. Soon after the departure of the migratory flocks, those remaining
resume their accustomed haunts, both in the highlands and lowlands, where,
in solitary pairs, they occupy, as their particular domain, some lofty tree, in
the possession of which they remain till the following August, permitting no
intruder to interfere with their occupation. The cocoanut palm is often
selected by them from its being usually the most lofty. The migrants, on
their return in the spring, usually the end of March, or early in April, (the
period varying in different localities, ) gradually disperse, and, like the resident
birds, occupy their selected tree in solitary pairs. They immediately commence
the work of nidification. In St. Catharine's, the first nest I have found was
on the 14th of April, and the latest about the same date in July. They sel-
dom build in their perch tree, selecting generally some lower tree near to it ;
some make their nests high, others low, usually at the extremity of a lateral
branch of the cashaws, (Prosopis juliflora and Acacia tortuosa ;) the nest is
a rather loose structure of twigs and stems of trailing plants, with the cup
of fibre, grass, or horse-hair, frequently of all intermixed. They lay three,
rarely four, long oval eggs, measuring from 1^ by f or 13-16ths of an inch,
clayish white, or light cream-color, dashed principally round the large end,
some thickly, others more sparingly, with blotches and spots of burnt sienna.
and slaty or pale bistre cloudings beneath.

49. Tyrannus ca0difasciatus. The Loggerhead is found, though not so
abundant as the Petchary, in all parts of the island ; when the latter congre-
gate in September, previous to their leaving the island, they are joined by
this species ; these, however, are permanent residents, and do not emigrate.
The Loggerhead is never willingly shot by the sportsman, as it seldom puts
on even a slight degree of fat, though it is sometimes mistaken for its con-
gener and thus falls a victim bj its unfortunate association. Their habits
are in most respects those of the Petchary ; the nest is of the same size,
formed of similar materials, and built in similar situations ; it usually lays
three, rarely four, oval eggs, light drab or dark cream-color, dashed as those
of the Petchary, with burnt ochre and slaty markings, and are more uni-
formly 1 by | of an inch.

I have specimens without the occipital crest.

50. Myiakchus validus, Cab. (Tyrannus crinitus, Gosse.) The Red Petch-
ary of the South and the Red Loggerhead of the mountains and Western
districts agrees with the common Loggerhead in its general habits, except
that of association ; it is always found solitary, or in pairs ; in its nidification
it is totally different ; the nest, like that of the other Myiarchi and smaller
fly-catchers, is a slight matting of twigs and leaves, lined with cow's or
goat's hair, placed in a fork or indentation or decayed hollow near the top
of a tree, wherever a convenient lodgment for the materials is found, and
sometimes on the decaying summit of the tree ; never in a deep hollow. It
lays three or four, sometimes five, longish oval eggs, 1 T 3 g by $ of an inch,
clayish white, splashed with spots and scratches, and about the large end
with blotches of Vandyke-brown, and pale sepia, and slaty spots.

47. Myiakchus stolidus. Of the three species of fly -catchers known here
as Tom Fools* for I believe the three to be distinct the black-cap Tom Fool

* Mr. March has transmitted specimens of all his three supposed species of smaller Jamaican
Myiarchi; but I am not at present prepared to pass judgment upon their claims to distinctive
rank. S. F. B. _._

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 289

appears to answer the description of Gosse's Foolish Petchary : his dimen-
sions are, "length 1h inches, expanse 10t, flexure 3, tail 3, leg nearly 1, bill
(not given by Gosse) f by 5-16ths at the base." His description, "Iris
hazel, bill black, feet blackish grey, upper parts bistre brown, darker on the
head, paler on the back, basal part of the outer edge of the primaries nar-
rowly chestnut, greater and mid coverts, secondaries and tertiaries edged and
tipped whitish. Tail even, feathers broadly edged inwardly with chestnut.
Cheeks grey, mottled ; chin, throat and forebreast greyish white ; breast,
belly, vent, under tail coverts, and interior of wing pale yellow. Head
feathers erectile. The female has the primaries and tail feathers edged with
whitish instead of chestnut," (this is not constant.) This and the next spe-
cies, if they be really distinct, build in hollow stumps, bamboos, and decayed
hollows of low trees, a matting of leaves and down intermixed with soft hair:
and sometimes pieces of snake's and lizard's skins are found in the nest of
this as well as of the other smaller species of fly-catchers ; they all seem to
have a predilection for the hollow, decayed stumps of the upright Cerei.
The nest of this is often found in a pengirin plant ; the eggs are usually three,
oval or longish oval, cream or yellowish drab, splashed with umber and slaty
spots. They measure 15-16ths by ll-16ths of an inch.

215. Myiarchus . The common Tom Fool is like the preceding in

general habits, but differs otherwise in many respects. The bill is ^ by nearly
^ an inch wide at the base ; the length the same. The wings a little longer.
The entire upper plumage bistre brown ; the markings of the wing coverts
imperfectly defined and rusty white ; the feathers of the head close and com-
pact, and not darker than the rest of the upper plumage. The chin, throat,
head and sides dappled grey, lighter on the breast, rest of the under plumage
and under wing coverts yellowish. This species often builds in the thatch or
shingles under the eaves of houses and house gutters. I have one nest found
in the shell of an old gourd, which bad fallen into a forked branch of the
tree, and remained there until the pulp decayed. The coloring of the eggs
is lighter than that of the preceding.

Myiarchus . The greater Tom Fool approaches the Red Petchary

(M. validus) in general habits and nidification, but the plumage is that of the
black cap. The bill is much stouter than either of the preceding ; the four cover-
ing feathers of the tail edged with white at the tips ; the length over eight inches.
It will sit perched for hours on a dry branch of some tall tree, from which it
now and then makes a short flight after some passing insect, uttering a
harsh, shrill note or cry, (somewhat like pip-pir-e-pir-ee,) captures its prob-
and immediately returns to its perch. It builds, like the M. validus, a slight
matting in the hollow at the top of a decaying tree or tall stump. The eggs
are four, longish oval, about 1 by f of an inch, pale green, splashed with
burnt sienna and slaty spots, partially confluent at the large end.

212. Myiarchcs *. This is the second specimen (both females) I

have met with of this " curiously-feathered bird." This one was obtained, with
the eggs, at Two-mile Wood Savannah, near Spanish Town. It appears to be an
individual of the last species in adventitious plumage. The nest, a slight
matting, was taken from the hollow top of a decaying tree. The eggs four,
oval, pale green, splashed with burnt umber and slaty spots, partially con-
fluent on the large end, measured 1 by ll-16ths of an inch. The three
species or varieties known as our Tom Fools are subject to albinism.

194. El^enia cotta. This species of fly-catcher was at one time supposed
to be confined to the southwest parishes, but I have, within the last five or
six years, found it abundant about the south mid-land districts during the

* Probably a partial albino of M. stolidus (B.)

1863.] 21

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

winter months. It does not, however, seem to breed there. During the
breeding season, from April till September, it appears to retire to the hills.
I have several nests and eggs sent to me as identified with the species, but I
cannot rely on the authority. Some were evidently eggs of Blacicus and
Contopus. The nests were the same. I last year obtained from St. John's a
nest and three eggs, which one of my sons, on whose information I can gene-
rally rely, assured me belonged to this species. The nest is constructed ot
similar materials to that of the Tom Kelly, but rather smaller and not pen-
dant ; the eggs dull white, splashed all over with burnt umber dots, confluent
about the large end, and measure 6-8ths by f of an inch.

I have not yet met with Elcenia fallax. May it not be the immature state
of the preceding ? In the yearling birds of both the Petchary and Logger-
head the concealed crest is, for the first six months, entirely absent, then
audimentary white and gradually assumes the yellow or red color pertinent
to the species.

46. Blacicus tristis. (Myiobius tristis, Gosse.) Both the flat bills are
generally found sitting in solitary sadness on low branches of trees and
shrubs in the mountain waysides ; but this species rarely in the lowlands.
The nest is, like that of the Myiarchi, a matting of grass, bark and hair
placed in hollow stumps or bamboos. The eggs are oval, usually three,
measuring 13-16ths by ll-16ths of an inch ; creamy or clayish white, splashed
all over with burnt umber and pale bistre spots and scratches.

45. Contopus pallidus. (Myiobius pallidus, Gosse.) This, like the pre-
ceding species, is found most abundant in the hills. It is, however, of more
frequent occurrence in the lowlands. The eggs and nidification are the same.
The coloring of the eggs lighter and the spots rather larger.

COTINGID^E.

51. Hadrostomus niger, (Tityra lenconotus, Gosse.) The large mass sent in
the first collection of nests is constructed by the Black Shrike; the nest is built
generally in the centre, but sometimes at the bottom or on one side ; the nest
itself is small ; other small birds often occupy portions of the structure. The
mass, when taken, measured three feet long, by two feet across, and about
twelve inches thick, and was suspended from a lateral branch of a lofty Santa
Maria tree. There were three small nests on it ; the first at one side of the middle ,
apparently the nest of the preceding year ; the two others were near the
bottom ; the concealed nests had three rotten eggs of the Shrike, the other had
two fresh eggs like those of Glossiptila. The eggs of the Shrike are usually
three, oval, dull white, thickly splashed all over with pale bistre or slaty spots,
principally about the large end, and measure one and one eighth to one and
three-eighths by thirteen-sixteenths. The structure is sometimes an irregular
roundish mass with a profusion of materials hanging loosely about it like
that sent in the second cluster of nests. The Grass Finches, Cotton Tree
Sparrow, Soursop bird, and other small birds often build their nests in the
mass formed by the Shrike.

TURDIDjE.
30. Mimus orpheus, Linn. (M.polyglottus, Gosse.) The tropic Nightingale or
Mocking bird is very social in its habits, and is found in every part of the
Island. The nest is usually built in low trees or shrubs, often close to a
dwelling or frequented path ; it is a loose structure of twigs, generally
thorny, with a shallow cup about two inches deep and four inches across,
made. of grass fibre, hair, wool, cotton, shreds of cloth, and many other kinds
of material, the lining being generally hair or fibre. The eggs are oval or
long oval, some more pointed than others, olive green splashed all over, but
more thickly at the larger end, with umber dashes and splashes intermixed

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

with pale brown spots ; they vary in size as well as form, one and three-
sixteenths, by thirteen-sixteenths or fourteen-sixteenths, to one inch by six-
eighths. The Mocking bird, when taken young, is easily domesticated, but does
not live many years in confinement. If a nest of young birds be taken and
placed in a cage near the nestling place, or within a mile of it, the parent
birds will find them out and tend and feed them until they are able to care
for themselves, but if they are not then removed, and the parents still have
access to them, they will, on finding the young unable to escape, poison them,
using the berries of a Cestrum or Solarium for the purpose. This I have often
tested. This year I took a nest of young birds, and captured the female at the
same time; at first the male brought them for food berries of Malpighia
Guiacum, and Hamelia and insects, and after a few days, finding his mate
still in confinement, brought the berries of Cestrum respertinum. The young
ones died first, and during the next day the female also died ; several of the
berries were found in the cage. This may almost appear a fiction, but it is
here an established fact to many persons. When young and in the nest,
large maggots are generally found under the skin of the shoulders and head.
The Mocking birds are very bold, and will fearlessly attack any one interfering
with their nest, as exemplified by a curious fact which recently occurred. A
pair has been for several years accustomed to build in an Auruaria, growing in
the public square, but this year (1862,) early in the season, a pair of Logger-
heads, Tyrannus caudifasciatus, appropriated the same tree to themselves, and
commenced constructing their nest. The Mocking birds were seen constantly
in the square, but never interrupted or interfered with them until they had
nearly completed the nest ; they then drove away the Loggerheads, took
possession of it, adding a few sticks to the outwork, laid the eggs and hatched
the young brood. The poor Loggerheads hovered about the place in great
distress for a few days, but never attempted to regain possession of their
property. The Grakle is the most determined enemy the Mockingbird has,
destroying their eggs and young without mercy ; when the attack is made by
a single pair of Grakles, the Nightingales keep them off with ease, but the
marauders sometimes come in a body, and whilst the Mocking birds are
engaged in driving away the first comers, the others fall on the nest, and
seizing the young or eggs in their claws, fly away with their prey before the
return of the Mocking birds.

29. MiMtrs Hillii, March.* (M. orpheus of Hill.) The Spanish Nightingale, or
Mocking bird, has many habits of the Thrush. It is, I believe, the bird referred
to by Mr. Gosse as Tardus mustelinus. The dimensions are, length 11 ; expanse
13^; flexure 4J; tail 5J. The nest is of similar materials and construction, and
rather larger than that of the preceding species ; the eggs are more uniform,
the ground color a kind of drab green, thickly splashed all over with small
spots of pale madder. This species was formerly thought to be entirely
restricted to a short distance, not more than three miles, from the sea beach,
from Vere to St. David ; they are now found to be spreading more inland
into Clarendon. It is abundant about Passage Fort, Port Henderson,
Green Bay, and Great Salt Pond. I have never met with it on the north
side. I am informed, but I have had no opportunity of testing the information,
that it is to be found about the hills of Rio Bueno, Dry Harbor and Oche
Rios ; it is, I dare say, in a more extended range than has come under my
observation. At Great Salt Pond and Port Henderson I have often heard it
display its remarkable faculty of imitating the notes of other birds, and even
the yelping of the puppy, and the mewing of the kitten. I saw, a few years
ago in Kingston, in the possession of the late Dr. McGrath, a lively individual
of this species, which was perfect in its powers of mimicry. It was fed

* This species is verycl.isely related to, if nt the same with M. baJiamensis, Bryant, and it is
quite possible that both may be identical with the M. gundlachi, Cab., from Cuba, although the
description of the Cuban bird is insufficient to decide the question. S. F. Baird.

1863.]

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

principally on fruits and soaked biscuit. I have never observed in this
species the maggots found on the young of the M. orpheus.

27. Turdus aitrantips, Gm. (Merula leucogenys, Gosse.) The Hopping Dick
is widely dispersed throughout the mountains as well as the lower limestone
hills, and sometimes even to the lowlands; but never goes far from the foot of
these hills. The nest is sometimes found in tall trees, but more frequently in
low shrubs and bushes; it is a rough mass, composed of roots, twigs, fibre, grass,
leaves, stems of trailers, and pieces of trash with a cup formed of the softer
materials in the centre, and the bottom of the mass generally cemented with
mud. The eggs are oval, sometimes pointed at one end, glaucous white or
pale raw sienna, splashed all over with small irregular splashes, and spots of
burnt sienna, partially confluent ; they measure one and three-eighths by
fifteen-sixteenths of an inch ; the typical eggs have no slaty marking.
Individuals of this species are often found in gray mottled plumage.

28. Tr/RDUS jamaicensis, 6m. The Glass Eye is a highland bird, and
though often induced to descend to the lower hills in search of food, I have
never met with it in the lowlands. The nest is smaller and more compact than
that of its congener, and made of similar materials. The eggs are long oval,
tapering to one end, glaucous white, dashed all over with dashes and spots of
burnt ochre, with slaty or pale bistre spots beneath, confluent at the large
end ; measuring one and seven-sixteenths by about one inch. Both the
Thrushes are sweet songsters, with full clear and mellow notes ; those of the
Glass Eye are more varied. The Hopping Dick eats insects, but the principal
food of both is berries and fruit. They are both easily kept in cages and
soon become docile and entertaining in confinement.

SYLVICOL1DJE.

38. Dendkoica petechia, L. (Sylvicola aestiva, Gosse.) This species is a con-
tant resident and known here as the Mangrove Canary, and is rarely seen far
from the sea. The nest is often met with in the mangrove swamps along the
coast, built in a fork or two more approximate upright branches, often in a
lateral fork; it is a neat cup about three inches across, and as much in depth
on the outside and two inches deep within ; the bottom is conical, except
when built on a large branch, then it is flat ; some are constructed of grass,
roots, fibre, leaves, feathers and debris of sea weeds ; in others, down forms a
considerable portion of the outer fabric, but the lining is generally of grass
or fibre, sometimes of feathers ; the eggs are three or four, oval, clayish
white, splashed all over with umber brown, and pale slaty spots, principally
around the large end, and measure three-fourths by half an inch.

Stragglers of migratory warblers often remain here during the summer,
but this is not constant either as to species or numbers, guided possibly by
the anticipation of an inclement or genial summer on the Continent. In 1S62
we observed numbers of most of the species throughout the whole year. In
1863 the only species we have met with (exclusive of No. 38 and 202) are a
limited number of D. coronata and D. discolor near Spanish Town and
D. tigrina at Healthshire. I think, as a general rule, the migratory
Sylvieolidae only arrive in the early part of September ; those observed earlier-
are such as have remained during the summer and their young of the year.

36. Dendroica coronata. During the second week in May, 1862, I was
informed by one of my sons, that several pairs of Yellow Creepers were building
in the large trees of Inga Saman, at the riverside near Spanish Town, but the
May rains set in and prevented any further investigation at the time, and
when he returned to the place after the rains had ceased, the nests were
destroyed.

I have this year, 1863, secured one of the birds, which I send, (No. 258.)

[Nov.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293

37. Dendroica superciliosa, (Sglvicola pensilis, Gosse.) I have not myself
met with this species during the summer months, but on the 8th of August,
1862, an old bird, accompanied by two young ones, made their appearance in
my garden in Spanish Town; the young birds were evidently too young and
weak to have crossed the Sea ; by the 11th of August they became abundant.
On mentioning to one of my sons the early appearance of these birds, he
told me he had seen them all through the summer flitting about the Cashaw
trees in the vicinity of the Town, and called my attention to a specimen he
procured at Great Salt Pond on the 4th of June, i862.

26. Mniotilta varia. I am sure I have often seen this species in the
mountains during the summer months ; but I have no note of it. I am
informed by a gentleman residing on the line of Saint Ann and Saint
Mary, that they were abundant in that district during the summer of 1S62, but
he did not find any nests. One of my sons saw a pair at Great Salt Pond in
June, carrying materials into a Mangrove clump ; he could not, however,
detect the nest ; neither of them could mistake the bird, as I had several
specimens which were recognized by both unless they were Dendroica
pkaretra, a species I have never met with.

31. Geothltpis tricuas. (Trichas marilandica, Gosse.) Stragglers of this
species are sometimes met with during the summer. In the early part of May,
1861, I was informed that a pair were building in a garden near Linstead,
St. Thomas in the Vale, but the nest was removed by some intruder before it
was completed. The birds after a few days disappeared. On the 10th of
May, 1862, a fine specimen of this bird, sent in third collection, was obtained
at the same place.